School of Podcasting: Expert Tips for Launching and Growing Your Podcast

Intuition Over Imitation: Lessons from the Empowered Podcasting Conference

Mon, 07 Sep 2026 00:00:00 -0400

What I Learned (and Relearned) at Empowered Podcasting Conference

I got triggered at a podcasting conference last week, and honestly? I almost jumped out of my chair. Someone in the room said something that stopped me cold, and it's become one of the biggest lessons I'm bringing back to you this week — along with a story about a $230 million quarterback who won't take feedback, why "cheating off the smart kid" with AI is quietly ruining your podcast, and the subscription I found on my own bank statement that I'd been paying for and not even using. This episode is a mashup of my talk at Empowered Podcasting Conference 3 in Charlotte and everything I picked up just from being in the room. Let's get into it.

It's Your Show. Own It.

This is the one that made me want to stand up. Someone in a session said, "Well, I can't ask my guest to keep their answers short." Yes, you can. It's your show. If you're doing interviews, you're the goalie — it's your job to keep anything that doesn't serve your audience out of the episode. And if a guest rambles, that's usually on the host, not the guest. Give your guest a target before you hit record: who you're talking to, and whether you want short, medium, or long answers. A guest who doesn't get a target from the host should ask for one. Own your show. Set the boundaries. Your audience is who you're protecting.

What Actually Makes Content Remarkable

My talk was about what makes a podcast good, and I focused on what makes any content remarkable. I walked through a few movies to prove it:

Saving Private Ryan — that D-Day opening wasn't new information (we all knew WWII was brutal), it was a new way of presenting it. People talked about it because nobody had seen it shown like that.

The Sixth Sense — a tiny budget that beat big blockbusters like The Lone Ranger because of one twist: we don't find out Bruce Willis's character is dead until the end. People walked out of the theater and called a friend to say "you have to see this." That's the goal — content remarkable enough that it spreads on word of mouth alone.

Gone with the Wind — a 1939 movie with an actual intermission, and people still talk about the burning of Atlanta (a real fire on the studio backlot, no CGI) and that last line — "Frankly, my dear, I don't give a damn" — which had audiences clutching their pearls. Again, something people had not seen before.

Star Wars — I saw it eleven times as a kid, and even when half the theater had already seen it multiple times, everybody still cheered when the Death Star blew up. That's not just about the special effects. That's about how it made people feel.

A podcast episode is content plus delivery — and delivery is you: your attitude, your confidence, your life skills. My rule of thumb for what makes a good episode: laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertain. Save them time or save them money. Try to hit more than one of those in every episode.

The Most Underrated Skill in Podcasting: Listening

Everyone assumes the top skill is a great voice or being funny. It's not. It's your ability to listen — to your audience, and to feedback.

Case in point: The Cleveland Brown's quarterback, the one we paid $230 million despite a stack of off-field allegations. He's not good at his job. When fans booed him, his response was basically "you guys don't like me" — not "I need to get better," not "tell me more." He made it personal instead of taking it as information. I hear the same thing constantly from podcasters. I'll offer to help someone grow their show, ask which episode they want me to listen to, and they'll say "oh, it's not the content." If you're not willing to actually hear feedback, don't be surprised when your show doesn't grow.

The AI Shortcut That's Quietly Killing Your Voice

This is the one I need you to sit with. There's a real strategy going around called the outlier strategy: if you and a competitor share an audience, and one of their episodes way outperforms their normal numbers, you make your own version of that topic. Legitimate strategy.

Here's where it goes sideways — people are grabbing the transcript of that outlier video, feeding it to AI, and saying "rewrite this in my voice." And the whole reason they're doing a podcast in the first place is to be seen as a thought leader — using someone else's thoughts.

It might work about 80% of the time (I'm making that number up), and that missing 20% is the part that's actually, uniquely you. Mark Maron said it best: "You're not thinking your own thoughts. You're a hack with an excuse for why you're failing."

I'm not anti-AI — I use it to organize my own brain dumps into an outline. But when you let it write the content, you get exactly what everyone else already sounds like.

Led Zeppelin became Kingdom Come became Greta Van Fleet. Cinderella became Girl School. The copy is never as good as the original, and eventually the audience notices.

Which brings me to a phrase I have to credit to YouTuber Aprillynne Alter, because she said it better than I could: protect your intuition. When you let AI do all your thinking, you never actually process the information — and you lose your gut instinct for what your audience needs. That's exactly why I watched every single Dolly Parton video myself for last week's episode instead of asking AI to summarize them. I wanted that information in my head, not just in the output.

Cheating off the smart kid might get you the grade. It won't get you the understanding.

Own Your Audience — Don't Rent It From a Platform

I had a great conversation with email marketing expert Paul Gowder about this. I moved my main marketing list from Kit (formerly ConvertKit) over to Substack, and while my subscriber count is actually growing there, I can see in my stats that it's not driving nearly as much traffic to my website. Paul's question stopped me: "

What do platforms do once they get popular enough? They change the rules."

TikTok, Facebook, YouTube — every one of them eventually limits your reach to your own audience unless you pay up.

Email doesn't have an algorithm. Those are people who raised their hand and said "I want more." I'd rather have a 40% open rate on my newsletter than a meaningless "view" on YouTube.

And I export my list every single month just in case, because platforms can turn on you fast — there was a parenting podcast that got pulled off YouTube with zero warning, appealed to an AI system, got denied by that same AI, and only got reinstated after Podnews' James Cridland made it a public story. You don't want your show's survival to depend on someone shaming a platform into doing the right thing.

Audit Your Subscriptions — You're Probably Bleeding Money

My buddy Ralph Estep Jr. — "the content creator's accountant" — gave the keynote, and his advice was simple: go look at your podcast's checkbook.

So I did. In five minutes I found I'd been paying $57 a month for an SEO mastermind I hadn't attended in ages, plus $10 a month for an email address I don't even use anymore. Close to $100 a month, gone, just from things I forgot to cancel. This is exactly why you want a separate bank account for your podcast — every charge in there is tied to something you're using for the show, and it makes the leaks obvious. If you need a separate account I use both Sofi and Acorns.

Don't Copy the Gear. Be You.

One more story from my talk. We all think if we buy the same mic or use the same host as someone successful, we'll get their results. It's not the gear. The band Extreme had guitarist Nuno Bettencourt, who idolized Eddie Van Halen his whole career — and finally got to play Eddie's actual rig, in front of Eddie. He was sure he'd finally sound like his hero. Instead, he said it was "so horrible," because he just sounded like himself. Same thing happened in early podcasting — we all bought the same expensive mic because we wanted to sound like a famous podcaster. Lean into being you. You're already very good at it.

Bonus: Sometimes "Remarkable" Means Remarkably Bad

A tiny, ultra-low-budget Chinese film (reportedly made for around $200 by a mother and son on an iPhone) got pulled from theaters and mocked online as one of the worst movies ever. The memes were brutal. And because everyone was talking about it, curiosity took over — it ended up making an estimated $9.3 million. Remarkable works both ways.

Quick Update on Episode 1049

In episode 1049, I told you Spotify and YouTube signed onto a shared industry definition of what counts as a "view" or a "play." Well, weeks later, Spotify rolled out a button that lets listeners skip ads entirely, and YouTube quietly changed what counts as a view again — now just moving your mouse over a thumbnail can register as one.

Mark your calendar: in a month or two, expect YouTube to brag about some absurd new view count and hope everyone forgot they moved the goalposts. These are the partners we're all supposed to shake hands and build agreements with.

Thanks to Empowered Podcasting Conference

Big thanks to Mark Ronick, Rich, and Jason for putting on another great Empowered Podcasting Conference, and to everyone I got to hang out with in Charlotte.

Head to schoolofpodcasting.com and use the coupon code LISTENER for a monthly, quarterly, or yearly subscription — backed by a 30-day money-back guarantee. You'll get access to the courses, the community, and coaching. And if you want to catch every episode, follow the show at schoolofpodcasting.com/follow.

Research Links

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: Constructive and Deconstructive Feedback

This month we are talking feefdback. What is the most constructive or deconstructive (or both) piece of feedback you've received. If you haven't asked for feedback, why not? I need your answer by September 25th (late entries won't be accepted) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question and be sure to mention your show and your website address so I can link to it in the show notes.

Question of the Month

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Podpage Email Alerts

Podpage just launched a feature called Episode Alerts. It automatically emails your subscribers the moment a new episode goes live — no third-party email tool needed. When you publish, Podpage sends the email, links listeners straight to the episode, routes replies to your own inbox, and handles unsubscribes automatically. They also run every email address through validation and monitor bounces/spam complaints to protect your sender reputation. It's not meant to replace a full newsletter platform — no drip campaigns or segmentation — just a simple "hey, new episode's up" notification. It's available for Pro and Elite users, with monthly sending caps of 500 emails on Pro and 5,000 on Elite. For more information see https://www.podpage.com/updates/introducing-episode-alerts/

Podpage

Get Some Feedback On Your Show

“Want honest, helpful feedback on your podcast? At the School of Podcasting, we host ‘Listening Parties’ where members share short clips and get constructive, encouraging critiques from fellow podcasters and myself. It’s a safe, supportive way to hear what’s working, fix what’s not, and make your show stronger fast.”

School of Podcasting

12 Business Lessons Podcasters Can Learn From Dolly Parton

Mon, 31 Aug 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Dolly Parton died on August 25, 2026, at age 80. While most tributes are focused on the music, this episode looks at something else entirely: Dolly Parton the businesswoman and entertainer. She sang at the Grand Ole Opry at 13 and was still building her empire seven decades later, which is rare in an industry where most acts have a five-to-ten-year run. As we like to say around here, success leaves clues, and Dolly left a lot of them. Below are 12 lessons pulled from her career, each one translated into something a podcaster can actually use.

Take Advantage of Opportunities When They Show Up

In the late 1960s, a teenage Dolly landed a spot on the syndicated Porter Wagoner Show, earning $60,000 a year — by her own account, more money than she'd ever seen. She could have stayed comfortable as Porter's sidekick. Instead, she used the platform to build her name, and when she'd gotten what she needed from it, she left in 1974 to build something that was actually hers. Wagoner threatened to have her dropped from her label and later sued her; she ended up paying roughly $1 million to settle it, and the relationship took years to repair before the two eventually reconciled (American Songwriter, Cheat Sheet).

Why it matters for your podcast: your show builds relationships, those relationships create opportunities, and taking advantage of those opportunities (a guest slot, a speaking gig, a collaboration) is what grows your audience — which creates more relationships. It's a loop, and it only works if you actually act when the opportunity shows up.

Build a Podcast Brand People Instantly Recognize

You knew Dolly when you saw her. Her wig, the rhinestones, the exaggerated glamour, her boobs, wasn't an accident. She said she based it on the town's "tramp."

Dolly's response: I wanted to look like her. I thought she was beautiful. Her best line, "It costs a lot of money to look this cheap" says it all. When Barbara Walters pushed her on it in a 1970s interview, essentially implying she looked like a hillbilly, Dolly shot back that she might "kick her in the shin" and laughed the whole way through it.

Why it matters for your podcast: a distinctive brand gets you noticed once. Celebrity, a striking name, a bold visual that earns the first click. What earns the return listener is the talent and substance behind it. Dolly had both, and so should your show.

Own Your Audience — Don't Rent It to a Platform

Dolly wrote "I Will Always Love You" in 1973 as a farewell to Porter Wagoner. When Elvis wanted to record it in 1974, his manager Colonel Tom Parker demanded the publishing rights as a condition for Elvis to record it. This was a standard (crappy) practice for an Elvis cut at the time.

Dolly said no, even though it was Elvis. Nearly two decades later, Whitney Houston's version spent 14 weeks at No. 1 and sold an estimated 20 million copies. Because Dolly still owned 100% of the publishing, that single song brought her roughly $10 million in royalties in the 1990s alone, and an estimated $20 million total from the Houston version according to Forbes (American Songwriter).

Why it matters for your podcast: As fellow podcaster Steve Stewart puts it, "Don't sell your audience to your sponsor, sell your sponsor on the value of your audience." The same logic applies to platforms: own your website, your domain, and your email list so no single network or app can take your audience away from you. It happens — YouTube pulled a top parenting podcast off the platform entirely (before reinstating it after public pressure). Dolly held onto her publishing because she knew the long game mattered more than a quick win. Hold onto your feed the same way. This is why an RSS feed is important. You can't be cancelled, and you can easily move to a new host if needed.

Don't Take Yourself Too Seriously

Long before a critic could land a joke, Dolly had already made it herself. On plastic surgery: "If I see something sagging, bagging, or dragging, I'm going to have it nipped, tucked, or sucked." Even the announcement of her passing carried her sense of humor forward, joking that she was finally ready to trade the rhinestones for something more comfortable.

Why it matters for your podcast: self-deprecating humor makes an audience like you more. If you can laugh at yourself — a mistake, dated gear, a rough first episode — listeners relax and warm up to you faster. Have fun with your show. Otherwise, you'll burn out on it.

Be Consistent — It Builds Trust

Dolly reportedly slept in her makeup in case she had to get up in the middle of the night for an emergency, because she never wanted to be seen without it. More importantly, she was always, unmistakably Dolly be it on stage or off, in an interview or in a duet, across 70 years of performing. People who met her said what you saw on stage is exactly what you got in person.

Why it matters for your podcast: consistency isn't just about your publishing schedule (though that matters too) — it's about your output staying recognizably you. A listener who hasn't tuned in for six months should know exactly what they're getting the moment they hit play.

Know Your Why

Dollywood already existed under a couple of generic names before Dolly bought into it in 1986. She didn't just license her name and collect a check — she built it to bring jobs to her hometown region in Tennessee, rooting the business in something true about her instead of something generic and scalable. Today it generates an estimated $180–580 million a year, with her stake alone valued around $165 million.

Why it matters for your podcast: plenty of celebrities slap their name on a generic product — a tequila brand, a theme park, a template — and it doesn't work because the "why" isn't real. If you're just copying someone else's show format and putting your name on it, it's probably not going to land. Know why you're actually doing this.

Secondly if you put your name behind it, it better be a positive reflection of you (think about this when it comes to sponsors). If you say a product is great, and your audience buys it and it's not, they won't buy anything else from you as your integrity is shot.

Experiment With New Formats Without Losing Your Identity

Dolly moved from country into pop in the '70s (9 to 5 and more), then made the bluegrass albums she couldn't make earlier in her career because they were "too niche" — as she put it, "I had to get rich so I could come back and sound poor" (BrainyQuote). She went into TV, movies, and near the end of her life a Broadway musical. It was based on her own story, for which she wrote much of the score (so you could say she liked to stay busy).

She initially tried to withdraw her name from Rock and Roll Hall of Fame consideration, saying she hadn't "earned that right," then was inducted anyway and leaned all the way in, dueting with Judas Priest's Rob Halford at the ceremony (Rolling Stone, Fox News). She later recorded "Please Please Please" with Sabrina Carpenter — a genre-crossing pairing where each artist's fans discovered the other (Rolling Stone).

Why it matters for your podcast: every new genre, format, or collaboration was still unmistakably Dolly. That's the model — try new things, but stay recognizably yourself. And notice the audience-sharing angle: pairing with an artist (or podcaster) who has an adjacent audience introduces you to people who'd never have found you otherwise. That's exactly what cross-promotion with a show in your niche can do for you.

Outsource What You're Not Good At

When Dolly wrote and starred in the 1986 TV movie A Smoky Mountain Christmas, she knew the script and the performance were her strengths — but directing wasn't, so she brought in Henry Winkler (yes, the Fonz) to direct (Yahoo News).

Why it matters for your podcast: do the parts of your show you're genuinely good at and enjoy, and hand off the rest — editing, show notes, technical setup — to someone who does it better than you.

Give Back to Build Loyalty

Despite her wealth, Dolly gave away enormous sums, saying she prayed for "enough to share and enough to spare." In 1995 she launched the Imagination Library in honor of her father, who couldn't read/ She mailing a free book every month to enrolled children from birth to age five. It grew from her home county to all of Tennessee, then the whole country, then the world: over 200 million books distributed, and she left money behind specifically so the program continues after her death (Imagination Library).

Why it matters for your podcast: giving back to your community isn't separate from growing your business — it's part of how the business grows. It's part of why I do "Ask the Podcast Coach" (a free live Q&A show) every Saturday morning: it's a way to give back to podcasters who aren't ready for one-on-one coaching yet, and it builds the kind of goodwill that turns casual listeners into a community.

Avoid Hot-Button Topics — Unless That's Literally Your Show

Dolly was offered the Presidential Medal of Freedom multiple times by two different presidents from two different parties and turned it down each time, in part because she refused to be pulled into politics.

Asked directly by a reporter to weigh in on a president's comments, she responded: "I'm not addressing that. I do not get into that. Of course, I have my opinion about everybody and everything, but I learned a long time ago: keep your damn mouth shut if you want to stay in show business. I'm not in politics. I'm an entertainer."

Johnny Carson famously took the same stance during his run. She applied the same discipline to religion — when faith-based critics came after her, she turned their own scripture back on them, pointing out that judgment isn't their job.

Why it matters for your podcast: unless your show is specifically built around politics or religion (in which case, dig in and be ready to defend your positions), steering clear of hot-button topics protects the broad audience you've worked to build. If you do wade into something controversial, be prepared to answer for it — and using someone's own words against their argument, the way Dolly did, is about as effective a response as there is.

Always Ask for the Sale

Dollywood, like any well-run theme park, is designed so you exit through the gift shop — there's no way around it. Dolly also took the "medieval dinner theater with jousting knights" concept and reworked it for her own audience with a north-versus-south twist, tailored specifically to who she knew would be sitting in the seats. This gave people multiple opportunities to purchase items.

Why it matters for your podcast: if you want your audience to join your email list, support you, or buy something, you have to put that option in front of them repeatedly and clearly. Podcasting doesn't have a forced gift shop; so the "ask" has to be intentional, and it helps to tailor it the way Dolly tailored her restaurant concept — built around who your specific audience actually is.

Learn From Flops and Keep Moving

Not everything Dolly touched turned to gold. Her 1984 movie Rhinestone, where she was tasked with turning Sylvester Stallone into a singer, was a well-documented flop (SlashFilm). She didn't treat it as a career-ending disaster — she learned from it and moved forward.

Why it matters for your podcast: not every episode, format, or experiment is going to land. That's not a signal to quit — it's data. Learn from what didn't work and keep going.

But Wait There is More!

I just heard that she pays for employees of Dollywood to go to college. You get this support the minute you clock in on day one.

The One Thing I Noticed and Made Her Stand Out

As I watched all the videos (AI did the citations for me, but I write my own show notes), it finally came to me on why she stood out so much. It wasn't the wigs, the boobs, the outfits.

Yes, she was an amazing singer, and songwriter, and businesswoman. But she is something you don't see to much these days: she was an optimist.

Rest in Peace Dolly. See you later.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: Constructive and Deconstructive Feedback

Question of the Month

Boost Four Followers by Eliminating Analysis Paralysis with Podpage

When people have too many options, they can fall into analysis paralysis and take no action. Podpage allows you to add ALL the apps to your website, and create ONE page with all of them, and then only display the most popular apps on your front page. Start your 14-day free trial at www.podpage.com

Podpage

Get Some Feedback On Your Show

School of Podcasting

How Many Podcast Downloads Do You Actually Need to Keep Going?

Mon, 24 Aug 2026 00:00:00 -0400

What is Your Rock Bottom Podcast Downloads Number?

Everybody talks about growing their audience. Nobody talks about the number where they'd quietly give up.

This month's Question of the Month flips the growth conversation on its head: what's the smallest number of downloads that would keep you making your show — and if you dropped below it, would you quit, or try to fix it? The answers from School of Podcasting listeners are surprisingly close... and my answer might not be a number at all.

Also in this episode: a guest-pitch so bad it somehow involves a U-Haul dealership, and a heads-up on a booking-platform trick you'll want to know before you pitch yourself as a guest anywhere.

In this episode

This month's Question of the Month: what's your download floor?
Steve Stewart says he'd think about quitting under 25 downloads an episode — but here's why he probably wouldn't
Frank Bravo is already running on "10s" of downloads, and explains why that number doesn't bother him
Ralph Estep Jr. went from 20 downloads to over 1,000 — but what actually keeps him going isn't the number
Dave's answer: which of his 30+ podcasts he let die, which ones he kept, and why it's rarely about the download count
The 6-episode survey test — how to know if it's time to change your show or just accept where it's at
Scott Johnson (What Was That Like) shares the worst guest pitch he's ever received
A warning about how some guests are gaming booking platforms like PodMatch — and how to vet who you let on your show

Links mentioned

School of Podcasting — use code LISTENER for a discount on monthly, quarterly, or yearly plans
PodPage — this episode's sponsor
Steve Stewart — Podcast Editor Academy / Podcast Editors Mastermind
Frank Bravo — Your Tech Makeover
Ralph Estep Jr. — ralphestepjr.com / new show: Becoming Financially Confident (launching Aug 31)
Scott Johnson — What Was That Like
York - Welcome to Earth Stories
PodMatch
PodcastGuest.com
Pitch a Podcast
Building a Better Dave
Marketing Musician
Weekly Web Tools
New To Cooking

This content may contain affiliate links, meaning I earn a small commission if you purchase through these links at no additional cost to you. I only recommend products or services I trust and believe will provide value to you. Thank you for your support!

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: Constructive and Deconstructive Feedback

Question of the Month

Podpage Email Alerts

Podpage

Join the #1 Podcast Education Site - The School of Podcasting

Adam Curry is the co-founder of Podcasting (and the co-host of the No Agenda Show). When asked about learning how to podcast Adam said, "The place to go with the guy who has taught more people how to podcast than anybody I know - Dave Jackson, School of Podcasting.com"

School of Podcasting

YouTube Just Got Harder, Spotify Still Doesn't Care

Mon, 17 Aug 2026 00:00:00 -0400

You Down With YPP?

Episode Description:

I break down YouTube’s latest changes to its Partner Program, including doubled watch-hour requirements and higher Shorts monetization thresholds ahead of the February 2027 deadline. I also bring in YouTube expert Adam Ivey’s take on why the real story isn’t necessarily the new criteria, and I share my own channel’s numbers so you can set realistic expectations for your own YouTube journey.

Then the AI kids stop by for story time as I take a look at Spotify’s decade-long history of making big podcasting promises—and quietly failing to deliver on them. From a scrapped hosting partnership to a Creator Fund that never paid a cent, there’s plenty to unpack.

Plus, Ray Ortega drops by with the shortest—and most accurate—definition of “podcast” you’ll ever hear.

YouTube Partner Program (YPP) changes, effective February 1, 2027

Watch-hour requirement doubles: 4,000 to 8,000 hours in the past year (new creators only; existing YPP members are grandfathered in)
Shorts monetization threshold doubles: 10 million to 20 million qualified views in 90 days to get in, then a rolling 10 million views every 90 days to maintain earnings
Full monetization tier: 1,000 subscribers, $100 payment threshold
Lower tier (500 subscribers): unlocks YouTube Shopping (affiliate) and channel memberships, requires 3,000 watch hours or 3 million Shorts views

The real story behind the changes

Adam Ivy's stat: 67% of YouTube creators make less than $10,000/year
YouTube's stated pivot: broadening revenue beyond ads, with bonuses for YouTube Shopping, brand-deal incentives, and trend-based earning boosts
YouTube says it expects to pay creators more in 2027 than 2026: money is shifting, not shrinking
Steve Stewart (Podcast Editor Academy): "Don't just sell your audience to sponsors, sell sponsors on how great your audience is"

Is YouTube worth it? The data

Sounds Profitable's Podcast Atlas (slide 23): Clips lead viewers to watch a specific episode (30% often/always, 81% at least sometimes) and to become regular listeners (33% often/always, 84% at least sometimes)
Dave's real channel numbers: 3,523 subscribers, ~$2.49 per 1,000 views, one video with 115 views earned 25 cents
Bottom line: YouTube ad revenue is icing, not cake. Don't budget groceries on it

Spotify: a bedtime story for the AI kids

May 2015: Spotify launches podcasts through a small group of hosting "partners" (Libsyn, Blubrry), framed as a growth opportunity, not monetization
Spotify initially insists on hosting the media files itself rather than letting partners host. Partners build custom engineering to comply, then Spotify reverses course
2019: Spotify buys Anchor for $150 million, turning former hosting partners into competitors overnight, with free hosting
Spotify quietly submits shows to Apple Podcasts under its own account, hiding stats from creators and sparking creator frustration (often aimed at consultants, not Spotify)
2020: Megaphone acquired for $235 million. 2021: Whooshkaa acquired and folded into Megaphone, then shut down
2021: Betty Labs acquired, becomes Greenroom (Spotify's Clubhouse competitor)
2021: "New Era of Podcast Monetization": paid subscriptions, Open Access Platform, Spotify Audience Network announced
Mid-2021: Greenroom launches with a Creator Fund promised for live audio creators. Payment mechanics never disclosed
2021: Music + Talk announced ("play music in your podcast"), restricted to the Spotify app, paying subscribers only, after listening to the full episode
September 2021: Q&A and Polls launch, pitched as "the future of podcasting is interactive"
January 2022: In-house production studio "Studio Four" shut down with layoffs
April 2022: Greenroom rebrands to Spotify Live; Creator Fund confirmed to have never launched, quietly shelved
March 2023: Anchor rebranded to Spotify for Podcasters
April 2023: Spotify Live shut down entirely, two years after the original Greenroom launch
February 2024: Music + Talk and Anchor's recording tools killed; users redirected to Riverside
July 2024: Q&A and Polls shut down, replaced with Comments
Spotify's "walled garden" habits: video and transcripts only available on Spotify, resistance to RSS since it sends listeners off-platform
2026: Skip Ahead ad-skipping button testing begins, available only to Premium subscribers, while advertisers still pay for the ad
Audiobooks added, bundled with music, resulting in lower royalty payments to musicians

What it actually takes to make money on Spotify

1,000 Spotify audience members (last 30 days)
2,000 Spotify hours consumed (last 30 days)
At least 3 published episodes
Free alternatives exist too: Buzzsprout (90 days free), RSS.com, Red Circle

Also in this episode:

Ray Ortega's shortest definition of a podcast: "An RSS feed with audio or video content"
Dave will be at the Empowered Podcasting Conference. Say hello if you see him

Links:

Podnews (the definitive investigative piece): https://podnews.net/update/greenroom-creator-fund-mirage

Hollywood Reporter (original confirmation): https://www.hollywoodreporter.com/business/digital/spotify-greenroom-creator-fund-live-audio-1235132234/

TechCrunch (Spotify's official statement): https://techcrunch.com/?p=2302547

Tubefilter (stock price angle): https://www.tubefilter.com/2022/04/19/meta-live-audio-rooms-spotify-green-ro

Spotify's own support doc: https://support.spotify.com/al/creators/article/understanding-skip-ahead-button/

Podnews (the deepest industry-side reporting): https://podnews.net/article/spotify-threat-ad-skipping

Hollywood Reporter (advertiser reaction): https://www.hollywoodreporter.com/business/digital/spotify-new-ad-skipping-feature-1236670480/

Forbes (scale/downloads context): https://www.forbes.com/sites/gabrielalinzainescu/2026/08/10/spotify-tests-ad-skip-button-that-could-upend-podcast-advertising/

Variety (original 2024 reclassification): https://variety.com/2024/digital/news/spotify-music-audiobook-bundle-lower-royalty-for-songwriters-1235974942/

Music Tech (MLC lawsuit filed): https://musictech.com/news/industry/spotify-royalties-lawsuit-audiobook-bundling/

Music Business Worldwide ($3.1bn NMPA projection): https://www.musicbusinessworldwide.com/nmpa-says-spotify-bundling-move-could-cost-music-publishers-3-1bn-through-2032/

Music Business Worldwide (lawsuit dismissed): https://www.musicbusinessworldwide.com/spotify-wins-audiobook-bundling-lawsuit-as-court-dismisses-legal-action-brought-by-the-mlc/

Variety (ruling coverage w/ judge's quote): https://variety.com/2025/music/news/spotify-wins-lawsuit-bundling-royalties-1236289823/

Time (FTC complaint, $150M NMPA estimate): https://time.com/6988114/spotify-songwriters-ftc-complaint-royalties-audiobooks-bundle/

Digital Music News: https://www.digitalmusicnews.com/2024/02/09/spotify-is-shutting-down-music-talk-music

Podbean blog, on the March 2023 rebrand: https://blog.podbean.com/anchor-vs-podbean-podcast-hosting-alternative/

TechCrunch, shutdown of Spotify Live: https://techcrunch.com/2023/04/03/spotify-is-shutting-down-its-live-audio-app-spotify-live/

Hollywood Reporter, Creator Fund never launched: https://www.hollywoodreporter.com/business/digital/spotify-greenroom-creator-fund-live-audio-1235132234/

Variety: https://variety.com/2021/digital/news/spotify-acquires-whooshkaa-podcast-1235135217

EIN Presswire (official press release text): https://www.einpresswire.com/article/558559979/spotify-announces-acquisition-of-podcast-technology-platform-whooshkaa

Spotify Newsroom, original launch: https://newsroom.spotify.com/2021-09-30/podcasts-get-interactive-with-new-qa-and-polls-features/

MIDiA Research, on the Comments replacement: https://www.midiaresearch.com/blog/why-comments-on-spotify-podcasts-are-more-about-youtube-than-community

Spotify Newsroom, "New Era of Podcast Monetization": https://newsroom.spotify.com/2021-04-27/spotify-ushers-in-new-era-of-podcast-monetization-with-new-tools-for-all-creators/

PhoneArena, Substack/Open Access Platform coverage: https://www.phonearena.com/news/spotify-substack-partnership_id157238

Podnews, "Breaking: Spotify buys Gimlet... and Anchor": https://podnews.net/update/spotify-gimlet-anchor

Nieman Lab, "Anchor too?": https://www.niemanlab.org/2019/02/anchor-too-with-a-second-big-acquisition-spotify-shows-its-serious-about-podcasts-as-both-producer-and-platform/

Music Business Worldwide, exact deal figures ($154M Anchor): https://www.musicbusinessworldwide.com/spotify-has-acquired-three-podcast-companies-this-year-total-cost-404m/

Forbes, Hot Pod/Ashley Carman quote on Spotify vs. YouTube: https://www.forbes.com/sites/johanmoreno/2022/02/18/spotify-acquired-two-major-podcast-technology-companies-youtube-should-be-concerned/

TechRadar (skips even Spotify's own promo messaging): https://www.techradar.com/audio/spotify/spotify-quietly-added-a-button-to-skip-ads-in-podcasts-except-for-its-own-promotional-content-and-its-sparked-widespread-concern-for-the-future-of-podcasting

Research Links

Mentioned in this episode:

What Does Worry Free Podcasting Look Like?

It means not having to worry about buying the wrong equipment. It means not worrying about wasting your money - you can cancel anytime during your first 30 days and get your money back. It means getting one-on-one coaching with a TEACHER who wants you to learn and grow and not upsell you on 20 more products. You can do this. I help podcasters. It's what I do, and I can't wait to see what we do together.

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Podpage Email Alerts

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

We all want a bigger audience. We all put a lot of work into our shows. With this in mind, what is the smallest amount of downloads you would do the show for? If it drops below a number would you stop, or put effort into finding out why? Does the size of your audience matter? Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question by August 28th (and don't forget to say a little bit about your show and your website address so I can link to it in the notes)

School of Podcasting

Inside “Horses in the Morning”: Daily Content, Loyal Fans, and 4000+ Episodes

Mon, 10 Aug 2026 00:00:00 -0400

How Do You Hit 4000 Episodes Without Losing Your Mind?

Today I'm talking with Glenn Hebert and Jamie Jennings from Horses in the Morning, the flagship show of the Horse Radio Network. They just crossed 4000 episodes, and since they're doing this daily, I had a ton of questions for them. Mainly: how do you keep your sanity?

Glenn has been on this show more times than any other guest, and I'll drop links to a few of those past conversations below. We also talk about how "Glenn the Geek" became a verb around here. I cut in a few times throughout the episode to riff on some of what we discussed, so stick around for that too.

Key Takeaways

Segments (not just guests) are what let a daily or frequent show survive without constantly reinventing the wheel.
A real community needs a place to talk to each other, not just a place to listen to you.
Feedback from your most invested listeners (not just anyone) should shape what you keep and what you cut.
You're making the show for the 80% who like it, not the 20% who don't.
If you're trying to make money at this, budget 10-12 hours of work for every hour that airs.

How Glenn and Jamie Keep Finding Something to Talk About

Jamie's husband asked her, before episode one, what she was even going to talk about after two weeks of a horse podcast. Sixteen years and 4000 episodes later, that question still makes her laugh. Glenn books guests only a week or two out, and most of the show's four or five segments per episode get planned the morning of. Being daily is actually their advantage: they can be timely in a way most podcasts can't.

Glenn admitted he basically is the show-prep service. Google Alerts and AI help him find stories faster than they used to, but the instinct for what's worth talking about still comes down to two to three hours of prep every single morning.

Segments Give You Somewhere to Put Your Energy

Jamie is the storyteller. Glenn plays the guy reacting to it. He described their pre-show routine: Jamie says she's got a two-to-five-minute story, and he already knows it's going to stretch to twenty minutes and he'll happily let it. That contrast, he said, is what makes the show work.

I've got segments on this show too (if you've got a favorite segment idea, feel free to send it in). One of mine is built entirely out of "this happened because I have a podcast." I used to do a "last five in five" segment where I'd share the last five things I listened to in under five minutes. Segments are useful because they don't all have to show up in every episode. When I don't have a big topic, I create a "podcast stew," a handful of small segments squeezed together. Takes the pressure off having to fill a big block of time. An episode just needs to be as long as it needs to be, and not a minute more.

Building a Community That Actually Talks to Each Other

Glenn says their community basically built itself once Patreon entered the picture around nine or ten years ago. One of their own listeners asked if she could start a private Facebook group for supporters, and it's grown into 30+ subgroups on everything from dogs to mental health, plus in-person meetups they run themselves.

Glenn's take, and I completely agree: the biggest mistake podcasters make when they say they want "community" is giving people no actual place to talk to each other. A community needs a room. You don't have a true community until they can talk to each other.

They get supporters directly involved too, birthdays shouted out on air, segment material submitted by listeners themselves. If your audience made the content, you already know they're going to like it.

Sponsors Who Become Part of the Family

Jamie and Glenn have given away more than $80,000 in prizes over 16 years, largely funded by sponsors who get a bit of airtime in exchange for product. Those relationships often graduate into full paid sponsorships once the brand sees it works.

That reminded me of Mark from Beyond Bourbon Street, a past guest of mine (episode 829) who had Two Chicks Walking Tours as a sponsor, then had listeners telling him in his own community that they'd taken the tour and loved it. That's the kind of proof that makes a sponsorship renewal conversation easy. And speaking of sponsors sticking around, I was listening to The New Media Show recently and they mentioned Todd Cochran had GoDaddy as a sponsor for around 21 years.

The Focus Group Most Podcasts Never Bother With

This one floored me. On top of their broader Patreon community, Glenn and Jamie run a rotating focus group of 12 listeners every six months whose entire job is to comment on every single episode. Every episode gets six to twelve honest responses.

That feedback has actually killed segments. They ran an "animal psychics" bit for a while that they personally enjoyed, but the negative response outweighed the positive, so it's gone. If you're going to ask your paying supporters for their opinion, you have to actually be willing to act on it.

Handling the People Who Don't Like You

Glenn's rule, learned from ten years running an improv theater company: about 80% of any audience likes what you do, and 20% doesn't. That ratio doesn't change. You're not making the show for the 20%. You're making it for the 80%, and Glenn pointed out the harder truth: a chunk of that 20% keeps listening anyway, seemingly just to be annoyed. Let it go.

Jamie added that after the true fans and the negative Nellies, there's a middle group whose feedback is the most useful because it's the most honest.

The Most Popular Segment Isn't the Guests

Right before hitting 4000 episodes, they surveyed listeners on favorite segments. The winner, by a wide margin: pure host banter, just Glenn and Jamie talking about nothing. Their biggest listener complaint over the years has actually been "too many guests." As Glenn put it, people come for the content and stay for the hosts.

What It Takes to Actually Make Money Doing This

Glenn's advice for a new podcaster wondering when the money shows up: niches make it easier. Horse people, in his words, are some of the most dedicated hobbyists out there, and that's true of plenty of other niches too (cycling, golf, you name it). Small and mid-sized brands without their own ad agencies are the sweet spot, and Glenn's found 80% of his sponsors by showing up in person at trade shows and introducing himself at every booth. He's been to 38 of them.

Their own listener survey backs this up: 80% of listeners said they'd bought a product because Glenn and Jamie talked about it on air in the last year. Only 25% said the same about a banner ad. Trust is the entire business model.

Doing the Show Sick, and Other Real-Talk Moments

When you're sick, you address it up front. Ignoring it doesn't work, because that's all the listener will focus on anyway. Same goes for a loud remote recording location. Be real about it and people roll with it, sometimes they even prefer it.

One detail that stuck with me: Jamie trains off-the-track thoroughbreds and has personally placed horses with listeners in 18 different states just by mentioning them on the show. That's community turned into real-world impact.

My Takeaways After the Interview

A few things I wanted to add once the mic was off:

Contact info matters more than you think. Always tell people how to reach you. For me that's schoolofpodcasting.com/contact. Someone recently told me they'd left a comment on my Substack and had no idea if I'd seen it, because I hadn't told them how I check for those.

Where to find ideas, beyond hanging out with your audience the way Glenn does: Google Alerts will tell you anytime a topic (or your name) gets mentioned online. Answer the Public shows you what people are actually typing into search around a topic. Or just Google your topic and scroll down to "People Also Ask."

On Podcast Movement: I wasn't selected to speak this year, which is the first time that's happened after speaking at every single one. Disappointing, sure, but I'll still be there to say hi, and I'll have more free time than usual. I am speaking at the Empowered Podcasting Conference in Charlotte, NC, and at PodIndy in November.

Lesson learned: if a voting campaign like this comes around again, I'm rallying the troops early instead of assuming people will remember on their own.

On working with AI: I'm deep into learning Claude and all the "co-worky" automation stuff right now, and I'll be the first to admit I don't know what I don't know. I've been leaning on School of Podcasting members who are further along with it, including Craig from AI Goes to College and John Jamingo from Boomer Bunker.

If you're not doing audience surveys, that's its own version of not knowing what you don't know, and if you're not sure whether your audience is engaged, their silence on a survey is usually the answer.

Glenn's Past Appearances on the Show

Take Live Classes at the School of Podcasting

Starting August 19th, we're running two live classes. Podcasting in Six Weeks is back, and it's free this time, for anyone who hasn't launched a show yet: schoolofpodcasting.com/sixweeks. And for members, we're running a live Growing Your Audience course together, tracking your download numbers before and after: schoolofpodcasting.com/growcourse. Use the coupon code listener when you sign up for a monthly, quarterly, or yearly School of Podcasting membership.

Question of the Month

What's the smallest audience size you'd still do your show for? Would you quit if it dropped below that, or dig in to find out why? Send your answer to schoolofpodcasting.com/question by August 28th, and include your show name and website so I can link to you in the notes.

I'm Dave Jackson. I help podcasters. It's what I do.

Until next week, take care, God bless.

Class is dismissed.

Research Links

Mentioned in this episode:

Take Live Classes at the School of Podcasting

Podcasting in Six Weeks is BACK! (and this time it's free!) We are continuing to experiment with marketing, and we had so much fun helping people launch their show that we are going it again (and dropped the fee). If you don't have a show but want to start one this is THE place to get going in the right direction. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/sixweeks Growing Your Podcast Live Course For members of the School of Podcasting we are all banding together to go through the steps of growing your show (so sign up now!). This will including feedback and strategies to get your show growing faster. You will write down your typical downloads before you start, and compare it to the final numbers. Use the coupon code listener when singing up to become a member and receive a discount. These live classes start August 19th. Please let me know if you have any questions at schoolofpodcasting.com/contact

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Podpage Email Alerts

Podpage

From Facts to Feelings: The Secret Sauce of Engaging Podcasts

Mon, 03 Aug 2026 00:00:00 -0400

If you look at movies that you love, and you think about them, and you remember how they made you feel. Today we talk about three things you can have in your tool belt to use in your show to not just have something to listen to, but to have content that moves your audience. We also answer the question what do Sportcasters, Movie Reviewers, and Christians all have in common?

Pull Some Emotion Into Your Show

Most podcasters focus on information—tips, tactics, and how‑tos. But your audience doesn’t connect to information first; they connect to emotion first.

Three Tools To Boost Connection

Nostalgia
Storytelling
Vulnerability

As the old saying goes, "with great power comes great responsibility," so how do we use these ingredients in our show without sounding like we starting the sympathy engine just to grab attention?

What Do Christians, Movie Reviewer, and Sportscasters all have in common?

They are all working with the same source material. The same bible (more or less), the same movies, the same games. In this episode we talk about how to make your show stand out?

The Best Book on StoryTelling

I've read MANY books on storytelling, but Storyworthy by Matthew Dicks is the best - period. The audiobook is so good you will want to listen with a pad and pencil to take notes (or if you're loving in 2026, take notes on your phone).

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Take Live Classes at the School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

20 Books for Content Creators Recommended by My Audience

Mon, 27 Jul 2026 00:00:00 -0400

What if one book could change the way you tell stories, connect with your audience, or even see your own podcast? In this episode of the School of Podcasting, I asked a simple question: “If you found out someone was a content creator, what book would you recommend?” — and the responses were pure gold.

You’ll hear from working podcasters, educators, business owners, and storytellers sharing the books that sharpened their craft, grew their communities, and kept them going when numbers and algorithms tried to wear them down. Along the way, I share my own must‑reads and pay tribute to a podcasting legend whose work shaped an entire generation of creators. If you’re ready to level up your show — not with more gear, but with better thinking, storytelling, and heart — this is the episode you’ll want to queue up next.

Participants

Kim Newlove

The Pharmacist Voice Podcast

The Perrysburg Podcast

Ralph Estep Jr.

The Content Creators Accountant

https://ralphestepjr.com

Chris Nessi

House of EdTech

Mark Lawley

Practical Prepping Podcast

Nancy May (with co‑host Sylvia France)

Family Tree Food Stories Podcast

Dave Cohen

The Shakespeare Mindset

Tom Haley

Bluegrass Region Voices and Views

Books Mentioned

Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas - Tamsen Webster

The Audience Is Listening: A Little Guide to Building a Big Podcast – Tom Webster

How to Win Friends and Influence People - Dale Carnegie

Sacred Cows Make the Best Burgers – Robert J. Kriegel, David Brandt

12 and a Half: Leveraging the Emotional Ingredients Necessary for Business Success – Gary Vaynerchuk

Acres of Diamonds – Jentezen Franklin

Hello, My Name Is Awesome: How to Create Brand Names That Stick – Alexandra Watkins

Into the Woods: A Five-Act Journey Into Story – John Yorke

Build a Strong Podcast: From Creation to Captivated Audience – Jennifer Longworth

Make Noise: A Creator’s Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling – Eric Nuzum

Storyworthy: Engage, Teach, Persuade, and Change Your Life Through the Power of Storytelling – Matthew Dicks

Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World – A Step-by-Step Guide for Anyone with Something to Say or Sell – Michael Hyatt

Big Podcast: Grow Your Podcast Audience, Build Listener Loyalty, and Get Everybody Talking About Your Show – David Hooper

So You Want to Start a Podcast: Finding Your Voice, Telling Your Story, and Building a Community That Will Listen – Kristen Meinzer

Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio – Jessica Abel

Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator’s Guide to the Internet Age – Valerie Geller

Secrets of Dynamic Communication: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power – Ken Davis

Sponsor Magnet – Justin Moore

Profit from Your Podcast: Turn Your Listeners into a Livelihood – Dave Jackson

Looking for more books on podcasting? Check here

In Honor of John C. Dvorak

The Grief Recovery Handbook: The Action Program for Moving Beyond Death, Divorce, and Other Losses (20th Anniversary Expanded Edition) – John W. James, Russell Friedman

John was an amazing broadcaster. More thoughts on John's Impact.

Mentioned in this episode:

Build the Website You Want with Podpage

Podpage is flexible. If you want to promote something you can put it in the sidebar, on the front page, or at the bottom of every episode (not to mention the navigation bar, the footer and more). Podpage is designed specifically for podcasts. Quit trying to squeeze your podcast into a website made for a yoga studio. Start your free trial at podpage.com/preview

Podpage

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Hey, podcast creators! Are you ready to take your podcast to the next level? We have an unbeatable deal just for you! Introducing the Hot Seat Service! For a limited time, get your podcast episode and website professionally audited. Dive deep into our 30-point checklist and uncover opportunities to improve your podcast's reach and engagement! 🔍 What's Included? Podcast Episode Audit: Pinpoint key areas for improvement. Website Audit: A thorough 30-point checklist to optimize your online presence. But wait, there’s more! When you sign up, you'll receive a free month at the School of Podcasting! That's one month of top-notch podcasting training normally at $99, absolutely free! 📚 Exclusive Offer: Your School of Podcasting membership includes 5 hours of personal consulting, a service valued at $1000 alone! All This for Just $99! Normally, you'd pay $1278 for this incredible package. But through December 31st, it's yours for just $99! 🚀 Don’t miss this chance to elevate your podcast without breaking the bank. Secure this offer today and watch your podcast thrive! Act Now! Spots are limited! fixmypodcast.com

Podcast Hotseat

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Stop Chasing CPMs: How Community, Feedback, and Newsletters Future‑Proof Your Podcast

Mon, 20 Jul 2026 00:00:00 -0400

When your CPMs start shrinking and programmatic ads feel like a losing game, it’s easy to wonder if podcasting is still worth it. In this episode, I want to show you a different path—one that doesn’t depend on ad tech behaving itself. I’m going to walk you through why community beats downloads, how smart feedback (like what Jack Rhysider does) can radically improve your show before it ever launches, and how simple tools like newsletters and Podpage can help you build a deeper relationship with your audience so your podcast is future‑proof, no matter what happens to ad rates.

Don't Take My Word For It

I heard it from on the Podbiz Show. Hall of Famer Leo Laporte shares a bit of history with ads, and Podfather Adam Curry explains how to future-proof your podcast. Brian Barletta explains how we need to move on from trying to get stats that are not possible, and focus on growing the industry.

Get Your Head Straight

I also talk about how I was inspired by writer Talyor Sheridan cold care less about the critics. He write the way he wants to write, about what he wants to write about and now his audience has found him and he is making a killing.

Get Your Content Straight

Geddy Lee has been performing in the band Rush for 50+ years and yet he still takes time to evaluate his playing. When we try to market "Meh" content we are wasting our time.

The Podcast Atlas Report

Sounds Profitable has released the Podcast Atlas Report which approaches the industry from the creators point of view. Some great insights into clips, newsletters, and more.

Takeaways:

If you're feeling stuck with your podcast due to falling ad revenues, listen up!
Forget chasing ad dollars; focus on building a loyal community that supports your podcasting journey.
The real gold in podcasting isn’t just downloads; it’s about creating genuine connections with your listeners.
Ads might be declining, but trust me, building a community will make your podcast thrive in the long run.
The future of podcasting is all about community and trust, not just numbers on a screen.
If you want to grow your podcast, start by picking one simple thing to engage with your audience.

Also Mentioned:

Sponsor Magnet Book

Podpage - Podcast Website Builder

Ray Arnott Interview - Around the Layout

Community Resources

Heartbeat (We use this for the School of Podcasting)

Circle

Skool (affordable, simple community)

Newsletter Tools

Kit (formerly Convertkit)

Mailerlite

Beehiiv

(and many more)

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Get a look into the world of podcasting like never before with "Podcasting Observations," your go-to source for trends, tips, and transformative insights tailored just for podcasters. You also get "behind the scenes" info from the School of Podcasting Don't miss out on staying ahead of the game—join the 1700+ people who are already reading Podcasting Observations today!

Podcasting Observations

Take Live Classes at the School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

How To Deal With Online Trolls

Mon, 13 Jul 2026 00:00:00 -0400

If you’ve ever thought, ‘I want feedback, but I’m terrified of the internet,’ stay tuned—I’ll show you how to get useful criticism without letting trolls live rent-free in your head.

Two Types of Feedback

I’m sharing how I handle trolls, reviews, and feedback—and how you can turn all of that into fuel to grow your show instead of reasons to quit. I’ll walk you through when to ignore, when to engage, and how to build a trusted focus group that helps you make your podcast better without letting anonymous strangers live rent‑free in your head.

Trolls, Critics and Focus Groups

I break down the difference between true trolls, genuine critics, and helpful focus groups—and how each one fits (or doesn’t) into your growth as a podcaster. I share real stories about nitpicky typo trolls, cyberbullying from years ago, people who send you two and a half pages of “do a different show,” and how other podcasters are using their audience—and even Snapchat—to get honest, constructive criticism.

By the end, you’ll see why I say feedback is the “breakfast of champions,” and why your fear of judgment shouldn’t keep your show stuck on your hard drive.

What You’ll Learn

Trolls vs. Focus Groups

How I define a troll: unsolicited, emotionally charged feedback that’s mostly about getting a reaction.
How I define a focus group: people who actually want to help shape and improve your show.
Why some “trolls” are really just frustrated fans who want attention.

Classic Troll Bait Topics

The three topics that almost guarantee you’ll attract trolls:
Politics
News / current events
Religion
Why I’m okay with pushback when I brush up against these—and why you should expect it if your show leans into them.

My Rules for Dealing with Trolls

Rule #1: Don’t feed the trolls.
I talk about why I always try to wait before responding.
How I “kill them with kindness” when I choose to reply.
Why I often simply say, “Thanks for the feedback,” and move on.
How I remind myself that sometimes people are just having a bad day, and I happened to be standing in front of them.

Turning Feedback into a Tool for Growth

The key question I always ask: “Do they have a point?”
An example: being told, “You interrupt your guests too much,” and how I go back, listen, and honestly assess if they’re right.
How I respond when someone clearly just wants me to do a completely different show than the one I want to make.

How I Engage Without Losing My Cool

Why I sometimes ask, “How could I have done this better?” to separate useful advice from empty criticism.
How I ask for evidence or sources in a non-defensive way:
“I’m interested in digging into this—can you share a link?”
When I’ll share my sources and politely stand my ground.
When I decide it’s time to block, report, and move on, especially on platforms like YouTube.

Knowing My Audience (and My Why)

How knowing who my show is for makes it easier to ignore the wrong people.
Why I consider the nastiest haters as “not my target audience.”
The math I look at: out of hundreds of reviews, only a tiny percentage are negative—but they love to hog my attention if I let them.

Stories and Examples I Share

Mark Maron on Trolls as “Frustrated Love”

A clip from Mark Maron talking about trolls who keep coming back.
How he describes repeat trolls as people who are weirdly in love with you and just want you to get mad so they feel seen.

The Typo Troll

The listener who went absolutely ballistic over typos and sent me 5–6 paragraph rants.
How I handled it when the comments got personal.
How I eventually “trolled the troll” with humor and kindness and watched him disappear (and reappear…and disappear again).

Madame Strangeways & Fear of Feedback

A conversation with Madame Strangeways who was reluctant to ask for feedback because of a cyberbullying incident 20 years ago.
How I encourage her (and you) to start with trusted fans and patrons as a safe focus group.
My “too much salt in the bread” analogy: people who love what you’re making will still tell you if something’s off, because they have to consume it.

Jr. Sparrow & Building a Focus Group

How Jr. Sparrow used Snapchat’s Snap Map to find brutally honest listeners.
How he turned “this show is crap” comments into a small group that now:
Helps him curate which episodes to release.
Shapes themes and content months in advance.
Why he says you need “skin like Shrek” (thick skin, many layers) if you want to attach dollar signs to your show.

Using Feedback Before You Publish

How experienced podcasters (including me) use feedback on topics, guests, and angles before episodes ever hit the feed.
Why I’d rather kill an episode early than spend years promoting something that doesn’t resonate with my audience.

SnapChat's Snap Map Feature

Snapchat’s Snap Maps

https://youtu.be/l4R-wu42gZk?si=BVhAiDeB_Tq6anoO

Getting Data From Snap Map

https://youtu.be/qGxblSXvEbU?si=KoeDP8aI32uKvKjS

My Key Takeaways for You

You are already being judged—at Home Depot, in the grocery line, everywhere—so a few online comments shouldn’t paralyze you.
A tiny slice of reviews will be negative; they don’t outweigh the huge percentage of people who get value from your show.
Feedback is how you get better. You can’t fix what you don’t know is broken.
Learn to separate:
Trolls – don’t feed them, or reply calmly and briefly.
Constructive critics – look for the truth in what they’re saying.
True fans / focus groups – invite them in and let them help you refine the show.
If someone hates your show and clearly isn’t who you’re trying to reach, there’s a simple name for them: not your audience.

Mentioned in This Episode

School of Podcasting – Where I help you plan, launch, and grow your podcast, including listener parties to get safe, constructive feedback.
Ask the Podcast Coach – My live call-in/chat show for free podcast consulting.
Podpage – Website platform for podcasters (I’m the Head of Podcasting there).
Madame Strangeways – True strange stories at madamestrangeways.com.
Jr. Sparrow – WVU Uncommon Place – Society and culture in West Virginia.

Call to Action

Tell me what you think:
Let me know one thing you love and one thing you’d change about this show at schoolofpodcasting.com/contact or schoolofpodcasting.com/voicemail.
Need help with your podcast?
If you want a safe place to get honest feedback and improve your show, join me at SchoolOfPodcasting.com and use the coupon code LISTENER for a discount. It comes with a 30‑day money‑back guarantee.

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Your Podcast A Home

When you look at our podcasting pieces, your media host is the engine. But your website is the home. It’s where your audience learns who you are, explores your episodes, and decides to subscribe. At Podpage, we build podcast websites that are fast, reliable, and designed to convert visitors into listeners. Every episode is automatically published, SEO-optimized, and structured for growth—so you can focus on creating, not managing your site. If your media host powers your podcast, Podpage gives it a place to live—and a place to grow. Start building your podcast’s home with Podpage by going to www.podpage.com/preview and start your 14 day free trial today.

Podpage

Take Live Classes at the School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

How Long Should Your Podcast Be? (and where to find the answer)

Mon, 06 Jul 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Nobody shares a video they didn't watch. Nobody shares a podcast they didn't listen to, so how do we get people to listen? This week we follow up form last week's episode about measuring success without downloads and today I talk about completion percentage in Apple, Spotify, as well as Google Analytics. Josh Liston explains how he and his co-host from the SAKÉ THIS show.

How Long Should My Podcast Be?

The stand ard answer is "as long as it needs to be an not a minute longer." However, another way of looking at this is to ask, "How long can you hold someone's attention?"

You Can See How Far People Listen to Your Show

The Apple Dashboard: https://podcastsconnect.apple.com

The Spotify Dashboard: https://creators.spotify.com

Question of the Month Audio Tools

Last week I had a ton of replies to the Question of the Month. The issue is some of you have a ton of bass. Some of you are so clear it's almost shrill. Other have lots of background noise. This use to take me FOREVER to deal with until I started using tools from Accentize. I use a tool called DXRevive Pro cleans up the audio. Their Dialogue Enhance helps adjust the tone and remove noise. Then they have a free plugin called DXLevel that adjusts the volume levels (and it's free).

Takeaways:

How Dave thinks about episode length (and why “as long as it needs to be” actually works in practice)
How to use Apple Podcasts Connect and Spotify for Podcasters to measure completion percentage and attention, not just downloads
Why video and YouTube completion rates look so much worse than audio—and how not to let that crush your ego
How to use Google Analytics or Fathom to see which episodes and pages really resonate
A behind-the-scenes look at the audio tools Dave uses (Accentize DX Revive, Dialog Enhance, and the free DX Level plugin) to make listener submissions sound more consistent
An update on the “free version” experiment of the School of Podcasting and why future focus is shifting to live cohort-style classes

Dave also shares a listener contribution from Josh Liston of the SAKÉ THIS podcast, with two non-download ways he measures success for his Japan-focused comedy show.

Mentioned in this episode:

Podpage is Now Included with Blubrry Hosting

Blubrry Podcasting — one of the longest-running podcast hosting platforms in the industry — has chosen Podpage to replace their built-in website tool entirely. That means every Blubrry hosting customer gets a professional, automatically updated podcast website powered by Podpage, included with their hosting plan. For Podpage, this is more than a partnership announcement. It’s validation that podcast websites deserve dedicated website tools built specifically for podcasters.

Podpage

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

In each issue of Podcasting Observations, I share my thoughts on what is happening in the podcasting space, my latest content, and things that have caught my eye. I also may ask for your opinion. Join the free community

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

How do you measure the success of your podcast that is NOT downloads

Mon, 29 Jun 2026 00:00:00 -0400

How do you measure the success of your podcast that is NOT downloads?

You’ll hear from a wide range of podcasters in different niches—storytelling, history, prepping, finance, faith, recovery, TV rewatch shows, local podcasts, health, creativity, and more—sharing how they really gauge success. Their answers include:

Direct listener feedback & real‑life impact (behavior change, decisions, staying sober, safer driving, adopting, spending time with Jesus, handling conversations differently)
Engagement & community (emails, voicemails, social comments, active groups, email lists, live events, guest offers, collaborations)
Actions taken (lead magnet signups, newsletter growth, memberships, classes, affiliate links, donations and financial support)
Enjoyment, fun, and personal growth (being excited about the next episode, getting better on the mic, becoming more confident and creative)
Alignment with purpose & service (sticking to your “why,” serving a niche community, “who many” vs. “how many,” “one life at a time”)
Legacy & memory (building an audio/video archive for family, preserving loved ones’ stories, creating a personal record you can revisit)

Along the way, Dave adds commentary on why downloads alone are a poor North Star, how to re‑center on who you serve and why you podcast, and how podcasting can be a tool for service, community, and legacy—not just stats.

Participants In This Episode

Scott from What Was That Like?

Kate from Drafting in the Past

Mark from Practical Prepping

Nancy from Family Food Stories

Buck

Ralph From Content Creator's Accountant

Steve from Podcast Editor's Mastermind

Trip From Home Brewed Christianity Podcast

Spencer from The Recovery Show

Travis from Bestie Approved

Ashriel from Called and Curious Podcast

Dave Interviewed Jesus

Zo from Back Look Cinema

Jen from Women in Podcasting

Marc from Solo Talk and Podcast Branding

Chris from Cool Cars with Chris

Howard from AA Recovery Interviews

Ray from Around the Layout

York from Welcome to Earth Stories

Rob from Softball Central

Dan from Based on a True Story

Tim from Create Art and My Solo MS Journey

Kim from the Pharmacist's Voice and the Perrysburg Podcast

Dave from Fix My Podcast

Mentioned in this episode:

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

You have a message that needs to be shared. Discover the art of podcasting at the School of Podcasting. We teach you to shine a light on your stories, inspiring others one episode at a time. Let your voice be your legacy. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

School of Podcasting

Build the Website You Want with Podpage

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Are You Getting the Most Out of RSS?

Mon, 22 Jun 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Are you getting the most out of your RSS feed?

To figure out if you are, you first have to understand how a podcast workflow works, which means you need to understand:

what an RSS feed is
how you make one
where you get the best feed
and how you make sure you're getting the most out of it

Don't Make These Mistakes

In this episode, I'm going to explain some of the mistakes I see people making with RSS feeds, especially when it comes to getting the most out of transcripts. In some cases, people aren't putting their transcripts into their media host, which means their transcripts aren't going into their feed. That is not something the best way to maximize your show.

Where Do I Get an RSS Feed?

Your RSS feed comes from your media host. For me, the best RSS feeds come from dedicated media hosts. Places like Captivate, Buzzsprout, rss.com, and Blubrry. All of these do one thing: they host your files, they provide an RSS feed, and they provide statistics.

Make Sure Your Transcripts are In Your RSS Feed

While having transcripts on your website is good, you are missing another opportunity by having them in your feed (which can be used in Podcast apps). When it comes to Podpage, having the transcript in your feed put it into a place where Podpage can grab it and put it on your site.

Don't Hire Your Dentist to Work On Your Car

Other places like Riverside are trying to be a jack-of-all-trades and a master of none. I don't want someone who's not a master of the RSS feed. The RSS feed is like the blood in your veins; it is your veins, and you don't want your veins to be Scotch-taped together. You want an RSS feed that is fully compatible with all the features available for podcasters.

Directing People To Your Site

When I recently tested Riverisde, you could not direct people at the episode level to your site. This is a missed opportunity.

This means that, when somebody is consuming your content in an app, usually there is a link to go to the website, which takes them to, (if you're doing it correctly) your website. On the episode page, I'm offering the ability to follow the show easily on Spotify, Apple, Pocket Cast, etc. If you don't have that link, you're missing an opportunity to send the audience where you want them to go. I need to email Riverside because this just reeks of a company who doesn't really understand podcasting getting into podcasting. Consequently, I know it's nice to have everything under one login, but how hard is it to login to more than one account (especially if you have 1password).

No RSS No Podcast

People keep asking what a podcast is. I'm not sure why. It's audio, video delivered via RSS. This means YouTube is not a podcast. It's a show. Radio is not TV. Both are content. When we blur the definition it messes up all of our reports. People have asked, "Well, the audience thinks YouTube is a podcast are we supposed to tell them they are wrong?" The answer is yes.

Then we could have separate reports on YouTube vs Podcasts.

If someone hears me listening to the band Sum 41, and says, "I love blink 182," I would say, "That's not Sum 41, it's blink 182. You're helping them not look stupid in the future. You would do the same thing if they called a banana an apple.

Other Hosts I Don't Recommend

Spotify: From their lying to their original partners, to making features that only work inside of Spotify (ignoring the open podcast system), and often eliminating features shrtly after they launch (never worldwide). I could go on for hours. Yes, it's free but so is RSS, Buzzsprout, and Red Circle.

Soundcloud: Soundcloud, to the best of my knowledge hasn't implement features that were introduced in 2017. You can buy soundcloud plays (Google it) so consquentially you will never have sponsors while you use Soundcloud.

Mailbag: AMP 30 Second Rule

Thanks to Mark for pushing back on my math. In the end (as of this date) AMP can't decide what their definition is (As they've already changed it). Also one of their "hidden" companies was YouTube. I'm sorry, if you're not doing anything wrong, why are you doing it in secret?

Defined in their original press release as “30 seconds of content played, audio or video, once per user per session”, the corrected text drops any definition of a session length, becoming just “30 seconds of content played, audio or video”. - source Podnews.

Mailbag: How Are Your Updating Your Question of the Month?

Rob from Softball Central asked how I was having the current question of the month appear in episodes that are years old. For the last two years I've hosted on Captivate. I love their business model (Multiple shows for the same price - and their super flexible dynamic content system). Dynamic content doesn't always have to be ads. Here are examples

Question of the month
Where will I be (live appearances)
A pre-roll that mentioned that I had given out a wrong episode number.

They also allow me to tag the current promotional mp3 so later I can easily take all the "questions of the month" and update them with the new, current months question.

Click Here to watch me show this off.

Mentioned in This Episode

The 4 Cs of a Standout Podcast: Clarity, Contrast, Consistency, Character

Sponsor Magnet Book by Justin Moore

Captivate Media Hosting

Buzzsprout Media Hosting

RSS.com Media Hosting

Practical Prepping Show

Softball Central

School of Podcasting

Podpage - Build the Website your show Deserves

Mentioned in this episode:

Have You Heard About the Podpage Assistant?

Here's what it can do: Identify the best search keyphrase to target — The Assistant analyzes your episode and finds the keyphrase most likely to drive organic traffic. Generate optimized SEO titles and descriptions — Get search-friendly titles and meta descriptions written for each episode automatically. Expand your show notes — Turn brief show notes into detailed, search-friendly content that helps Google understand what your episode is about. Create SEO schema — Automatically generate structured data including FAQs and key takeaways, giving search engines even more context about your content. Generate episode transcriptions — If your podcast host doesn't provide transcripts, the Assistant can create them for you. Create companion blog posts — Each episode can get a dedicated blog post that supports your episode's SEO and gives listeners another way to find you. Automatically categorize episodes — Keep your episode library organized without lifting a finger. Start your 14 day trial at www.podpage.com/preview

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Don't Wait to Level Up Your Show

Thinking about starting a podcast—or already 300 episodes in? Skip the rookie mistakes, save money, and level up your show with the School of Podcasting with Dave Jackson, where you get hands-on feedback, one-on-one support, and practical advice that actually improves your podcast. Not sure? Just ask Krista and Mark from practicalprepping.info Then join the School of Podcasting at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join (or use the link below)

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Inside Flight Cast: The Video-First Hosting Platform Behind Diary of a CEO

Mon, 15 Jun 2026 00:00:00 -0400

When I first heard about Flightcast on the Podbiz show, I thought, "I have to have Rox Codes on my show." I had Rox do a Flightcast demo for members of the School of Podcasting. Rox has worked for Mr. Beast, Microsoft, Facebook and many more.

In this episode of the School of Podcasting, I sit down with Rox Codes, co-creator of Flight Cast, the video-first hosting platform built in partnership with Steven Bartlett from Diary of a CEO.

If you’ve been thinking about getting more serious with video podcasting, YouTube growth, or centralizing your stats from multiple platforms, this one is for you.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

What We Talk About in This Episode

In this conversation, we cover:

What Flight Cast actually is (and who it’s for)
Why it’s a video-first hosting platform
How “one upload, one dashboard” pushes your show to YouTube, Spotify, Apple, RSS, and audio platforms
How you can keep it simple or go crazy with customization
Simple upload, powerful customization
Upload one episode and:
Send video to YouTube, Spotify, Apple, RSS
Send audio everywhere else
Schedule different release times per platform (e.g., 6 AM audio, 8 AM YouTube)
Use different titles, descriptions, and even different edits per platform
Upload separate versions of the file (say “subscribe” in one, “follow” in another)

Use AI to:

Generate titles, descriptions, and chapters in your own style
Auto-format chapters correctly for each platform
All your stats in one place
How Flight Cast pulls:
YouTube views
Spotify streams
RSS downloads
And rolls them up into a single “plays” metric
Additional analytics you get:
Day-by-day performance
New vs returning followers
Cross-platform uniques
Breakdown by platform, country, state, city
A built-in “giant spreadsheet” you don’t have to build yourself
Audience overlap (who listens to episode A and episode B)
Using the built-in AI chat to answer questions like:
“Rank all my episodes on YouTube in the last 6 months by views in the first 24 hours.”
“What’s my 100-day average per episode?”
Ads, programmatic, and retention data

How Flight Cast handles:

Geo-targeting
Programmatic ads
Dynamic ad slots
Why retention graphs matter more than a single download number
How to look at:
Drop-off moments (what caused the skip?)
Chapter jumps (what are people skipping to?)
Rox’s “favorite stat” and why views still matter most in his world
Clips, test channels, and experimentation
Lets you “always be testing” in the background
How to ramp up clips:
Start with 1 clip/day
Slowly increase to 2, 3, then 4 max
Why this kind of ongoing experimentation is like treating your show as a recipe, not a statue
Moving from audio to video (without losing your mind)

Rox’s core idea:

Video isn’t a file format, it’s an algorithm

On YouTube, TikTok, Reels, Shorts: publishing and discovery are the same thing
The big mindset shift:
Audio podcasting = small optimization games (SEO, cross-promo, ads)
YouTube = “get good” at a few big levers:
Thumbnails
Titles
Ideas
Intros
Why the first 30 seconds, title, and thumbnail matter so much more than most of us want to admit
Talking-head video vs fancy production

Why talking heads are NOT bad content:

Joe Rogan is talking heads
Diary of a CEO is talking heads
Why audio quality is still 80% of the experience even on video
When 4K matters (and when it doesn’t):
720 → 1080 is a big jump
1080 → 4K is “nice to have,” not mandatory
Flight Cast’s support for full 4K, including Apple HLS video, and why they built it to “respect” creators who go the extra mile

Who Flight Cast is for and pricing

Target user: serious video podcasters / “intermediate plus”
Why Rox calls it a “jackhammer”—powerful, but you don’t always need that much power
Pricing (at the time of this conversation):
Starts around $50/month for everything except clips
Higher tiers ($100–$250/month) if you want more clips and higher download limits
Basic plan includes:
Up to 50,000 downloads/month
Full 4K video, Apple HLS, no bandwidth charges
Around 3 TB of storage (which almost nobody hits)

Learning YouTube: resources Rox recommends

April Lynn Alter (YouTube channel)
Patty Galloway (YouTube channel)
Creator Hooks by Jake Thomas (newsletter)

A dose of reality about YouTube and video

We talk frankly about:
People who spend days or even weeks perfecting a thumbnail
The sheer amount of time it can take to get good at YouTube

My big point:

It’s okay if you don’t have that time
Just understand what you’re up against so you don’t get discouraged

My biggest fear:

People add video to an already full plate
Burn out on video
Then quit podcasting entirely
I want you to set realistic expectations

Bonus: For audio-only podcasters who still want better stats

PodAnalyst.com – in beta with their pro plan free for now
Tracks:
Listening completion at 25%, 50%, 75%, etc.
How long people are actually listening
To me, that’s the real “is my show any good?” metric:
If people are only listening to 25% of an episode, that’s a signal
You can track up to 10 keywords, share stats with team members, and export data while they’re in beta.

My Takeaways

Here’s what I want you to remember from this episode:

If you go into video, YouTube is an algorithm game, not just a file format.
You don’t need cinematic production; you do need:
Strong audio
A compelling title
A curiosity-driven thumbnail
A sharp first 30 seconds
Tools like FlightCast can:
Save you time by distributing everywhere from one upload
Help you understand your audience by putting all your stats in one place
You don’t have to “go full YouTuber” to benefit from thinking like one.

And again, if you’re already overwhelmed with audio, please don’t feel like you “have to” add video. I’d rather you keep podcasting than burn out chasing an unrealistic video workload.

Links Mentioned

I’ll have links to everything we mentioned in this episode in the show notes at:

Research Links

Thanks so much for listening. If you found this helpful, please share it with a friend who’s thinking about video or YouTube for their podcast.

This podcast is hosted by Captivate, try it yourself for free.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Some Feedback On Your Show

School of Podcasting

Give Your Podcast A Home

Podpage

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

The 4 Cs of a Standout Podcast: Clarity, Contrast, Consistency, Character

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode of the School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson shows you how to stop being “just another podcast” and start becoming someone’s favorite show (I love that line from Jay Acunzo).

You’ll learn how to:

Clarify what your podcast is actually about in one sentence
Choose (or tweak) your name and description so they signal your unique angle
Deliver on the promise of your premise so listeners trust you
Use your own stories, quirks, and background as an unfair advantage no AI can copy

Whether you’re launching a new show or trying to revive an existing one, this episode will help you stand out in a crowded market.

The Four C's of Building a Favorite Show

1. You Need a Clear “What Is It?” Line (Clarity)

If you can’t describe your show in one sentence, your listeners definitely can’t.
Think of it like a movie logline:
“A shark terrorizes a beach town.” → Jaws
“A lawyer can’t lie for 24 hours.” → Liar Liar
If your answer sounds like “me and my buddy talking about stuff and stuff,” you have a clarity problem.

2. Your Name & Description Should Create Contrast

If your show is called something generic like “Thinking Outside the Box,” you’re competing with dozens of identical names.
Simple test: say your show’s name to someone and ask, “What do you think it’s about?”
If their answer doesn’t match your actual content, your name isn’t doing its job.
Your description should:
Say who the show is for
Say how it’s different
Promise what they get every episode - and then give it to them
Use your listeners’ own words from reviews/emails to sharpen your description.

3. Deliver on the Promise of Your Premise (Consistency)

Your title, artwork, and description are a promise. Your content has to deliver.
Click‑baity titles and vague descriptions might get a first click, but if the episode doesn’t do what it says, you won’t get a second one.

Examples:

Joe Rogan: long-form, open-ended conversations where people actually talk through ideas.
Podnews and Podnews Weekly Review: global podcast news with strong host chemistry and a predictable format.

4. Your Stories and Style Are Your Uncopyable Advantage (Character)

AI can write scripts and headlines—but it doesn’t have your bike ride, your great nephew, or your specific regrets and realizations.
You have stories, you just need to write them down.

5. Use “Homework for Life” to Capture Stories

From Matthew Dicks’ Storyworthy: at the end of each day, ask:
“What happened today that might be a story?”
Write down one sentence—just enough to remind you later.
Use any note tool (NoteJoy, Apple Notes, Google Keep, voice-to-text, etc.).
Over time you build a story library you can draw from to explain concepts and stand out from AI‑generated, story‑less shows.

Action Steps From This Episode

By the end of this episode, challenge yourself to:

Write your one-sentence “What is it?” line.

If you can’t say it clearly in one breath, cut it down.

Ask 2–3 non-podcaster friends:

Show them your title, cover art, and description.
Ask, “What do you think this show is about?”
If their answer doesn’t match your intention, revise your name/description.

Search your show’s name in Google and major podcast apps.

Is the name crowded? Already used?
Is there a dormant show with the name you want? Consider reaching out and asking to take over/buy the feed.

List 5 story moments from the last 30 days.

Use “homework for life” style notes.
Circle 1–2 you can use in upcoming episodes to explain a lesson.

Rewrite your podcast description to:

Say who the show is for
Say how it’s different
Promise what they’ll consistently get each time they listen

Resources Mentioned

Storyworthy by Matthew Dicks – Book on storytelling and “homework for life.”
Notejoy captiring tool
Research Links

Work With Dave

If you want help:

Sharpening your “what is it?” line
Choosing or refining a podcast name
Rewriting your description so it stands out
And building a show that becomes someone’s favorite

…then join the School of Podcasting and get step‑by‑step guidance, resources, and a community of podcasters just like you. You can also sign up for a single podcast strategy session.

Mentioned in this episode:

Have You Heard About the Podpage Assistant?

Podpage

Get Some Feedback On Your Show

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

What the Death of Late Night Teaches Podcasters.

Mon, 01 Jun 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Why Joe Rogan Beat Late Night TV

When I was a kid, hearing Johnny Carson’s theme music meant it was time for bed. Today, nobody has to stay up for anything. And that one shift explains a huge part of why late night is fading and why your podcast has to work harder to earn attention.

Conversation vs Promotional Appearances

In the early years of Johnny Carson, the show was 90 minutes and they actually had conversations as apposed to the "tell me about your family vacation, and let's roll the clip" interviews we see on late night shows

Appointment Viewing is Dead

The days of "must see tv" on Thursday night died with the VCR and DVR. I haven't watched live TV in years. So now the audience that is staying up to watch live is much older (somewhere between age 60-70), and is about HALF of the audience comparing it to the days wheh David Letterman get almost 7 million a night.

The Celebrity Mystique is Gone

I once stayed up to watch B.B. King on the tonight show. Why? Because I couldn't hear him on the radio. I was too young to go to a concert. If I did that today and wanted to see Joe Bonamassa I wouldn't need to wait to see him on TV. I could see him on his YouTube channel, or multiple interviews on podcasts.

#1 in Late Night is a Big Fish in a Much Smaller Pond

Keep in mind that Steven Colbert being #1 in late night in 2026 is way different than being #1 in late night in 1993. Late-night TV revenue has reportedly fallen from about $400 million a year to $200 million a year—a 50% decline—while some shows that once drew 7–8 million nightly viewers now struggle to reach 3 million.

YouTube Doesn't Pay the Same

According to one report, YouTube pays one tenth of what a network ad spot would go for. When you audience is cut in half, you have less advertisers. When the advertisers you have are paying you 90% less and your expenses stay the same that is a problem.

Keep Control of Your Content

Remember big companies with big payouts WANT CONTROL. Conan focused on owning his content and that resulted in a 150 million dollar payout.

Only Amazing Content Will Stand Out

If you want podcast growth, you need to make sure you are doing as many of the following as possible.

Make them:

laugh
cry
think
groan

Make Sure The Content

Educates
Entertains
Saves the audience time
Saves them money
Makes them FEEL something

If it's information you can get any place else, even better. A great podcast can be boiled down to content and delivery. So this episode is focused on content.

Be Ready to Promote

When someone says, "Oh, you do a podcast?" be ready to explain what it is, what its about, and how people benefit from consuming your content (and say your website). We hear how Macaulay Culkin dropped the ball so bad on the Ellen show.

Housekeeping: How to Pitch a Podcast

I am still preparing to launch this show and I'm accepting stories. I had some things pop up that are taking my attention as they are time sensitive. It's coming...

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Have You Heard About the Podpage Assistant?

Podpage

Podcasters Share Best and Worst Platforms for Interviews

Mon, 25 May 2026 00:00:00 -0400

So many people need remote recording for co-hosts and guests. Yet in the 20+ years of podcasting once we get a solid solution, they upgrade the software and we're back to always having a backup "Just in case." So I reached out to my audience to see what they used and they chimed in.

The History

Blog Talk Radio (now gone) was an EASY choice but sounded like the phone. There was Skype (also gone), but everyone needed an account, and for the technically challenged, it was intimidating. Squadcast came on with a winning strategy with a firm understanding of what podcasters needed. Make it simple. Make it reliable.

Then Video Entered the Picture

Then tools like Squadcast added video, and while I never had an issue I know people who spoke of "Drift" where the audio didn't line up with the video (making it look like a bad Godzilla movie). There are tools like Evmux (browser based), Ecamm (Mac Only), Descript (browser based), and Streamyard (brwoser based).

Text Based Editing

When Descript entered the picture with text based editing (you edit the transcript, and it edits the audio) it became impressive after a few years. They purchased Squadcast, but haven't implemented all the tech from Squadcast (like being able to schedule a future episode in their "Rooms.").

All in One Solutions

This is one of the symptoms of a "All in one" solution. They do most things about 75%, but the details in that last 25 is what makes the difference. Riverisde started as remote recording, added text based editing, clip generation, and recently podcast hosting (the podcast hosting is very basic see video as of May 2026).

It May Not Be All Riverside's Fault

I wrote a blog post about all the things podcasters could do to be ready to make great recordings with Riverside.

If you want Riverside to work, don’t overcomplicate it:

Solid internet
Updated browser
Decent computer
Enough disk space
Don’t rush the upload

That’s it.

Do those things, and suddenly Riverside becomes “magically reliable.”

What I Use For Live Streaming and Recording

Before moving to a Mac computer, I use Streamyard, and loved it. When I got a Mac Mini, I switched to Ecamm. It's amazing and much you have more control over how things look. If you have a Streamdeck, you can do some pretty magical things. Worth that said, I'm considering going back to Streamyard even though it's $5 more a month (I used Ecamm for making recording for the School of Podcasting, but I now do those in Tella).

What is The Most Reliable?

For me, after talking with the School of Podcasting members and now hearing from the audience I would say Ecamm (mac only) and Streamyard (browser based).

That doesn't mean Riverside, Evmux, Squadcast are not reliable, but I feel Ecamm and Streamyard are more reliable. They also are primarily focused on one thing RECORDING (although streamyard just added clip generation).

So What If I Don't Want an All In One?

Then you record with something like Ecamm or Streamyard, if you need clips, there is Opus Clip. There is free video software like Davinci Resolve, and free audio editing like Audacity.

Thanks to The Contributors

Frank Bravo From Your Tech Makeover

Todd the Gator from Gaurdian Downcast

Chris From Cool Cars with Chris

Ed from the Days Dumpster Fire

Tim from My Solo MS Journey

Mentioned In This Episode

Samson Q2U Microphone

Opus Clip

Boomer Bunker

War Room Online Journal

Takeaways:

Remote recording can be a total pain if you don't have solid internet; trust me, I know.
Zoom works great for audio-only shows but struggles with video quality when the internet hiccups.
Streamyard's simplicity makes remote recording a breeze; just send a link and boom, done!
Clean Feed is solid for high-quality audio, especially for those who want to keep it simple.
For video, Riverside sounds fancy but can be hit or miss; make sure it meets your needs first.
Discord is free and surprisingly powerful for remote recordings, even if you're not a gamer.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Podpage is Now Included with Blubrry Hosting

Podpage

How to Make Podcast Money Without Fame

Mon, 18 May 2026 00:00:00 -0400

So many people think the only way you can have a successful podcast is to be famous. Today we have a quick Interview with Jordan Blair from the Dreamful podcast and the Buzzsprout podcast Buzzcast. Jordan share all the straggles she is using to monetize her show.

Jordan's Been Podcasting For Seven Years

This didn't happen overnight, but you will hear where Jordan recommends starting monetization efforts from day one. This way your family and friends who want to support the show can actually chip in, and the audience gets used to hearing you ask for support.

If you feel weird asking for value in return for the value you have given to the audience, keep in mind PBS has been doing this for decades.

Where Do You Start?

Jordan recommends starting off with enabling donations (technically a tip not a donation, unless you're a non-profit). Buzzsprout has this built in or you could use buy me a coffee, and many others. If you start with subscriptions, as you're just starting the show, it may be a little overwhelming and you end up making extra content for an audience that doesn't exist (yet). Just realize if you want people to chip in, you have to ask.

You can see Jordan's support page here.

Affiliate Links Are a Great Test

We talked about tools for using affiliate links in a previous episode. Affiliate links enable you to make a commission on a sale from someone using your special link. This is a great test and practice to get used to doing calls to action, promoting a product, and seeing what products your audience is interested

The Pros and Cons of Merch

Jordan shares how she created some swag for her audience, setup a store and received absolutely zero sales. This is when she realized she should ask her audience what they want first before making swag. For more on merch sales check out my interview with Jayna Marie.

First Person Endorsements Deliver Tons of Value

Jordan's show is for kids who are trying to go to sleep. She found some puzzles and bought them and tried them. She knew this would resonate with her audience, and talked about her own experience with the puzzles and the affiliate links came flowing in.

You Might Have to Take Partners to School

Jordan explains that her first sponsor knocked on her door, and provided an offer. Jordan had to explain to them how partnerships work in podcasting (this isn't radio, and we have a much stronger connection with our audiences). She renogiated and came up with a dela that worked for everyone.

She Didn't Plan on Making Money

Jordan started the Dreamful stories podcast as a resource for her own children. She launched it, and focused on delivering value and connecting with her audience. She found out what they wanted and delivered the show they wanted. This lead to her show's downloads escalating while she was on a break!

Check out Jordan's Shows

Dreamful Stories

Buzzcast

Got Feedback On This Episode?
I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.
Share Your Thoughts

Other Items Mentioned

Podnews Weekly Review

How to Turn Your Podcast Into Passive Income (With Tools I Actually Use)

Big Lash Energy: One Million Downloads Fueled by Coffee and Compliments

Profit From Your Podcast Book (by Dave)

This Old Marketing Show

Sponsor Magnet Book by Justin Moore

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Build the Website You Want with Podpage

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Apple Video: Smart Move or Time Sink?

Mon, 11 May 2026 00:00:00 -0400

A Dialogue with Justin Jackson and Alban Brooke

Just in Jackson from Transistor.fm is so enthusiastic about Apple's new way to add video to their platform (called HLS). I have felt "Meh" about it since it was announced (I'm worried about using API's instead of using the RSS feed). So I wanted to see if I was missing something that might lead me to feel more like Justin.

Later that same week Alban Brook from Buzzsprout reached out and so I combined the interviews to show multiple points of view about Apple's HLS implementation not that more hosts are being approved to connect to Apple via their API.

Justin's View is Based On Younger People

While I have no children Justin has a few and he explained how watching them he sees them move from watching video to switching to audio. So the HLS video in Apple supports this (and it's already available on YouTube music, and Spotify. This explains why Justin would have a viewpoint different than mine.

Dialogues are amazing, and you just might learn something. Try one today. They are free!

Alban's View on The "Give People What They Want" focus of Apple Podcasts

When you go to YouTube, they drown you in options as they try to get you to click on anything. With Apple's new video options, when you log into Apple, you primarily see the shows that you've told Apple you want to see. Consequently, it may be a better experience. Kevin Finn on the Buzzcast show compared YouTube and the horrible experience to going to the movies, where everything is overpriced and the floor is sticky. The experience isn't as good.

Don't Take on Too Much

If you're a video creator already, adding your show to YouTube seems like a no brainer, and Alaban and Just both mentioned that when people signed up to be beta testers, many of the people chomping at the bit were already video creators.

Justin mentions that much like coloring, you start with three colors and learn how to keep people engaged. Then start adding more colors. With podcasting it may make more sense to start with audio, and then add video.

We are in a Wait and See Period

We don't actually know if this is going to take off. While we don't expect Apple to topple YouTube, we are interested to see just how many people jump on board. Both companies mentioned the benefits of being an early adopter.

Pricing for HLS Hosting

Transistor offers HLS video on any package of of $49 and higher.

Buzzsprout offers 6 hours a month for $30 ($25 if you purchase yearly).

Captivate is $19/month with an additional $12 for video.

Keep in mind Transistor and Captivate operate on a "As many shows and episodes as you want (but you bill goes up depending on downloads/traffic). Buzzsprout's model is a "per show" fee, but you can have as many downloads as you want.

For more information on other hosts as they are added see this article on Podnews.

The Bridge Podcast on YouTube

Justin shared the story of The Bridge with Peter Mansbridge a former Candaian broadcaster who has now moved to YouTube who is having great success without amazing Thumbnails and fancy studios.

Acquired Charges Millions for Sponsorship

There are always shows that break the mold, and Acquired is one of them. They do limited shows that engage a certain audience (CEOs), and consequently are charging millions for sponsor a season (and are already sold out). They describe their show as, "We (Ben and David) personally invest 100+ hours each to research and produce a ~4 hour "conversational audiobook,” telling a company's complete history and strategy.

Spotify's Video Options are Blurry

I am always cautious about Spotify. We all know they are not fans of RSS, and they like to make features that only work in Spotify. In a recent article at Podnews, Jame Cridlan explains how uploading a video from your media host into Spotify may lock you into using the media host (where an RSS enables you to redirect the feed). There is talk that Spotify may manually be able to switch your show back to RSS (with consequences). My point is we currently don't know so if you plan on posting video to Spotify, you might setup a free hosting account and uplaod the video there. ( I do that for my "Ask the Podcast Coach" show).

Mentioned In the Show

School of Podcasting

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Transistor Media Hosting

Buzzsprout Media Hosting

Captivate Media Hosting

The Video Podcast Show

Podcast Marketing Trends Explained

The Panel Podcast

Buzzcast Podcast

Research Links

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Podpage is Now Included with Blubrry Hosting

Podpage

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Podcasting in Six Weeks: My $1 Class to Get Your Going

Mon, 04 May 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Today we are talking about your show that just won't grow. It's time for a podcast experiment. I often say "You podcast is a recipe - not a statue." Well here is the good news. You know how to build a podcast to the current level you are at. The bad news is you've been here for a bit and it's time to try something to break you out of your plateau.

You Either Win Or You Learn

When you try something new with your podcast we often feel like everyone will leave immediately, and that just doesn't happen. Have you ever gone to a concert of a band you grew up listening to? They say "Here is one from our new album!" and half the theater goes for a beer, but most of them stay because they like the band.

What If My Numbers Goes Down?

So if you previously had 200 downloads an episode, and now you have 180 you learned something not to do. You've know how to grow a show to 200, so do that and try again.

Start With a Survey

Speaking of mistakes, I once did a survey that I talked about bear the end of my show. One of the questions was, "Do you think the show is too long?" Well, if you think about it (being near the end of the show) anyone who thought it was too long had already left.

Announce the survey, and really push it and explain how the audience will benefit. It could be as simple as:

Did you listen to the end of the episode?
If not where did you stop and why?
How likely are you to share it with a friend on a scale form 1-10?

You can use the built in survey with Podpage, or something like Tally forms.

Smart Experiments: One Step at a Time

When you test new parts of your show, change ONE thing only. If you change three things and one of them works, you won't know which one.

I would start with your episode titles, your opening two minutes (have a good hook), and get to the content ASAP.

My Current Experiment: Podcasting in Six Weeks

I tried this class about six months ago, and only told my email list. That was a dumb idea, but I learned to use ALL of my outlets when promoting a product or service.

The course starting June 3rd will be once a week covering the following topics:

Week 1: Concept & Planning Define your unique angle and target audience Choose your format and episode structure Create your content calendar for the first 10 episodes Develop your show name and description

Week 2: Equipment & Setup Essential equipment recommendations for every budget. Recording space optimization (even in noisy environments). Software setup and configuration Audio quality testing and troubleshooting

Week 3: Recording Techniques Professional recording techniques. Interview skills and guest management. Solo episode strategies. Overcoming "mic fright" and speaking naturally.

Week 4: Editing & Post-Production Editing basics that save time and sound professional. Intro/outro creation and music selection File management and organization systems Quality control checklists

Week 5: Hosting & Distribution Choosing and setting up your podcast host Submitting to Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other platforms RSS feeds and technical requirements Show artwork and metadata optimization

Week 6: Marketing & Growth Launch strategies that actually get listeners. Social media promotion and repurposing content Building relationships with other podcasters Long-term growth strategies and monetization

EXCLUSIVE BONUSES:

BONUS #1: "Podcast Equipment Starter Kit Guide" (Value: $97) No more confusion about what to buy. Get our curated equipment list with specific product recommendations for three different budgets – beginner, intermediate, and professional.

BONUS #2: "First 10 Episodes Content Planner" (Value: $67) Never stare at a blank screen wondering what to talk about. This detailed planner gives you proven episode templates and topic ideas to keep your content engaging from day one.

BONUS #3: "Podcast Launch Checklist" (Value: $47) A step-by-step checklist ensuring you don't miss any crucial steps during your launch. From technical setup to promotional tasks – it's all cover

Six hours of consulting with me would be $1200, but as we try this experiment it's only $1.

Why not free? Because we wanted people who would at least believe in themselves enough to spend $1 to help improve themselves.

In full transparency we hope you join the School of Podcasting when the class is over, but it is a free standing class. The sessions will be recorded.

Sign Up For the Class TODAY!

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Resources Mentioned in Episode 1034

School of Podcasting

Pod SEO use sop10 to save 10%

Ausha SEO

Pod Analyist

Research Links

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Have You Heard About the Podpage Assistant?

Podpage

How do you feel about the future of podcasting in 2026?

Mon, 27 Apr 2026 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, we answer a question I know has been on the minds of so many podcasters: Where is podcasting headed?

What We Covered

Spotify, YouTube, and AI Slop: I kicked things off sharing my concerns about immoral creators, content exclusivity, and how blurry the definition of a “podcast” is getting.
Optimism vs. Pessimism: We heard from multiple voices on whether the future looks bright or grim, and what keeps each of us going.
Video, Discoverability, and Content Overload: How YouTube’s dominance and the rise of video (and AI-generated "slop") is shifting the landscape, sometimes making things more confusing than ever.
Monetization Woes and the Hopes for Crowdfunding: Many noted frustration with ads and the current monetization system, with hope for easier, more integrated crowdfunding in the future.
Government Regulation and Freedom of Speech: A Canadian listener shared real concerns about government overreach and its chilling effect on creators.
Defining Your “Why” and Staying True to Your Mission: Several contributors reminded us to focus on passion, purpose, and connecting with our audience.
Staying Resilient: Through all the changes—algorithm shakeups, new platforms, and shifting formats—what matters most is keeping your audience at the heart of what you do.

Participants

Steve Stewart (Podcast Editors Mastermind, Podcast Editor's Academy, Steve's Site)
Kim Newlove (The Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast, Perrysburg Podcast )
Todd the Gator ( Guardian Down Roundtable, 50 Years Experience Required, Lessons in the Rearview
Leslie Marting (Greatland Media)
Ralph Estep Jr. ( AskRalph.com )
Podcasting Morning Show
York Welcome to Earth Stories
Cool Cars with Chris

Mentioned In This Episode

JJJAck Film's Video on youTube Demonetization

New Media Show Rob Greenlee and Brendan Monaghan

Podcasting 2.0 on the Slop Factory at Spreaker

Podnews on More AI than Human Shows

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Thanks for Sharing

This episode became a great sharing of opinions, experiences, and predictions. Some worry about gatekeepers and algorithmic noise, while others find hope in podcasting’s unique intimacy and power to connect. No matter where things go, staying true to your purpose, your “why,” and serving your audience will always be the foundation.

Keep your ears open, your content honest, and your passion high. Thanks to everyone who contributed, and as always: if you loved this conversation, hit that share button and keep the School of Podcasting growing!

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Your Podcast A Home

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Lavalier Shootout - Weighing the Lift of Apple HLS

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, I take you behind the scenes of a good old fashioned microphone shootout—this time, it’s all about wireless lavalier mics! I (quickly) run through a lineup of wireless lavalier microphones including the DJI Mic Mini, Hollyland Lark M2, Rode Wireless Micro, Rode Wireless Go, and Shure Move Mic. Not only do I compare how they sound right out of the box, but I also show how a little post production can level the playing field between even budget and premium options. If you’ve ever wondered whether it matters which one you pick, you’ll definitely want to listen.

The Weight Of Adding Video - The First Look at Apple HLS

The second big theme of today’s show is the pressure, and potential pitfalls, of adding video to your podcasting workflow. I break down what’s happening with Apple HLS video, what hosts like Captivate are charging, and why you need to seriously consider the “weight” video adds before taking the plunge.

Getting Your Edited Audio To People In Apple - You Can't (If you add video)

Can you maintain your audio quality? Should you be editing audio and video together, or keeping them separate? I also share some spot-on advice from Elsie Escobar about only adding video if it makes sense for your goals—not because you feel FOMO or outside pressure.

Whether you’re mic shopping, contemplating a shift to video, or just want a sanity check on your podcasting process, this episode is for you. Enjoy!

Gear Mentioned In This Episode

Captivate Media Hosting

Other Items

Ecamm Video Software

Streamdeck

Accentize Plugins (DeRoom, Revive)

USB-C extenders

Blue Ocean Strategy Book

The 22 Immutable Laws of Marketing (specifically, the "Law of Category" chapter)

The Audacity to Podcast

1000 True Fans by Kevin Kelley

Captivate Webinar on Apple HLS Implementation

New Media Show Rob Greenlee with Sharon Taylor

Media Roundtable with Dan Granger, Tim Ferriss (Entrepreneur & Host, The Tim Ferriss Show) and Dr. Laurie Santos

WordPress Plugins Compromised

Monica Rivera on Episode 613

Zoom Handyrecorder App

David Draiman | The Magnificent Others with Billy Corgan

Transistor Media Hosting

Buzzsprout Media Hosting

Justin Jackson Apple Podcasts Demo

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Give Your Podcast A Home

Podpage

How to Turn Your Podcast Into Passive Income (With Tools I Actually Use)

Mon, 13 Apr 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Welcome to this episode of the School of Podcasting! I’m Dave Jackson, and today I’m pulling back the curtain on the precise tools and strategies I personally use for affiliate marketing on my podcast. Whether you’re brand new to monetizing, or just looking to add another income stream, you’ll find this episode packed with actionable advice and real-world numbers.

What I Cover in This Episode

How affiliate marketing works and why you don’t need a massive audience to benefit
Real comparisons between ad revenue and affiliate commissions—including how I made $51 per 1,000 downloads promoting Chronometer
Why finding the right product for your specific audience trumps audience size every time
How I save time, track, and update my affiliate links with tools like Switchy, Genius Link, and TextExpander
The nightmare that is Amazon’s terms of service (and how to avoid getting banned)
A quick walkthrough of getting approved for affiliate programs, even with a smaller show
How to place and talk about affiliate links for maximum return

Tools, Companies & Resources I Mentioned

Here’s a list of all companies, tools, and platforms I talked about in this episode, along with URLs where applicable:

School of Podcasting
schoolofpodcasting.com
Chronometer (the calorie tracking app)
Switchy – My go-to for creating, tracking, and managing affiliate links (Available on AppSumo as one-time purchase)
Genius Link – For multi-storefront affiliate management, especially for Amazon and international sales
TextExpander – Saves time by expanding keystrokes into text and links
1Password – My recommended password management tool for affiliate accounts
Amazon Associates – Amazon’s Affiliate Program
Sweetwater – For gear links; includes an affiliate program
Podpage – For website and link management (and affiliate program info), and where I work as Head of Podcasting
Ask the Podcast Coach – My live Q&A show
Captivate – Podcast hosting (with affiliate program)
Blubrry – Podcast hosting (with affiliate program)
Buzzsprout – Podcast hosting (with affiliate program)
Transistor – Podcast hosting (with affiliate program)
RSS.com – Podcast hosting (with affiliate program)

Affiliate Marketplaces I Use and Mentioned:

Awin (formerly Shareasale): awin.com
CJ (Commission Junction): cj.com
Rakuten: rakuten.com
Partnerstack: partnerstack.com

Other Resources

Profit From Your Podcast Book – My book on podcast monetization (Amazon and audio options).
School of Podcasting Free Resources – Where you can find my full list of affiliate links.
Jesse Lakes on Profit From Your Podcast
9 Reasons Affiliates Get Banned from Amazon (How to Avoid)

Final Takeaways

Affiliate marketing isn’t “get-rich-quick,” but it’s a valuable stream—even if it just covers your hosting bill and some extras!
Use tools like Switchy or Genius Link to keep your links organized, tracked, and up-to-date.
Always disclose your affiliate relationships up front, per FTC guidelines.
If you mention a company on your podcast or in your show notes, tag them on social—sometimes they’ll amplify your reach!

If you’ve got an idea for an episode or want to leave feedback, head to schoolofpodcasting.com/voicemail.

Thanks for tuning in! If this helped you, please share the episode or link a friend to schoolofpodcasting.com/1031.

Mentioned in this episode:

Join the #1 Podcast Education Site - The School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Give Your Podcast A Home

Podpage

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

From Listeners to Advocates: The Magic of True Fans

Mon, 06 Apr 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Have you ever wondered if the reason your podcast hasn’t “exploded” is actually the very thing that could help it last—and make it more rewarding? This week, I look into why having a smaller, passionate, and loyal audience often leads to more meaningful wins (personally and professionally) than simply racking up big download numbers.

If you want to learn how to create enduring engagement, avoid common pitfalls, and connect with listeners in a way that actually matters, this episode is for you.

Here’s what I cover in this week’s “Podcast Stew” styled episode (which includes chapters).

1000 True Fans

Why a “thousand true fans” might just be your biggest business advantage (and how focusing on your core audience beats chasing the casual crowd).
Lessons from YouTube experts (Rocks Codes, Stephen Bartlett, Mr. Beast, Marques Brownlee) on where to put your energy if you want to succeed, and the role thumbnails, titles, and discovery play in growth
My thoughts on competing with “the big guys” - what you should (and shouldn’t) compare against, and why joy matters
Independent vs. networked podcasting: Candid stories from the Young and Profiting team, the Midas Touch podcast, and why control is crucial
The truth about monetization—when is the right time (and why “3% conversion” is the real number to expect)
Behind the curtain of podcast business stats: Lessons from Goal Hanger, ad revenue, and memberships
Platform realities: Spotify’s “walled garden,” why I recommend “anybody but Spotify” for hosting, and insights from James Cridland at Podnews
The importance of fun and fulfillment: advice from LeBron James and Charlie Puth on why loving the work is the true engine for longevity
How to effectively use calls-to-action: Taking lessons from an Audible ad in “Project Hail Mary” and why going “deeper” with your fans matters

Links mentioned this week:

School of Podcasting

Podpage

Podnews Report Card

How to Pitch a Podcast Show (Coming Soon!).

Creators Hub in Spotify

Apple Podcasts Hub

Whether you’re launching, growing, or just rethinking your show’s direction, this episode is packed with honest stories and actionable advice, plus a dash of inspiration to help you stay true to your voice and audience. As always, if you want to go deeper, join the free School of Podcasting

Thanks for listening! Don’t forget to share with a friend who needs a reminder that influence starts with true connection.

Mentioned in This Show

Oxford Road The Media Roundtable Episode

Sound Off Podcast (Matt Cundill interviews Doug Downs)

Why MKBHD Told Netflix: "Don't Bother on Jon Youshaei channel

What Podcasting Can Learn From YouTube Growth with Rox Codes (Podbiz with Norma Jean Belenky)

Lisa Kudrow on Vanity Fair Channel

Sounds Profitable The Download

James Cridland on Spotify's Features "Coming Soon."

Jordan Harbinger Talks YouTube on New Media Show with Rob Greenlee

Charlie Puth on Rick Beato Channel

Project Hail Mary Trailer

Big Lash Energy Interview

Audible (aff link)

Mentioned in this episode:

See Your Show On Podpage

If you host a podcast, your website should work as hard as your episodes do. At Podpage, we automatically create a beautiful, professional site for your show — complete with episode pages, transcripts, audio players, SEO optimization, and built-in tools to grow your audience. No design work. No plugins. No ongoing maintenance. In less than a minute, you can see exactly what your podcast would look like on Podpage. Go to podpage.com/preview and generate your free preview site now. (No Credit Card Required) See your show the way it should look.

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Stop Pushing Listeners Away: The Biggest Podcasting Pet Peeves (and How to Fix Them)

Mon, 30 Mar 2026 00:00:00 -0400

If listeners are quitting your podcast in the first five minutes, this episode is for you. In this annual ‘podcast pet peeves’ roundup, I asked my audience what makes them bail on a show— and they did not hold back.

Participants

You’ll hear from Kim Newlove (The Pharmacist’s Voice, Perrysburg Podcast), Steve Stewart (podcast editor extraordinaire), Todd ‘the Gator’ (Guardian Down Roundtable, Lessons in the Rear View), and York (Welcome to Earth Stories) as they unpack the habits that drive them nuts: from bad audio and buried leads to ad overload, lazy interview questions, sloppy terminology, and more.

You’ll walk away knowing exactly what turns listeners off - and how to fix it. I’ll also share my own take on ads, monetization, and why a little creativity can still set your show apart in 2026

The Most Popular Pet Peeves

Too many/poorly placed ads (especially mid-roll and early heavy ad blocks)
Not getting to the point / burying the lead / unclear episode direction
Lack of preparation (hosts winging it, talking in circles, not prepping guests)
Sloppy language and terminology (“podcast” vs “episode,” “podcasting” vs “podcasts,” RSS vs not)
Wasting listener time with meta-chatter, overlong intros, and “Tell me about yourself” questions

I do this question every year, and as you might imagine, this list doesn't change much. This year seems like advertisements were the top peeve.

Is Everyone Going to use the "YouTube Annoying Your Audience to Death" strategy, and use tools like Supercast and Patreon, and offer an ad-free version?

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Podpage - Podcast Websites

The Pharmacist's Voice

The Perrysburg Podcast

Steve Stewart

Podcast Editors Academy

Welcome to Earth Stories

Guardian Down Roundtable

Lessons in the Rear View

Ask the Podcast Coach

Podcasting Observations (Dave's Newsletter)

School of Podcasting Follow Page

Patreon

Supercast

OP3 Open Source Stats

Truefans.FM

Mentioned in this episode:

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Give Your Podcast A Home

Podpage

School of Podcasting's Big News with Podpage

Mon, 23 Mar 2026 00:00:00 -0400

The School of Podcasting has been acquired, and yes, that means changes are coming. But don’t panic! The essence of what we do is staying intact. We’re diving into the nitty-gritty of what this acquisition means for our loyal members and anyone thinking about joining.

New Free Tier

We’re adding a free tier, more courses, and even a way for you to connect with podcasting experts. This is all about making the podcasting journey smoother and more accessible for everyone.

Brenden and I have a vision for the future, and it’s about empowering you to take your podcasting game to the next level. If you’ve ever wanted to launch a podcast, or if you’re already knee-deep in it and looking for ways to monetize, we’ve got you covered. We’re building a community where you can learn, grow, and thrive, and I’m more excited than ever to be a part of your podcasting journey.

So, let’s get to work and see what we can do together!

My Favorite CRM

I'm not making this up. My favorite CRM is call "Less Annoying CRM. Its s a simple, no-frills customer relationship management tool built specifically for small businesses, solopreneurs, and anyone who feels overwhelmed by complex CRMs. It focuses on the essentials: tracking contacts, managing leads, organizing tasks, and keeping a clear sales pipeline (although I don't use the pipleline tool)

Takeaways:

This week, we celebrated the acquisition of the School of Podcasting by PodPage, which is a huge deal.
I went from living in my brother's basement after a divorce to running a successful podcasting business, talk about an upgrade.
Relationships are key in podcasting; it's wild how many people you meet that can help you out.
We’re excited to expand the School of Podcasting, bringing more courses and experts for everyone to learn from.
This merger means more time and resources to create better content for our community, so stay tuned!
Don't worry, if you’re already a member, nothing changes except for more value coming your way!

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com
podpage.com
podnews.net
Less Annoying CRM
Last week's episode on Podcasting SEO
PodSEO
Heartbeat - Community and Courses Platform

Mentioned in this episode:

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

See Your Show On Podpage

Podpage

How to Grow Your Podcast Audience with SEO and Keywords

Sun, 15 Mar 2026 00:00:00 -0400

When it comes to podcast strategies to grow your podcast, one strategy that often gets overlooked (because it takes time) is Search Engine Optimization (SEO). Now people are starting to market a "New" thing known as PSO (Podcast Search Optimization).

Podcast Search Optimization VS Search Engine Optimization

So what is the difference? In reality not much. Tools like Podseo and PSO and Ausha show you information on how often keywords are being search in Apple and Spotify (and others). SEO tools show what people are searching for in Google and other places (YouTube, TikTok, and more).

So THE question is, do people search differently in a Podcast App vs how they search Google? For me, I don't think so. I might just type a keyword "Podcasting Best Practices" where in Google I would type "Podcasting Best Practices Podcast."

Keyword Research Boils Dow To This

Find a keyword that has a fair number of people searching for (somewhere between 20-100 searches), and see how much competition it has. Instead of trying to score for a really popular keyword, score multiple times with less popular (but still be sought after) key words with less competition. Mom said "Don't go play in traffic," but that's what you need to do - but no on the free way.

What is Your Domain Authority?

SEMRush (a great suite of tools) has a domain authority checker.

Tools To Boost Your Podcast SEO on the Web

Free Keyword Tool (That Sucks IMHO)

https://www.wordstream.com/keywords

Google Keyword Tool (Inside of Adsense Account)

https://ads.google.com

Go to Tools > Planning > Keyword Planner (Free and unlimited use)

Keywords Everywhere

Extension for Chrome and Firefox $7/month. Helps you measure traffic and competition for keywords.

https://keywordseverywhere.com/

Also Asked (see what people are asking)

1 Free search a Day or $12/month

https://alsoasked.com/

Answer Socrates

3 searches a day

$15/month gets you 100 searches a month

https://answersocrates.com

Ubsersuggest

Shows key word competition and more. It's a suite of tools to help find keywords, and write articles.$29/month.$290 Lifetime (credits thanks to AI)

https://ubersuggest.com

SERanking

A full suite of tools that helps you create content, competitor comparisons and more. $129/month

https://www.sewranking.com

SEMRUSH

Consider by many people to be "THE" suite of SEO tools (especially finding tools that your competitor is not using, and you should). $139/month

https://www.semrush.com

Page Audit Chrome Extension

A chrome extension that shows all sorts of information about a page so you can then write a similar page that will rank better.

Chrome Extension

Two Tools Dedicated For Podcast SEO

While I'm not sure there is much difference between SEO and PSO, there two tools dedicated for podcasts.

PSO from Ausha

This tool has some nice features, but it also left me frustrated. If you give me seven days to test the tool, give me access to ALL OF IT. I mean every marketer knows that you give it to the customer and let them "get hooked" so when their trial is over they will purchase.

I couldn't do that as much of the tools spotlighted required me to upgrade. Boo.

That being said it does show how much a keyword is searched for (not as specific as some tools for web seo). It also shows you how hard to competition is.

Keep in mind that you need to give your dashboard 24 hours to show some statistics in your dashboard.

Ausha PSO (affiliate)

PodSEO

This is from Andrea De Marsi (Co-founder of Spreaker) and Francesco Baschieri (Co-founder of Spreaker) and it has a similar feature set to the ausha tool.

You can save 10% using the coupon schoolofpodcasting. (affiliate)

I thought it was very cool that Podseo alerted me to the mistake that I had accidentally listed my show twice in Spotify (I moved from Libsyn to Captivate - nuff said).

It has some cool episode planners, and is cheaper than Ausha PSO. Their AI tools looks at your episodes and recommend future ideas and then helps you plan them, and has a calendar showing when the episodes were released.

They also can send you daily updates on your rankings or your competition.

Check it out at podseo.com and use the coupon schoolofpodcasting to save 10%

Because of My Podcast: Paul Colligan

Paul is a huge theater nerd, and loves the musical Chess. There was a version that was awful, but never got to see it. Then he let a library in NYC know he was a podcaster. Then he got access to videos that the public hasn't seen - because he had a podcast. Check out Paul at https://podcastpartnership.com/

Other Items Mentioned

Turn AI Into Your Personal Podcast Analyst! on Buzzcast

SEO for People Who Don't Like SEO Podcast

Podpage - Websites for Podcasters

Captivate - AI Tools Help You Choose Episode Topics

Oura Ring - Body Measurement via a Ring

Just One Tip Podcast

Big Lash Energy Episode 201

Big Lash Interview on Last Week's Episode

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Want to Make Some Money with Your Podcast?

Pick up any book on podcast monetization, and you will find 90 percent of it only covers how to launch a podcast. If you already have a podcast, you have that information; you’re ready for the next step. Profit from Your Podcast provides top strategies and real-life examples of podcast monetization. This book is more than what to do. It also tells you how to do it. Go to www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book

Profit From Your Podcast

Big Lash Energy: One Million Downloads Fueled by Coffee and Compliments

Mon, 09 Mar 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Welcome to the world of Big Lash Energy, where Jayna Marie takes us on a no-holds-barred journey through the ups and downs of her life and career. As a makeup artist, Jayna decided that her life was too colorful not to share, and she jumped headfirst into podcasting.

It's like she hit the ground running, with tons of awards, 200 episodes, and one million downloads you might say she's unstoppable.

Do You Need a Video Podcast?

The conversation kicks off with Jayna reflecting on the pressure to include video in her podcasting journey, but she confidently asserts that real connection comes from authentic storytelling, not flashy visuals. It’s refreshing to hear someone challenge the norm and embrace the art of audio storytelling.

As the episode unfolds, Jayna shares her experiences with vulnerability, especially in her first episode, where she bared her soul and laid it all on the line. She describes it as feeling like she jumped off a cliff, and honestly, who hasn’t felt that way about sharing their truth? This episode dives into the nitty-gritty of her life, tackling topics that range from relationships to personal growth, all while maintaining a sense of humor that makes you feel like you're chatting with a friend over coffee.

Always Be Entertaining

Jayna emphasizes the importance of being relatable and not shying away from difficult topics, making for a conversation that is both entertaining and enlightening. What really makes Jayna stand out is her approach to audience engagement.

She’s built a loyal following by sharing snippets of her life and encouraging conversations around her podcast episodes. Jayna is all about creating that connection with her listeners, which is a breath of fresh air in a sea of cookie-cutter AI content. And let’s not forget her unique marketing tactics; she even uses dating apps to promote her podcast, turning the world of swiping into a strategic move for gaining listeners. It’s hilarious and clever, showing us that sometimes, the best marketing is just being yourself.

The Power of Being Authentic

This episode isn’t just about podcasting; it’s about authenticity, vulnerability, and the power of storytelling. If you’re looking for inspiration in your own podcasting journey, or just want a good laugh, tune in to hear Jayna Marie's incredible story and the lessons she’s learned along the way.

So whether you're a seasoned podcaster or just curious about what it takes to create a meaningful show, Jayna's insights are golden. She proves that podcasting is more than just a hobby; it’s a way to connect, share, and inspire others through your unique voice. Join us as we delve into the world of Big Lash Energy and discover what makes Jayna Marie a standout in the podcasting community. It's a wild ride, and you won't want to miss it.

Mentioned In This Episode

Big Lash Energy Podcast

Under the Makeup: A very Messy Life (Episode 1)

Faking the "OH!" Face

8 Super Annoying Things That Men Do

I Ran Out Of Time To Say I Love You: It's My Party, I'll Cry If I Want To (her latest episode as of this recording)

Jayna's Makeup Site & Instagram

Sticker Mule (For Car Decals)

Switchy QR Maker, Link Tracker, and "Linktree" type tool

Fourth Wall Create Merch

Podpage Pretty Websites For Podcasters Who Don't Want To Learn How To Code

Tim Wohlberg's Just the Tip Podcast

Podcasting Tips From Jayna Marie:

Lead with vulnerability and authenticity

Sharing your true self and personal stories draws in listeners and forges real connections.

Serve your audience with purpose

Focus on providing value for others and fill gaps you wish someone had filled for you.

Don’t overthink—trust your gut and put your work out there

Creativity thrives when you let go of perfectionism and follow your instincts.

Make sure every episode has a clear purpose

Aim for your episodes to make listeners laugh, cry, or learn—give them a reason to engage.

Prioritize storytelling and strong writing

Compelling, well-crafted stories are at the heart of a great podcast.

Break up solo shows with production elements

Use sound effects, music, and character voices to keep solo episodes interesting and dynamic.

Collaborate closely with your editor

Build a strong partnership for creative sound design and production ideas.

Release episodes on a consistent schedule

Consistency builds trust and keeps your audience coming back.

Build and engage a community

Foster relationships with listeners to create fierce loyalty and word-of-mouth promotion.

Be intentional about monetization and ads

Consider whether monetizing with ads fits your brand and your listeners’ experience.

Leverage your podcast to support your main business

Use your show to help connect with potential clients in your field.

Save and revisit listener feedback

Keep encouraging messages for motivation during challenging times.

Create desirable merch—only sell what you’d wear

Strong branding and personal endorsement make merchandise more appealing.

Be creative with your marketing strategies:

Utilize unconventional ideas, such as:

Sharing your podcast link in dating bios

Setting up at relevant trade shows

Distributing podcast cards in swag bags with recommended episodes

Branding your car with podcast info and QR codes

Track your promotional results

Use QR codes to measure the effectiveness of your offline marketing efforts.

Encourage value-for-value support

Make it easy for loyal listeners to give back, whether buying merch or donating.

Host in-person events for your audience

Create memorable live gatherings to deepen connections and increase social media buzz.

Promote episodes long after release with social posts

Share throwbacks, listener DMs, and topical connections on your stories to boost ongoing downloads.

Show your creative process on social media

Build anticipation for new episodes and keep your audience actively engaged.

Know your target audience and stay on-brand

Be clear about who your podcast is for, and let that clarity reflect in your branding.

Prepare thoroughly before launching

Study podcasting fundamentals, plan your content, and understand your desired audience.

Don’t share every story—wait until you know the lesson

Only open up about painful moments when you’re ready to share how you grew from them.

Understand podcasting is hard work—stay motivated

Celebrate the impact you have, and let your listeners’ appreciation keep you going

Always Research Your Guest (from Dave)

The question AI gave me to interview Jayna were nothing compared to the questions that came up after I listened to her show.

Mentioned in this episode:

Have You Heard About the Podpage Assistant?

Podpage

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Podcast Short Cuts and Sacrifices: What Worked?

Mon, 02 Mar 2026 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, I tackled the question submitted by Emily Kate: What sacrifices and shortcuts did you take in your podcasting journey, and did they work out well? A fantastic lineup of podcasters shared their wisdom, experiences, and favorite tools. Here’s an organized list of all the contributors with their URLs, plus every resource/tool we mentioned to help you on your own podcasting path.

Contributors & Their URLs

Emily Kate :

emilykatecreative.com

Kim Newlove ("The Pharmacist’s Voice" & "Perrysburg Podcast")

thepharmacistsvoice.com

perrysburgpodcast.com

Ralph ("Ask Ralph Media Network")

askralph.com

Includes shows: Financially Confident Christian, Grit and Growth Business, Truth Unveiled with Ralph, Content Creators Accountant

Todd the Gator ("Guardian Down Roundtable")

guardiandowncast.com

Krista Lawley & Mark ("Practical Prepping Podcast")

practicalprepping.info

Resources & URLs Mentioned

Otter.ai – Transcription tool
Bitly – Link shortener/tracker/QR Code Creator
Switchy – Link shortener/tracker/QR code creator (one time payment)
Steve Stewart’s Podcast Editor Finder Form
Podcast Editors Academy
Auphonic – Audio processing & AI audio editing
Audacity – Audio editing software
OBS (Open Broadcaster Software)
Descript – Audio editing & AI tool
Resound.fm – De-um tool & audio editing
AppSumo – Deals platform (referenced for AI tools)
Castmagic – AI show notes & content creation
Podpage – Podcast website builder
Music Radio Creative – Jingles, music, and audio branding
Suno – AI-generated jingles/music
Ecamm Live – Live streaming & recording software (Mac only)
Alec Johnson / One Take Productions Ecamm Live Masterclass
Magi – AI aggregation tool
Voice Regen - AI Audio Clean Up Tool
The Audacity to Podcast
The Podcasters Roundtable
Podcasters Studio

Mentioned in this episode:

Podpage is Now Included with Blubrry Hosting

Podpage

Podcast Hot Seat - Now Private Podcast Audits

There are things your podcast is missing that often lead to you losing the audience you are attracting. I help make good podcasts GREAT. End the frustration with your podcast growth. Check out the Podcast Hot Seat Service Today.

Podcast Hotseat

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Dreaming of starting your own podcast but not sure where to begin? Podcasting in Six Weeks gives you a clear, step-by-step path to go from idea to launch with confidence. This practical course is designed to help you create, record, edit, publish, and promote your podcast in just six weeks. Whether you're starting from scratch or feeling overwhelmed by the technical side, you'll get the guidance, structure, and tools you need to launch a podcast that sounds professional and reaches the right audience. Ready to stop overthinking and start podcasting? Join Podcasting in Six Weeks today and turn your voice, ideas, and expertise into a show people want to hear. The best part? It's only $1 Classes Start June 3rd

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

The Pros and Cons of Going Video: Let’s Talk

Mon, 23 Feb 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it's Dave Jackson! In this episode, Ishare my talk that I did at the National Religious Broadcasters (NRB) about video podcasting. What are the real benefits, the costs, and the drawbacks? I also tackled the recent Apple announcement about HLS video, shared my NRB event experience, and got into some real stats and stories about YouTube and podcasting.

This episode uses chapters to enable you to jump to the most important parts for you.

Key Topics Covered:

The difference between a podcast and a YouTube show
Stats on how many podcasters are actually doing "real" video
YouTube's change to how Shorts views are counted
Pros and cons of YouTube for discovery and monetization
Cost breakdowns of starting both audio and video podcasts
Completion percentages for audio vs video shows
Algorithm reality and how audience recommendations work
Major drawbacks of relying on video platforms for income
The new Apple HLS video announcement: what it means, who it's for, and whether you should care
Real examples of creators' experiences on YouTube

My Takeaways:

You don't have to do video if you don't want to. Video can help with discovery, but the audio side offers significantly more opportunity—sometimes a 15x larger audience! Also, while YouTube provides community and powerful analytics, the algorithm and monetization risks are real. The new Apple HLS video support is mostly about helping advertisers, not creators, and comes with new costs.

Resources & Links Mentioned:

School of Podcasting: schoolofpodcasting.com
Podcast Host Survey (Dr. Colin Gray): thepodcasthost.com
The Truth About ‘Video Podcasts’ on YouTube
These 5 Podcasters Added Video – Here’s What Happened
PodcastIndex stats: podcastindex.org
Hosting Recommendations:
Captivate: captivate.fm
Buzzsprout: buzzsprout.com
RSS.com: rss.com
Blubrry: blubrry.com
Think Media (YouTube demonetization video): thinkmedia.com
Truth Unveiled with Ralph (Ralph Eastep):
Sponsor Magnet book by Justin Moore:
Profit from Your Podcast (my book):
Streamline Solopreneur with Joe Casabona
Around the Layout (Ray)
Podpage (Podcast Website builder): podpage.com
Podnews details on Apple announcement on HLS
Jordan Harbinger on the New Media Show
Professor of Rock on AI Ruining YouTube.
Rob Walch talks about Club Random

Other Tools Mentioned:

Samson Q2U mic, Rode PodMic USB, Shure MV7 and SM7B, Audio-Technica AT897 Shotgun Condenser Microphone (mic options)
Elgato Facecam Pro, Sony ZV-E10 II (camera options)
Descript & Riverside (remote video recorders/editors)
Patreon & SuperCast (crowdfunding)
Ecamm Live (live streaming tool)
Inexpensive Lighting Rig

Final Thoughts:

If you want to do video, go ahead—but know the realities and risks. Don't let anyone (especially YouTube or Spotify) pressure you into it unless it suits your content and goals. And keep in mind, when Apple rolls out its new features, it’s likely to come with extra charges, so stay informed!

If you need help planning, launching, or growing your show, check out schoolofpodcasting.com and use coupon code LISTENER.

Please share the episode with a friend if you found it helpful!

Send people to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/1024

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Want to Make Some Money with Your Podcast?

Profit From Your Podcast

Cut the Fluff, Keep the Gold: How to Edit for Your Audience

Mon, 16 Feb 2026 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, I’m walking you through why great podcast editing doesn’t start with software, plugins, or secret shortcuts — it starts with knowing your audience. Once you’re crystal clear on who you’re talking to and what they value, editing becomes a lot easier: you simply remove anything that wastes their time or doesn’t deliver value.

Editing For Content

I’ll share examples from real interviews (including Amy Poehler’s “Good Hang” and conversations with my friends Daniel J. Lewis and Katie Krimitsos) to show how to tighten up questions, trim rambling answers, and keep the pace moving so your listeners stay engaged from start to finish.

If you’ve ever listened back to your show and thought, “It’s fine…but something feels off,” this one’s for you.

---

Where To start?

Editing starts with your audience, not your software

Why the first question is, “Who am I talking to and what do they want?”
How knowing your audience’s problems, language, and attention span guides every cut.
The “vegetarian at dinner” analogy: if you know who’s coming, you know what not to serve.

Did they actually answer the question?

Using Amy Poehler’s friend and Jennifer Lawrence as an example of a non-answer answer.
How to spot when guests talk *around* a question instead of answering it.
When to follow up, when to re-ask more simply, and when to just fix it in the edit.

Cut the fluff, keep the value

Trimming long-winded questions where the host gives too much backstory.
Shortening guest answers that wander, repeat, or add no value to the listener.
Why you don’t need to include your guest “thinking out loud” to get to the point.

Friends, comfort, and wasted time

How being comfortable with guests (friends, colleagues) can lead to bloated conversations.
Why “fun to say” isn’t the same as “valuable to hear” for your audience.
The discipline of deleting entire questions and answers that just don’t land.

Content editing vs. cosmetic editing

Why removing bad questions is more powerful than removing ums and uhs.
When it makes sense to leave in human imperfections for a natural feel.
The mindset shift from “How do I make this cleaner?” to “How do I make this stronger?”

Basic audio cleanup that actually matters

A practical order of operations: repair first, then shape the sound.
What plosives, noise gates, compression, EQ, and de-essers do in plain English.
Why “listenable” beats “perfect,” especially for guest recordings.

Testing popular cleanup tools on bad audio

What happened when I ran intentionally bad audio through different tools.
How tools like Voice Regen, Auphonic, Descript Studio Sound, Adobe Enhance, and others compare in real use.
Why the cheap, simple option sometimes wins for everyday podcasters.

Know your audience, know your cuts

How hanging out where your audience hangs out (YouTube, Facebook groups, Reddit, etc.) tells you what to keep.
The simple question to ask of every segment: “Does this deliver value to *my* listener?”
How better audience understanding leads to faster editing and stronger episodes.

Key Takeaway:

Editing isn’t about showing off your software skills. It’s about respecting your listener’s time. When you know exactly who they are and what they care about, the decisions of what to cut — and what to keep — almost make themselves.

Links Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Podpage

How to Pitch a Podcast Show (submit your show)

Good Hang Jennifer Lawrence Episode

Women's Mediation Network

Podchapters

Podgagement

Samson Q2U Microphone

Voice Regen from Waves

Auphonic

Descript Studio Sound

Adobe Enhance

Accentize Dxrevive Pro

Check Your Loudness at https://loudness.app/en

YouTube Demonetizing Shows (30K Goodbye!)

Big Lash Energy's Jayna Marie is Next Week.

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Help Us Fight Back Against Spam and Get Some Exposure

How to Pitch a Podcast is a show I'm launching that NEEDS your stories of good/bad pitches. Read your bad/good pitch (I'll remove the guilty names) and explain why it's good or bad. Then (if it's bad) explain what your perfect guest would be, tell us about your show and your website. Don't over-think it. I need your stories by 2/28 to launch. Go to pitchapodcast.com/story

Pitch a Podcast

Join the School of Podcasting

Mark from Practical Prepping had been podcasting for a while, but after joining the School of Podcasting, his podcast grew at a faster rate. His Facebook group has over 30,000 members! Join the School of Podcasting and get access to: Step-by-step tutorials An amazing podcast community Unlimited One-On-One Coaching Join today worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee!

School of Podcasting

Ingredients that Make People Binge Your Podcast

Mon, 09 Feb 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Alright, so if you’re a podcaster looking to snag more listeners and get them hooked on your back catalog, then buckle up, because we’re diving into binge triggers straight outta the Netflix playbook. We’re breaking down three juicy strategies that can keep your audience glued to their headphones, even after they’ve finished your latest episode. Plus, we’ve got a heartwarming “because of my podcast” story from Ray Arnott that’ll make you believe in the magic of podcasting. So, if you're tired of people tuning in and then bouncing faster than a bad date, stick around. We’re gonna make your podcast the one they're bingeing on next!

1. Open Loops (Brain Gaps)

What It Is:

An open loop is an unresolved element in your content—a question, mystery, or ongoing storyline that the listener subconsciously wants resolved. This is a storytelling technique borrowed from TV and movies: cliffhangers, subplots, or even hints about future developments that drive people to keep watching (or listening) to find out what happens next.

Examples from the Episode:

uses TV examples like Will Trent and Tracker:

"There's a problem at the beginning of the episode… and 50 minutes later, give or take, the problem is solved. … On occasion they'll do a two-parter with a cliffhanger." (01:39)

In Will Trent, the ongoing subplot about the main character being disliked and saving a dog (an adaptation of the “save the cat” storytelling trope) gets the audience rooting for him, creating emotional investment through an open loop about his relationships and backstory.

"You have this underlying story that's going through the whole thing, and I believe that's why we are binging content." (13:11)

In podcasts, an open loop could be as simple as starting a story in one episode and promising to finish it later, or introducing a mystery or a question (“Did James ever fix his solar panels?”) that’s answered in a later episode.

How To Use:

Tease questions (“Next week, I’ll reveal the results…”)
Continue a personal story arc across episodes
Dangle small mysteries (“I opened the door and only saw one of the three things I was looking for…”) (
Share journey updates that listeners want closure or progress on

2. Teasers & Episode Structure

What It Is:

Tease content before and after episodes to contextualize your podcast for new and returning listeners. By referencing what was discussed in previous episodes and previewing what’s coming next, you build a web of episodes that feel interconnected—just like "Next Episode" buttons on streaming platforms encourage more watching.

Examples from the Episode:

highlights Harry Duran’s approach:

"He introduces his show… 'If you missed last week's episode, we talked to so-and-so about such and such…' On today's show, we're talking with so-and-so. … At the end of the show… he knows what the next episode is. … You now have 3 ideas of what this show is about." (08:28)

The benefit is, if listeners hear a recap of a past episode or a preview of the next, they’re incentivized to explore your other episodes—bingeing your back catalog.

How To Use:

At the start: preview what’s happening in the current episode and what listeners missed if they haven’t heard recent content
At the end: teaser for the next episode (e.g., “Next week, I’m talking to…”)
Mention popular or related episodes (“Check out our past episode on…”)
Structure your season thematically, so every episode contributes to a bigger picture (e.g., a season all about podcast hardware invites listeners to hear the whole set)

3. Ongoing Initiatives & Personal Journeys

What It Is:

Maintain a continuous, real-life thread running through your podcast—such as a personal project, journey, or community initiative—which encourages listeners to check back for updates and stay invested in your progress over time.

Examples from the Episode:

I talk about his “How to Pitch a Podcast” project:

“I've been talking about the How to Pitch a Podcast project… I'm not launching the show until I get 20 stories. … It’s an ongoing initiative that people are like, oh, you know, and you might be kind of involved with like, oh, I really want to see this show take off.” (10:23)

He references Joanna Penn’s podcast chronicling her journey to become an independent author—listeners followed along as she learned, failed, and eventually succeeded, creating long-term engagement and rooting interest.
Many shows use “journey” approaches where listeners are encouraged to follow a process or transformation over time (fitness challenges, entrepreneurial launches, etc.).

How To Use:

Start a project or challenge and give periodic updates (“I’m launching X, here’s what happened this week…”)
Share personal development arcs—what you’re learning, obstacles, and milestones
Invite audience participation (“I need 20 submissions from you before the project goes live!”)

In summary:

Open loops hook listeners by leaving threads unresolved, making them want to continue and find closure.
Teasers and structured episode links make every episode a gateway to others in your catalog, increasing binge potential.
Ongoing initiatives or journeys build sustained interest by making listeners part of your process and progress.

These strategies ensure listeners don’t just drop in for a single episode—they feel compelled to stick around, binge, and become loyal fans.

Becuase of My Podcast: Ray Arnott

Ray Arnott from the Around the Layout Show (model trains) has been on the show before, and today Ray shares how a listener from Australia is paying for Ray's tripe to come to a model train meetup in Australia!

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com
pitchapodcast.com
aroundthelayout.com
podcastjunkies.com
newmediashow.com
Pet Davidson on Jimmy Fallon
Joe Rogan with Matt Damon and Ben Affleck
Save the Cat Book
Ray Arnott on the School of Podcasting (on finding Sponsors/Partners)

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

The Four D's of Podcasting: Novel Marketing Conference Recap

Mon, 02 Feb 2026 00:00:00 -0400

I just got back from the Novel Marketing Conference. This was put on by my friend Thomas Umstattd Jr (who has a great podcast for authors). I love single track events, and this one was AMAZING. It was all about book marketing (which applies to podcasting). Only the original Podfest comes close (but that didn't feed me Schlotzky's deli Sandwiches).

I need to give credit, the "Four D's" come from Chase Replogle who does a few podcasts including the Pastor Writer, Let's Talk Bible: Kids, and he's the Pastor at Bent Oak Church. His opening keynote was AMAZING. I have adopted it for podcasters.

Main Points:

Single Track Conferences: I explained why single-track conferences are my favorite—you don’t miss out on sessions, and the Novel Marketing Conference was one of the best I’ve attended.
Opening Keynote – The Four Ds: Chase Replogle’s talk resonated with the “Four Ds”: decisiveness, discipline, discernment, and devotion—applies to both writing and podcasting. My favorite: nobody listens to what you record, they listen to what you edit (editing is magic!).
Marketing Parallels: Even though this was a book conference, book marketing is a close cousin to podcast marketing. The basic principles really do translate.
Serving Your Audience: I reflected on the courage to create, facing the fear of “what if nobody listens?”, and focusing on service and devotion to your listeners.
Is Your Podcast a Painkiller or a Vitamin?: Thanks to Thomas Umstattd Jr.’s talk—a “painkiller” solves a direct need, while a “vitamin” is nice to have but not urgent. Think about what pain your show removes for your audience.
Podcast Competition: I highlighted that we’re not just competing with other podcasts, but with all forms of entertainment—TV, games, etc. Know your unique value.
Why People Listen: People consume podcasts for entertainment, education, or escape. I asked: Does your show serve one (or more) of these needs?
Value of Listener’s Time: All podcasts are “free,” but listeners pay with their time. We need to make it worth it.
Improving Your Show: Attending other sessions gave me ideas about making changes that truly improve the show rather than just making it different.
AI & Prompts: I shared tips I learned about using AI—give ChatGPT clear instructions about who you are, what you need, and who your audience is.
Book Covers = Podcast Artwork: Don’t be cheap with your cover! As much as we say not to judge by appearances, we all do. Your show art matters.
Networking: The conference structure ensured everyone met and interacted with new people every day—awesome for making connections.
Feedback & Iteration: Get feedback and be willing to edit and improve. Like writing, multiple drafts (and edits) make better episodes.
Target Audience: Jonathan’s session hit home: don’t just market for yourself—know your actual audience, and don’t trust social media polls alone.
Conferences in General: I appreciated speakers not blatantly selling from stage—a rarity!
If You Want to Start a Show: Record everything (planning, editing, writing, etc.) to see how much time it takes, then set a sustainable schedule.
Finding Your Listeners: Look for audiences in adjacent markets—not just podcasting-specific spaces.
More Takeaways: The importance of networking, getting feedback, and attending events that put you in the room with your ideal audience.

Mentioned In This Episode

Thomas's Patron Toolbox

Novel Marketing Podcast

Chase Replogle

School of Podcastng

Podpage

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Behind the Scenes at Podfest: Lessons, Laughs, and Cold Coffee

Mon, 26 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it’s Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting, and in this episode, I’m recapping my experience at Podfest 2026, which was a whirlwind of hallway chats, memorable dinners, and some eye-opening lessons. Here’s what I cover:

Hallway Conversations & Overheard Myths: I noticed folks were obsessing over tiny details like the exact minute a podcast should release, debating things like whether 8:01am is better than 8:00am. Honestly, I don’t think anyone is waiting by their phone for your show to drop to the minute. Being consistent matters more than timing it down to the second.

The Role (and Cost) of AI in Podcasting: I talked to podcasters searching for AI tools that could do everything—generate ideas, write scripts, edit, publish, you name it—ideally for free. The reality is, good AI isn’t free, and companies are raising prices when they add AI features. “AI” stands for “Always Increase” when it comes to your expenses!

Reflections on Video: Unlike previous conferences, there wasn’t as much pressure this time to dive into video podcasting. Most folks seemed to realize you don’t want AI or automation to create your whole show. Polishing? Sure, but not producing the meat.

A Cool AI Demo: I saw a preview of Episonic AI, which analyzes your past episodes, constructs a target audience profile, and even suggests topics and guests. It was interesting in demo form, but I’d want to play with it myself before really judging.

Conference Costs and Why They're So High: I break down just how expensive it is to put on a conference—think $10k to rent an LED screen and $8k just to plug it in. Even coffee for attendees can run $135/gallon! High ticket prices aren’t about gouging attendees; organizers are just trying to cover astronomical hotel fees.

Networking Magic: The biggest benefit of these events is always the networking. I had a blast connecting with old friends, like Daniel J. Lewis, Rob Walsh, Rob Greenlee, and James Cridlin, and got to enjoy some great stories and camaraderie.

Podcasting Hall of Fame: The Hall of Fame event was a highlight. Seeing so many people who’ve truly served the podcasting community—sharing knowledge, fighting legal battles, innovating—reminded me that serving your audience is the common denominator among podcasting greats.

A Word on Programmatic Ads: I discuss my article comparing podcast CPM/programmatic ads to the historic crash of banner ad prices on websites. My worry: as more low-quality, AI-generated shows flood the market and accept pennies, ad rates may sink across the board.

"How to Pitch a Podcast" Show Update: I’m experimenting with a new show concept where we share the worst—and best—podcast pitches. So far, the main hurdle is getting folks to submit their stories in audio form. I’ve simplified the process, and hope more people will participate. If not, it may become a segment rather than a full show.

Final Thoughts: If you went to Podfest, don’t wait to follow up with those business cards—make the most of your new connections! I share about my next steps, including attending the Novel Marketing Conference in Austin, and remind everyone to check out schoolofpodcasting.com if you want personal help growing your show.

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting Community

Podnews

Rich Graham the Merch Drop Show

Jeff Grief and the Sell'n Podcast.

Electronic Frontier Foundation

Podfest Expo

Episonic.ai

Capitvate Media Hosting

Podcast Hall of Fame Replay

Thanks for listening, please share the show if you found it valuable, and I’ll catch you next week!

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Behind the Scenes of My New Podcast

Mon, 19 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -0400

On today’s episode, I dig into my thought process as I consider launching a new podcast—and I walk through the essential questions I ask anyone who’s thinking about starting one. If you’ve already got a podcast, these questions might help you rethink your approach.

Why am I starting this podcast?

I share my background as a teacher and my desire to fight back against spammy guest pitches. I want to educate PR agencies and help fellow podcasters feel less alone in the sea of spam.

Who is this podcast for?

This show is for two groups: PR agencies (so they can do their job better) and podcasters (so they know they’re not alone and can improve how they handle pitches).

How will I measure success?

Instead of downloads, I’ll measure success by how many people utilize resources I share, like PodMatch and PodcastGuests.com. I’ll also keep tabs on affiliate signups.

What are the hurdles?

I reflect on a previous project, Dates from Hell, which struggled because it required audience participation but didn’t yet have an audience. For this new podcast, I’ll need a steady supply of good (and bad) pitches from listeners.

Is this a passion project, hobby, or business?

This is mostly a passion project and a hobby, driven by my desire to make a difference and maybe have some fun. If I can monetize it, that’s a nice bonus.

Why will my audience listen?

Listeners will tune in to hear entertainingly bad pitches, learn how to make their own pitches better, and find solidarity in their struggles with guest booking spam. Plus, I’ll offer educational insights that no one else seems to be sharing right now.

How long will it take to make an episode?

I estimate each episode will take around half an hour to produce, keeping things doable alongside my other commitments. You measure your production time and then choose your schedule.

Do I have time and resources to make this happen?

I’ve already got hosting, gear, and a plan for the website (PitchAPodcast.com). The biggest challenge will be getting enough listener participation to keep the show going.

Key Takeaway

I’m considering a crowd-generated podcast to tackle the problem of bad guest pitches.
If you’d like to participate, send me your stories of bad (or good!) pitches, info about your podcast and website, and details on your ideal guest.
I run through all the big questions to ask before launching, sharing my honest answers and experiences.

Links Mentioned

Pitchapodcast.com

schoolofpodcasting.com

podcastingobservations.com

Captive Media Hosting

Buzzsprout Media Hosting

PodMatch

PodcastGuests.com.

Podpage.com

---

If you have your own pitch stories or want to get involved, head to PitchAPodcast.com and share your experiences!

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

The Myth of Overnight Success: What Podcasting Really Takes

Mon, 12 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it’s Dave Jackson here! In this episode, I’m diving letting you see why patience and persistence matter more than anything else in podcasting (and, honestly, in most creative pursuits). We’ve all been spoiled by the microwave mentality (wanting quick results and instant gratification) but the real success stories are built over years, not weeks.

I kick things off with the story of the microwave’s invention as a metaphor for how society craves instant results, then flip the script to talk about why that approach just doesn’t work in podcasting.

What Does it Take to Be Known?

You’ll hear me break down the journeys of big names like Morgan Freeman, Samuel L. Jackson, Harrison Ford, Bryan Cranston, Lucille Ball, and even musicians like Bonnie Raitt and Andrea Bocelli—all of whom pushed through years (sometimes decades) before their “big break.” Yes, even Adam Sandler and Jerry Seinfeld had plenty of failures, awkward moments, and years of grinding before the world knew their names. I share how their experiences relate directly to podcasting, and why embracing your own style and sticking with what you love can make all the difference.

You Need To Be More Than "Good"

I also talk about the importance of consistency, cross-promotion, knowing your audience, and making your content “remarkable”—the kind people just have to talk about. I share how Seinfeld didn’t become a household name overnight, and how even my own podcast journey has been about slow, steady growth, not big, sudden leaps.

Plus, I get into listener engagement strategies, word-of-mouth tactics, and why you should appreciate the connections and opportunities podcasting brings, from new friendships to dream gigs. And yes, you’ll hear a little power rant about the NFL’s approach to consistency (or lack thereof)!

Because of My Podcast Lou Mongello

Finally, I wrap up with plenty of listener “because of my podcast” stories, examples of how podcasting opens doors you never imagined, and a reminder that there’s nothing stopping you from growing your show except your own willingness to put in the time and effort.

If you want to get inspired and set the right expectations for your own podcast journey—or just need a reminder that you’re not alone in the slow grind—this episode is for you. Thanks for tuning in!

Mentioned In This Episode

Lou Mongello and his WDW Radio

Lou Mongello on SOP 713

Because of My Podcast Post on Reddit

Because of my podcast show

Mentioned in this episode:

Podcast Hot Seat

Attention podcasters! Are you ready to take your show to the next level? Introducing Podcast Hot Seat, the ultimate resource for podcasters who want to elevate their game. Just like a friend who tells you you've got spinach in your teeth, we're here to give you the honest feedback you need to shine. At podcasthotseat.com, we specialize in helping good podcasts become great. Hall of Fame podcaster Dave Jackson will identify your strengths and show you how to leverage them to keep your audience hooked. Don't let small oversights hold you back from podcasting stardom. Visit podcasthotseat.com today and put your show in the hot seat. Your listeners will thank you! Order now and get a free month at the School of Podcasting included in your purchase.

Podcast Hotseat

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

How to Start a Podcast in 2026

Mon, 05 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -0400

If you want a podcast launch checklist I have one available here. This show is intended for beginners to podcasting. If you already have one, this may be one to skip (or you will hear things you should've thought about but didn't).

Here are the steps I covered.

Pick Your Topic
Decide if you're podcasting solo or with cohost(s).
Pick how you will podcast.
Pick where will you podcast?
Choose how you will measure your success
Pick a name. Naming tools from Podpage and Buzzsprout.
Buy the Hardware
Buy/Find Software
Purchase web hosting
Domain Name ( Ilke Namecheap)
Graphics
Intro Music. (optional)
Media Hosting (for your mp3 files)
Record Your Content
Edit Your Content
Upload your media
Write Your Show Notes
Click Publish
Make Sure your Feed is Valid
Publish to Apple, Spotify, and all other directories.
Tell everyone you know to follow the show on the same day

Here’s a handy list of every website and URL I mentioned in this episode, so you can find the resources and recommendations I talked about:

School of Podcasting:

https://schoolofpodcasting.com

Podpage:

https://podpage.com

(And check out https://trypodpage.com for a quick start!)

Buzzsprout:

https://buzzsprout.com

Captivate:

https://captivate.fm

Blubrry:

https://blubrry.com

RSS.com:

https://rss.com

Castfeed Validator:

https://castfeedvalidator.com

Namecheap (my favorite for domains):

https://namecheap.com

CoolerWebsites (my GoDaddy reseller):

https://coolerwebsites.com

PodcastBranding Co (for professionally designed artwork):

https://podcastbranding.co

Canva (for DIY podcast artwork):

https://canva.com

Transistor’s artwork preview tool:

https://transistor.fm/preview/

TuneReel (for music licensing):

https://tunereel.com

Suno/Suno AI Music (for AI-generated music):

https://supportthisshow.com/suno

Hollyland (wireless microphones):

https://geni.us/hollyland-larkm2s

Rode (microphones and lavalier mics):

Podmic USB

Rode Wireless Mico

Elgato (Facecam, key light, and stream deck):

Facecam

Keylight

GVM (lighting kits):

3 Light Package

Neewer (affordable lighting):

2 Light Kit

Camo (turns your phone into a webcam):

Turn Your Phone into a Web Cam

Streamlight (monitor-to-light software):

Turn your monitor into a light (Windows only)

Hindenburg (audio editing software):

https://hindenburg.com

Audacity (free audio editor):

https://audacityteam.org

Adobe Podcast (audio editing):

https://podcast.adobe.com

Alitu (online audio editing tool):

https://alitu.com

Descript (audio/video editing):

https://descript.com

Riverside (remote recording & video editing):

https://riverside.fm

Squadcast (remote recording):

https://squadcast.fm

ECAMM Live (Mac live streaming & recording):

https://ecamm.com

EV Mux (live streaming):

https://evmux.com

Streamyard (live streaming):

https://streamyard.com

Camtasia (video editing):

https://techsmith.com/video-editor.html

Tela (online video hosting & editing):

https://tella.com

DaVinci Resolve (free video editor):

https://blackmagicdesign.com/products/davinciresolve/

Audio Outperforms Video 15 to 1 (Rob Walch Talk)

https://youtu.be/jqWNXW0gMs4?si=ITLHr2cAqIsjTBds&t=715

Takeaways:

Starting a podcast is simple but can be a real pain in the neck.
You gotta know your 'why' for podcasting, or you'll just quit when it gets tough.
Finding your target audience is crucial, don't just say 'everyone' because that's not helpful.
Investing in good audio equipment is key, because bad sound makes people leave fast.
Audio is the most important element of video

Mentioned in this episode:

Want to Make Some Money with Your Podcast?

Profit From Your Podcast

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Launch and Grow Your Podcast with the School of Podcasting

Thu, 01 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, I’m Dave Jackson, host of The School of Podcasting.

If you want to start a podcast or make the one you already have better, this show is for you. Every week, I share tips, insights, and proven strategies to help you podcast with more confidence and less confusion.

I've made it easy to follow the show, just go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow to follow the show and never miss an episode.

What's Your Favorite Podcast (AND WHY) 2025 Edition

Mon, 29 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -0400

What makes a podcast someone's favorite? I ask this every year, and here are the shows that were mentioned:

Here is a list of the "Favorite" shows, as well as those who submitted them. Thanks so all who were involved.

1. Nudge

2. No Agenda

3.Treat Addiction Podcast

4. Daily Devotions for Busy Lives

5. Harry Shearer’s Show "Le Show"

6. School of Podcasting

7. Time Suck

8. Too Many Tabs

9. What Was That Like?

10. Daily Sports History

11. Walking is Fitness

12. Welcome to Earth Stories

13. The Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast

14. The Perrysburg Podcast

15. Content Creators Accountant

16. Back Look Cinema

17. POD News Weekly Review

18. Grow The Show

19. Podcast411

20. Your Podcast Consultant

Common Thread of Great Content

The common thread is distinctive, hard-to-find content delivered by engaging hosts with real chemistry, in a well-thought-out format, that solves a listener problem and leaves them feeling something (hopeful, grounded, entertained, or relieved).

Did You Get Value From The Show?

If you'd like to give back some of the value you received, you can do a one-time gift, or become an awesome supporter.

Gear Used On This Episode

Accentize Dialogue Enhance Plugin

Rode Podmic USB

Rodecaster Duo

Schepps Omni Channel Plugin

Captivate Media Hosting

Mentioned in this episode:

Don't Wait to Level Up Your Show

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Who is Peeing in the Podcast Pool?

Mon, 22 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it's Dave! In this episode (which uses chapters FYI), I take you through a year-end wrap-up, sharing stories, rants, insights, and predictions about the world of podcasting. Here are the main points I covered:

1. A Christmas Story with a Lesson for Podcasters

I kicked things off with a humorous Christmas tale about the Cridland Boys Choir, and what happens when you keep loosening your standards just to hit a target—a not-so-subtle lesson for the podcasting world.

2. Pushing Back on Changing Definitions in Podcasting

I strongly disagreed with Steve Goldstein and Jay Nachlis' take that YouTube should be considered podcasts. (also TikTok, and Newsletters).

I emphasized that a podcast, by definition, is audio, video, or PDF delivered via RSS—without that, it's not a podcast.

3. Why "Everything Is a Podcast" is Dangerous

I called out the industry for letting YouTube (and now TikTok) hijack the term "podcast," muddling data and damaging clarity around the medium.

4. The Hazards of Exclusive Distribution Deals

I discussed how exclusive distribution (like those seen with Netflix and Spotify) leads to loss of control and audiences for podcasters.

5. Warning Signs of Big Companies Manipulating Podcasting

Shared concerns about major corporations and what happens when their decisions are driven mainly by shareholder profits and not creators or audiences.

6. AI Content Flooding the Podcast Space

I highlighted the dangers of companies like Inception Point AI mass-producing low-value podcasts, cluttering directories, harming discoverability, and devaluing advertising rates.

7.Common Missteps Hurting Podcast Discovery

I warned about creating duplicate listings in Apple Podcasts and elsewhere, usually when moving hosts, and the importance of understanding how to migrate your show correctly.

8. Show Name Collisions

I noted the confusion caused by multiple shows using the same title (like "Thinking Outside the Box") and urged creators to do their research before naming their show.

9. Monetization Predictions for the Coming Year

I predicted a shift toward premium/patron-supported models as podcasters get frustrated with low ad rates.

10. The Fight Against "AI Slop"

I advocated for collectively pushing back against low-quality, AI-generated spam content in our medium.

11. Upcoming Industry Mergers

I think we'll see podcast-related companies merging or being acquired in the near future.

12. The Reality of YouTube for Podcasters

I expect many podcasters to try YouTube, realize it's not for them, and return to audio-first approaches—while some will succeed by mastering the video platform.

13. A Desire for More Creativity in Podcasting

I called for a resurgence of risk-taking and creative experimentation, rather than everyone following the same tired formats.

Podcasts/Shows Noted:

Pod News Weekly Review

No Agenda Show

Good Hang with Amy Poehler

Things We Learn in a Bar

Work for the Wind by Aliyah Langley

Steve's Blog That Drives Me Nuts

For more details, behind-the-scenes commentary, and my thoughts on where the industry is headed, give this episode a listen. And as always, if you need help planning, launching, growing, or monetizing your podcast, check out schoolofpodcasting.com (coupon code: listener).

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Podcasting Build Relationships Which Leads to Opportunities

Mon, 15 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it's Dave Jackson, and I'm thrilled to bring you episode 1014 of the School of Podcasting. You’ve heard me say it before: "Podcasts lead to relationships, and those relationships lead to opportunities." Today, I brought proof! I sat down with Kim Newlove and Jan Almasey, who shared amazing stories about how starting a podcast opened doors they never anticipated.

Kim Newlove’s Story:

Kim hosts The Pharmacist Voice, where she shares insights on using your voice in the medical field, as well as the Perrysburg Podcast in Ohio. It’s been incredible watching Kim become a mini local celebrity—people in her town now recognize her as "the podcast woman." Whether it’s meeting city council members or audience listeners who discovered the area through her podcast, Kim sees firsthand how her show for Perrysburg builds authentic relationships. She even reached out to her local library to run seminars on "how to listen to podcasts," growing her audience one person at a time. You can check out Kim’s work at the Pharmacist Voice.

Jan Almasey’s Journey:

Jan started the Apex Podcast after seeing how storytelling could bring hope to his local community in Stark County, Ohio. Over three years, the show picked up momentum, leading to speaking engagements at high schools, partnerships with the local chamber of commerce, and even a sponsorship from the city that helped him set up a podcast studio in downtown Canton. Jan’s strategy? Build real relationships—sending thank-you cards or making personal follow-up calls to guests fueled organic growth. Later, those relationships directly translated to business opportunities like agency work, consulting gigs, and even a grant through Jumpstart Inc. to support the local economy. Jan’s story proves that podcasting is about more than downloads—it’s about building a network that keeps on growing. Learn more at https://www.linkedin.com/in/jan-almasy/

My Takeaway:

Reflecting on their experiences—and my own—I can't stress enough how starting a podcast can transform your network. Whether you’re meeting listeners at local events, helping someone discover how to use a podcast app, or forming business partnerships outside your traditional circles, these relationships turn into possibilities you never would’ve imagined. Your podcast can be the starting point for new jobs, collaborations, consulting work, or simply making a bigger impact in your community.

If you’re thinking about starting a podcast or you’re on the verge of giving up—let these stories convince you to stick with it. The relationships you build now might lead to the next big opportunity.

Ready to plan, launch, or grow your show? Visit schoolofpodcasting.com and use coupon code LISTENER to save on your membership (with a 30-day money-back guarantee)!

As always, thanks for listening—and if you’ve got a "Because of My Podcast" story, I’d love to hear it!

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Profit From Your Podcast

Ready to make some money with your podcast? Check out the book Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Listeners into a Livelihood. I interviewed 70 different podcasters and share all of their insights into the seven different ways you can make money with your podcast. Available as a paperback, kindle, and audiobook. Go to www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book

Profit From Your Podcast

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

How to Handle Listener Feedback (Even the Awkward Bits)

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Welcome to the show! In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain and sharing the feedback you’ve given me over the past year. From the things you love—like honest opinions and those behind-the-scenes bloopers—to areas where you think I could improve, I’m breaking it all down.

I’ll share how I process both praise and criticism, respond to some thought-provoking and even challenging listener comments, and talk openly about staying authentic on the microphone, no matter what.

If you’ve ever wondered how to handle feedback for your own podcast—or you’re just curious about what really goes on behind the scenes—this episode is for you. Let’s jump in and talk about what it really means to grow through feedback!

Main Points Covered

Shared survey results about my audience (how you found the show, preferences on episode length, etc.)
The value of opinions and why I’m not afraid to voice mine—people appreciate authenticity!
Blooper reel gets love for keeping the show relatable and real.
Several listeners said the show’s focus has improved—thanks for noticing!
Some prefer solo episodes to interviews, and I talk about why I sometimes do interviews anyway.
The “same old” show approach: people tune in for consistency, just like reruns of Hallmark movies.
Trust is crucial; I work hard to give value and answers you can’t find elsewhere.
You can tell when I’m tired or distracted! I agree—your energy transfers to listeners.
Being award-winning isn’t about ego—my goal is always helping people.
Repetition helps beginners, but seasoned podcasters would like more advanced content.
Technical details: I use a Rode Podmic USB microphone into a Rodecaster Duo, recording in Hindenburg.
Notes on ideas and feedback: people want more “behind-the-scenes” and technical information.
Reading vs. riffing: I admit sometimes I slip into “reading mode” and work to stay spontaneous.
Length controversy: some want shorter shows, some longer, but the majority like the current format.
Hobbyists vs. business podcasters: I explain why my content has sometimes shifted toward podcasters wanting to grow.
Ads feedback: some want fewer ads, especially repeating the School of Podcasting ad too often.
Religion and “blue” humor: I discuss my Christian identity, my sense of humor, and respect differing tastes—even when jokes cross lines.
You can’t please everyone—sometimes what “crosses the line” for one person is just casual for another.
Suggestions for more advanced content and deeper listener Q&A segments.
Advanced podcasting wisdom: find out what your audience wants, deliver with value, and keep improving.
On making money: it’s possible, but requires loving the journey and standing out from the crowd.
I’m always open to detailed questions—consider sending in your own for future deep dives!

Websites Mentioned

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

12 Things I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Podcast

Mon, 01 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, I circle back to a classic question:

What do you wish you’d known when you started your podcast that you know now?

This is a question I’ve asked in the past (shout-out to episode 768 back in 2021!), and while I received close to 20 answers then, participation was a bit lighter this time around. But don’t worry—the quality makes up for the quantity!

Featured Guests & Their Insights

I’m joined by two long-time contributors—Kim Newlove and Steve Stewart—who share powerfully honest responses about their podcasting journeys.

Kim Newlove:

Kim shares 12 things she wishes she’d known when starting her podcasts, The Pharmacist’s Voice and the Perrysburg Podcast. She talks about everything from being able to change your podcast’s “why” as its mission evolves, to discovering the right gear (hello, Shure SM7B!), figuring out realistic production schedules, mastering research and writing demands, making effective use of Canva for episode artwork, choosing media hosts wisely, the importance of newsletters, the value of trailers, and more. She emphasizes learning as you go and assures new podcasters that it’s totally okay to fill in gaps as you build your parachute on the way down!

Steve Stewart:

Steve reflects on how much he wishes he’d known how to edit for content when he first began his show in 2010. His early episodes would benefit from a bit more polish, and he shares how improving his editing skills made a huge difference not just for his own podcast, but eventually for others through his work at the Podcast Editors Academy. Steve also offers an excellent resource for anyone looking for a podcast editor.

My Takeaways & Thoughts:

I share my own lessons learned—including the importance of setting aside regular time for learning new skills, asking for direct feedback from listeners, and being willing to adapt and evolve your show as needed. I also discuss the value of constructive criticism and how it helps me grow as a podcaster.

Resources & Mentions:

Kim’s Podcasts: The Pharmacist’s Voice and Perrysburg Podcast
Steve’s Podcast Editing Resource: Find an Editor
School of Podcasting: schoolofpodcasting.com (use coupon code “listenr” for a discount!)
Media Host Recommendations: Captivate, Buzzsprout, Libsyn (coupon sopfree), Transistor, Blubrry, and now RSS.com
Podcast Editors Academy: Steve Stewart and Mark Deal’s community for podcast editors.
Newsletter Tools: ConvertKit (for marketing now Kit) and Substack (for sharing thoughts/content)

As always, I encourage you to ask your audience for feedback, keep learning, and don’t be afraid to tweak your show or try something new. Whether you’re just starting out or you’ve been podcasting for years, there’s always something to learn.

If you want more podcasting content, check out my other shows at powerofpodcasting.com.

Thanks so much for listening! If you enjoyed the episode, I’d truly appreciate it if you shared it with a friend

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Ready to Get Your Podcast Moving?

Tiger Woods, Bill Gates, Oprah Winfrey all had coaches. We can help you avoid mistakes, give you constructive feedback and ensure you sound professional and make content that resonates with your audience. Join the School of Podcasting and in addition to the tutorials and community you get five hours of one-on-one coaching with me each month.

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

12 Signs Your Podcast Is Actually Working

Mon, 24 Nov 2025 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, I look into the many ways you can measure the success of your podcast beyond just download numbers. Too often, new podcasters get fixated on stats that might not actually reflect their true goals, whether that’s growing their business, building a community, or simply having fun. I share 12 alternative metrics—including email list growth, audience engagement, speaking opportunities, and more—so you can assess your progress and celebrate wins that go way beyond downloads. I also mention some valuable tools, companies, and podcasts to help you along the way. This episode (as all of my recent episodes) uses chapters.

Apple and Spotify Completion Rate

When you go into the dashboards of Apple and Spotify, you can see how far people listened to your show. I'm an old teach so for me 70% is a C. 80% is a B, and anything above 90% is an A. The beauty of both these platforms is you can click and listen at any point that shows a drop of so you can see if it was something you said that cause the dropoff.

Listeners: The number of unique devices that have played more than 0 seconds of an episode.

Engaged Listeners: The number of unique devices that played at least 20 minutes or 40% of an episode within a single session. Pausing or stopping an episode does not count as starting a new session.

Spotify shows People You reached (people who have seen your show), People who Showed Interest (they interacted with your show, which may be an indicator of episode titles o artwork), People who consumed (so they listened to your show).

Unprovoked Audience Feedback

This is my favorite. You put out an episode, and 24 ours later you've got emails in your inbox, DMs on social giving you feedback. For me, this is a great indication that your episode resonated with your audience.

Email List Growth

If the goal of your show is to monetize, this metric is KEY. I know for me, I focused on lead magnets and growing my list, and those efforts resulted in me growing my list by 39%

Growth in Community

You can look at your community growth, this could be Facebook, Discord, Heartbeat (my favorite), Circle, etc. School of Podcasting member Mark Lawley who does the Practical Prepping show with his wife Krista. They have 155 thousands people in their community. I do not recommend using Facebook (or any free service) for your community. Paul G shared in his interview how he lost a five figure community. I've been kicked out of my own Facebook group, and moved to Heartbeat (which now has a great AI tool that makes setting up a community a breeze).

Business Metrics

If the goal of your show is to grow your business, then looking at the number of customers, the revenue generated should be something to look at. I hear people all the time mentioned how they will measure the goals in downloads and later say they want to make some income. Then I believe you may want to measure your success in income.

Attribution Stats

If you ask people who interact with you and the answer to the question, "How did you find me?" If the answer is, "I heard your podcast" that is something you can measure and let's you know your SEO and word mouth is working.

Being Asked to Speak

We had unprovoked audience feedback, this is unprovoked opportunities to appear on other podcasts, speaking gigs, or other media appearances.

Are You Being Seen as The Authority

Have you heard yourself being quoted? You can see what websites are linking to yours (which may be someone you collaborate with). This article from SemRush explains how to see who is linking to your website?.

Consistency in Schedule

Consistency in schedule enables your audience to add you to their routine (which is huge). So are you better at coming up with remarkable content on a consistent basis.

Quality of Audience

So you're attracting people, but are you attracting the right people? Are they doing what you want them to do?

Your List of Friends is Growing

Every time you do an interview, you have an opportunity to make a new friend. As the saying goes, "It's not who you know, but who knows you." Do you have more friends than you did a year ago?

The Fun and Fulfillment Factor

Are you a better communicator/interviewer than when you started?

Do you feel more confident explaining your topic?

Do you enjoy the conversations you’re having?

For a lot of podcasters, that is the real win.

-----

Apple Chapters: What You Need to Do

Apple Podcasts has added automated chapters to your show. In most cases you don't have to do anything to adjust your settings.

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Family Tree Food Stories

Practical Prepping

Content Creators Accountant

Podcast Best Practices Handout

Heartbeat Community Platfrom

Circle Community Platform

Skool Community Platform

Around the Layout Podcast

Ray Arnott Interview on Partnerships

Podmatch find Guests, Be a Guest

Dave's Email List

Kit Email List

Buzzsprout Media Hosting

Captivate Media Hosting

Percent Change Calculator

who is linking to your website? article

Like the show? Buy Dave a Coffee

Apple Dashboard

Spotify Dashboard

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

To Shy To Podcast? You're Perfect

Introverts often notice things that others don't see (giving you a unique point of view). They also are good listeners (great for interviews), and you probably have an attention for detail. All of these skills are great for podcasters. Plus, you can meet lots of people without meeting lots of people. Join now with a 30 day money-back guarantee at schoolofpodcasting.com/join

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Over Delivering Value: The Secret Sauce for Podcast Success

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it's Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting! In this episode, I dive into what truly delivers value to your podcast audience—drawing inspiration from an episode of the Novel Marketing podcast hosted by my buddy, Thomas Umstattd Jr..

As I was driving to PodIndy, I caught myself sharing Thomas Umstattd Jr.'s episode with friends, and it hit me: why was this episode good enough for me to recommend? Today, I'm breaking down the answer to that question and sharing snippets of what I like to call "value bombs," even if that phrase is a bit cringey.

Here's what I cover:

Why knowing your audience inside and out is key to delivering value.
How answering your audience's burning questions (like Thomas does) keeps them tuning in.
The importance of overdelivering—smothering your audience in value so they want to share your show.
Why direct recommendations from listeners are more powerful than any algorithm.
Examples of how Thomas Umstattd Jr. teases upcoming content to keep listeners coming back.
How sharing personal stories alongside expertise can connect with your audience.
The role of hands-on “boots on the ground” experience versus just listing facts, and how this builds authority.
Why saving your audience time or money equals big value.
Teasing future episodes and weaving in stories to keep people engaged.
The impact of authenticity and showing both sides of a topic.
My own experiment comparing human podcasting value to AI research, and why the human touch still wins.
A quick review/demonstration of the new Zoom PodTrack P4 Next and my honest thoughts on whether it’s worth upgrading from the original P4.
Lessons from a membership site migration disaster—and the importance of always having a backup plan for your content.

Websites Mentioned:

AuthorMedia.com — Home of the Novel Marketing podcast.
SchoolofPodcasting.com — My home base for podcasting education.
Perplexity AI — An AI research tool I tested for podcasting advice.
Sweetwater — For buying podcast and audio gear.
Backblaze — Backup service I use for safeguarding files.
Voomly — New video host for my membership site.
Loom and Tella — Video tools for creating support and course content.
Gumroad - Tool to sell digital goods.

My big takeaway? To truly deliver value: know your audience, answer their questions, overdeliver, and don't be afraid to share your own stories and expertise. When you save them time, money, or frustration, you make your podcast not only worth listening to—but worth sharing.

Takeaways:

Delivering value means understanding what your audience actually wants and needs.
When you smother your audience in value, they'll be much more likely to share your content.
The absurdity of using Shopify for authors often outweighs its perceived benefits and can lead to losses.
Kickstarter is surprisingly the best alternative for authors wanting to sell books without the hassle of Shopify.

Mentioned in this episode:

Back Friday Deal on Podcast Reviews

Host: Hey, podcast creators! Are you ready to take your podcast to the next level? We have an unbeatable deal just for you! Podcast Review Service: NEW BLACK FRIDAY DEAL For a limited time, get your podcast episode and website professionally audited. Using my 30-point checklist and uncover opportunities to improve your podcast's reach and engagement! 🔍 What's Included? Podcast Episode Audit: Pinpoint key areas for improvement. Website Audit: A thorough 30-point checklist to optimize your online presence. But wait, there’s more! When you sign up, you'll receive a free month at the School of Podcasting! That's one month of top-notch podcasting training normally at $99, absolutely free! 📚 Exclusive Offer: Your School of Podcasting membership includes 5 hours of personal consulting, a service valued at $1000 alone! 🎉 All This for Just $99! Normally, you'd pay $1278 for this incredible package. But through December 31st, it's yours for just $99! 🚀 Don’t miss this chance to elevate your podcast without breaking the bank. Secure this offer today and watch your podcast thrive! Act Now! Spots are limited! Host: Visit podcasthotseat.com to claim this unbeatable offer and get started on transforming your podcast today! podcasthotseat.com

Podcast Hotseat

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Small Audience, Big Results: Making Sponsor Deals Work for Any Podcaster

Mon, 10 Nov 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Hey everyone, it’s Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting! In today’s episode, I sit down with Heidi Kay Begay from Red House Productions (website: redhouseproductions.net) to discuss how you don’t need a massive audience to start monetizing your podcast. She reveals practical and inspiring strategies to pitch your value and land meaningful brand relationships, even when your show is still growing.

Key Points & Takeaways

You Don’t Need Huge Download Numbers:
Heidi Kay Begay
shares how she started pitching to sponsors around episode 30 of her niche show, Flute360, and landed deals despite having a small audience.
Mindset Shift: Treating your podcast like a business is crucial. I loved Heidi’s “corn and wheat” metaphor—don’t expect business results if you’re just planting hobby seeds!
Pitching Sponsors: Heidi describes reaching out directly to music-branded companies—flute makers, apparel, gadgets—and focusing on how to create a win/win relationship from day one. She didn’t let her lack of experience or nerves stop her!
Focus on Value Over Numbers: Rather than falling for CPM (cost per mille) models, Heidi looked at what brands spend for visibility in her industry—conference booths, event program ads, etc.—and built sponsorship packages (bronze, silver, gold) that reflected that value.
Partnership, Not Just Ad Reads: Heidi emphasizes listening to a sponsor’s specific goals and showing genuine interest in their needs, often including interview opportunities and co-promotions to make the partnership more meaningful.
Negotiation is Key: Most deals aren’t signed after one email. Expect lots of back and forth, and be ready to listen and adjust your offer. Don’t feel you need everything perfect before you start the conversation.
Pricing Sponsorships: Heidi recommends considering not only downloads but also your total digital presence—social media, mailing list, engagement rates, speaking appearances, etc. Sponsors look at much more than just podcast stats.
Campaign Tracking & Follow-Up: Not all sponsors require detailed post-campaign stats. Some are satisfied knowing their brand was featured; others want custom URLs to track results. Being organized and professional goes a long way.
Dealing with Rejection: Both Heidi and I agree—a “no” today could be a “yes” later. Don’t burn bridges, rejection is often just “not now.”
AI Music Tools: I shared my experience using Suno (suno.ai), an AI music creation platform, to generate podcast outro music. If you use paid tiers, you own the commercial rights (worth checking out, especially if you need affordable, legal music for your show).
Check out Heidi's Course on Monetization.

Websites Mentioned

redhouseproductions.net – Heidi’s podcast production/consulting hub.
schoolofpodcasting.com – My site for podcast coaching, resources, and community.
suno.ai – AI music creation platform.
horseradionetwork.com – Referenced for creative sponsorship strategies.
aroundthelayout.com – Model train podcast, discussed influencer marketing measurement.
Heidi Kay Begay - Heidi's site including her Flute 360 show.
Dave Jackson’s Guide to Confident Podcast Launching & Marketing - Dave on Heidi's show

Episodes About Getting Sponsors

A No Might Be a Not Now

If you think your audience is too small to monetize, don’t let that stop you from reaching out to potential sponsors. You never know until you ask! A “no” is just a “no for now”—sometimes those decline emails turn into bigger opportunities down the road.

Want help launching, growing, or monetizing your podcast? Head to schoolofpodcasting.com and use promo code listener for a special deal. Thanks for tuning in, and if you liked the show, please share it with a friend!

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Back Friday Deal on Podcast Reviews

Podcast Hotseat

You Can Be an Influencer Without Being the Best: Lessons from Ace Frehley of Kiss

Mon, 03 Nov 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Hey, it’s Dave Jackson from School of Podcasting, and in this episode, I look into what podcasters can learn from Ace Frehley of Kiss—even though Ace wasn't the most technically brilliant guitarist, his unique approach made him a massive inspiration for millions. I share how Ace’s story relates to how we think about our own podcasting journey.

Here are some of the takeaways we can learn from Ace:

Be Yourself: Just like Ace was always Ace, when you’re podcasting, lean into what makes you unique. Your “superpower” may be simply being authentic and relatable.
You Don’t Have to Be the Best: Ace wasn’t the most technically gifted, but millions saw themselves in him because his style was accessible and inspiring. You don’t have to be the smartest or most polished podcaster to make an impact.
Find What Sets You Apart: Ace created the iconic smoking guitar—a visual nobody else had. What can you do to stand out in the podcasting space? (it's a hard question)
Continuous Improvement: Ace’s smoking guitar started as a basic smoke bomb and was improved again and again. Tweak, pivot, and keep making your show better.
Know Your Role and Play for the Team: Ace knew his part in Kiss and played what was right for the song, not just what made him look good. As a podcaster, sometimes the best thing is to let your guest or co-host shine.
Connect with Your Audience: Ace was famous for taking time with fans, speaking their language, and connecting through his style. Make sure you’re speaking your listeners’ language and not talking “above” or “below” them.
Protect Your Rights: When it comes to business decisions, maintain ownership of your content whenever possible—like Ace leasing his makeup design to Kiss rather than selling it outright.
Have Fun and Know When to Walk Away: Ace left Kiss and walked away from millions because it wasn’t fun anymore. If your podcast isn’t bringing you joy, consider your options.
Overcome Setbacks: Ace faced business, creative, and personal struggles but kept moving forward. Don’t let challenges stop your podcast journey.
Be Innovative and Audience-Focused: Innovation drew attention to Ace, and keeping your audience in mind helps you deliver a show people remember.

Mashed Potatoes and AI

Today I use the analogy comparing AI-generated content to instant mashed potatoes out of a box. While it’s impressive how quickly and easily you can whip something up with AI—just like it’s convenient to make mashed potatoes from a box—the outcome usually isn’t that memorable. Most of the time, I find myself more amazed by the technology itself than by what it produces.

Growing up, my mom tried to make instant mashed potatoes edible by mixing in milk and lots of butter, but honestly, they still couldn’t compare to homemade mashed potatoes made from real potatoes, mashed by hand. When you taste those homemade mashed potatoes, it’s something you remember—they’re just better.

The point I wanted to make is that shortcuts like AI (or boxed potatoes) may save time, but when I put in the time to create something myself—from scratch—it always turns out more remarkable and worth sharing with my audience. That’s what I strive for in my podcasting: to create something people remember, not just something that’s quick and easy.

Josh Liston from Sake This had me thinking how I've never shared something created by AI because of the content (maybe because it was cool).

The "End" of Unlimited Consulting at the School of Podcasting

Recently, I made a change at the School of Podcasting—I’ve retired the “unlimited consulting” offer and now give members up to five hours of consulting each month. Honestly, most folks never came close to hitting that limit, but this shift helps clarify expectations, so it’s easier for you to understand what you’re getting.

Don’t worry, nothing is really lost; you’ll still get individualized help, awesome resources, and the same dedicated support I’ve always offered. If you ever need more help, just ask—I’m here to help podcasters succeed!

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Counting Episodes: Just How Many Do We Listen To?

Mon, 27 Oct 2025 00:00:00 -0400

We're diving into the oh-so-fun world of podcast listening habits today, folks. Some people think most listeners are "Full." So how many podcasts are we actually cramming into our ears each week? And let me tell you, the answers are as varied as the podcasts themselves. From folks who binge a couple of episodes while commuting to some who claim they listen to 30-plus shows, it’s a wild ride. So grab your headphones and settle in as we break down the absurdity of our listening obsessions and peek behind the curtain of our podcasting lives.

Takeaways:

Podcasting might feel saturated, but there's always room for new shows and ideas.
Listeners subscribe to many shows, but they often only tune into a select few episodes weekly.
The average podcast listener seems to juggle multiple shows, depending on their daily activities.
Even seasoned podcasters have varied listening habits that shift over time and circumstances.
Finding a good podcast is like finding a needle in a haystack, but hey, it's worth the search!
People are still engaging with podcasts, despite claims of saturation in the market.

Contributors:

Ready to Start a Podcast?

Starting a new show? Need help growing the show you have?

Join the School of Podcasting worry free with a 30-day money-back guarantee.

JOIN TODAY

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Is Live Podcasting Worth it? The Pros and Cons of Live podcasting

Mon, 20 Oct 2025 00:00:00 -0400

I'm diving deep into the pros and cons of doing a live podcast, inspired by a question from Ralph over at askralph.com. If you’ve ever considered going live with your show—whether with video or audio—you’ll want to hear my honest take after years of experience.

I break down what it’s really like to start live streaming, especially if you’re new to podcasting or just thinking about expanding into video. From gear recommendations, background setups, and green screens to my latest waste-of-money purchase (ouch!), I share what works, what doesn’t, and what you should really consider before investing.

You’ll hear why consistency in scheduling is key and how I built a loyal live audience for Ask the Podcast Coach, which now feels like the new Saturday morning cartoons for my regulars. I talk candidly about realistic audience expectations—don’t be shocked when only a handful show up at first!—and why you shouldn’t start live if you're overwhelmed by tech.

I run through my favorite live streaming platforms, like Restream, eCamm Live, EVMux, and Streamyard, and why I personally steer clear of Riverside despite its flashy features. I talk camera options, from affordable 4K webcams to fancy DSLRs, and stress why you should practice, practice, practice before going live in front of folks.

You’ll also get my advice on handling live chat, co-host dynamics, the need for two monitors, and the occasional awkwardness of booting guests off gracefully. I share war stories about live mishaps, from surprise guests to technical gremlins, and why your audience is nearly always rooting for you.

If you’re weighing whether the extra expense, learning curve, and time spent prepping for live shows is worth it, I’ll walk you through how it’s brought me closer to my audience and generated great content for my main show. Spoiler: For me, the connection, fun, and instant feedback have made it worthwhile—even if those first few live shows felt like talking to a brick wall!

Takeaways:

Going live can totally change your podcast game, but it comes with a whole load of tech headaches.
There are so many tools out there for live streaming, but honestly, they all have their quirks and bugs.
You really need to be consistent with your live show schedule, or folks will forget about you faster than a sneeze in a windstorm.
Interacting with your audience live can spark some killer ideas, so don't shy away from it!
Don't overthink your video background; if they care more about your messy room than your words, that's a problem.
Prepare like you're about to run a marathon, because going live isn't just 'turn it on and chat' - it's a whole production!

Equipment Mentioned

Neewer Keylight Kit

Obsbot Meet 4k Camera

Yolo 3 4K Camera

Logitech MX Brio Ultra HD 4K

Sony ZV-E10 II DSLR Camera

Elgao Key light

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Some Feedback On Your Show

School of Podcasting

From Idea to Launch: How Long Does It Really Take to Start a Podcast?

Mon, 13 Oct 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Welcome back! In this episode, I tackle this month’s big question: "How long did it take you to bring your podcast from an idea in your head to execution—and how long to find your audience?"

I share stories from guest contributors and reflect on my own process after launching nearly 40 different shows over the years. Todd the Gator kicks things off describing how his gaming show “Guardian Downcast” was born, with community members pulling him into hosting after another podcast called it quits. He recalls the whirlwind of learning what a podcast actually is, how to publish it, and how long it took their show to fully find its identity—hint: half their existence!

Steve Stewart joins in, sharing that his first podcast took a full year to go from idea to launch. Facing the usual fears and uncertainty, Steve found accountability and guidance with a coach, which made all the difference. He also talks about the slow climb to finding an audience and how connecting with similar podcasts really helped boost those early numbers.

Chris shares a personal journey that traces 20 years of tinkering before launching his current show “Cool Cars with Chris.” After plenty of experimenting and previous podcasts, he finally returned to his passion for cars and found a format that felt true to himself.

I reflect on my own timelines, explaining that those first launches tend to take much longer thanks to the steep learning curve. Once I got the hang of things, I could launch new shows in a day or even a weekend. That said, good planning is key. I break down a suggested six-week timeline for new podcasters—everything from concept and audience research to equipment, recording, editing, feedback, and hosting. Trust me, the more time you spend planning in the beginning, the less time you’ll be spending fixing things later.

We also dig into the importance of feedback. Whether you’re getting listeners’ reactions or setting up listening parties to watch how your core audience responds, feedback is what helps you refine and grow your show.

I wrap up with tips for making your podcast stand out, advice for building a website and collecting email addresses, and a reminder that your launch strategy matters as much as your content. Plus, a quick book recommendation for anyone working on their visuals—and a little movie review, just for fun!

As Always - It Depends

If your podcast is "just for fun" then maybe you don't need to spend so much time thinking about how your show will be different. You do need to check and make sure someone else is not using your name.

Check out the Podcast Launch Checklist

When It Comes to Podcast Marketing

At it's basic form, podcast marketing strategies start with knowing who your audience is (specifically) and going to where they are. Then make friends with them, and finally tell them about your show.

Thanks To The Contributors!

Steve Stewart - Podcast Editors Academy

Chris Smith - Cool Cars With Chris

Todd the Gator - Guardian Downcast / Fifty Years Experience Required

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Join the School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Podcasting Best Practices or Myths? Let's Find Out!

Mon, 06 Oct 2025 00:00:00 -0400

In today's episode, we're going to pull back that curtain on podcasting best practices. And some of these conventions are grounded in logic and proven results, and others might just be myths that we're just blindly following. I explain why I think these are legit, and explain why some of these are not accurate. As always your audience may be different than mine, but based on 20 years in podcasting, these are the just some of the best practices I teach at the School of Podcasting.

Why is Recording a Test Episode before launch a Podcast Best Practice?

Authors have rough drafts
Athletes have pre-season
Actors have dress rehearsal
When you publish the first thing you record, you are essentially publishing a "rough draft." Anytime you do something for the first time, it's not as good as the second.

Why is Defining a Clear Topic or Niche a Podcast Best Practice?

It makes it easy to create content. If I'm making dinner for a bunch of vegans, I know what I can make and what I couldn't.
This makes it easier to market. Now instead of marketing to Vegans, Carnivore, or those who are Glucose Intolerant, etc.
You can also lump this in with the advice of "Know your audience."
What appears is a downside may be an upside: a smaller but more loyal audience.

Why Is Getting to the Topic ASAP a Podcast Best Practice?

Do you have a ton of free time?
Look at Netflix, when an episode is over it give you an option to skip the credits and go to the next episode. When you go to the next episode, it prompts you to skip the intro. This leads me to believe it is best to get to the content asap.

Why is Knowing Why Your Are Podcasting a Podcast Best Practice?

When a podcaster doesn't get the result they had hoped to receive, they quit (often before their 10th episode).
If you were hired by a company to earn more money, and then they paid you the same (or less) would you stay?

Why is Engaging with Audience and Creating a Community a Podcast Best Practice?

The previous best practice was "Get to know your audience." This is how you get to know them.
This can be on social, email, anyway you can interact with your audience you should do it.

Why is Prioritizing Sound Quality a Podcast Best Practice?

You want it to be EASY to consume your content. You don't want the audience to strain to consume your content. Reverb or "room noise" can become a serious issue when the listener is in a car with the noise of the tires on the road. Think of it this way, smear vaseline on your glasses and try to watch something. You can do it, but it takes extra effort. We need it to be EASY
Even in videos, the key ingredient is not lighting but audio. If I can see you but can't hear you what's the point.
You don't need to spend thousands of dollars on equipment. You can get started with a Samson Q2U microphone. If you want to do video, you can get a pair of Rode Wireless Micro microphones and use your phone as a camera.

Why is Knowing What You're Going to Say Before Your Press Record a Best Practice?

I always say, less planning equals more editing. This can lead to it taking longer to produce an episode
While you want it to feel conversational like a phone call with your best friend, it is a performance for a global audience.
Without focus, you again tend to ramble, repeat yourself, or fall into unrelated chit-chat.
I've actually heard episode where people discuss what they are going to talk about on the episode - in the episode. The audience doesn't care how the sausage is made. They just want the sausage.

Why is Including a Clear Call to Action a Podcast Best Practice?

Your audience may be driving, or some other activity where they can't push buttons and take action. Making it clear, and easy to remember can help them.
When you include more than one at a time, it makes it hard to remember.
If you don't get your WHY you burnout. How do you get your WHY? By asking for it.

Why is Sticking to a Consistent Schedule a Podcast Best Practice?

You become part of the audience's routine. This is HUGE. You don't want to be a good podcast, you want to be someone's favorite (Jay Acunzo)
You are seen as reliable. If you're podcasting for your business this is part of your brand.
Keep in mind it's more important to be consistent in value than schedule. I'd rather have a "Late" show that was remarkable than an on time show that was "Meh."

Why is Having a Consistent Brand a Podcast Best Practice?

This is somewhat branding 101. When your brand is a trusted resource, people are drawn to it.
Mountain Dew is a brand. It has raving fans. So when Pepsi has a new flavor, instead of creating a new brand, they use the Mountain Dew brand to introduce it.
A logo can signify that something is official (like swag).
For more information see the book The Visual Marketer: The Marketer's Crash Course for Creating Memorable and Effective Visuals

Why is Having Your Best Episodes Featured On Your Website a Podcast Best Practice?

You only get to make a first impression once. According to The Podcast Study, 41% of your audience will NOT give you a second chance. Your latest episode may not be your best. Lead with your best stuff based on your stats.

Why Does Having Keywords In Your Podcast Title a Podcast Best Practice

Your audience needs to find you before they consume your content. If they search for "baseball" and your show is called "The dugout" it may not be found.
Check out Mangools, Ubersuggest, Keywords Everywhere, SERanking, (there are TONS of these types of tools).

Best Practices That Are Contested

Launching Your Podcast With Three Episodes

The thought is that people will consume all of your content. It give them a chance to make a deeper connection, and if they follow the show it boosts your chances of going up the charts. This is all true. What I've not been able to prove is how many people discover shows looking at the charts. This is often more for marketing material, "A Top 20 Podcast."

Rating and Reviews Help You Get Found

This is a fallacy that gets repeated almost hourly on podcasts every day. Here is the quote FROM APPLE:

What the charts measure:

Apple Podcasts Charts reflect the most popular shows and episodes available in a given market and are designed to help people discover what to listen to next. They do not reflect all-time listening records and are not a measure of the largest podcasts by listenership.

While the exact algorithm cannot be shared to protect their integrity, the charts measure a mix of the following:

Listening: When listeners are engaging with episodes, it’s an indicator of content popularity.
Follows: When listeners follow a show to receive new episodes, it’s an indicator of their intent to listen.
Completion Rate: When listeners complete episodes, it’s an indicator of content quality.

Ratings, reviews, and shares

Source: https://podcasters.apple.com/support/3146-apple-podcasts-charts

Using Audiograms To Promote Your Show on Social

While this first worked when it was introduced (because it was new). I've heard no less than four social media experts explain that audiograms don't really help get people to your show. This is partly due to people just wanting to scroll more and more, and it should be seen more as a branding tool. It reminds people your show is here, and if they haven't checked out the latest episode they may go listen to it later. Many people don't stop the scroll. So this is a trickle.

YouTube

This is a test that is currently underway. There is no definitive "guaranteed success." While YouTube will tell you you MUST DO VIDEO (and of course they do), I've heard a few podcasters who have made the trip, started doing video, and quit. Only 28% of Podcasters are doing full video on Youtube based on data from the Podcast Host. Check out this post on "The truth about "video podcasts" on YouTube."

Audio Outperforms Video 15 to 1

When I worked at Libsyn Bill Maher launched Club Random. We had to twist Bill's arm (hard) to add audio. He only wanted to do video. When it launched Bill hired a PR agency that only promoted the video version. In the end the audio outperformed the video 15 to 1.

In March of 2025, there were 65.3 Million creators on Youtube making content for 2.49 Trillion viewers.

There were 358 thousand audio creators making content for 202 million listeners.

Yes, the numbers are much bigger, but in the end for every creator there are 564 listeners / 38 viewers. When you divide 564/38 you get 15.

But YouTube has the algorithm! I know. It knows what I like and it suggests things for me to watch. I have one of those too. His name is Doug (my brother).

It pains me when a person comes to me to start a podcast and they won't start because they heard you HAVE to do video. "Everybody" is saying you need video is a company called YouTube (and of course they are).

There are more opportunities to listen than watch. If you have the time to chase the algorithm, the budget, and desire to be on YouTube - be on YouTube. Just realize you don't HAVE to.

Last point on YouTube Podcasts. I know HUNDREDS of podcasters and only one uses YouTube Music to listen to podcasts.

The Celebrity Effect: Don't Follow In Their Footsteps

I know celebrities start their show with large amounts of ads, and often have many more ads throughout their show. They often consist of nothing but what appears to be "podcasting chit-chat" so that means you can do the same thing, right?

No, these people have already made their connection to their audience on another platform (you haven't). So people will sit through two minutes of ads (Conan, Mel Robbins) because they know and love these people. When you start people don't know you (yet) and so this would be a horrible way to start your show (in my opinion).

What About Chit Chat?

My favorite show that has a "Chit-chat" is the Podnews Weekly Review with Sam Sethi and James Cridland. Why? Because they do it at the end of their show with the "Super listeners" are still listening. The Podcast Survey shows how most people don't want any chit-chat, and it it's there it needs to be related and short (but they don't define what short is).

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

The Podcast Study

The Truth About ‘Video Podcasts’ on YouTube

Podnews Weekly Review

Podchapters

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Why Your Attitude is More Important Than Your Gear

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Podcasting is a wild ride, and who better to ride along with us than Cassian Bellino? She's got this killer attitude that turns failures into stepping stones. Seriously, if you think you need a perfect setup to start podcasting, think again! Cassian talks about how she built her Instagram following to over 113,000 by just being herself and sharing her journey. It's not about how many people listen or follow; it’s about the fact that you’re doing what you love. We dive into the nitty-gritty of social media strategies, like how she engages her audience and drives them from Instagram to her podcast. And let’s be real, if you’re not experimenting and embracing the cringe, are you even trying? So, whether you’re just starting out or looking to level up your podcast game, this episode is packed with gems that remind us it’s all about attitude, authenticity, and that sweet, sweet journey of learning.

Takeaways:

Cass's secret weapon for success isn't her tools, but her killer attitude that keeps her going.
In podcasting, it's essential to embrace failure as a learning experience, not a setback.
Even if nobody listens, keep podcasting for yourself and the joy it brings you.
Automations and social media strategies can effectively funnel your audience back to your podcast.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Don't Leave a Mess For Your Family - The Fate of Your Podcast After You Die

Mon, 22 Sep 2025 00:00:00 -0400

The past year we've lost some great people in the podcasting family. Neil Guilarte and Todd Cochrane both died suddenly with no warning. If you're not prepared, you leave your family in a lurch adding to the stress of your passing. I bring on The Podcast Lawyer Gordon Firemark to explain some of the ins and outs (Gordon doesn't do wills and such, but can explain the process). As law change based on location you may want to hire someone locally, or use an online tool that adjusts to your location.

Takeaways:

If you don't have a will, your podcast may not end up where you want it to.
Dying without instructions for your podcast can lead to chaos for your family.
Setting up a will or a plan for your podcast is just plain smart business.
Don't wait until it's too late; get your podcast plans in order now.
Having a podcast prenup can save your loved ones from a lot of headaches later.
Make sure your family knows how to access your podcast info if you suddenly vanish.

Mentioned in this Episode

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

How Direct Conversations Boost Podcast Popularity

Mon, 15 Sep 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Growing a podcast isn’t just about hitting record and hoping for the best. If you’ve been tuning in, you know we’re all about making remarkable content that actually resonates with listeners. Last week, we dug deep into what successful shows are doing differently, and trust me, it’s not rocket science. It’s about conversation, not just broadcasting.

Today, I’m sharing free tools and insights to help connect with your audience better and some juicy news from Spotify that might just change the way you think about your podcast. Spoiler alert: it’s not all sunshine and rainbows.

I looked at some of the big names in the biz and guess what? Most of them have one thing in common — they interact with their listeners. They don’t just talk at you; they want to talk with you. We’re talking newsletters, voicemails, and even knowing the eye color of your audience. Because if you can relate to your listeners on that level, you’re doing something right. I even had a hilarious blunder with my email list that turned into a goldmine of feedback — the kind of feedback that makes or breaks your show. So, if you’re still wondering why your podcast isn’t growing, it might be time to roll up those sleeves and get face-to-face with your audience, even if it’s over Zoom.

The best way to find out what your audience wants is to ask them. I’m inviting you into my podcast kitchen to help shape future episodes. Because at the end of the day, your podcast should feel like a recipe that everyone can enjoy together. Join me for a live chat on October 16th where we’ll dive into what you want to hear, and let’s make this show the best it can be. Remember, if you want to grow, you have to listen first. Now, go out there and start those conversations!

Tools To Get In Touch With Your Audience

You could do this via zoom for $18/month (and cancel after the first month), if you need a free email tool look at systeme (aff), which does email, communities, digital and physical goods, courses and more. You can use lu.ma to have people register (it's free if you don't charge). Lu.ma then reminds people, and makes it easy for them to add the meeting to their calendar. If you are looking for an affordable calendar tool, check out Tidycal. Unlike Calendly (that charges you a monthly fee) Tidycal is a low one time payment for a lifetime deal. I've used it for years.

Affordable Lifetime Music Deal

I've been using Audio Blocks for my background music, and I was aware of TuneReel (as you can buy a single song for around $15. They have a lifetime deal around $300 and this includes a license for your Podcast! They have THOUSANDS of songs to choose from and there are no "Cheap Casio Keyboard" sounding drums, etc. Check it out! (aff)

Takeaways:

In episode 1000, we chatted about making remarkable content to grow your podcast, like, duh!
Big shows aren't just blabbing at their audience—they're having a whole conversation with them.
I found out almost all successful podcasts have a newsletter (or some other way to DIRECTLY communicate with their audience), so maybe get on that bandwagon.
If you can name your audience's eye color, you're definitely connecting. That's the goal.
The best feedback comes from real people, so meet them face to face if you can, it's a game changer.
I made a huge email blunder once, and it turned out to be the best mistake ever, trust me!

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com
podpage.com
Episode 1000 on Making Remarkable Content
podcastmovement.com
buzzsprout.com
convertkit.com
mailerlite.com
systeme
podfest.com
Zoom Meeting Software
EoFire Show
Podcast Hot Seat (Podcast Audits)
How to Grow Your Podcast
TuneReel Music for Podcasts
Podnews Weekly Review (one of my Favs!)
Podcasting 2.0

Mentioned in this episode:

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Raising a Glass to Todd Cochran: Podcasting Pioneer

Tue, 09 Sep 2025 00:00:00 -0400

I am still in shock about the loss of Todd Cochrane.

I just saw him a few weeks ago 30 lbs lighter and looking great. I've known Todd for 20+ years. The man who wrote the very first book on podcasting. In looking for pictures, I only have this one in a group. Why? Because you always think a person will be there to do it next time.

Todd was a character. Unique. There will never be another one. At every event I would end up at a table with Todd, "The Robs" (Greenlee and Walch) and other OGs. Always great to catch up and share insights with the goal of making sure the podcast space was doing OK.

I will remember Todd as the courageous advocate of the independent podcaster. At one point he would get deals by grouping shows together. This was a HUGE nightmare of paperwork, but he wanted to see the "indies" make some money. I was one of those indies, and it was one of the first times I made money with a podcast. That wouldn't have happened without Todd.

On a recent show he talked about he wouldn't do a deal where the podcaster made less than 70%. Other companies are taking deals of 50%. Not Todd. The podcaster must be paid.

I loved that he had a wider view of the podcast space as the CEO of Blubrry and was always sharing what he saw. My favorite phrase to hear Todd say was, "I probably shouldn't say this but..." because you knew what was coming was a doozy. When you hear the stat, "Most podcasters don't make it past episode seven" that was first delivered by Todd Cochran. He was always open to share so if there was a problem so we could all solve it together.

Todd was the man behind the People's Choice Podcast Awards. When some shows didn't win, he received death threats. Did it stop him from holding the awards next year? No. Todd earned next to nothing for doing those awards, but did it for the indies (noticing a pattern yet?). Lots of work for next to no pay as long as the indie would benefit.

One of my favorite memories of Todd was way back at the New Media Expo. There was an off site party at a bar. I was running the podcast track, and got there late. The bar was at the top of a slope, so I was walking up this slight hill as Todd exited the bar. I believe the ol' sailor had consumed some spirits.

Todd had not made it down the two or three steps to the parking lot, so there I was gazing up at Todd who looked 10 feet tall. They had been talking about bigger companies getting into podcasting. Before I could even say hello, Todd raised his fist in the air and shouted, "There is a fox in hen house boys! VIVA LA REVOLUTION!"

So there he was, larger than life, fist in the air, up against the dark Vegas sky fighting for the indies.

There will never be another Todd Cochrane.

RIP My Friend.

Todd's Presentation from the New Media Expo 2015 - Reflections on 10 Years of Podcasting

Todd Cochrane shared insights from 10 years of podcasting, covering 1024 episodes
Spent 7,291 hours (303 days) creating content
Emphasized the importance of audience relationship and engagement

Key Topics:

Audience Relationship

Concept of "Ohana" (family) - treating listeners like close family
Building trust and personal connection with audience
Sharing personal stories and being authentic

Podcasting Journey

Started in 2004 after a military injury
Grew from zero to 45,000 listeners within 60 days
Developed relationships with sponsors (e.g., GoDaddy for 10 years)

Monetization

Showed actual earnings from podcasting
Discussed sponsorship models (CPM, flat rate, CPA)
Emphasized creating value for sponsors

Podcasting Challenges

Need for accurate download statistics
Importance of content quality
Risks of inflating listener numbers

Future of Podcasting

Need for more quality content
Importance of storytelling
Expanding beyond iOS platforms

Links referenced in this episode:

How Do I Grow My Podcast Audience?

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Over the 20 years there are certain questions that get asked over and over, and today I share my thoughts on How Do I Grow My Podcast Audience? The part that will get me in hot water, is I'm pointing my finger at your content (and delivery).

Get the Remarkable Episode Checklist

Who and Why

When it comes to growing your podcast, there are two things that drive the content and the first one is who is your audience. It can’t be “everybody” and it can’t be “men 25 to 50” as there is a big difference between those two men. There is one situation that I’ll talk about in a minute that is an exception.

The Three R’s

Relative Content: Shows the audience, ““I understand where you are, and here’s something useful for you today.”

Remarkable Content: Create episodes worth talking about or sharing. A good podcast reliably informs or entertains with quality, while a remarkable podcast emotionally connects, inspires, and leaves a lasting impression through exceptional storytelling, unique content, or innovative presentation

When you have relative, remarkable content it resonates with your audience (and they tell a friend).

Examine Your Show

podcastsconnect.apple.com and creators.spotify.com allow you to check your completion rate.

Community, Community, Community

You can use tools like Heartbeat, Systeme, and Circle (Systeme has a free version) to build a community.

How many checks does your episode check on the Remarkable Content Checklist?

Create a survey for your audience (to find out what they want, and how you're doing delivering value). Podpage has a built in survey based on the book The Audience is Listening by Tom Webster ( a must read).

More Ways to Grow Than Downloads

Your podcast leads to relationship which lead to opportunity.

Your network grows.

You can become THE person in your niche - if you don't quit.

Feel Like Giving Value Back?

Say thanks by giving back (it makes you feel wonderful)

Mentioned In This Episode

Takeaways:

Knowing your audience is crucial; you can't just aim for everyone and expect results.
Establishing your 'why' helps keep your podcast on track and prevents quitting.
Content must solve problems or entertain; otherwise, you're just boring your listeners.
A website is essential; without one, you're shouting into the void, hoping to be heard.
Good gets you in the game, Remarkable is what makes it grow

Hiring Help for Your Podcast: Worth It or Just Burning Cash?

Mon, 01 Sep 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Outsourcing for your podcast is a bit like dating—you have to kiss a lot of frogs before you find your prince (or princess). This episode gets into the nitty-gritty of hiring help for your podcast, featuring stories from our listeners who’ve been there, done that, and got the t-shirt (or the horror story).

Kim Newlove shares her success with hiring a coach and how that investment paid off in spades. On the flip side, York's experience is a cautionary tale about the perils of hiring without doing proper research. It’s a mixed bag of outcomes, and we’re here for all of it. We also explore the broader theme of investing in your podcast and the balance between saving money and getting quality help. After all, sometimes you gotta spend a little to save a lot—like time, sanity, and the integrity of your podcast. Tune in for laughs, lessons learned, and a whole lot of real talk on the do’s and don’ts of podcast hiring.

Need Help Finding an Editor?

If you need help finding an editor use THIS LINK which will go to Steve Stewart who co-runs the Podcast Editor Academy and he will send your information to people in that group.

Takeaways:

Hiring help for your podcast can feel like tossing cash into a bonfire, trust me on that.
Not every graphic designer is a wizard; sometimes they just wave a magic wand and call it a day.
If you think a cheap website designer will give you a Gucci site, you’re dreaming, my friend.
Outsourcing editing can be a lifesaver, especially if your vacation plans involve avoiding the editing cave.
Remember, folks, you either pay in time or in money, so choose wisely, even if it hurts.
Always check the credentials of the person you hire for your podcast; a fancy title doesn’t mean they won’t mess everything up.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Does "It Depends" Stop You In Your Tracks? I Can Help

When you ask any podcast question, most answer begins with "It Depends." This is where my one-on-one coaching can make sure you make the right decision for YOUR audience, and YOUR goals. We have step by step tutorials, and an amazing group to cheer you on, but with the School of Podcasting you don't have to worry about the "It Depends" moments. I've got you. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com and use the coupon code listener to save.

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Stop Wasting Your Listeners' Time - and other lessons from Podcast Movement

Mon, 25 Aug 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Coming back from Podcast Movement, I've got a story that really drives home the point that nothing beats face-to-face networking. I mean, sure, we can all hop on Zoom and pretend we're connecting, but when you're actually sharing a meal with someone or just hanging out, that's where the magic happens. It's like the difference between texting your buddy and grabbing a beer – one is okay, but the other is where real connections are made. And let's be honest, who doesn't want to make meaningful connections while stuffing their face with overpriced convention center food?

Takeaways:

Networking in person is way better than any online stuff, seriously, just trust me.
Most podcasters are totally wasting their listeners' time with a simple fix in editing.
Chapters are a cool tool to help listeners skip to what they actually want to hear.
If you want your podcast to grow, you might need to jump into the Podcast Hot Seat.
Cutting out unnecessary parts of interviews can save time and keep listeners happy, who knew?
Feeling overwhelmed when starting a podcast is totally normal, like, welcome to the club.

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com
podcasthotseat.com
tuulie.com
Social Media News Live with Jeff Sieh
Walt Disney World Radio with Lou Mongello

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Dead Air, Depression, and Dispatch Dave: Inside Sirius Satellite Radio

Mon, 18 Aug 2025 00:00:00 -0400

I've known Dave Hooper (host of Build a Big Podcast and Author of Big Podcast) since he put on the radio for the first time on Music Business Radio. When I heard that Dave had scored a job at Sirius I wanted the inside scoop on what it's like to work there, and what the heck is a "Producer."

Dave explains that he got the job while being in "a funk" and he used that situation to introduce more "real" topics to channel 146 at 7 AM and Road Dog Trucking.

I also share one sentence that jumped out at me from the Taylor Swift appearance on the new heights show.

Takeaways:

Ever wondered what it’s like at Sirius Satellite Radio? Well, buckle up, buddy, because David Hooper is here to spill the tea on some wild stories, including a hilarious instance of dead air that’ll make you cringe. Seriously, it’s gold.
So, David’s job is basically a mix of five different roles. I mean, booking guests, prepping shows, running the board, cutting promos—what's next, making coffee? It’s a circus behind the scenes, folks!
We all know live radio can be a hot mess, right? David shares how he’s had to dust off some old skills and navigate the chaos of live broadcasting. Spoiler: mistakes happen, and dead air is just part of the fun!
Turns out, podcasting and satellite radio aren’t that different after all. Both have their own unique challenges, but the real magic lies in connecting with the audience and building that sweet community vibe.
David’s new gig at Sirius has taught him some serious life skills, like staying calm and collected under pressure. Who knew being a radio producer would be like a masterclass in Zen?
At the end of the day, it's all about community and connection. David’s show is like a virtual truck stop, bringing people together to chat about everything from addiction to marriage on the road. Seriously, where else can you get that kind of therapy?

Links Mentioned

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Why Your Media Kit is Probably Trash: Lessons from Justin Moore

Mon, 11 Aug 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Justin Moore is here to tell us how to snag sponsors like a pro. We chat about his book, Sponsor Magnet. Seriously, if you’re trying to get sponsors for your podcast, this is the book you need—like, yesterday.

He dives into the absurdities of podcast monetization and how it’s not just about your download numbers but about your influence. Justin shares some gold nuggets on pitching strategies and why sending out a basic media kit is basically waving a white flag in the sponsorship battle. So, grab a snack, sit back, and let’s unravel the crazy world of podcast sponsorships together!

This show is brought to you buy the School of Podcasting

Takeaways:

In the world of podcasting, having a solid media kit is apparently as useful as a chocolate teapot, so maybe just don’t bother with it.
Justin Moore's book 'Sponsor Magnet' is the secret sauce for podcasters looking to snag sponsors without losing their minds.
Podcasters are taught to monetize their audience, not just their podcast, which is a revelation that could make us all rich - or at least less broke.
When pitching to sponsors, forget the cookie-cutter approach; make your pitch relevant to their current campaigns and watch the magic happen!
Video content has a distinct edge over audio when it comes to attracting sponsorships, because brands love to reuse content like it’s a favorite pair of jeans.
If you get feedback from your audience about a sponsored product, don’t just sweep it under the rug; share it with the brand to improve future campaigns.
Learn the A.R.C.H. and R.O.P.E. strategies to get more money coming your way.

Links referenced in this episode:

This is episode 996 of the School of Podcasting

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

No More 'Um's: Your Guide to Speaking Like a Pro!

Mon, 04 Aug 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Filler words. We all know them, we all use them, and let’s be real, they’re annoying. You might think it’s just you fumbling through a sentence with a bunch of ‘uhs’ and ‘ums’, but guess what? We’re all in the same boat, paddling away from clarity and straight into the sea of confusion.

In this episode, I dig into the strategies to kick those pesky crutch words to the curb. We chat about how you can sound smarter (yes, you heard that right) by practicing your communication skills and being more aware of what’s coming out of your mouth. With tips ranging from joining a Toastmasters club to simply taking a pause instead of filling the space with ‘you knows,’ we’re here to help you become the smooth-talking superstar you were meant to be. So let’s ditch the filler words together and find out how to express ourselves without sounding like we’re stuck in a loop of hesitation!

What Stays and What Goes?

For me, any time I can make myself or a guest sound smarter I will do it. For me, I go for the low hanging fruit. This is when um someone just has um a standalone um all by itself. You can easily highlight it and press delete. The ums I leave alone are those that run into another word.

Tool like Descript and Riverside have built in tools to remover filler words. Be careful with these as they can be a bit aggressive. A good edit is one that doesn't sound like an edit was made. This is why I don't obsess over every single filler words because we all occasionally say "um." It becomes an issue when people lose sight of what you're saying because they are distracted by how you are saying it.

Takeaways:

Filler words are the annoying little gremlins of speech we all battle with, and they're everywhere.
Practicing with Toastmasters is like getting a gym membership for your speaking skills, minus the sweat.
Confidence is key; the more prepared you are, the less you sound like a crutch-word factory.
Taking pauses instead of using filler words is like giving your brain time to catch up with your mouth, which is crucial.
Editing your recordings helps you become painfully aware of those pesky fillers, so you can kick them to the curb.
Using outlines and scripts can save you from sounding like you're making it up as you go, and trust me, that's a lifesaver!

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

15 Lessons Podcasters Can learn From Ozzy Osbourne

Mon, 28 Jul 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Ozzy Osbourne's recent passing has got me feeling all sorts of ways. I mean, who didn’t grow up jamming to ‘Crazy Train’ or wishing we could be half as cool as him? This isn’t just about mourning a rock legend; it’s about learning from the antics of a guy who built an empire on being unapologetically himself. So today, I’m diving deep into 15 lessons that podcasters can snag from Ozzy’s playbook. From being true to yourself (and not giving a hoot about the haters) to surrounding yourself with good people (looking at you, Sharon), I’m spilling the tea on how to keep your podcast alive and vibrant. Plus, I’ll share some wild stories about Ozzy’s crazy life that’ll make you laugh and cringe at the same time. Buckle up, because we’re about to rock this podcast world with some serious, Ozzy-inspired vibes!

Mentioned In This Episode

WDW Radio Podcast

Lou Monegello's Tour

Battery Organizer (aff)

School of Podcasting

Takeaways:

Ozzy Osbourne may have died, but his legacy of being unapologetically himself lives on forever.
Lessons from Ozzy include being true to yourself and ignoring the critics who just don't get it.
Surrounding yourself with good people is key; even Ozzy had Sharon in his corner.
Don't sweat perfection when creating content; just get out there and do it!

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

What's In It For The Audience? With Traci DeForge

Mon, 21 Jul 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Traci DeForge is here to her knowledge about podcasting for your business without feeling like a total salesy weirdo. She’s busting the myth that you need 10,000 downloads to make a buck—seriously, you can start monetizing with just 1,500 listeners. We talk about how to weave your podcast into your business strategy without sounding like a used car salesman. If you’ve ever felt awkward about asking for sales, Traci’s got the lowdown on how to do it without the cringe. So, grab your earbuds and get ready to learn how to turn your podcast into a money-making machine while keeping it real and relatable!

Takeaways:

Most podcasters wrongly believe they need to drop $10k to start monetizing.
Traci DeForge busted the myth that you need 10,000 listeners; 1,500 can do it too!
Podcasting is all about strategy; it’s not just talking into a mic, folks!
You've got to view your podcast as part of your whole business model, not just a side gig.
Feeling salesy? Get over it! Your mindset can really change how you sell.
If you don't ask for what you're worth, you might be leaving money on the table!

Links referenced in this episode:

Traci DeForge

Helping business owners & brands turn their expertise into strategic podcasts that build authority, attract qualified leads & drive revenue. Full-service, 360° podcast solutions from strategy to sponsorship.

As Founder & CEO of Produce Your Podcast, I help business owners, brands, and thought leaders transform their expertise into strategic media platforms that build authority, attract qualified leads, and generate revenue. From early-stage startups to my work with Fortune 500 companies, including Google, Hilton, Weight Watchers International, Microsoft, and British Airways, I am internationally recognized for identifying successful business development opportunities for innovative growth.

Recognized as a Top 10 Podcasting Services Provider by Media & Entertainment Business Review (2024), we’ve launched and managed over 160 B2B and B2C podcasts, supporting startups and global brands across the technology, legal, finance, and healthcare sectors.

With 30+ years of experience in award-winning media production, broadcast radio, and business development, I developed a full-service podcasting model delivering broadcast-quality production, strategic brand positioning, and measurable business outcomes. From concept to launch, audience growth to monetization, our proprietary workflow equips clients with a turnkey system for success, aligned with their marketing, sales, and content creation goals. READ MORE

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Are Big Companies Poisoning Podcasting?

Mon, 14 Jul 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Are Spotify and YouTube poisoning podcasting?

I keep hearing how "What used to work in the past - doesn't work anymore? Well I disagree. Making great content that resonates with your audience has been around since the early days of radio, and if it make them FEEL something, you've got something that is golden.

Giant companies always put profit over people, and with the latest AI band called the Velvet Sundown which has six figure streams. Why are AI Bands better than real musicians?

They don't get sick
They don't complain about not getting paid
They can provide more music, more frequently

So if the world starts to accept AI artists, if you're Spotify, why wouldn't you introduce an AI podcaster to deliver an evergreen topic? Spotify could promote it to make it popular and then run advertising against it and not have to worry about splitting the revenue with a podcaster.

Both YouTube and Spotify entice you in with free services, and then once you grow dependent on them, they can do whatever they want and you don't have a lot of control. If you say the wrong thing, you're kicked off the platform. Rosanne Barr (who is Jewish) for saying something deemed hate speech about Jewish people while she is herself Jewish. It was Sarcasm. Rosanne started her career as a comedian.

Big Companies Often Put Profit Over Doing the Right Thing

Purdue Pharma has been accused of mislabeling opioids that lead to lots of overdoses. Johnson and Johnson faced lawsuits about cancer and talcum power. Wells Fargo was fined millions for having employees open millions of account without the customer consent. I could go on and assemble a very long list. Just keep your eyes open, and watch as these companies that have come into podcasting with free offerings to interrupt the space, take control and bend it to suit their needs (not those of the host or the listener).

Sponsor Magnet Book Review

The Ultimate Book on Sponsorships/Partnerships, "Sponsor Magnet: How to Attract, Price, & Execute Your Dream Brand Partnerships" by Justin Moore. It is THE book for those looking to create partnerships with brand (not just a one time payment).

The book shows you how to find out who to talk to, what to say, how to say it, and to overdeliver to they keep sponsoring the show. The audio book has bonus content that was very cool as you hear people talking about putting the strategies into practice. You can get it on Audible if you're more of a listener than reader.

Takeaways:

If you're hunting for sponsors, check out the book 'Sponsor Magnet' - it's a game changer.
Podcasts don't need to follow trends; old-school content is still valuable and effective.
Big corporations could ruin podcasting, so let's just not invite them to the party.
YouTube is saying things that make no sense. A CD is not a cassette.
Spotify seems to have issue always delivering all the facts about their activities.
Hashtags no longer carry any clout on instagram per Brock Johnson
A podcast is audio, video or pdf delivered via RSS
Podcasting existed before people put in advertisements, and it will exist if advertising goes away. Advertising is ONE way to monetize.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

How to Keep Your Marriage While Chasing Podcasting Dreams

Mon, 07 Jul 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Juggling podcasting and personal life can feel like trying to balance on a three-legged stool while juggling flaming torches. In this episode, I look into the not-so-secret ingredients for maintaining a healthy work-life balance as a podcaster.

We kick things off with a hard-hitting question: what happens when your love for podcasting starts to mess with your health and relationships? It's a real thing, folks, and I’ve seen it happen. I share my personal stories, including the ups and downs of my own marriages, and throw in some sarcastic wisdom learned from the school of hard knocks. I'm not claiming to be relationship experts, but we’ve been around the block a few times.

I break down a simple yet effective framework for content creators: health, attitude, and support. Yes, I know, it sounds like a motivational poster, but stick with me.

If you're not healthy enough to hit record, or if your attitude sounds like you just woke up on the wrong side of the bed, guess what? Your podcast is gonna suck. And don’t even get me started on the importance of having a supportive partner who doesn’t roll their eyes every time you mention your latest podcast episode.

I share tips on how to set expectations with your spouse, maximize your time, and avoid those sneaky time-sucking distractions like binge-watching YouTube shorts at 2 AM. Trust me, your future self will thank you.

By the end, you'll walk away with practical advice on how to keep your relationships intact while you chase your podcasting dreams. From date nights to timeouts during arguments, I’ve got you covered. It’s all about being intentional and proactive in nurturing your personal life while you’re busy building your podcast empire. And let’s be real, no one wants to end up in a messy divorce because they spent too much time talking to a mic instead of their partner. So grab your headphones and let’s get to it!

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Is Everyone Really Using Spotify? HollyLand Lark M2S Review

Mon, 30 Jun 2025 00:00:00 -0400

In this month's "Question of the Month," I wanted to explore the discrepancy between Spotify's perceived dominance and the actual listening habits of podcasters. Despite frequent headlines touting Spotify as the number one streaming platform, my personal statistics and community feedback tell a different story. By surveying my audience about their platform preferences, I uncovered that Apple remains the top choice for most listeners, challenging the narrative often presented in media reports about Spotify's market leadership.

Thanks to everyone who chimed in!

Gear Review: HollyLand Lark M2s Wireless Lavalier System

Quick Take:

I was genuinely impressed by the Holly Land Lark M2s - this tiny microphone packs a surprisingly warm sound. At around $150, it's a solid investment for podcasters and content creators.

Key Features:

Compact wireless lavalier microphone system
Versatile receiver with USB-C and headphone jack connectivity
Compatible with phones and recorders (I used my Rodecaster Duo)
Built-in noise reduction app
Option to record two mics on separate channels for post-production editing

Pro Tip: Grab this from Sweetwater. They offer:

Extended warranties
Killer customer service
Competitive pricing
Free shipping (often cheaper than Amazon)
FREE CANDY<<<<<

Noise Reduction: The app's built-in feature is decent - not perfect, but definitely helpful. Pro move? Set up both mics on separate channels so you can fine-tune your audio in post-production.

Bottom Line: The Lark M2s is a compact, versatile mic system that punches above its weight. Definitely worth checking out for podcasters looking to upgrade their audio game.

Takeaways:

The new Hollyland Lark M2S microphone sounds surprisingly warm, which totally blew my mind!
Spotify claims to be the number one podcast platform, but the real stats tell a different tale.
Charging guests to appear on your podcast? Brace yourself, the FTC has some rules you need to follow!
Using music in your podcast? Be careful, because Spotify's bots don’t care about your permissions!
It's always a good idea to double-check the facts you find online, especially from big companies!
Exercise is tough, but once you get through it, you'll feel so proud of yourself, like you just conquered a mountain!

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Creative Outlets or Creative Burdens? Let's Talk Podcast Burnout!

Mon, 23 Jun 2025 00:00:00 -0400

So, today I'm diving into the mess that can be podcast burnout. You know, that moment when your favorite hobby morphs into a job you dread? Yeah, we’ve all been there. We're chatting about big names like Marc Maron and others who decided to call it quits and how that’s not just okay, but totally legit.

Spoiler alert: sometimes stepping back is the best move you can make. I’ll sprinkle in some sarcasm and laughs as we explore the absurdity of it all—because let’s face it, if we can’t laugh at our struggles, what’s the point, right?

If you've been thinking about starting a podcast but feel it's too crowded, realize all those podcasters who started back in 2005 might be being pulled in new directions that have them thinking about podcast retirement.

Takeaways:

Creative projects can sometimes feel like an endless cycle of stress and burnout.
It's totally okay to step back from podcasting if it stops being fun for you.
Many successful podcasters have experienced burnout, and it's a common issue in the industry.
Managing expectations is crucial; don't expect overnight success when building an audience.
Life changes, like welcoming a new baby, can drastically affect your podcasting ability and energy.
Always remember: adding responsibilities means subtracting your fun, so be careful what you take on.

Mentioned In This Show

Marc Maron Announces He's Ending the WTF Show

Rob Walch Talks Marc Maron on the Feed

Erik K Johnson End Podcast Talent Coach

YouTuber Tom Scott Says Goodbye 6.5M Subscribers

YouTuber The Game Theorist Says Goodbye 19.6M Subscribers

YouTuber Caylus says goodbye to 18.7M Subscribers

What Makes This Show Ggreat? - Marc Maron Edition sop705

My Spouse Has Dementia Show with Zita Christian

Daniel J. Lewis is BACK!

Clockify Free Time Tracker

More insights at schoolofpodcasting.com/989

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

The Emotion Effect: How Feelings Drive Shares

Mon, 16 Jun 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Ever wonder why some podcasts spread like wildfire while others wither on the vine? Well, it turns out that a whopping 60 to 80% of podcasts are discovered through good old-fashioned word of mouth.

Yeah, that means if your podcast isn’t getting shared, there’s a reason. So, what’s the secret sauce that makes people hit that share button? In this episode, I research the world of shareable content — you know, the kind that makes your friends feel like they need to hear it.

Spoiler alert: it’s all about that emotional connection and delivering value. Plus, I’ll throw in some advice on being a better podcaster and maybe even a better dad. We also take a listen to the Zoom Podtrak P2

Mentioned In This Show

Zoom Podtrak P2

Microphones Compatible with the Zoom Podtrak P2

Samson Q2U USB Microphone

Rode Podmic USB

Lean Learning: How to Achieve More by Learning Less from Pat Flynn (audible)

Voice of Greece Podcast

Castahead.net - Podcast Producing and More

Libsyn Ads Removes Limits (please note this IS programatic ads check the CPM)

Ask the Podcast Coach (free podcast consulting)

Pat Flynn on Episode 421

What Makes People Share Question of the Month 2021

Home Gadget Geeks

Takeaways:

Around 60 to 80% of podcasts are found through sharing, so that's a big deal.
Good content isn't just about being decent; it has to be downright irresistible to share.
We often share things based on the feels—if it hits us in the feels, we share it.
To get people to share, your content should be emotionally engaging, practical, and visually appealing.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Community Building 101 with Bri Leever

Mon, 09 Jun 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Today we start with the news of Marc Maron retiring his podcast, and a possible shake up at the New Media Show (two shows with 16+ years). So who will fill their space you?

Bri Leever is a community building strategist at Ember Consulting and host of the show "Dear Bri." I saw her present at a webinar put on by Hearbeat (my favorite community tool) and immediately joined her community (which lead to me asking her on the show).

Full show notes at schoolodposcasting.com/987

Mentioned in the Show:

Ember Consulting

Bri's Community of Community Builders

Heartbeat Community Tool

Circle Community Tool

Circle vs Skool Video

School of Podcasting Community

Takeaways:

Marc Maron is hanging up his podcasting hat after 16 years, and that's a big deal.
Having both free and paid communities can actually mess up your growth, who knew?
If you want a thriving community, you gotta focus on what people actually want, duh!
Starting a podcast with a small team is totally doable; you don't need a squad of 20.
Don't be surprised if your free community outshines your paid one; it happens more than you'd think.
People love talking about themselves, so just ask them questions and you'll be golden.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

From Audio to Viral: The YouTube Transformation of a Podcast

Mon, 02 Jun 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Adding YouTube to your podcasting game? Well, grab a seat because Thomas Umstadt Jr. is here to share what works and what doesn't. We’re talking about the nitty-gritty of taking your audio-only podcast and slapping it onto the video platform that everyone and their grandma seems to be on.

Thomas recounts his journey from simple audiograms to full-blown video episodes, sharing the highs and lows of his transition. Spoiler alert: it turns out that just tossing your podcast audio onto YouTube won’t cut it. You need to think about titles and thumbnails—yes, those flashy little images that scream ‘click me!’ As he explains, those are your first impressions; if they’re not catchy, your content might as well be invisible.

He dives into the technicalities too, discussing everything from gear and lighting to the importance of having a good backdrop (hello, bookshelves!). Plus, he shares some gold nuggets about audience demographics that might just make you rethink how you approach your content. So whether you’re on the fence about YouTube or just curious about what the fuss is all about, this episode is packed with insights that might just give your podcast the boost it needs.

Mentioned In This Episode

Novel Marketing.com (Thomas's website and podcast)

Author Update Show

Tube Buddy (YouTube tool that coaches you)

VidIQ (another tool to help you with YouTube)

Elgato Prompter

Pikzel YouTube Thumbnail Maker

1 of 10 YouTube Thumbnail Maker

Captivate and Buzzsprout Media Hosts with Dynamic Content Capabilities

School of Podcasting - Plan, launch, and grow your podcast

Takeaways:

Adding YouTube to your podcast can significantly boost audience engagement and visibility.
Titles and thumbnails are crucial for YouTube success, unlike in traditional podcasting.
The first 30 seconds of your video need to grab attention or viewers will bounce.
Using your phone as a camera can yield better results than expensive gear for video.
A strong opening is key for YouTube; don't dilly-dally with long intros like in podcasts.
Experimenting with different content formats can lead to surprising audience growth on YouTube.

Did you get value from this show? You can give some of the value back and say thanks.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Five Proven Strategies for Crafting Unforgettable Podcast Hooks

Mon, 26 May 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Today, we are talking about keeping your audience listening after they press play. This starts with an opening hook. To have hooks that grab your audience and make them want to hear your episode, there are some common characteristics:

Relevance: A good hook connects directly to the theme or topic of your episode. It should hint at what’s to come without giving everything away.

Emotional Impact: Evoking curiosity, excitement, or even controversy can create an emotional connection with your audience, prompting them to stay tuned.

Clarity and Brevity: Your hook should be clear and to the point. Complexity can confuse listeners and cause them to lose interest.

Promises Value: Whether it’s information, entertainment, or inspiration, a strong hook promises something valuable to the listener.

All of this relies on you knowing who your target audience is. A hook that works on a business podcast may not work on your gaming show.

Ever wondered why some podcasts just suck you in while others make you want to run for the hills? Well, let’s break it down, shall we? The opening hook of your podcast can make or break your listener retention. You could have the most riveting content planned, but if your intro is as exciting as watching paint dry, good luck keeping anyone around.

We’re talking about how a killer hook can capture attention faster than a cat meme on social media. Dive into the psychology of why people stick around and learn five solid strategies to craft hooks that actually work. Spoiler alert: it’s not just about being clever. It’s about being relevant, emotional, and concise. So, grab your headphones, and let’s unravel the magical art of the podcast hook that’ll have your audience begging for more!

Takeaways:

A killer hook can make or break your podcast's first impression, so choose wisely!
To keep listeners glued to your podcast, start with something that sparks curiosity and relevance.
Your opening should promise value; otherwise, listeners might just hit the dreaded 'stop' button.
Whether it's a shocking fact or a relatable story, your hook needs to resonate with your audience.

5 Example Hook Types:

Engaging Questions: Drawing listeners in by voicing their struggles or curiosities
Personal Anecdotes: Using brief, vulnerable stories that are directly relevant
Shocking Facts: Leveraging surprising statistics or statements (without clickbait)
Intriguing Scenarios: Creating hypothetical situations that spark imagination
Relatable Problems: Addressing common issues faced by the audience

Mentioned in This Episode

School of Podcasting

Ask the Podcast Coach

Power of Podcasting Network

Podcast Review Show

Podcast Hook Example Cheat Sheet

Audience Survey: schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25

Mentioned in this episode:

Join the #1 Podcast Education Site - The School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

Mic Drop Moments: How to Turn Boring Interviews into Podcast Gold with Tracy Johnson

Mon, 19 May 2025 00:00:00 -0400

What if I told you that most interviews are mind-numbingly boring, and you're probably doing them wrong? Today I interview Tracy Johnson, and after decades in radio and working with countless shows, he's written a book, Mic Drop Moments, that shares the secrets to transforming mediocre conversations into absolute "Didya Hear That?!" moments.

In this episode, we pull back the curtain on selecting guests that will electrify your audience, ask questions that make people lean in, and tell stories that keep listeners hanging on every word. Whether you're a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, what we share will completely change how you approach interviews forever. So if you're ready to stop settling for bland, forgettable conversations and start creating audio magic, hit play right now.

The Triple Threat Filter for Interview Guests:

1. Familiarity

- How well-known is the guest to your audience?

- A familiar guest brings built-in interest and recognition

- More famous guests typically make better interview subjects

- Provides an immediate connection for listeners

2. Relevance

- Does the guest's story or background matter to your audience?

- Must align with your podcast's theme and target listeners

- Simply being famous isn't enough if the content doesn't resonate

- The guest should provide value specific to your show's focus

3. Interest/Entertainment

- Can the guest tell a compelling story?

- Ability to be engaging, dynamic, and captivating

- Brings unique perspectives or unexpected narratives

- Makes the host look good by providing memorable content

Aim to have at least two out of three criteria met. If you lose two out of three, the interview will likely be challenging to make interesting. The ultimate goal is to leverage the guest's story to enhance your podcast's entertainment value.

The 3E's of Entertainment:

1. Enhance

- Add extra details to make the story more interesting

- Go beyond the basic facts

- Ask questions like "What were you thinking at that moment?"

- Create additional context that wasn't initially present

- Make the story more vivid and engaging

2. Exaggerate

- Slightly amplify the story's impact

- Turn a small moment into a bigger narrative

- Example: A small fish becomes "the biggest catch of the season."

- Create dramatic tension without losing the core truth

- Make the story more memorable and exciting

3. Embellish

- Add creative storytelling elements

- Stage the story for maximum entertainment value

- Take a brief moment and turn it into a full narrative

- Example: A simple backstage conversation becomes an epic ping pong challenge

- Use creative license to make the story more compelling

As audiences crave authenticity, Tracy isn't saying to lie, but you can bring in adjectives that trigger the theater of the mind.

Resources Mention

Mic Drop Moments Book

Tracy Johnson Media Website

School of Podcasting

Episode 677 The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews

Drew Carey on Jordan Harbinger Show (start at 48:14 nsfw)

Howie Mandel on Jordan Harbinger

Jordan Harbinger Show

Find "All Things Dave" at powerofpodcasting.com

Say Thanks for a Great Show schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Join the School of Podcasting Today - Your Future Self Will Thank You

Stepping out of your comfort zone isn't easy, but at the School of Podcasting, we're here to make it feel like second nature. With our expertly crafted courses and an incredible community, you're never alone in your journey. From planning and launching to growing your podcast, I’ll be right by your side every step of the way. Remember, every podcast episode builds connections and opens doors to future opportunities. Take action today, and let your future self reap the rewards.

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Running Your Podcast As a Business with Steve Stewart

Mon, 12 May 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Money, money, money! Yeah, I know, we’re all rolling our eyes thinking, "Ugh, not another boring finance chat!" But hold onto your wallets, because this isn’t your grandpa’s finance talk.

Our buddy Ray Edwards, a top-notch copywriter, shares a jaw-dropping story about how he made a cool million but ended up in bankruptcy—wait, what? How does that happen?

I spill the beans on my own bankruptcy saga, sharing how emotional decisions can lead us down a slippery slope. And hey, we’re not just here to mope; we’ve got Steve Stewart from the Podcast Editors Academy joining us to sprinkle in some wisdom about putting profit first. Buckle up, because we’re throwing in some sarcastic humor while we unravel the absurdity of our financial choices!

Takeaways:

Ignoring your finances is like playing with fire while blindfolded—eventually, you'll get burned.
Being bankrupt after making millions is the ultimate plot twist—stay alert or face the absurdity!
Don't let emotions rule your financial decisions; logic over feelings keeps the money in your pocket.
Track every penny if you want to keep your business afloat; otherwise, expect to sink!

Companies mentioned in this episode:

Ray Edwards
Steve Stewart
Podcast Editor Academy (get the free download)
Profit First book
Novo (get $40 off once qualified)
Relay
Wave Apps
Acorns
Sofi
Gordon Firemark
Ralph Estepp
Cronometer Fitness Tracker
School of Podcasting

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Throwing Shade: Exposing Podcast Get-Rich-Quick Scams

Mon, 05 May 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Normally, I try to stay positive and encouraging. Maybe I still am, as I encourage you not to fall for these Podcast Tools (often based on AI) that promise great success and wealth without doing any work. Here are some of the things this company (who will remain nameless) promised:

A chart-topping podcast in minutes
You don't even need a microphone (think about that)
Just let AI clone your voice, make an AI video version of you, and make six figures.
Podcasting is expensive (it's not -you can get started for $80)
Instant money from advertising (when big sponsors need 10-20,000 downloads per episode)
It quotes successful podcasts that aren't using their system (and sell their own products, not advertising).

Takeaways:

You don't monetize a podcast - you monetize an audience.
If it were this easy, everyone would do it - and all podcasts would be the same.
Many podcasting scams prey on the uneducated, making it sound easy to succeed.
Building a podcast audience takes time, typically around three years, so be patient.
Don't fall for the hype that you can create a podcast in minutes without effort.
You can't skip the hard work of podcasting and expect to succeed; it requires consistency in schedule and consistency in quality content.

Mentioned In This Episode

Conan O'Brien Needs Some Cash

Podnews Weekly Review

Podnews Daily

Will “Verified” Downloads Ruin Podcast Advertising

School of Podcasting

Video of Fake Countdown Timer

Mentioned in this episode:

Join the School of Podcasting and Get Access to Step by Step Courses

When you join the School of Podcasting you get UNLIMITED one-on-one coaching, an awesome community and courses like: Planning Your Podcast Podcasting Gear Growing Your Podcast Podcast Monetization and many more - all for one low price.

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Podcast Episode Ideas - What Sources Do You Use?

Mon, 28 Apr 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Ever find yourself staring at a blank screen, just waiting for the podcast gods to drop some divine inspiration in your lap? Yeah, me too. But don’t worry, we’re exploring the world of podcast ideas today!

I asked you, the wonderful listeners, how you come up with your brilliant episode topics, and trust me, some of the answers are pure gold. From scavenging through old notes to eavesdropping on pharmacy conferences, we’ve got tips and tricks to keep those creative juices flowing. So, whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned podcaster struggling for content, jump in and let’s figure this out together—because who doesn’t love a good brainstorming session, right?

Participants

Kim Newlove

https://www.thepharmacistsvoice.com/

https://www.perrysburgpodcast.com/

Dan LeFebvre

https://www.basedonatruestorypodcast.com

Justin Blackett

https://www.shipshapepodcast.co.uk/

Takeaways:

When you're stuck for podcast ideas, sometimes it's easier to think about what not to discuss.
Finding inspiration for episodes can come from anywhere, even from the most mundane situations.
Engaging with your audience directly can help generate content ideas that resonate with them.
Using tools like feed readers can streamline how you gather information and find inspiration for your show.
Podcasts often draw content from current events, books, or personal experiences that resonate with the audience.
The key to successful podcasting is staying curious and always looking for new perspectives and stories.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Data-Driven Podcast Growth

Mon, 21 Apr 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Data is like your podcasting superpower, folks! If you want to grow your show, you gotta get your hands on the right stats. Seriously, knowing what’s working and what’s not can save you from wasting your time. We dive into the nitty-gritty of how to collect and use data from places like Apple and Spotify to figure out your audience and their habits. Don’t worry, we’ll also have a laugh or two about how confusing all this can be, because who doesn’t love a good irony sandwich? So, buckle up, and let’s turn those numbers into something that actually helps your podcast shine!

Data Sources:

podcastsconnect.apple.com

You can see how many Apple followers you have, and how far they are listening (and compare episodes to median and best numbers.

podcasters.spotify.com

You can see how many Spotify followers you have as well as demographic data of your audience. You can also see how far people listen. You can also see how often your show was shown, and how that lead to people listening.

podcasters.amazon.com

You can see how many people on Amazon Music are following you, how many downloads you get and how far people listen

Your Media Host

This could be Captivate, Buzzsprout, Blubrry, Transistor, Libsyn, etc (I do not recommend Spotify). Here you can see how many downloads you get per episode, and see the location of your audience.

Google Analytics

Here you can see the top pages of your website, among many other things. You can find it at analytics.google.co m

YouTube

YouTube statistics are impressive and show you an insane amount of detail. The stat I look at is how far people watch. Keep in mind a video on a YouTube short is anything above zero

Audience Survey

When in doub,t ASK YOUR AUDIENCE. This is the #1 way to get direct feedback from your audience. Check out the book, "The Audience in Listening" by Tom Webster, regarding creating a survey (or use the one built into Podpage).

Takeaways:

Data is your podcasting superpower; it helps you know what's working and what's not.
If you're seeking sponsors, understanding your audience demographics is absolutely essential.
Start with the end in mind; knowing your goals helps you get the right data.
Don't just hope for feedback; ask your audience directly with surveys for better insights.
Using platforms like Google Analytics can reveal hidden gems about your podcast's online performance.
Remember, marketing your podcast is as essential as creating it; be strategic about your approach.

Links referenced in this episode:

DISCLAIMER: All opinions are mine. Some links are affiliate links, meaning that if you buy something through a qualifying link, we may earn a small commission at no additional cost to you. As Amazon Associates, we earn from qualifying purchases.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Should My Podcast Be On YouTube: Facts to Help

Mon, 14 Apr 2025 00:00:00 -0400

So, let’s dive into the wild world of podcasts on YouTube, shall we? This episode is all about the big question: should your podcast even be on YouTube? Spoiler alert: I don’t have a definitive answer, but I’m armed with some juicy facts to help you figure it out. I tackle the age-old debate between audio and video, and you'll learn that while YouTube has a gigantic audience, audio podcasts have a much better chance of getting discovered. I mean, who wouldn’t want 564 listeners to hunt down their content instead of just 38 viewers? So, grab your favorite snack, kick back, and let’s get into the absurdity of the podcasting landscape—because why not?

Clarify This Discussion

We are talking about put video (actual video not a static image).

For this discussion, a podcast is audio (even though it can be video).

Takeaways:

Podcasts on YouTube? Yeah, it's a thing, but don't kid yourself into thinking it's the only way.
The audio side of podcasting has way more potential listeners than video. Like, a LOT more.
If you want to grow your podcast, focus on audio first—it's cheaper and has less competition.
Joe Rogan and Mr. Beast didn't just pop up overnight; they hustled for years before their success.
Most folks prefer to listen rather than watch, so give the people what they want—audio content!
YouTube's algorithm can help, but if you want real connections, audio is where it's at.
If you have the time, budget and desire - by all means BE ON YouTube!

Mentioned

How to Podcast Like Joe Rogan video.

Samson Q2u Microphone

Audio Tecnica ATR2100 USB Mic

Zoom Podtrac P4

Sonzy ZV-E10 II DSLR Camera

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

What AI Tools are Podcasters Using?

Mon, 07 Apr 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Are you using AI? Or better yet, which AI tool are you using? That's the big question we’re tackling today! We listen to fellow podcasters to find out about their favorite tools and whether they save time or make things messier.

Spoiler alert: Sometimes, it feels like we’re just swapping one headache for another! Plus, I just got back from Podcast Movement Evolutions, so get ready for some juicy insights.

Participants:

Craig from aigostocollege.com and livewellandflourish.com
Ethan from dailysportshistory.com
Ralph from askralph.com
Kim from thepharmacistvoice.com and perrysburgpodcast.com
Tim from createartpodcast.com and findapodcastabout.xyz
York from welcometoearthstories.com
Dave from schoolofpodcasting.com

Ai Tools for Podcasters

Otter AI

Elevenlabs

Magai

Poe

Perplexity

Claud

Captive (Media Host)

Descript

Notebook LM

Resound.ai

ChatGPT

Vista Social

Also Mentioned

Takeaways:

I learned at Podcast Movement that most podcasters now use AI tools to boost productivity.
The real question is, which AI tools are actually helping us, and are they worth it?
Ethan from Daily Sports History uses AI to ease his writing process and save time.
Ralph from Ask Ralph uses AI daily to generate content for his podcast and streamline his workflow.
Each podcaster has unique AI tools, like Lex, Perplexity, and Descript, that help them create better content.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Have You Heard About the Podpage Assistant?

Podpage

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

From Model Trains to Money: Monetizing Your Passion Podcast

Mon, 31 Mar 2025 00:00:00 -0400

You can totally monetize a podcast even if your audience is smaller and niche. It's like having a tiny but super passionate fan club instead of a massive crowd that’s half-asleep. Today, we’re chatting with Ray Arnett from aroundthelayout.com, who lives, eats, and breathes the world of model railroads. He’s got some wild ideas about partnerships that don’t rely on the usual sponsor route, and trust me, it’s more interesting than it sounds.

Monetizing a Smaller Audience

Think making money off a podcast is just for the big shots? Well, let's pop that bubble! This episode digs into how even those tucked away in the tiniest of niches can make some cash. If you're a model train enthusiast with a handful of loyal listeners, you’re in for a treat.

Ray Arnott Shares All the Lessons

Ray's not just talking numbers; he’s all about engagement and connections, proving that sometimes having a smaller audience means having a more dedicated one. Forget about chasing those elusive sponsorship deals; Ray's got a different game plan. He shares how forming partnerships with like-minded businesses has been the real money-maker for him. So grab your conductor's hat and hop on board as we explore the wild world of niche podcast monetization. Get ready to learn that with the right approach, even a handful of listeners can lead to big bucks!

Takeaways:

Monetizing a podcast isn't just for the big names; even small niche audiences can cash in.
Engaged listeners are worth their weight in gold, no matter the size of your audience.
Finding the right marketing partners who share your vision can be a game changer.
Creating a community in your niche can lead to unexpected sponsorship opportunities.
Never take your community for granted.
It's not about having a large audience; it's about having the RIGHT audience.
Underserved communities need a safe place to connect with like-minded people.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Unlocking Podcast Growth: The Power of Partnerships with Stephanie Thompson

Mon, 24 Mar 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Today, we’re exploring the world of partnerships versus sponsorships with the fabulous Stephanie Thompson. The key takeaway? Partnerships are better at growing your show. Forget just pocketing cash for a shout-out; we’re talking about meaningful connections that can actually grow your audience.

Stephanie explains how she snagged partners before she even had a following—zero downloads, folks! So, if you’ve been thinking about how to take your podcast game to the next level, this chat is for you. Grab your earphones and get ready to learn how to team up with brands that vibe with your message!

Want Another Story of Someone Who Got a Sponsor Before Launching?

Check out The Riches are in the Niches With Harry Duran episode 767

Takeaways:

Partnerships are more about shared goals and values compared to one-off sponsorships.
Monetization through partnerships can grow your audience, not just your pocketbook.
It's all about the fit; the right audience and brand alignment are crucial for success.
Don't promote brands you don't believe in; integrity is key in partnerships.
Transparency with analytics and feedback helps maintain healthy brand relationships.
Educate your partners about your audience to foster better collaboration and understanding.
Stephanie did a "trial run" on her courses - BEFORE she launched.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Podcast Expert Lab

7-step podcast partnership success: This course pays for itself after just ONE partnership. Imagine getting paid to talk about what you love with brands that align with your audience. Complete this on-demand course at your own pace, using short, bite-sized videos and actionable tasks to boost your podcast growth and income. You don’t need to be famous—you just need the drive to grow and the strategy to earn!

Podcast Expoert Lab

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Building Authentic Business Relationships Through Podcasting

Mon, 17 Mar 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Molly Ruland stops by to explain how she started a branded podcast that brought in so many clients from season one that she had to pause it. For Molly, it is all about starting and building relationships with her guests.

By conducting targeted outreach, she added 500 marketing people to her LinkedIn network, improving the relevance of her feed.

When it comes to SEO, AI is interesting, but she advises against using "podcast lingo" and emojis in podcast show notes and metadata. Instead, she recommends focusing on using relevant keywords. We should be advising AI to use relevant keywords in our descriptions and have it use the AIDA approach.

Takeaways:

Molly Ruland emphasizes that authentic podcasting is about being yourself and not just a sales pitch.
Building relationships through your podcast can lead to business opportunities without being pushy about it.
SEO isn't just a buzzword; optimizing your podcast content can help increase its visibility and attract the right audience.
Don't just focus on the numbers; create meaningful connections with your guests and audience.

Because of My Podcast: Ralph Estep Jr

Ralph has been an accountant for 30 years. Because of his podcast, Intuit approached him to share and teach about the experience of moving from local copies of their software (Quickbooks and others) to the web-based version.

Check out Ralph's show at www.askralphpodcast.com

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Newsletters Part 2: How to Start a Newsletter Without Losing Your Mind with Paul Gowder

Mon, 10 Mar 2025 00:05:00 -0400

After a lot of feedback on the first episode about podcast newsletters, I wanted to answer more questions, and this time I brought Paul Gowder to help.

We’ll discuss what tools to use and what content to include. If you really want to skip this whole newsletter thing, we've got some backup plans for you, too. Paul not only has wisdom about newsletters, but we also talk about building his community.

Spoiler alert: You might even want to ditch social media for this! Buckle up, because we’re about to make your newsletter dreams a reality.

Takeaways:

Start building your podcast newsletter today; it's like planting a seed for growth.
Don't overthink content; even simple updates can keep your audience engaged and informed.
Use email as a direct line to your audience; it's way better than shouting into the social media void.
If you're not asking for emails, you're missing out—it's like having a party and not inviting anyone.
Be cautious with Facebook. They may delete your group with 85,000 people in it.

Mentioned In This Episode

schoolofpodcasting.com
paulgouder.com
Paul's Free Strategies
paulgowder.com/emailtools
Paul's Email Jump Start
What to expect at your first Powow.
schoolofpodcasting.com/972 - Part 1 about Newsletters
schoolofpodcasting.com/974 - This episode
Jef Sieh's Social Media News Live Podcast

Tools Mentioned:

Sustack
Sendfox
Mailerlite
Kit
Newsletter Database
Liz Wilcox Templates
Group Leads for gathering emails from Facebook Groups.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Podcasting Gone Wrong: The Ultimate Pet Peeves List!

Mon, 03 Mar 2025 00:00:00 -0400

I ask my audience what their top pet peeves are just drive them nuts. We're spilling the beans on all the annoying things that make us want to tear our hair out while listening. We've got it all covered from podcasters who take forever to get to the good stuff to the dreaded mid-sentence ads that pop up like uninvited guests at a party. We also chat about the classic blunders that drive listeners nuts, like out-of-context clips and those cringe-worthy audio issues. So, grab your headphones and get ready to laugh and commiserate as we call out all the podcasting faux pas that need to be put to rest!

Thanks to the Participants in This Episode

Steve Stewart from SteveStewart.me and the Podcast Editor Academy

Kim Newlove from the Pharmacist's Voice and the Perrysburg Podcast

Mark Lawley from the Practical Prepping show.

Todd the Gator from the Guardian Downcast show.

Zo Richardson from the Back Look Cinema show.

York from Welcome to Earth Stories Show.

Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting.

Niel's GoFundMe Page and his Documentary The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary

Takeaways:

Podcasters need to stop dragging out the intro and just get to the point already.
Volume fluctuations between hosts and guests are a major annoyance that can ruin a podcast.
Out-of-context clips at the start of a podcast are confusing and just plain unnecessary.
Too many commercials can turn a great podcast into a frustrating experience for listeners.
Not including show notes wastes listeners' time and makes it hard to follow up on interesting topics. Don't tell me a book and then not put the link.
Bad audio quality is the ultimate deal-breaker that makes me want to hit stop immediately.

Additional Links referenced in this episode:

Podpage - a great tool to make amazing websites for podcasters.
Captivate media host (with some very cool tools built-in)
YouTube Billion Views
The Meidas Touch, which produces 15 episodes A DAY has "De-Throwned (?)" Joe Rogan.
Niel Guilarte go fund me page.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Want More Downloads? Ditch Social Media for Newsletters!

Mon, 24 Feb 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Forget social media; if you want to drive traffic, newsletters are where it’s at. Seriously, I’ve been crunching the numbers and guess what? My newsletter is pulling in way more visitors than my half-hearted attempts at tweeting or posting on Facebook. Yeah, shocking, I know.

It’s like trying to catch a fish with a toothpick when you could just use a net, right? So, in this episode, we’ll look at why newsletters are the real MVPs of traffic generation, sharing some juicy stats and personal tales that’ll have you reconsidering your social media obsession. Buckle up, because we’re about to turn your traffic woes into wows!

I also share some behind the scenes of a future episode.

Takeaways:

A newsletter is like a Swiss Army knife for driving traffic; social media is just a flimsy butter knife.
Crazy thought: newsletters give you more bang for your buck than social media ever will, who knew?!
Social media might be fun for scrolling, but newsletters actually get people to click and engage.
Turns out, people prefer their marketing via email rather than social media, shocking right?
If you're still chasing social media likes, maybe it's time to rethink your strategy and join the newsletter revolution.
Newsletters allow for better audience segmentation, making it easier to deliver personalized content that actually resonates.

Links referenced in this episode:

School of Podcasting

schoolofpodcasting.com

Audience Survey

schoolofpodcasting.com/survey25

SOP Episode on UTM

schoolofpodcasting.com/896

Dave's Newsletter

podcastingobservations.com

schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter

schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Gary Arndt Everything Every Daily

https://everything-everywhere.com/

Gary Interviewed on the School of Podcasting

https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-gary-arndt-adopted-the-audience-growth-strategy-from-the-movie-industry/

Podnews Report Card

podnews.net/report-card

Leave Dave a Review

schoolofpodcasting.com/apple

Captivate Media Hosting No Payments 'Till April

supportthishow.com/captivate

Podcast Marketing Trends Survey (Please Fill Out)

https://podcastmarketingacademy.typeform.com/to/DR7WmJbF

Paul Gowder Email Tips

https://www.paulgowder.com/

Liz Wilcox Email Templates

https://lizwilcox.com/

Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook Book From Gary V.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Why SNL’s 50th Is a Goldmine of Podcasting Wisdom!

Mon, 17 Feb 2025 00:00:00 -0400

We're diving into the wild world of podcasting and pulling some juicy lessons from the legendary Saturday Night Live as it hits the big 5-0. Seriously, SNL didn’t just survive; it thrived, and we’re here to steal some of that magic for our own shows. From knowing your audience to embracing the weirdness, there’s a treasure trove of insights that can help us all level up our podcasting game. Forget about being boring—SNL took risks, and guess what? It paid off! So, buckle up and get ready to channel your inner SNL spirit, because we’re about to get creative and maybe a little absurd.

Takeaways:

SNL stands the test of time, and so should your podcast; don’t be boring!
Know your audience, but also create content you want to see; it's a balance!
Embrace weirdness in your podcast; it keeps things fresh and fun for everyone!
Experimentation is key; SNL’s success came from trying new things, so should you!
If you get bored, so will your listeners; keep it exciting or risk losing them!
Word of mouth matters; promote your podcast like SNL promotes its guests!

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Who Knew Podcasting Could Lead to THIS? 20 Years of Gamertag Radio with Danny Peña

Mon, 10 Feb 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Danny Pena is back on the mic, and let me tell you, he’s got stories that’ll make you believe in the power of podcasting. After 20 years of grinding with Gamertag Radio, Danny shares all the wild opportunities that have come his way, and trust me, it's not just luck; it's hustle. Danny DOES THE WORK.

From interviewing gaming legends to landing a gig at the New York Stock Exchange, Danny shows us that if you know your audience and stay true to yourself, the sky's the limit. We dig into how he built connections that led to his success, proving that networking isn’t just a buzzword—it’s the real deal. So grab your headphones and get ready to be inspired—this is one ride you don’t want to miss!

Takeaways:

Danny Pena has been podcasting for 20 years, proving that persistence pays off.
Building relationships through podcasting can lead to incredible opportunities and experiences.
Getting to know your audience is key to creating content they love and respond to.
Danny's success shows that focusing on impact rather than just numbers can lead to growth.
Networking in person is crucial; nothing beats face-to-face connections for opportunities.
Opportunities arise from being genuine and building a solid reputation in your field.

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com - use the coupon listener
gamertagradio.com
https://www.dannyandriana.com/ <
Danny Peña: Keep it Fun and Master Your Craft -EP827
Danny Peña Is On a Mission For Additional Listeners - EP633
Commitment to Community: How Danny Peña Grew His Podcast Audience - RP506
The Danny and Riana Show

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

The Secret to High-Quality Content

Mon, 03 Feb 2025 00:15:00 -0400

YouTube just dropped a report on what makes content good, and spoiler alert: it’s not just about looking pretty. Turns out, folks care way more about what’s being said than how fancy the background is. If you want to create stuff that really resonates, whether it's on YouTube or just in audio, you gotta aim for emotional connection. You know, the kind that makes you laugh, cry, or think, not just scroll mindlessly. So, if you’re ready to step up your content game and stop stressing over that bowl of cereal in the background, stick around!

YouTube just dropped a bombshell report on what makes content tick, and honestly, it's a game-changer for all of us trying to create stuff that doesn't suck. So, I dove deep into this thing, and guess what? Turns out, whether you're slinging videos or just talking into a microphone like yours truly, the core principles of good content are pretty much the same. They say good content should make you laugh, cry, or at least think a little—basically, it needs to resonate. And if you're worried about your background lighting or if your hair is on point, spoiler alert: it doesn't matter as much as you think. We're talking about a study that found less than 1% of viewers care about visuals, and really, if your audio is clear and your video isn't shot in a black hole, you're already ahead of the game.

But let's dive into the juicy bits. The report highlighted that emotional engagement is key. If your content doesn't hit people in the feels, you're just another background noise in their lives. And I get it; we all want to be relatable. If viewers can see themselves in your stories, you're golden. Authenticity is the name of the game—be real, be you, and stop trying to copy what everyone else is doing. This isn't a high school talent show where you're just trying to impress the popular kids; it's about creating a connection. So, whether you’re crafting a podcast episode or filming a YouTube video, focus on being genuine and let your unique voice shine through.

To wrap it up—what I gleaned from this report is that content creation isn't just about looking good or having the fanciest gear. It's about creating something that makes people feel like their time was well spent. And if you can throw in a good story or two, you’re well on your way to winning their hearts (and ears). So roll up your sleeves, get comfy with your mic or camera, and remember: it's all about the content, my friends.

Takeaways:

YouTube's report shows that content is about connecting emotionally, not just visuals.
Good content should make people feel something, whether it's laughter or nostalgia.
Don't stress about backgrounds or fancy gear; clear audio is what really matters.
Being authentic and relatable is key to engaging your audience effectively.

Mentioned In This Episode:

School of Podcasting

Coach Builder: How to Turn Your Expertise Into a Profitable Coaching

School of Podcasting Audience Survey

Joe Rogan Episode 1

Jim Harold Paranormal Podcast

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Keeping it Real is Keeping it Really Boring

Mon, 27 Jan 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Every podcast can benefit from editing because it enhances the listening experience by removing the boring parts and keeping the content engaging. While authenticity is important, it shouldn't come at the cost of listener engagement. Effective editing can transform a good conversation into a great podcast by honing in on valuable content and eliminating distractions. By focusing on who your audience is and what they want to hear, you can make informed decisions on what to keep and what to cut. Ultimately, I encourage podcasters to see editing as a technical task and a creative opportunity to present their best work and respect their listeners' time.

Takeaways:

Editing helps improve the quality of your podcast by removing uninteresting or redundant content.
A podcast should be a conversation with the boring parts removed for better engagement.
Understanding your audience is crucial for determining what content to keep or cut.
Planning your episodes effectively can reduce the time needed for editing later on.
It's important to focus on making your podcast a favorite for listeners, not just good enough.
Using editing tools wisely can enhance your show's clarity without sacrificing authenticity.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Is Podcasting Worth It in 2025? Discover the Secrets to Success!

Mon, 20 Jan 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Starting a podcast in 2025 can be a daunting decision, but the real question is whether it’s worth it for you personally. The answer often hinges on your motivations and available time, as podcasting requires commitment and passion.

I look into the statistics and share insights about the competitive landscape of podcasting versus other platforms like YouTube, illustrating that while the odds can seem slim, the rewards can be substantial if approached with the right mindset.

I emphasize the importance of focusing on why you're starting your podcast and what you hope to achieve rather than solely chasing fame or financial success. Ultimately, the value of podcasting lies in the enjoyment and connections it fosters, making it a worthwhile endeavor for those who genuinely love the craft.

Takeaways:

Starting a podcast in 2025 can be worthwhile, depending on your personal goals and circumstances.
The motivations for starting a podcast should be rooted in passion rather than financial gain.
Podcasting leads to building relationships, which can create more opportunities for growth.
Evaluating your reasons for podcasting is crucial to determine its worth to you.
The competitive landscape for podcasting is much smaller compared to platforms like YouTube.
Success in podcasting often depends on consistent effort and the ability to enjoy the process.

Mentioned In This Episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

8 Tips for a Sustainable Podcast

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 00:00:00 -0400

Are you worried about not just starting a podcast, but keeping it going? I dig into essential strategies for sustaining your podcasting journey, emphasizing the importance of knowing your "why." I share personal stories and actionable tips to help you identify your passion and maintain motivation.

From brainstorming episode ideas to understanding the time commitment, I encourage you to start small and seek feedback. I also discuss the significance of focusing on the aspects of podcasting you love, ensuring the process remains enjoyable and fulfilling.

Takeaways:

Understanding your 'why' is crucial for sustaining your podcast long-term and keeping you motivated.
Creating at least 10 episode ideas can help you maintain content flow and avoid burnout.
Start simple to avoid overwhelming yourself with complex setups and equipment.
Seek feedback from non-family members to ensure your content resonates with your target audience.
Recording practice episodes can help you gauge time investment and refine your skills before launching publicly.
Remember, not every podcast needs to last forever; it's okay to stop when your message is delivered.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Join the #1 Podcast Education Site - The School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Head Trash to Headspace: Overcoming Mental Barriers in Podcasting with Doc G.

Mon, 06 Jan 2025 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode, I’m joined by Doc G (Dr. Jordan Grumet), the author of The Purpose Code: How to unlock meaning, maximize happiness, and leave a lasting legacy, to tackle one of the biggest challenges podcasters face—not the technology, not the gear,

- but the mental game.

Whether it's "head trash," imposter syndrome, or the overwhelming pressure to succeed, Doc G shares practical strategies to help you push past mental barriers and create a podcast you truly love.

Doc G shares his journey from a successful medical career to finding purpose and fulfillment in podcasting and writing. Together, we explore how to shift your focus from Big P Podcasting (chasing massive downloads and unrealistic goals) to Little P Podcasting (finding joy in the process and creating meaningful content).

You’ll also hear about:

The difference between "big P purpose" and "little P purpose"—and why it matters for your podcast.
How to identify what lights you up and makes your podcast worth doing, even if no one listens.
Why striving for massive success without joy often leads to burnout.
Practical tips for overcoming purpose anxiety and building a podcasting routine you love.

The Purpose Code Video Trailer

Taking Stock: A Hospice Doctor's Advice on Financial Independence, Building Wealth, and Living a Regret-Free Life

Earn & Invest Show

Because of My Podcast: Zita Christan

Zita does two podcasts: My Spouse Has Dementia and Ritual Recipes. Today, she shares how she was featured in US News and World Report because of her podcast. Paul Wynn had found her podcast (and her transcripts) and interviewed her for his article titled, Easing Holiday Isolation. US News and World Report has approximately 41 million visitors to their site per month. She was also interviewed for another newspaper.

For all things Zita Christian see zitachristian.com

Takeaways:

The mental barriers that podcasters face often overshadow technical challenges like equipment or hosting.
Identifying and pursuing little 'p' purposes can lead to a more fulfilling podcasting journey.
Creating a podcast driven by passion rather than big goals fosters genuine connections with listeners.
Purpose anxiety can hinder progress, making it crucial to focus on what excites you.
Engaging deeply with your podcast's content can attract a community that resonates with your message.
Building a podcast around your interests creates joy and can lead to organic audience growth.

Mentioned In This Episode

The School of Podcasting - Plan, Launch, and Grow Your Podcast.

Doc on the School of Podcasting Interesting AND Unique Doc G Mixes Hospice and Finance

The Purpose Code: How to unlock meaning, maximize happiness, and leave a lasting legacy

https://jordangrumet.com/

My Spouse Has Dementia

Ritual Recipes

Leaning Towards Wisdom

Episode on Launching

School of Podcasting Podcast Launch Checklist

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

My Favorite Podcast - and WHY - 2024

Mon, 30 Dec 2024 00:30:00 -0400

Every year, I ask my audience, "What is your favorite podcast - and WHY." When we hear what resonates with people, we can ensure we include those ingredients in our show.

Participants

Steve Stewart from The Podcast Editor Academy and the Podcast Editors Mastermind loves Stacking Benjamins.

Ralph Estep Jr from the Ask Ralph Podcast (Christian Finance) loves the Ask the Podcast Coach show.

Randy Black from Bible Bytes loves the No Agenda Show.

Kim Newlove from The Pharmacist’s Voice and Perrysburg Podcast loves The Erectile Dysfunction Radio show.

York from Welcome to Earth Stories loves Podtastic Audio.

Wolfman Mike from the 70's vs 80's show loves Beach too Sandy Water too wet

Harris from His Daughter's Podcast Loves the Founders Podcast

Chris Nesi from House of Ed Tech AND the NEW Perpetual Syndication loves the Al and Jerry Postgame Podcast

Louis Goodman from Love thy Lawyer loves Commentary.

Zita Christian from Ritual Recipes and My Spouse Has Dementia loves the Build a Big Podcast.

Craig Wealand from Aprender ingles with Reza and Craig loves The Bugle podcast.

Ron Eastwood (not his voice) from Morning's With Brian loves the Truce podcast.

Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting loves the No Agenda Show

Gear Used Today

Rode Podmic USB

Rodecaster DUO

Accentize Dialogue Enhance

Accentize dx Revive Pro

GW VoiceCentric

Waves DeBreath

WLM Plus Stereo

Mentioned in this episode:

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Navigating Podcasting in 2025: Is Video Worth It?

Mon, 23 Dec 2024 00:15:00 -0400

Video podcasting offers unique advantages and challenges, making it essential for creators to weigh the pros and cons before diving in. While video can enhance engagement through visual cues and body language, audio podcasts provide greater portability and simplicity in production. Dave Jackson explores the contrasting benefits of both formats, highlighting that audio often leads to better memory recall and a more personal connection with listeners. As the landscape of podcasting evolves, particularly with platforms like Spotify and YouTube gaining traction, understanding the implications of these choices is crucial. By the end of this discussion, you'll be equipped with insights to decide whether to integrate video into your podcasting strategy.

Takeaways:

Video podcasts can enhance audience engagement through visual cues and body language, creating a more relatable experience.
Audio podcasts offer greater portability for multitasking, making them ideal for commuting or exercising.
The production of audio podcasts is simpler, requiring less equipment and allowing more casual guest appearances.
Completion rates for audio podcasts tend to be higher than those for video podcasts, indicating better listener retention.
YouTube and Spotify compete for podcasting dominance, but each has different monetization challenges.
While video can expand audience reach, it also incurs additional production costs and time commitments.

Links referenced in this episode:

Gear Mentioned

Viltrox 2 pack LCD with remote

Newer 2 Light LCD with Remote

Rode Wireless Mico lavalier Microphone

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlocking Audience Insights: Crafting the Perfect Survey for Your Podcast

Mon, 16 Dec 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Creating an effective audience survey is essential for understanding what your listeners want and how to enhance their experience.

This episode dives into the crucial steps for crafting survey questions that engage your audience and encourage participation. Dave Jackson emphasizes the importance of knowing your audience and keeping surveys concise, ideally under ten questions, to boost completion rates.

He also discusses strategies for increasing responses, such as using incentives and clear communication about the benefits of participating. By the end, you'll have actionable insights to help you design a survey that not only gathers valuable feedback but also strengthens your relationship with your listeners.

Takeaways:

Begin your survey with a concise opening paragraph explaining how respondents will benefit.
Keep your survey short, ideally under 10 questions for higher completion rates.
Incentives can increase survey participation but ensure they don’t skew honest feedback.
Use relevant questions that engage your audience and avoid demographic questions at the start.
Incorporate a progress bar to inform participants how far along they are in the survey.
Make sure to remind your audience about the survey to boost responses regularly.

Links referenced in this episode:

Join the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

No Surveys For You?

If you're a person who has never done an audience survey, and don't plan on any in the future, I'd love to understand why (I'm always interested in different points of view). I'd love to hear why.

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Podcast Success: How Being Open to Feedback Changes Everything

Mon, 09 Dec 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Being open to receiving feedback is crucial for growth, especially as we head into 2025. If podcasters are unwilling to listen to their audience, they risk repeating the same mistakes and achieving the same results. This episode delves into the importance of having a receptive mindset regarding advice and input from listeners. Today, I share anecdotes and examples, including the cautionary tale of Elizabeth Holmes and the pitfalls of ignoring expert advice. He emphasizes that understanding your audience is the foundation for creating compelling content and encourages podcasters to seek feedback to enhance their shows actively.

Takeaways:

Being open to audience feedback is essential for podcasters to improve their content.
If you ignore audience advice, you risk repeating the same mistakes year after year.
Feedback is critical to podcasting success; embrace it to grow your show.
Creating an audience survey can provide valuable insights into what your listeners want.
Understanding your audience's needs can lead to more engaging and resonant content.
Ignoring expert advice, as seen in the case of Theranos, can lead to failure.
With a CLEAR understanding of your WHY and your audience, you can decide which advice to accept and which to dismiss.

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com
schoolofpodcasting.com/survey
jordanharbinger.com (on taking advice)
thepharmacistvoice.com (Kim Newlove's show)
perrysburgpodcast.com (Kim Newlove's show)
podpage.com
schoolofpodcasting.com/960 (on media hosting)
schoolofpodcasting.com/961 (full show notes)
Welcome to Earth Stories
Apple's Dashboard podcastsconnect.apple.com
Spotify's Dashboard podcasters.spotify.com

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Podcast Media Hosts Uncovered: Features That Matter

Mon, 02 Dec 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Choosing the right media host for your podcast is crucial, and in this episode, we dive deep into the features offered by some of the top podcast media hosts. I discuss how each host brings unique capabilities, helping you determine what aligns best with your needs. Whether you’re looking for dynamic content, AI tools, or detailed analytics, understanding these features can significantly impact your podcasting journey and wallet). From the importance of an RSS feed to the nuances of pricing plans, listeners will gain valuable insights into what to consider before deciding.

Join me as I break down the landscape of podcast media hosting, ensuring you avoid costly mistakes and find the perfect fit for your show.

Even if you're happy with your podcast host

Takeaways:

Choosing the right media host depends on your specific podcasting needs and goals.
It's essential to evaluate the features that media hosts offer to avoid unnecessary expenses.
Dynamic content and chapters can enhance listener engagement and provide a better user experience.
Migration between hosts can lead to a loss of statistics; choose wisely and prepare.
Utilizing AI tools can streamline podcast creation, but be cautious of additional costs.
Free podcast hosting services often come with limitations and potential risks of closure.

Links referenced in this episode:

schoolofpodcasting.com/join
https://schoolofpodcasting.com/podcast-hosting-simplified/<< Full Show Notes

Companies mentioned in this episode:

PodPage
Buzzsprout
Blubrry
Libsyn (use coupon sopfree for a free month)
Captivate
RSS.com
Descript
Riverside
Squadcast
Zoom
Auphonic
Transistor

Full Show Notes

See schoolofpodcasting.com/960

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

What Does Worry Free Podcasting Look Like?

School of Podcasting

Ariana Grande's Voice and Your Podcast: What They Have in Common

Mon, 25 Nov 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Don't let past regrets or harsh words hold you back from podcasting. This episode highlights inspiring stories from podcasters like Zita Christian, who turned her struggles with Alzheimer's into a powerful platform, and Ray Arnott, whose model train podcast has garnered a passionate community. Dave Jackson emphasizes that everyone has a unique voice and experience to share, and it's essential to push through the self-doubt that might stem from past failures.

He also discusses the phenomenon of pod fading, where many new podcasters stop before truly finding their audience. Tune in to discover how you can overcome obstacles and embrace your podcasting journey, all while ensuring your voice is heard loud and clear.

Transitioning to the theme of persistence in podcasting, Dave discusses the phenomenon of 'pod fading,' where many new podcasters abandon their shows within months. He references a study revealing that around 30% of podcasters stop producing content shortly after launching. Jackson draws parallels between podcasting and gym memberships, highlighting how both require commitment and a clear understanding of one's goals to achieve lasting success. He encourages listeners to embrace their unique voices, reminding them that past failures or negative feedback should not deter them from sharing their stories. Instead, he advocates for a mindset shift—viewing each podcasting endeavor as an opportunity to learn and grow, regardless of the initial outcome.

The episode crescendos with reflections on the recent insights he gained from watching the musical 'Wicked,' particularly the unexpected vocal talents of Ariana Grande. This experience serves as a metaphor for the hidden potential within each person. Jackson urges aspiring podcasters to let go of self-doubt and 'head trash,' asserting that everyone has a unique contribution to make. By embracing their individuality and the lessons learned from past experiences, podcasters can inspire others and carve out their place in the audio landscape. As the episode wraps up, Dave reiterates his commitment to supporting podcasters through his school, providing resources and guidance to help them realize their potential and achieve their podcasting dreams.

Takeaways:

Zita Christian's podcast gained recognition when she was featured in U.S. News & World Report, showcasing the impact a podcast can have.
Ray Arnott's podcast inspired a listener to send in a special gift.
Many new podcasters quit because they lack clarity on their audience and goals, leading to frustration.
Consistency in content and focus is crucial for successful podcasting; it's not just about publishing.
Ariana Grande's unexpected vocal talent illustrates that preconceived notions can limit potential; podcasting is similar.
Pod fading affects 30% of new podcasters; understanding your audience is key to longevity.
YouTube's redefining the word podcast may confuse advertisers and affect the money flowing into podcasting.

Links referenced in this episode:

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Join the School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

The Knockout Formula: What Podcasters Can Learn from a Netflix-Breaking Event

Mon, 18 Nov 2024 00:00:00 -0400

This week, we had something that doesn't happen often outside of the Super Bowl—lots of Americans watched the same thing at the same time. Today, I thought we could look at WHY and what podcasters can learn to add those winning ingredients to their podcasts.

Audience Survey

Help make the show better, and you'll be entered to win a year of membership at the School of Podcasting. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/survey

Takeaways:

Building anticipation for your content is crucial; promoting months in advance can lead to significant engagement.
Making your content easily accessible across various platforms maximizes audience reach and convenience.
Tying your content to emotions or nostalgia can significantly enhance audience connection and engagement.
Creating unique content that can't be found elsewhere is a powerful way to attract viewers.
Ensure the consumption process of your content is smooth; technical issues can drive audiences away.
Monetizing an audience, rather than just the podcast, is key to long-term success.

Mentioned:

School of Podcasting

Podpage

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Podcast Hot Seat - Now Private Podcast Audits

Podcast Hotseat

Strike Up Your Podcast: Lessons from Duck Pin Bowling

Mon, 11 Nov 2024 00:00:00 -0400

OK, I realize this seems a little odd, but stay with me. Bowling and podcasting share surprising similarities that can inspire you to start your own podcast. Just like in duck pin bowling, where mastering the basics and adapting your technique is crucial, podcasting requires a solid grasp of content creation and delivery. Throughout this episode, Dave Jackson draws parallels between the two, emphasizing the importance of feedback, practice, and finding your unique style. He also introduces an AI prompt that can help you generate fresh interview questions, making it easier to engage your audience. Whether you're a seasoned bowler or a curious podcaster, this episode is packed with insights to guide your journey.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Worfence Vulnerability Report

PodcastsAboutPodcasting.com

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Question of the Month

Takeaways:

The experience of duckpin bowling can teach valuable lessons about podcasting and content creation.
Instant feedback is crucial in both bowling and podcasting; learn from your mistakes quickly.
Practicing your podcasting skills is essential, just like warming up before bowling.
Understand your audience's needs to create engaging content that resonates with them.
Use AI tools to refine your podcasting content, enhancing clarity and engagement.
Adaptability in your approach to podcasting can lead to greater audience connection and enjoyment.

Chat GPT Prompt

Craig Can Slyke from AI Goes to College showed a cool prompt for Chat GPT. You tell it about your podcast (who your target listener is) explain who your guest is, and then ask it to come up with questions that your guest hasn't been asked. Want more? Explain how some of the questions may be used for YouTube Shorts and to put those in bold.

It works. Watch Video

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Add More to Your Podcast? Remember to Subtract!

Mon, 04 Nov 2024 00:00:00 -0400

If you want to add something new to your podcasting routine, you need to subtract something else from your schedule. Time management is crucial for podcasters; today, I'm pointing out the importance of making intentional choices about allocating our time.

Let's examine the balance between new opportunities and existing commitments. I emphasize that every addition comes with a necessary subtraction (unless you want to lose your mind).

This episode is filled with practical tips and personal insights on how to manage your time while avoiding burnout. Whether you want to expand your podcasting efforts or keep your sanity intact, this episode offers valuable insights to help you navigate your busy schedule.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Takeaways:

To succeed in podcasting, remember that adding a new task means subtracting an existing one (if you're truly "busy").
Effective time management in podcasting requires precise scheduling for learning new tools or platforms.
Evaluate your current commitments and prioritize what truly adds value to your podcasting journey (and value to your audience).
Being overwhelmed by podcasting tasks can be alleviated by understanding your available time.
Use tools to track your productivity and identify what activities yield the best results.
Avoid the hustle culture; prioritize your health and family while managing your podcasting goals.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Mentioned in this episode:

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Promote Like a Pro: Getting Your Podcast Guests to Spread the Word

Mon, 28 Oct 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Today we look at how to encourage guests to promote their episodes. Host Dave Jackson opens the show by discussing the importance of reciprocity in the podcasting world, emphasizing that hosts and guests benefit from effective promotion strategies.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Contributors:

Kim Newlove - The Pharmacists Voice, Perrysburg Podcast

Kris - Podtastic Audio

Kiona Nessenbaum - Birth As We Know It

Takeaways:

Building a relationship with your podcast guests before the interview can lead to better promotion later.
Make it easy for guests to share their episodes by providing direct links and images.
As a host, please don't rely solely on guests to promote their episodes; it's not guaranteed.
Offering your guests clear and simple promotional tools can encourage them to share your interview.
Please tell your guests when their episodes will be released to help them prepare to share.
As a guest, promise to promote the episode to increase your chances of being invited back.
If you want them to share, the interview should be different than previous interviews.

Links referenced in this episode:

Insider Secrets to Topp 100 Podcast

Dave's Resources

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Mentioned in this episode:

Podcast Hot Seat

Podcast Hotseat

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Unlock Exclusive Insights: Subscribe to 'Podcasting Observations' Newsletter!

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

The Future of Film and Podcasting: Avoiding the Same Pitfalls

Mon, 14 Oct 2024 00:00:00 -0400

This episode serves as a guide for content creators to learn from the mistakes of the movie industry. It advocates for creativity, genuine audience engagement, and strategic marketing that resonates with today's consumers.

The movie industry is falling fast. I share my childhood memories of the joy of watching movies and how attending a movie now has changed dramatically. We need to understand the power of audience engagement, noting that the film industry is often playing it safe with sequels and familiar franchises (a strategy that may not always yield positive results).

As podcasters, we need to note these trends and craft our content thoughtfully, ensuring that we do not fall into the trap of repeating what has already been done. Podcasters can stand out in an increasingly crowded marketplace by fostering authentic connections with listeners and providing innovative, compelling narratives.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Takeaways:

The movie industry is struggling, and podcasters can learn valuable lessons from this decline.
Creating a strong community experience can enhance audience engagement for both movies and podcasts.
Making the consumption of your content easy is crucial for keeping your audience satisfied.
Trailers should accurately represent the film's content to avoid disappointing viewers.
Audience engagement and feedback are essential for improving movie and podcast content.
Podcasters should avoid the common pitfalls of the movie industry to ensure success.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

admanager.ncM.com

Mentioned in this episode:

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Eavesdrop on a Podcast Coaching Session: Your Path to Podcaster Clarity

Mon, 07 Oct 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Starting a podcast can feel overwhelming, but understanding the essential questions to address can simplify the process significantly. Join Dave Jackson as he coaches Alex Lorre through a consulting call, highlighting crucial considerations for both aspiring and established podcasters. From identifying your target audience to defining the goals of your show, this conversation covers the fundamental aspects that every podcaster must contemplate. Dave emphasizes the importance of a clear podcast name that resonates with listeners and conveys the intended content effectively. Additionally, the episode explores monetization strategies, creative formats, and the necessary tools to help your podcast thrive in a competitive landscape.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Takeaways:

Starting a podcast requires answering fundamental questions about your goals and audience.
Understanding your niche and how to differentiate your podcast is crucial for success.
Consider using a name that clearly conveys the podcast's theme to attract listeners.
Engaging with local businesses can provide sponsorship opportunities for your podcast.
Monetization strategies can include affiliate marketing, ads, and creating a community.
Utilizing tools like podpage can simplify the creation of a professional podcast website.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Podcast Hot Seat

Podcast Hotseat

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Maximize Listener Engagement with Podcast Chapters

Mon, 30 Sep 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Chapters in podcast episodes allow listeners to easily navigate content, enhancing their listening experience by allowing them to skip to segments they find most intriguing or relevant. Dave Jackson explores the evolution and utility of chapters, reflecting on his initial disdain and eventual reliance on them. Dave invites podcasters to share their perspectives, highlighting a range of opinions from enthusiastic advocates to skeptics who worry chapters might disrupt the listener's engagement.

Tools like Hindenburg and Descript are spotlighted for their ability to integrate chapters seamlessly, while AI-driven solutions from hosts like Buzzsprout and Captivate are emerging to automate the process. As the podcasting landscape evolves, chapters are becoming a valuable feature for both content creators and audiences, though their adoption remains a personal choice, influenced by the podcast's format and the creator's goals.

All opinions are ours. Some links are affiliate links, meaning if you buy something through a qualifying link, we might make a small commission at no additional cost to you. As Amazon Associates, we earn from qualifying purchases.

Mentioned In This Episode

Ethan Reese - Daily Sports Podcast

David Hooper - Build a Big Podcast

Paul Taylor - Pass ACLS

John Wilkerson - Struggling For Purpose

Ralph Estep Jr - Ask Ralph

Stephanie Graham - NoseyAF

York - Welcome to Earth Stories

Zo Richardson - Back Look Cinema

Quick Video on Chapters

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

AI For Podcasters (Part I) 26 Resources

Mon, 23 Sep 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Today we’re unpacking a world of AI tools and their applications in podcasting. I start by asking ChatGPT what the top uses for ChatGPT (and you'll be surprised) are.

We also discuss the crucial balance between leveraging AI for efficiency and maintaining the credibility and trust of your audience. If you lose your integrity, you may never get it back.

Above all, NEVER have AI make content that is made public without human interaction.

Full description at schoolofpodcasting.com/950

Check out this video of Castmagic picking out the companies and URLS for this episode (there are quite a lot).

Question of the Month

Some podcasters spend time putting in chapters that include artwork and links. Where are you when it comes to chapters? Did you know they exist? Do you use them in your show? As a listener, do you like them? Hate them? Click the link and let me know (and don't forget the name, elevator pitch, and link to your show). I need your answer by 9/27

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world.

With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll easily navigate your podcasting journey, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. As a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting today!

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

School of Podcasting Website : Dave Jackson's website for podcast consultation.
Music Radio Creative : Associated with Mike Russell, one of the guest experts in AI.
Red Hat Media : Associated with Larry Roberts, another guest expert in AI.
AI Goes To College : Associated with Craig Van Slyke, another guest expert in AI.
11 Labs : A tool for generating AI voices, used by Dave Jackson in producing content for the episode.
Mike Russell Video on Free AI Plugins for Audacity
Mike Russell Creator Magic YouTube Channel
Creator Magic YouTube Channel : Mike Russell's channel, where he discusses tools and plugins for content creation. Here is the video.
Ask the Podcast Coach : Dave Jackson’s live Q&A podcast on podcasting tips and advice.
CapSho : An AI tool for creating marketing content and summaries from podcast episodes.
Descript : A podcast editing tool with features like Studio Sound for audio cleanup and filler word removal.
PodPage: A platform allowing users to create podcast websites.
SpeakPipe : A tool that allows users to send voice messages.
Otter.ai : A transcription service used for creating detailed show notes.
Pod Squeeze : An AI tool providing limited free usage to analyze podcast episodes.
Swell AI: Another AI tool offering limited free episodes for content analysis.
Spinwriter: A tool for generating content from existing articles aimed at improving SEO.
Google Notebook: Used for reading PDFs aloud using AI voices. Helen and Kyle are the AI-generated voices.
OpusClip: A tool for generating multiple video clips from long content.
BigVU: Another video clip generation tool.
ClipGen: A clip-generation tool for creating social media content.
Minvo: Another tool for generating video clips.
Flexcut: Tool similar to the previous ones for video clipping.
Hippo Video: Offers text-to-video tools for content creation.
Wisecut: A tool for creating video clips from long recordings.
Hey Gen AI Video Generator
Perplexity - AI Tool that Provides Sources of Answers.
Chapt GPT - One of the original AI Tools.

Mentioned in this episode:

Podcast Hot Seat

Podcast Hotseat

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Tom Webster: The Importance of Editing Your Show

Mon, 16 Sep 2024 00:00:00 -0400

In this episode of the School of Podcasting (episode 949), we get some great insights from media research expert Tom Webster. With a focus on optimizing podcast content and strategy, Tom and Dave explore common pitfalls that podcasters face, particularly the importance of engaging content from the outset. They discuss practical tips on improving podcast narrative and editing, handling advertiser concerns, and leveraging audience feedback to refine your podcast. Whether you're a seasoned podcaster or just starting, this episode provides valuable lessons on creating captivating content that resonates with listeners and satisfies advertisers. Don't miss the unique strategies and actionable advice that could transform your podcast into a must-listen show.

About Tom Webster

Tom Webster is a partner at Sounds Profitable, dedicated to setting the course for the future of audio. He has thirty years of experience in streaming, podcasting, audiobooks, terrestrial radio, and everything else that we stick in our earballs. In his previous work, with Edison Research, Webster was the co-author of the annual Infinite Dial® study, the longest-running study of consumer media habits since 1998, as well as the Share of Ear® and Edison Podcast Metrics studies. With Sounds Profitable, his body of work includes dozens of the most influential reports in podcasting, and he is one of the most widely cited audio researchers in the world.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

The Audience Is Listening: A Little Guide to Building a Big Podcast Book

Tom's Webster's Website for the Book

Sounds Profitable

Podcast Guru App

Podpage (website builder for Podcasters)

ThanksDaveJackson.com

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Podcast Hot Seat - Now Private Podcast Audits

Podcast Hotseat

When, What, and How to Outsource Some of Your Podcast Production

Mon, 09 Sep 2024 00:00:00 -0400

If you're thinking of outsourcing some of the tasks involved with your podcast, this episode is for you. What is involved with creating an episode? What parts should I outsource? Where do I find an editor? How much does it cost?

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Ask Ralph Podcast: Christian Finance

The Pharmacists Voice

Next Day Audio Editor

Podcast Editor Academy

Steve Stewart "Find an Editor" tutorial an form

Descript Vide and Audio Editor with AI

Opus Clip AI Video Clip Creation Tool

ClipGen AI Video Clip Creation Tool

Auphonic audio leveler and hiss removal

Otter transcription

Castmagic - AI Tool for Podcasters

Capsho - AI Marketing tool for Podcasters

Maximize Listener Engagement with Effective Podcast Interview Strategies SOP Episode

Podcast Rewind: Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

How to Monetize Your Podcast Even With a Small Audience | Dave Jackson

The Steps To Create a Podcast Episode

Research Guest
Research Content
Guest Scheduling
Setup and test Equipment
Record Episode
Audio Editing
Audio Mastering
Transcription
Upload to Media Host
Write Show Notes
Create Episodic Artwork
Add to Website
Post to Social
Make Shorts
Write Guest Email

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Understanding Platform Fees: Best Options for Podcast Donations and Premium Content

Mon, 02 Sep 2024 00:32:00 -0400

Value for Value or (podcasting 2.0) is NOT just about streaming Satoshi's (a very small amount of bitcoin). Today, we will discuss asking for support and what tools fit best for your situation.

I may earn a small commission for some of these as I participate in their affiliate program. This costs you nothing and supports the show.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Platforms Discussed:

Donation Only (No RSS Tools)

Premium Content Tools

All of these platforms have their own strengths. If I just wanted to accept money, I'd use Buy Me a Coffee. If I wanted to sell premium content, I would use Supercast (although Captivate and Buzzsprout are very attractive if you are using them for hosting). Supercast has a super easy onboarding for new listeners with a two-click install, and their percentage is in alignment with others (if not less).

Keep In Mind:

A show with WOW content will likely get around 3% of its audience to engage.

New podcasters should focus on building great content and their audience instead of monetizing, which can lead to disappointment.

There are MANY other ways to make money with your podcast besides advertising and asking for support. See my book Profit From Your Podcast.

Full details at schoolofpodcasting.com/947

Because of Podcast

Congrats to James Cridlan of Podnews who was asked to come on BBC News and discuss the new deal with Kelsie brothers podcast. Check out how this happened in his article.

Jen Bryney of Congressional Dish got to cover both the Republican and Democratic party events via her connections with C-Span. Jenn your video from outside the DNC was touching. Keep up the great work.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Check Out Dave's Newsletter With Behind the Scenes Content

Podcasting Observations

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Podcast Movement Reflections 2024 from DC - Now With Plugins!

Mon, 26 Aug 2024 00:00:00 -0400

Today I reflect on my trip to Washington DC to Podcast Movement 2024. We talk about the gear, some presentations, some things that could only happen at Podcast Movement in DC, and why there wasn't any carpet.

I used the Rode Interview Pro Portable Microphone to record some interviews in the very noisy vendor hall. With this in mind, I thought I'd talk about plugins that can clean things up.

Full show notes are on the website.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Rode Interview Pro Portable Microphone $244ish

https://supportthisshow.com/rodeinterviewpro

Shure Movmic Wireless Mics (small - great for video)

https://geni.us/shure-movmic

PodProtect

https://podprotect.email/

GW Centeric (Greg Wells) $36

https://supportthisshow.com/gwcentral

Clarity VX Noise Removal $39

https://supportthisshow.com/calrityvx

Accentize DX Revive Pro $299

https://www.accentize.com/dxrevive/

Descript Studio Sound

https://supportthisshow.com/descript

Scheps Omni Channel 2 $39

https://supportthisshow.com/scheps

Audio Sigma Podmobile $359

https://audiosigma.com/

10 Free Plugins for Garageband (AU not VST)

https://www.musicianwave.com/free-garageband-plugins/

Adobe Enhance

https://podcast.adobe.com/enhance

Dealcasters Chris and Jim

https://www.podpage.com/dealcasters/about/

Paul Colligan's Podcast Partnership

podcastpartnership.com

Apple Podcasts on The Web

https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/school-of-podcasting-plan-launch-grow-and-monetize/id83653087

Podcaster Morning Chat

https://www.podpage.com/pmc/

Lou Mongello - WDW Radio

https://www.wdwradio.com

https://www.loumongello.com

The Audience is Listening - Tom Webster Book

https://geni.us/tomwebsterbook

Harry Durran - Podcast Junkies

https://www.podcastjunkies.com

Podnews Podcast Industry News

https://www.podnews.net

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Podcaster Happy Hour: The Best Free Podcaster Conference

The Podcaster Happy Hour meets once a month to check out cool podcasting tech and network with other podcasters. It's free. Check it out.

Podcaster Happy Hour

These Two Words Cost Him Millions of Dollars

Mon, 19 Aug 2024 00:15:00 -0400

DISCLAIMER: Today's show contains adult content. Maybe listen to this one when the kiddies aren't around.

Today, I share some insights that will explain why I spent close to $400 to fly to Atlanta for one day. Then I share some stories about some strange laws in the UK that are getting people arrested for posting memes and two words that cost a comedian millions of dollars.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Without Warning Podcast

Podcaster Happy Hour

Gamertag Radio

GARM

Tom Segura Your Mom's House

Getting Fired From McDonald's

Libsyn to Use Barometer

Jim and Chris from Dealcasters

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Get Your Podcast Up and Going in Six Weeks

Podcasting in Six Weeks

Beyond Surveys How Real Conversations Grow Your Podcast

Mon, 12 Aug 2024 00:05:00 -0400

Are you confident your podcast content is truly resonating with your audience? Many podcasters assume their content is "fine" without digging deeper. But there's a powerful way to gain invaluable insights directly from your listeners.

In this episode, I share a game-changing strategy I recently used at my new job with Podpage. By conducting one-on-one Zoom calls with users, we uncovered crucial feedback that transformed our product. This approach can work wonders for your podcast too!

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Where I Will Be?

I'll be speaking at Podcast Movement in Washington DC August 19-22.

Ecamm Creator Camp October 15-18 in (Bostonish MA)

I'll be speaking at Podindy.com on November 9th

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Want me to speak at your event or online meetup, contact me here.

Mentioned In This Episode

The Audience Is Listening: A Little Guide to Building a Big Podcast

Podpage.com

Joining the School of Podcasting

Grow The Show with Chris Hutchins

All the Hacks Episodes on Bank Accounts

Tidycal Calendar System with Lifetime Deal

Ask Ralph Podcast

Miss Ileane - The Anchor Show

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Black Friday Podcasting Sepcial

Podcast Hotseat

Unraveling the Power of Word-of-Mouth in Podcast Recommendations

Mon, 05 Aug 2024 00:15:00 -0400

70% of podcasts are discovered via word of mouth (Jacobs Media). So if we can understand what makes someone recommend something, we can start to do that in our show.

We heard words like affordable, quality, and unique. Some people recommend based on a relationship that delivers value. When you deliver something you can't get any place else.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Participants

Kim Newlove

https://www.thepharmacistsvoice.com/

https://www.perrysburgpodcast.com/

Paul from Pass ACLS

https://passacls.com/

Ralph Estep Jr - Ask Ralph Podcast

https://www.askralphpodcast.com/

Velvet from Welcome to Earth Stories

https://welcometoearthstories.com/

Mark from the History of North America

https://www.markvinet.com/

Timothy Brien

Create Art Podcast - https://www.createartpodcast.com/

Find a Podcast About https://www.findapodcastabout.xyz/

Zoe - Back Look Cinema

https://www.backlookcinema.com/

Dave Jackson - School of Podcasting

https://learn.schoolofpodcasting.com

The Wealth of Connection: A New Approach to Making Business Personal

https://geni.us/wealth-of-connection

The Audience Is Listening: A Little Guide to Building a Big Podcast

https://geni.us/tomwebsterbook

Because of My Podcast - Vincent Pugliese

Unconference - https://totallifefreedom.kartra.com/page/unconferenceVIPpricing

Vincent on episode 862

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Where I Will Be?

I'll be speaking at Podcast Movement in Washington DC August 19-22.

Ecamm Creator Camp October 15-18 in (Bostonish MA)

I'll be speaking at Podindy.com on November 9th

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Want me to speak at your event or online meetup, contact me here.

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Mentioned in this episode:

Don't Let Your Poor Upbringing Stop Your From Starting Your Podcast

If you grew up attempting to get the attention of your parents, friends, and others but couldn't, podcasting is THE way to get your message out to the WORLD. The School of Podcasting allows you to: Learn at your own pace Network with other brilliant podcasters Get UNLIMITED one-on-one coaching with Dave Jackson

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Because of My Podcast: Dave Edition

Mon, 29 Jul 2024 07:15:00 -0400

My last day at Libsyn was July 12th, 2024. I'm starting a new chapter in my podcasting career, and so to announce the next chapter, I thought it might be fun (and maybe inspirational? ) for newbies to see what is possible with a podcast. Last week I talked about my journey through technology. I explained that where I am now is NOT where I started and it took years to get here. Today I'm talking about the most important benefit of podcasting (and it's not money, or fame). It's relationships.

You will see that one teacher gave me a nudge. Once I started podcasting (because it was WAY HARDER in 2005), when I wasn't working on making GREAT content, I was working on growing my network through relationships. I am still in contact with many of those today.

Your Podcast Leads To Opportunities

You are seen as an expert (no matter if you want to be or not) and that positioning leads to opportunities. Those opportunities lead to relationships. Those new relationships lead to more opportunities. If you DON'T QUIT, the wheel keeps turning. It does not happen overnight, and it might take years. Some might say I have first mover advantage. Let's say that is true. So did a whole lot of other people. There is one big difference. I didn't quit. I'm still here.

Opportunities Lead to Relationships

I had Spreaker, Blubrry, and Libsyn representatives on my show. I would see these people at events. Your podcast can be a digital resume. When the New Media Expo needed a new head for their podcasting track, all of these hosting companies had one name they recommended: Dave Jackson.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Where I Will Be?

I'll be speaking at Podcast Movement in Washington DC August 19-22.

Ecamm Creator Camp October 15-18 in (Bostonish MA)

I'll be speaking at Podindy.com on November 9th

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Want me to speak at your event or online meetup, contact me here.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Today in Podcasting

Podcasters Roundtable

More Podcast Money

Podcasting for Profit

Academy of Podcasters Hall of Fame

Podcast Awards

The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary

The Audience is Listening - Tom Webster

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Dave Jackson’s Journey from Basic Gear to Professional Podcasting

Mon, 22 Jul 2024 00:15:00 -0400

I had two people ask me about the "Behind the Scenes" operations of the School of Podcasting. I was nervous about doing this episode. If you're new to the show, I normally don't talk about myself for 47 minutes. As I had two people ask similar questions, I thought I'd share information about:

Where I Started (start ugly - great book)

My first podcast setup

My first "business office"

Why and how I upgraded (and why you probably don't need to).

What I'm using now for the podcast and the business.

I also mention the Podcaster Happy Hour (check out this new networking and education event).

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Ask Ralph Christian Finance Show

NoseyAF Show

The Pharmacists Voice

Samson Q2U Microphone

Wave Business Software (you might check out Moxie as well)

Heartbeat Community

Zenler Course Hosting

Camtasia Video Editor

Ray Edwards ClarityScribe

Eleven Labs

Impact Varipole

Mentioned in this episode:

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

How To Read Without Sounding Like You're Reading with Jodi Krangle.

Mon, 15 Jul 2024 00:15:00 -0400

Some people can "riff" off the top of their heads, while others need a script. Do whatever works for you, but when it SOUNDS LIKE YOU'RE READING, it can lose listeners. Today, I bring in Professional Voiceover Artist Jodi Krangle to give us some tips on how to sound natural. She also shares some insights on the voiceover industry and her pet peeves in podcasting.

Find Jodi at www.voiceroversandvocals.com

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than five questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Question of the Month

Click Here to Upload/Record Your Answer

Question of the Month

Where I Will Be?

I'll be speaking at Podcast Movement in Washington DC August 19-22.

Ecamm Creator Camp October 15-18 in (Bostonish MA)

I'll be speaking at Podindy.com on November 9th

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Want me to speak at your event or online meetup, contact me here.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Jodi Krangle www.voiceroversandvocals.com

HyperX Condensor Microphone (aff)

Sennheiser 416 (aff)

Good, Quick, Cheap - You can only pick 2

Jodi on Ask the Podcast Coach

Supercast - Sell Premium Content

Guardian Downcast

Mentioned in this episode:

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Live Podcast Makeover: Fixing Show Positioning and Hooks with Stephanie Graham

Mon, 08 Jul 2024 21:01:00 -0400

Today's episode is an exciting one as we introduce a brand-new show, "Podcasting Hot Seat." This fresh concept blends the best elements of the Podcast Review Show and the Podcast Rodeo Show. Our inaugural guest on Podcasting Hot Seat is the multi-talented Stephanie Graham. We will discuss her engaging podcast, "Nosy AF," her vibrant art practice, and the challenges and triumphs of maintaining a successful online presence.

Want a turn in the Podcast Hot Seat? See www.podcasthotseat.com/store

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

NoseyAF Podcast

Stephanie Graham's Website

Follow the Nosey AF show

Podcast Talent Coach Show 500

Podcast Rodeo Show

Podcast Hot Seat

Podcast Review Show

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Maximize Listener Engagement with Effective Podcast Interview Strategies

Mon, 01 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0400

How to Ensure Your Podcast Guests Shine:

Understanding your audience is non-negotiable when crafting an exceptional podcast. All good podcasters start by clearly identifying their audience. Are you catering to 24-year-old women or 59-year-old women? Knowing your audience is essential to producing content that resonates. This involves diligent research to understand your listeners' preferences and needs.

Today, we're talking about how to do ENGAGING interviews as well as how to GET MORE INTERVIEWS.

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

Are you considering diving into the dynamic world of podcasting? Look no further! Join the School of Podcasting community today and unlock a wealth of knowledge and support tailored just for you. As someone with decades of life experience, your voice is invaluable, and podcasting offers a unique platform to share your wisdom, stories, and passions with the world.

With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting today!

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Video Version on Libsyn's YouTube

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Podmatch and Podcastguests

This is episode 938 of the School of Podcasting

This show uses chapters making it easy for you to jump from subject to subject. If your app doesn't support chapters, try it. Apple Podcasts, Overcast, or Podcast Guru

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Where Will I Be?

I love meeting you when I'm out at events. Here are some of my next events: Podcast Movement September 17-18 Podindy November 7th (use the coupon pacer at podindy.com)

Where Will I Be?

You Have A Message That Needs to Be Heard

School of Podcasting

Different Input - Different Show

Mon, 24 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Today we talk about if your show is feeling stale, maybe a change of input could help. One form of content that might be getting overlooked is books. In addition to libraries, there are online tools. In Ohio we have Libby and Hoopla Digital that allow you to listen audiobooks for free. Spotify has recently added audiobooks to their service and Amazon has Audible.

When you change the information that is feeding your brain, you change the output of your show.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Contributors

Zo from Back Look Cinema https://www.backlookcinema.com/podcast

J from Okie Bookcast https://www.okiebookcast.com/

John Finkelde - Grow a Healthy Church https://growahealthychurch.com/

York from Welcome to Earth Stories https://welcometoearthstories.com/

Mark from Practical Prepping https://practicalprepping.info/

Mike from the 70's Vs the 80s https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-70s-vs-the-80s/id1527870389

(mike buy a domain at coolerwebsites.com and point at something).

Craig from Live Well and Flourish https://www.livewellandflourish.com

Mark From PodcastBranding.co https://www.resourcefuldesigner.com/

Ralph From Ask Ralph Show (Personal Finance from a Christian Perspective) https://www.askralphpodcast.com

Books Mentioned

Old Man's War https://amzn.to/3zfJ6ru

Bird by Bird https://amzn.to/45zUB9p

Crucial Conversations https://amzn.to/3XAGOxp

The Giving Tree https://amzn.to/4bl2658

Success Principles https://amzn.to/3KXKTnI

Born to Run https://amzn.to/4cyWNjO

Letters From a Stoic https://amzn.to/3VCfOLl

Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World https://geni.us/platform-michael-hyatt

Storybrand https://amzn.to/3VEY81o

How to Win Friends and Influence People https://amzn.to/4esKCqi

Mastering Your Finances (Free when you sign up for newsletter) https://www.askralphpodcast.com

Storyworthy by Mathew Dicks https://amzn.to/3E2HCxp

Profit From Your Podcast https://www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book

Other Items

00:25:39 - Quit Encouraging Fraud

00:28:43 - Weird Spotify Video Thing

00:31:53 - Eyes on Streamyard https://supportthisshow.com/streamyard

00:33:30 - Podcast Rewind:

EO Fire https://www.eofire.com/podcast/davejackson/

00:34:16 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

00:37:14 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

Join the School of Podcasting

School of Podcasting

Opinions Matter and Yours Needs to Be Heard

Mon, 17 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Why are reaction videos so popular? I mean, I can watch or listen to something and have my own reaction? Today I tie this into podcasting and how sharing your opinion can help you build your community.

I play clips from a show I like, one that drives me nuts, and one that will potentially offend you as it deals with pronouns (which is the whole point - how does it make you feel).

I also talk about brand safety and how it's not working, and maybe we shouldn't worry about it.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

In and Around Podcasting

Media Round Table

TalkTV Julia Hartley-Brewer

Sounds Profitable Podcasting is the Safest Bet

Dave and Danny Brown on Ask the Podcast Coach

Power of Podcasting Network

Distorted View Daily

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Geologic Podcast - George Hrab

Stacking Benjamins Show

AI Goes to College

Growing Your Podcast Starts With WOW Content

Mon, 10 Jun 2024 04:05:00 -0400

How do you grow your audience? I hear this every day in every Facebook group. It starts with your content. It can't be good. It can't be great. I needs to be WOW content that your audience HAS to share. Today we talk about the ingredients that make up wow content from the book Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World by Michael Hyatt.

I also talk about what GOOGLE thinks is good and what stops us from making WOW content.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Got Feedback On This Episode?

I'd love to hear what you thought about this episode. If you have a minute or two, it's less than 5 questions and works great on your phone or computer.

Share Your Thoughts

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World

Fly on the Wall With Dana Carvey, David Spade, and Jerry Seinfeld https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pOLgAFeC9jg

Tom Webster Podcast Movement Keynote https://youtu.be/Ggy6Bs1FsLI?si=7QD1jz4YSzq07gB7

Rick Beato and Jim Barner Make Good Records https://youtu.be/klxif5McurI?si=HhcofEqxzICmjGd4&t=1313

Sting on Rock Beato https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hkrWxHEnlEs

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Chapter Markers:

00:00:01 - It's Not Just One Thing 00:01:19 - Opening 00:01:54 - How Do I Grow? 00:02:33 - Michael Hyatt Advice https://geni.us/platform-michael-hyatt 00:03:26 - Characteristics of WOW Content https://geni.us/platform-michael-hyatt 00:05:18 - Anticipation 00:06:17 - Surprise 00:07:57 - Transcendence 00:08:29 - Clarity 00:08:45 - Evangelism 00:10:24 - Driveway Moments 00:11:22 - Does AI Deliver WOW Content? https://supportthisshow.com/aiwriter (aff) 00:13:07 - Back to Surprises 00:13:56 - Maybe It's Not Time To Promote Your Show https://geni.us/platform-michael-hyatt 00:17:23 - It All Comes Back to Word of Mouth https://youtu.be/klxif5McurI?si=HhcofEqxzICmjGd4&t=1313 00:18:01 - Master Your Craft https://youtu.be/Ggy6Bs1FsLI?si=NBnsEKEkJzKiL9Z0 00:19:09 - What Does Google Look At? 00:19:10 - Podcast Hot Seat https://www.podcasthotseat.com 00:19:25 - Experience 00:20:10 - Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:20:26 - Google E.E.A.T Experience 00:22:13 - Expertise 00:24:00 - Authoritativeness 00:25:07 - AI Writer https://supportthisshow.com/aiwriter 00:25:33 - Congressional Dish https://congressionaldish.com/ 00:26:11 - Trustworthiness 00:26:51 - Beiding Your Morals 00:27:43 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 00:28:41 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where 00:29:13 - Back to the Basics 00:30:36 - Tell Us A Little Bit About Yourself 00:32:17 - Other Ingredients of Good Shows 00:36:36 - If You Want To Make Money 00:37:26 - BE AUTHENTIC 00:38:45 - Artwork Counts 00:39:45 - Get Consistency Right 00:40:49 - You Can't Get This Any Place Else 00:41:35 - Overwhelmed? That's OK 00:43:01 - What is It Michael? 00:44:43 - The Mentality of Good Content 00:46:08 - Monetizing Too Early 00:47:15 - So Many Crayons! 00:49:13 - Poor Planning and Execution 00:49:55 - Lack of Authenticity 00:50:47 - Quantity Over Quality 00:51:37 - Failure to Adapt 00:52:43 - Fear of Criticism 00:53:38 - Lack of Patience 00:55:22 - AI In Future Episode 00:55:56 - Grab Your Crayons! 00:57:13 - 3 Years to Monetize

Podcast Lessons From 400 Episodes with Matt Cundill

Mon, 03 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Today, we're thrilled to have Matt Cundill of the Sound Off Podcast as our guest. With over 25 years of experience in radio and having embarked on his podcasting journey back in 2016, Matt has reached an incredible milestone with his Sound Off podcast hitting 400 episodes.

In this conversation, we delve into his early challenges, the critical importance of consistency, and the impact of evolving podcasting technology. Matt also shares his insights on hosting platforms, scheduling tools, and the art of podcast interviews. From discussing the differences between traditional radio and podcasting to navigating sponsorships and creative content integration, this episode is packed with valuable tips for budding podcasters.

We'll also touch on the growing role of AI in voice acting, the importance of artwork and video in engaging listeners, and the benefits of podcast transcriptions. Plus, learn about Matt’s podcast network and his unique approach to fostering a community of podcasters through cross promos and collaborative efforts.

Check out Matt's conversation with Dave on episode 400 at https://www.soundoffpodcast.com/dave-jackson

Podcast Superfriends

You May Also Like (Podcast Recommendations)

Matt's Podcasting 2.0 Voice Overs

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Podcast Rewind

Dave on Rocky Mountain Marketing with Katie Brinkley

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Dave on Rocky Mountain Marketing with Katie Brinkley

Podcast Superfriends

You May Also Like (Podcast Recommendations)

Podcast Hot Seat

Otter Transcriptions

TidyCal (one time lifetime offer) Schedulging tool

Acuity Scheduling

This is episode 934 of the School of Podcasting.

Podcasters' Insights on Leveraging YouTube for Enhanced Visibility

Mon, 27 May 2024 04:00:00 -0400

In this episode, we look at how podcasters use YouTube to enhance your podcast. I asked: A) Are you not using YouTube at all?

B) Are you creating static videos?

C) Are you creating full videos?

I also talk about a way to find more content using YouTube even if you're not making videos.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Chapter Markers:

00:01:15 - Opening 00:01:15 - People HAVING to Do YouTube? 00:02:04 - How Are You Using YouTube? 00:02:30 - Dan - Based On A True Story https://www.basedonatruestorypodcast.com/ 00:05:17 - Max - Aviation News talk https://aviationnewstalk.com/ 00:07:37 - Craig Ingles Podcast https://www.inglespodcast.com/ 00:09:15 - Kim - Pharmacists Podcast / Perrysburg https://www.thepharmacistsvoice.com

https://www.perrysburgpodcast.com 00:11:34 - Zo - Backlook Cinema https://www.backlookcinema.com/ 00:13:30 - Mark - Markvinet.com https://www.markvinet.com 00:14:49 - Ralp - Ask Ralph Podcast (Finance) https://www.askralphpodcast.com/ 00:16:06 - Bryan Relaxed Male https://www.relaxedmale.com/ 00:17:17 - Paul - Pass ACLS https://passacls.com/ 00:18:52 - Rich - Two Grumpy Vets and a Dude https://www.twogrumpyvets.com/ 00:20:36 - Join the School of Podcasting https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener 00:21:37 - Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:21:55 - Ronnie - Dancing is Forbidden https://www.dancingisforbidden.com/ 00:24:46 - Todd - Guardian Downcast https://www.guardiandowncast.com/ 00:28:07 - Tim - Create Art Podcast https://createartpodcast.com/

https://www.findapodcastabout.xyz 00:31:25 - Dave - Walking is Fitness https://walkingisfitness.com/ 00:33:27 - York - Welcome to Eartch Stories https://welcometoearthstories.com/ 00:36:05 - Dave's Thoughts 00:37:30 - Check Consumption Rate 00:39:55 - Using YouTube To Check What Topics are Popular 00:41:44 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 00:42:43 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where 00:43:17 - Future Episodes https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow 00:44:13 - Join the School of Podcasting https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener 00:44:13 - New Chapter 00:45:02 - Blooper

The Impact of Your Podcast Stories and Strategies

Mon, 20 May 2024 04:30:00 -0400

Today I talk Mark Lawley from the Practical Prepping Show. I brought Mark on as he is a "regular guy" (retired Police Officer) who started a podcast with his wife Krista and the ball has been rolling along as their show grows (they have 14000 people in their Facebook group).

Mark shares his journey from initial struggles to unexpected success, revealing the importance of knowing your audience, having fun, and continually learning. Join us and uncover the secrets to making your podcast not just a success but a life-saving venture!

Find Mark and Krita at https://practicalprepping.info/ and check out the free Getting Started In Prepping free PDF

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback and I would love your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute)

Chapters

00:00:00 - A Letter From Morgan 00:02:04 - Opening 00:03:15 - Mark From Practical Prepping https://practicalprepping.info/ 00:03:20 - Define What You WON'T Do 00:03:39 - Why Prepping? 00:05:23 - What Was It Like Starting Out? 00:06:20 - Doing the Right Things 00:08:30 - An Important Thing to Focus On 00:10:20 - Becoming More Efficient 00:11:33 - When To Remove Ums 00:12:13 - Sponsors Came Knocking 00:14:38 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:15:42 - Your Podcast Website 00:15:56 - Improving Your Website 00:17:05 - Mark Added a Facebook Group 00:22:29 - Audience Approved Content 00:24:05 - Sell a Product or Service 00:25:15 - How Are Book Sales? 00:26:12 - Advice For New Podcasters 00:30:00 - Favorite Comments 00:31:55 - You Don't Need to be THE Expert 00:33:03 - What Does Prepared Look Like? 00:33:40 - Buy Mark a Coffee 00:35:23 - My Thoughts 00:37:37 - Question of the Month 00:38:35 - Live Appearances 00:39:18 - Start Your Podcast

Mentioned In This Episode

Practical Prepping Show

Practical Prepping For Everyday People: A Common Sense Guide On Preparing For Life's Emergencies

Getting Started In Prepping free PDF

Practical Prepping Facebook Group

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Teachable Course Platform

Adjusting Attitudes: Harnessing Persistence for Podcasting Success

Mon, 13 May 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Today, I dive into the essence of keeping a positive and persistent approach to podcasting. I play guitar, and one of the reasons I'm pretty good is my attitude when learning to play. Share how you can do the same in podcasting. This gets you further than launching and keeps you going.

In this episode, I share stories from his insightful visit to the Content Entrepreneur Expo, revealing varying opinions on the use of AI in content creation. We'll explore how consistently honing your podcasting skills can lead to significant breakthroughs, as demonstrated by Jen Hardy.

From the power of perseverance, learning new skills, and leveraging humor and storytelling to strategic content mixing and effective use of technology, this episode is packed with guidance to help you thrive in the competitive podcasting arena.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Chapter Markers:

00:00:18 - Opening 00:00:55 - Changing Your Attitude 00:03:12 - Got a Mentor 00:03:51 - Attitude Change 00:04:54 - Podcast Ingredients 00:05:27 - What About Luck? 00:06:30 - Stealing Attention 00:08:22 - Wow Content https://geni.us/platform-michael-hyatt 00:08:49 - Sydnie Christmas https://youtu.be/pjyy4tYZFDc?si=w6z5SMiPpqUGCyoF&t=85 00:11:50 - Use Your Voice 00:12:31 - AI Best Practices 00:17:18 - My Podcast Needs to Be Better 00:18:58 - Take Another Swing 00:19:33 - The First Time You... 00:23:04 - The Pieces Fall Into Place https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AjPnKHG0D8w&list=PLmaSCqWWHYpd7-ouBmhwMbh7VFRxfCvgh ) 00:24:55 - BJ Novak at CEX https://cex.events 00:27:03 - HUGE OPPORTUNITY 00:29:58 - Join the School of Podcasting https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener 00:30:58 - NEW SHOW: Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:31:15 - How Much Did My Show Grow From Last Week? https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:32:52 - 18% Came From My Newsletter https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter 00:36:18 - Leave Feedback https://podclick.me/thoughts 00:36:36 - Podcast Rewind: Soundoff Podcast https://www.soundoffpodcast.com/dave-jackson 00:37:29 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 00:38:31 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/where 00:39:03 - The Notes Are There... https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener 00:40:48 - The Wallet Story

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Episode 400 of the Sound Off Podcast with Matt Cundill

Jen Hardy on YouTube

Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World Michael Hyatt

The Compound Effect: Jumpstart Your Income, Your Life, Your Success by Darren Hardy

Craig From Ingles Podcast

Content Entrepreneur Expo

Samson Q2U Microphone

Sydnie Christmas Singing Tomorrow

This is episode 931

The Truth About Podcast Growth: It's a Marathon, Not a Sprint

Mon, 06 May 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Today we do a deeper dive into why podcasters quit before getting to 10 episodes. What causes this? We also look at topics that can turn up the heat and controversies around your show.

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee.

Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Dave's New Show!

Check out yourpodcastwebsite.com or Follow the Show.

Chapter Markers:

00:00:00 - People Quit Too Soon. WHY? 00:00:38 - Opening 00:01:17 - Joe Rogan Overnight Success? 00:02:39 - Subscribers After 100 Episodes 00:03:30 - Mr. Beast 00:04:50 - 5 Million Dollars an Hour 00:06:12 - Downloads With No Promotion 00:08:09 - The Phone Book 00:09:12 - Downloads Equation 00:11:12 - More Fun Podcast Math 00:12:36 - More Ways To Measure Success 00:14:36 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:15:36 - Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:15:55 - The Invisible Benefit 00:17:00 - No Skin in the Game 00:18:11 - Too Hit In the Podcast Kitchen 00:20:26 - Big Companies with Small Sense 00:21:57 - Tim Poll Has Videos Removed 00:23:46 - No Shirt No Shoes No Service 00:26:07 - Rallying the Troops 00:28:24 - Think Like Me 00:28:57 - Here's a Question 00:29:30 - Celebrity Personas 00:32:27 - Dave Was JD 00:33:26 - Showtime 00:34:17 - Fake It Till Ya Make It 00:36:43 - Question of the Month

https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 00:37:43 - Live Appearance https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where 00:38:16 - Start Out Aiming For Fun 00:39:52 - I Help Podcasters

Mentioned In This Episode

Percentage Growth Calculator

Overcast TOS

Why Do Podcasters Quit by Episode 5?

Mr. Beast on Joe Rogan

Tim IRL Has Three Videos Deleted From YouTube

Mastering Podcast Rebranding: Lessons from the Front Lines

Mon, 29 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400

In this episode, we'll dive deep into the "why" behind rebranding your podcast and how vital it is to know your audience intimately, as these elements profoundly influence the content and success of your show.

I revisit the significance of knowing your WHY before changing a podcast’s identity and content approach. I also peel back the curtain on past errors to help you pave the way for smarter future changes, fostering growth and innovation.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

ParticipantsScott From What Was That Like https://whatwasthatlike.com/ Rick from Renewed Mindsets https://www.renewedmindsets.com/ York from Welcome To Earth Stories https://welcometoearthstories.com/ Mark from History of North America https://www.markvinet.com Tyler from Crying is Manly https://cryingismanly.com/ Ralph From Ask Ralph https://www.askralphpodcast.com

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Podurama - Spotify - Amazon- Castamatic- Podcast Guru

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mentioned In This Episode Quick and Dirty Tips https://www.quickanddirtytips.com/ Mike Rowe https://www.mikerowe.com Podcast Review Show https://www.podcasterviewshow.com Podcast Rodeo Show: https://www.podcastrodeoshow.com Buzzsprout https://supportthisshow.com/buzzsprout (aff) Captivate https://supportthisshow.com/captivate (aff) Libsyn https://supportthisshow.com/libsyn (use code sopfree aff)

Chapter Markers:

00:00:00 - Rebranding 00:00:36 - Opening 00:01:17 - The Question 00:01:46 - Scott From What Was That Like https://whatwasthatlike.com/ 00:03:37 - Rick from Renewed Mindsets https://www.renewedmindsets.com/ 00:05:51 - York from Welcome To Earth Stories https://welcometoearthstories.com/ 00:08:27 - Mark from History of North America https://www.markvinet.com 00:09:14 - Tyler from Crying is Manly https://cryingismanly.com/ 00:10:27 - Ralph From Ask Ralph https://www.askralphpodcast.com 00:12:02 - Quick and Dirty Tips https://www.quickanddirtytips.com/ 00:13:30 - Switching Out Key Players 00:15:06 - Dave on Mike Rowe https://www.mikerowe.com 00:16:06 - The AC/DC Fact 00:17:31 - The Way To Win 00:18:48 - Scott Made Changes Based on Community Feedback https://www.whatwasthatlike.com 00:20:59 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:22:01 - Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:22:20 - Why Rebrand? 00:23:30 - Why I'm rebranding One of My Shows https://www.podcastrodeoshow.com 00:24:10 - Stupid Mistakes 00:25:08 - New Plan 00:28:25 - Podcast Review Inights https://www.podcasterviewshow.com 00:29:22 - New Show Your Podcast Website https://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:29:59 - Buzzsprout Ads New Texting https://supportthisshow.com/buzzsprout (aff) 00:31:05 - Captivate Updates Player https://supportthisshow.com/captivate (Aff) 00:31:39 - See Picture Change 00:31:51 - Back To Normal 00:32:44 - Why I Rant About YouTube 00:35:26 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 00:36:27 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where 00:36:58 - Follow the Show https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow 00:38:16 - Join the Community https://learn.schoolofpodcasting.com 00:39:06 - Bloopers

This show originates at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/929

Podcasting's Deep Connection With Alban Brooke

Mon, 22 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Alban Brooke has been at Buzzsprout for almost ten years and is the head of Marketing. Today we talk about some new features to manage your show in Buzzsprout along with the attitude and expectations to make it in the long game of podcasting.

Connect with Alban Brooke

Check out Buzzcast

Connect with Alban on Twitter @albanbrooke

Some of the links on this page are affiliate links, I earn from qualifying purchases, but you do not pay any additional fee.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Buzzsprout Features Mention

New iOs App (monitoring, sharing, updates)
Dynamic Chapters
Pre and Post Rolls
Buzzsprout Ads (available to anyone)

For more information see my affiliate link.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Buzzsprout

Episode 793 on Media Hosts

Free Podcast Courses

Podcasting Resources Show

Buzzsprout Ads

Slick Text

Dave's Appearances in a Spotify Playlist

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Podurama - Spotify - Amazon- Castamatic- Podcast Guru

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mastering Social Media for Podcast Growth with Expert Katie Brinkley

Mon, 15 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Welcome to the School of Podcasting! In today's exhilarating episode, we dove deep into the art of leveraging social media to supercharge your podcast. Join me, Dave Jackson, and social media strategist Katie Brinkley as we unpack the power of the 4 pillars strategy—awareness, education, elaboration, and storytelling—to captivate your audience.

Discover the secret sauce to building a dedicated community, why consistent posting trumps timing, and the essential tools for tracking and enhancing your social connect.

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee.

Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Connect with Katie Brinkley

Katies Resources

Katie on Instragram

Katie on Facebook

Katie's Book The Social Shift

Rocky Mountain Marketing

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback and I would love your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute)

Because of My Podcast : Neil Scott Wins an Award

Check out Neil's show Recovery Coast to Coast

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Katie's Book The Social Shift Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Insights and Surprises: Podcast Movement Reflections with Dave Jackson

Mon, 08 Apr 2024 04:05:00 -0400

I'm back from Podcast Movement Evolutions in LA. I learned some cool stuff, and YouTube did a presentation and I point out the good, the bad, and the confusing.

I also point out some people who got busted doing things that could really damage podcasting's integrity.

My friends Harry and Kevin boil down podcast monetization to a single question.

I've got a new giveaway, that gets you educated and promoted at the same time.

Crafting Engaging Content: Insights from Joe Pulizzi

Mon, 01 Apr 2024 04:05:00 -0400

I am so excited to have Joe Pulizzi on the show today. Joe has been creating great podcasts like Content Inc., and This Old Marketing show for years to coincide with his amazing books like Content Inc., Epic Content and The Content Entrepreneur.

Joe also created and sold the Content Marketing Institute and is now the man behind the Content Entrepreneur Expo (May 5-7, 2024, in Cleveland, Ohio). Use the coupon JP100 to save $100.

In 2014, he received the "Lifetime Achievement Award" by the Content Council. He successfully exited CMI in 2016 and wrote an award-winning mystery novel, The Will to Die.

In other words people, Joe is a "Big Shot Smarty Pants" (the highest level of coolness here at the SOP). Get your pencils ready.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Joe's books: Content Inc., Epic Content and The Content Entrepreneur.

Joe's Podcasts: Content Inc., and This Old Marketing

Joe's Website: https://www.joepulizzi.com/

Joe's Newsletters: The Tilt, and the Orangeletter.

Content Entrepreneur Expo (Coupon JP100)

Book Launch Secrets Course

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Podcasting 2.0 Chapters

00:00:01 - Why Joe is Here? 00:00:24 - Opening 00:01:23 - Joe Pullizzi Interview 00:01:48 - Joe is a Good Guy 00:02:34 - The Tilt Newsletter (https://www.thetilt.com/) 00:04:19 - What is Content Marketing? 00:06:02 - Where to Start When There is No Audience? 00:08:32 - Davus Interruptus How to Sell in a Balanced Way 00:11:37 - Joe Knows What I Want 00:12:16 - Tracking Marketing Success? 00:14:32 - The Orange Newsletter (https://www.joepulizzi.com/signup/ ) 00:17:16 - You Don't Need to Be Everywhere 00:20:50 - What is Engaging Content? 00:24:59 - How Long Does it Take to Build An Audience? 00:27:42 - Lessons Learned From Mistakes 00:29:22 - Join the School of Podcasting Worry Free 00:30:23 - Podcasting Checklist (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/checklist) 00:30:37 - What Joe Would Do Differently? 00:33:47 - Content Entrepreneur Expo (https://cex.events) 00:35:40 - Do These Tips Apply For Entertainment Shows? 00:40:39 - Networking At CEX 00:41:50 - CEX.EVENTS COUPON JP100 00:43:22 - Don't Just Take Notes 00:44:34 - My Takeaways 00:46:19 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question ) 00:47:20 - Profit From Your Podcast (https://www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book ) 00:47:53 - Book Launch Secrets (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunchsecrets ) 00:48:32 - Can You Share the Show? 00:49:49 - Bloopers - Polishing Content

What is Podcasting 2.0? Transforming Listener Engagement and Earnings

Mon, 25 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0400

Welcome to another enlightening episode of the School of Podcasting, where your host, Dave Jackson, invites you on a deep dive into the exciting world of Podcasting 2.0. Join us as we explore the dramatic shift from traditional podcast monetization to earning directly through satoshis, capturing the real impact of this new revenue model with personal stories of enhanced earnings.

This episode is a must-listen for all podcast enthusiasts and creators seeking to keep up with the latest trends and features reshaping the podcasting landscape. From Dave's analysis of Google shifting from Google Podcasting to YouTube Music and the quest for the ultimate podcasting app, to a candid review of options like Podorama, Podcast Guru, and truefans.fm, you’ll get an insider's perspective on navigating the changing podcasting ecosystem.

There is a website to help at podcasting2.org, but first we need to know where to start when it comes to explaining why you should be involved.

What did you think of this episode? LET ME KNOW

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

Participants

Ethan at https://dailysportshistory.com/

Ralph from https://www.askralphpodcast.com

Zo from https://www.backlookcinema.com

York from https://www.welcometoearthstories.com

Brandon from https://b randonreads.github.io

Timeline

00:00:00 - From Here to There 00:01:18 - Opening 00:02:01 - Podcasting 2.0 Initiative 00:04:32 - Ethan Resse 00:06:11 - Ralph Estep Jr. 00:07:24 - Zo Richardson 00:09:54 - Brandon Brinkley 00:14:02 - York 00:18:03 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:19:03 - Podcast Launch Checklist 00:19:20 - Understanding Podcasting 2.0 00:20:04 - Podroll 00:20:55 - Transcripts 00:21:08 - Value Options 00:28:13 - Programmatic Ads Vs Value For Value 00:32:45 - Cross App Comments 00:33:41 - Why Not? It's Free! 00:34:17 - Stats, Stats, and Stats 00:35:02 - Why Does This Exist? 00:36:52 - Total Money Received So Far 00:38:13 - My App Criteria 00:42:18 - Podurama 00:43:35 - Podcast Guru 00:44:43 - True Fans.fm 00:46:21 - Honorable Mentions 00:48:00 - Remove These Buttons 00:48:30 - Question of the Month 00:49:35 - Live Appearances 00:50:06 - Contact Support To Let them Know What You Want 00:52:40 - Podcasting 2.0 Website 00:53:34 - See You At Podcast Movement Evolutions 00:53:53 - Future Interviews 00:55:32 - Follow the Show 00:55:35 - Join the School of Podcasting

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Podcast Guru Podcast App

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

This is episode 924

The Varied Faces of Video Podcasting

Mon, 18 Mar 2024 04:05:00 -0400

I get the question, "Should I start a video podcast? " Should I be on YouTube? along with "I uploaded my video and it's not appearing on Spotify" daily, so this episode is to help those struggling with the idea of video.

I will also help you avoid a big headache and announce a new way to consume my book.

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't let the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting today!

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute)

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book (NOW AVAILABLE IN AUDIO)

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

What Apps Play Video (podcast411)

Why Less than 1% of YouTubers Make Money

10 Critical Facts about Video and Podcasting for Success in 2024 (Sounds Profitable)

Steve Goldstein: The New Rules of Podcasting (Sound Off Podcast)

Descript

Opus Clip (AI video editor)

All in One SEO Plugin https://supportthisshow.com/allinoneseo

Ubersuggest https://www.ubersuggest.com

Soundwise - Sell Your Podcast (or in my case book)

The New Rules of Podcasting on YouTube (Coleman Insights - HORRIBLE AUDIO WARNING)

Million Dollar Weekend: The Surprisingly Simple Way to Launch a 7-Figure Business in 48 Hours (affiliate link)

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases

Maximizing Your Podcast's Tax Deductions with Expert Ralph Estep Jr.

Mon, 11 Mar 2024 04:05:00 -0400

In Episode 922, financial expert Ralph Estep Jr. joins me to discuss a topic that often trips up content creators: taxes. This episode delves into vital financial considerations for podcasters, emphasizing the importance of recognizing potential tax deductions, proactive financial tracking, and leveraging various tools.

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll easily navigate your podcasting journey, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't let the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting today!

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Meet Ralph Estep Jr.

Ralph V. Estep, Jr. is a highly accomplished professional with a diverse finance, accounting, technology, and entrepreneurship background. As the principal at Saggio Management Group, Inc., he has demonstrated exceptional leadership and expertise in various roles throughout his career.

For more information, see www.askralphpodcast.com

Use the coupon SOP50 to save on a consultation.

Check out his blog post about this appearance.

Disclosure For Links Some of the links on this website are affiliate links. This means that if you click on the link and make a purchase, we may receive a commission at no additional cost to you. Please understand that we only recommend products or services that we believe will add value to our readers.

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll give great podcast services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute) courtesy of Meta Survey.

Podcasting 2.0 Ready

This show uses Podcasting 2.0 chapters enabling you to skip to next topic. If you're not using a new modern app check out Castamatic on the iPhone and Podcast Guru on Android.

For more information, see www.podcasting2.org

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Toggl Time Tracker

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Podcast Review Show Ralph Episode

FTC.Gov/influencers Video

Castmagic AI Tool

PodPage

Fiverr Workspace (income/expense tracking)

Wave App (income/expense tracking)

Freshbooks

Quickbooks

You Need A Budget (Budget Program)

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Podurama - Spotify - Amazon- Castamatic- Podcast Guru

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Podcast Saturation: Is Your Playlist Bursting at the Seams?

Mon, 04 Mar 2024 05:05:00 -0400

Today I asked my audience how full is their playlist? Are they looking for more shows? Happy with the Current Line up? Or are you already behind on the shows you follow? Is it harder to grow a podcast today than, say 5 years ago?

I also talk about an Evernote alternative (as their price is going WAY UP) and how when things evolve, some will like it and some won't, do what is right for your show, and your sanity.

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Participants/Chapters

00:01:10 - Do People Have Room For Another Podcast? 00:01:38 - Ethan Reese https://www.dailysportshistory.com/ 00:02:26 - Ralph Etep Jr https://www.askralphpodcast.com 00:02:46 - Jim Collison https://www.theaverageguy.tv 00:03:13 - Kris https://podtasticaudio.com/ 00:04:25 - Mark Vinet https://www.markvinet.com/ 00:05:21 - York https://welcometoearthstories.com/ 00:07:56 - Dave's Take 00:10:07 - Tangent: 3 Percent 00:11:20 - The Importance of Episode Titles 00:13:45 - Evernote and Changing Your Focus (https://supportthisshow.com/notejoy 00:16:15 - When You Change Your Show Changes 00:17:07 - The People Who Don'y Like You 00:17:54 - SNL Is Not For Me... 00:19:57 - TITLES, TITLES, TITLES 00:21:17 - Because of My Podcast: Live Well and Flourish https://www.livewellandflourish.com 00:22:15 - Happy Episode 100! https://www.livewellandflourish.com/100 00:23:39 - AI Goes to College https://www.aigoestocollege.com 00:23:50 - The Return of Michael Hyatt https://supportthisshow.com/lifefocus 00:25:29 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 00:26:30 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where 00:27:02 - Podcast Rewind: Jay Franze https://jayfranze.com/episode53/ 00:28:21 - Consulting Giveaway https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contest 00:28:41 - Start Your Podcast 00:29:44 - Bloopers 00:30:25 - RIP Bob Heil

Podcast Giveaway

How would you like to win 30 minutes of consulting?. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/contest (I'm testing a new tool).

Podcast RewindDave appeared on the Jay Franze Show

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback, and I would love your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute)

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Podurama - Spotify - Amazon- Castamatic- Podcast Guru

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Overcoming Podcasting Burnout: Strategies for Staying Motivated

Mon, 26 Feb 2024 05:54:00 -0400

Hey there, fellow podcasters! I'm Dave Jackson, and welcome to another episode of the School of Podcasting, where we breathe life into your podcasting journey. Today's lesson is close to my heart: "Strategies for Staying Motivated."

We all know the drill — some days, you're on top of the world, ready to share your voice with the masses; other times, the mic might as well be a ten-ton weight. But don't fret; I'm right there with you, and together, we're going to conquer those podcasting blues.

Thinking of Starting a Podcast?

With our step-by-step guidance and personalized approach, you'll navigate your podcasting journey with ease, turning your ideas into captivating audio experiences. Plus, as a special bonus, use the coupon code "listener" to embark on your podcasting adventure with exclusive savings. Don't let the voice in your head hold you back – embrace the power of podcasting and join us at the School of Podcasting today!

Go to https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

PodcastBranding.co

Podcasting 2.0 Podcast

Podcasting 2.0 Website

Rick Beato's YouTube Channel

Capsho AI Copywriting Tool

Podgagement

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Podcast Growth Calculator

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Episodes About Community

Daniel Desir

https://schoolofpodcasting.com/danielle-desir-is-building-a-deeper-engagement-in-a-facebook-group-alternative/

Dan Miller Moved Off of Facebook https://schoolofpodcasting.com/podcast-lessons-legacy-and-love/

Growing Valuable Podcast Content With a Facebook Group – Katie Krimitsos

https://schoolofpodcasting.com/growing-valuable-podcast-content-facebook-group-katie-krimitsos/

Starting and Growing and ENGAGED Community That You Can Monetize with Jono Petrohilos

https://schoolofpodcasting.com/starting-and-growing-and-engaged-community-that-you-can-monetize-with-jono-petrohilos/

Community Tools

BetterMode ($20/month)

Heartbeat ($49/month - I Use this)

Circle ($99/month)

Skool ($99/month)

Mighty Networks ($119/month)

Thanks Dave?

If you found this episode helpful, consider buying me a coffee

Apple's New and Noteworthy: Behind the Scenes with Gary Arndt

Mon, 19 Feb 2024 05:05:00 -0400

Gary Arndt was alerted that his show was in Apple's New and Noteworthy. He didn't know how he got there, and what it meant for his show. Today he shares how being in New and Noteworthy was just the start.

Check out Gary's show Everything Everywhere Daily it's a daily podcast for Intellectually Curious People. Host Gary Arndt tells the stories of interesting people, places, and things from around the world and throughout history.

Check out Gary as he prepares to bungee Jump off the Auckland Harbor Bridge ( scroll down about halfway )

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Today's Talk With Gary Arndt

This discussion covered Gary's experience being featured on Apple's New and Noteworthy section and the significant growth it drove for his podcast. Gary saw a spike in downloads and traffic that propelled his show to the top of Apple podcast charts. While the direct impact of New and Noteworthy was small, the increased visibility helped grow his audience in a sustainable way over subsequent months.

Is There a Clear Replacement For Google Podcasts?

I've looked at a few apps to replace Google Podcasts. You can filter the results at https://podcasting2.org/apps to show Andoird. I talk about Truefans, Podvers, Podcast Guru, and Podcast Addict. No clear winner for me... how about you?

Question of the Month

Send in your answer at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Live Appearances

See my schedule at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Everything Everywhere Daily Show

Gary's Previous Appearance Talking Promotion

Walking is Fitness Show

What Podcast Strategies Are You Going to Stop in 2024, and Which Ones Will You Start? Episode

Apple's Podcast Promotion Tools

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Simple PodcastPress Plugin

Podcasting 2.0 Website

Timeline

00:00:00 - Make Good For For Dave

00:03:04 - Gary Arndt Has Great Info https://schoolofpodcasting.com/854

00:04:09 - Welcome to the Show https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

00:04:41 - How Do I Get Into New and Noteworthy?

00:06:00 - Gary Arndt Interview

00:06:50 - Gary Got Featured

00:09:14 - Part 2 of the Story - The Charts

00:13:02 - Month Over Month Growth

00:14:05 - Apple Leapfrogs Over Spotify

00:15:35 - Number 1 in History

00:16:20 - How Do You Get Into New and Noteworthy?

00:16:59 - Effects on Advertising

00:18:23 - Advertising Insights

00:20:05 - Join the Community https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

00:21:07 - Your Podcast Website http://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com

00:21:23 - Apple Marketing Tools

00:25:15 - How Do You Get An Apple Player? (https://tools.applemediaservices.com/apple-podcasts)

00:26:55 - Should I Use An Apple Player On My Website?

00:28:36 - Android Users

00:29:13 - Spotify Players

00:29:36 - Put the Choice In the Listener's Hands https://supportthisshow.com/simplepodcastpress

00:32:20 - Google Podcast Replacement?

00:32:56 - Two Types of Apps

00:35:30 - My Criteria

00:35:43 - Podcast Guru

00:36:24 - Podverse.fm

00:36:49 - Truefans.fm

00:38:36 - If You Had To Pick One..

00:39:13 - What is Podcasting 2.0?

00:40:20 - Podcast Addict?

00:41:02 - Top 4 Options

00:42:32 - Podcasting 2.org https://www.podcasting2.org

00:42:48 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

00:43:46 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

00:44:22 - Your Podcast Website is Coming http://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com

00:45:05 - Join the School of Podcasting https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

00:46:03 - Bloopers and Bonus

00:46:33 - OMG That Image

00:47:08 - RIP Lee Silverstein

This show originates from www.schoolofpodcasting.com/918 as this is episode 918. The assembly took six hours.

Grow Your Instagram Presence with Jeff Dwoskin's Stampede Social Strategies

Mon, 12 Feb 2024 05:05:00 -0400

In a previous episode, Social Media was one of the top things people were NOT going to use going forward. Is it social media or are we using it wrong? Maybe by design, it's not designed to give us what we want. Enter Social Stampede a tool that lets you see how many people engaged with you, but WHO it was. Check out Stampede Social at https://www.stampede.social/ and use the coupon code dave30

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Podcasting 2.0 New Website

Finally a website to store all things "Podcasting 2.0". Find it at https://podcasting2.org/

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream Bitcoin to podcasters.

Mentioned In This Episode

Stampede Social use the coupon dave30

Jeff's Podcast "Classic Conversations with Jeff Dwoskin"

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Switchy Link Tracker (one-time fee)

Your Podcast Website (future podcast)

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Timeline

00:00:00 - Coming Up 00:00:33 - Opening 00:00:59 - Jeff Dwoskin Interview 00:01:56 - What Is It? 00:02:31 - What Makes It Different? 00:04:06 - Just One Link? 00:06:11 - Features and Uses 00:08:46 - Using it For Livestreams 00:09:44 - Giveaways on Stampede Social 00:12:56 - Another Cool Thing 00:15:27 - Do You Get Email Addresses 00:18:25 - Reporting 00:20:56 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:21:55 - New SHow COming http://www.yourpodcastwebsite.com 00:22:13 - What If Meta Breaks It? 00:26:12 - What Happens If I Run out of # 00:27:48 - The Power of Live 00:29:39 - Use Coupon dave30 https://www.stampede.social/ 00:30:23 - Jeff's Podcast https://www.jeffisfunny.com 00:31:05 - Because of My Podcast Story 00:32:38 - Stampede Social vs Switchy 00:34:25 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question ) 00:35:25 - Live Appearances (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where ) 00:36:04 - Giveaway Behind the Scenes () 00:38:45 - Podcasting 2.0 Home Page (https://www.podcasting2.org ) 00:42:41 - Share This Please (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow ) 00:43:06 - Free Promotion for Your Show (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question ) 00:43:55 - Join the School of Podcasting! (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener ) 00:44:24 - Bloopers

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Your Podcast: What Will You Start and Stop Doing in 2024?

Mon, 05 Feb 2024 05:05:00 -0400

We all know the podcasting space is an ever-changing space so I asked, What are you going to STOP doing in 2024 and will you be STARTING in 2024? The audience chimes in so we can all learn together.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Time Line and Participants

00:00:00 - What Are You Going to Do? ()

00:00:15 - Opening

00:00:51 - Recap on Emotions

00:01:56 - What Will You Start and Stop Doing in 2024?

00:02:51 - Kim Newlove https://www.thepharmacistsvoice.com/

00:06:09 - Gary Arndt https://everything-everywhere.com/

00:08:22 - Tyler Hespeler https://atravelpath.com

00:10:22 - Angie M Jordan https://www.angiemjordan.com/

00:11:16 - Julie South https://www.vetstaffpodcast.com/

00:13:24 - Inviting People To Your Newsletter https://podclick.me/sendfox (Aff)

00:14:40 - Kelvin the Deaf and Blind Potter https://www.deafblindpotter.com/

00:17:22 - Mark Vinet https://markvinet.com/podcast/index.html

00:17:56 - Affiliate Marketing Best Practices https://www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book

00:19:59 - Rick Yuhas https://www.renewedmindsets.com/

00:21:26 - Ethan Resse https://www.dailysportshistory.com/

00:22:53 - Ralph V. Estep, Jr https://www.askralphpodcast.com

00:24:01 - School of Podcasting Affiliate Program https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

00:24:24 - Join the School of Podcasting https://podclick.me/listener

00:25:25 - Your Podcast Website Show http://yourpodcastwebsite.com

00:25:40 - Allen C. Paul https://godandgigs.com/

00:28:08 - Andrea Gadsen

00:31:00 - Not Your Target Audience

00:33:40 - You CAN Press Record

00:34:08 - Put Your Name On Your Website

00:35:18 - Dave Jackson https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com

00:37:03 - Descript 101 https://supportthisshow.com/descript101

00:38:20 - Youtube Updates and Verbage https://www.youtube.com/@davidjackson

00:42:16 - Do You Know Who I Am? (Instagram influencer)

00:43:45 - Question of the Month https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

00:44:44 - Live Appearances https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

00:45:16 - Giveaway Update

00:45:53 - Follow the Show https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscribe

00:46:22 - Save With Coupon Listener https://www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/listener

00:46:54 - Bloopers

Podcast Lessons, Legacy, and Love

Mon, 29 Jan 2024 05:05:00 -0400

We lost Dan Miller a few weeks ago, and Dan was someone who I always walked about smarter after talking to him. I had him on the first episode of the Grow Your Community show, and today I'm replaying that episode. I also learned that Lee Silversteen who appeared on episode 539 has run out of options in regards to battling his cancer. So this episode is a bit "dark" but, well, sometimes life is dark...

The question of the month returns next week.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

About Dan Miller

Dan is the author of the books 48 Days to the Work (and life) You Love, No More Dreaded Mondays, Wisdom Meets Passion, and more (check out his author page at Amazon).

His podcast is always bursting with common sense and insights that are often missing in today's business leaders. Dan speaks the truth based on his decades of helping entrepreneurs meet their goals.

About Lee Silverstein

Lee Silverstein was diagnosed with stage 4 colon cancer 13 years ago. He started the podcast he needed to hear when the doctor said, "You have cancer." He has inspired MULTIPLE podcasts, and his legacy will live on long after Lee. From his Facebook page, Lee recently posted:

I feel it’s time to make this official. After close to 13 years there are no more treatment options available to me. I have begun in-home hospice service. I’m quite comfortable and not in any pain. I have far outlived any oncologist’s predictions and I'm grateful for that. I’m at peace and have no regrets.

You give a podcast to a teach and they see it as a tool to help people learn.

You give a podcast to a marketer and they see it as a too tool to sell.

You give a podcast to a guy with stage 4 colon cancer, and he sees it as a tool to inspire. (and he did).

Mentioned In This Episode

Grow Your Community Show

Lee Silverstein on episode 539

Dan Miller on Episode 1

Community Tools

Click here more information

This is episode 916 of the School of Podcasting

Will “Verified” Downloads Ruin Podcast Advertising?

Mon, 22 Jan 2024 05:05:00 -0400

Today I share parts of a conversation I had, but as I'm saying my negative opinion of a certain practice, I'm not saying the company, and I've replaced the actual guest with an AI-Generated voice (from 11 labs). If you plan on paying for a service to promote your show, this is a MUST LISTEN. We also talk about Apple evaporating your downloads is a GOOD thing.

Again, the voice you hear as the "Guest" is AI generated from a transcript of the conversation.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Eleven Lab AI Voice Generator

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Time Stamps

00:01:40 - Opening

00:02:18 - Apple Stats Evaporates 30% Of Your Downloads

00:05:47 - Trying Not to Get Sued

00:07:45 - How This Service Works

00:09:26 - Does Your Player Preload?

00:11:51 - The Terms You Need to Understand

00:12:42 - Power Rant: Do Your Job

00:14:57 - Make Yourself Look Good By Comparing Yourself to Something Bad

00:16:47 - Enter Attribution

00:17:30 - Working on Auto Follows

00:18:56 - It's Not Fake?

00:19:54 - How Did You Get My Information?

00:20:12 - Admission of Preloading/Buffering

00:21:23 - All About the Data

00:22:57 - Retargeting Equals More Ad Spend

00:23:38 - Verified Downloads Are Not Good Enough

00:24:09 - The Purpose of This Company

00:24:31 - A Specific Case

00:25:41 - Retention Numbers

00:26:18 - Cost Per Listener

00:27:07 - History Lesson: Twitterbombing

00:28:39 - The Takeaways

00:32:50 - Other Bad Stats

00:33:57 - My YouTube Shorts Stat

00:34:45 - Question of the Month

Bloopers

This episode originated at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/915

Achieve More, Faster: The Insider's Guide to the Impactful Benefits of Hiring a Coach

Mon, 15 Jan 2024 05:40:00 -0400

Today I share a story where I took information I was going to publish as an episode, but put it out as a newsletter instead as I was worried it would make me look Salesy. Today I share how I found out that message really resonated with my audience, and now I'm using it here.

I also share how getting a GOOD coach can save you TONS of time and HEADACHES and that is often WAY MORE than the price you are paying.

YOU:

Avoid common mistakes
Learn the shortcuts you only learn from doing
If you're in a community, you get to network with or creators

All of the above can lead to less stress, and more production.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Take One Academy (Dave's live streaming coach - affiliate)

The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews Episode

The Feed Libsyn's Official Podcast

Love Thy Lawyer (because of my podcast story) https://www.lovethylawyer.com/

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Timeline

00:00:00 - Introduction

00:00:19 - Opening

00:01:17 - I Discovered a Learning Curve

00:02:33 - Behind the Scenes: Salesy

00:04:14 - Learning New Technology

00:06:50 - What Options Do You Have?

00:07:41 - The Real Value

00:10:19 - One More Benefit

00:11:52 - Research Your Coach

00:13:11 - A Less Stressful Environment

00:14:26 - I Wasn't Going to Share This...

00:16:06 - Edit Out the Bad Content

00:17:45 - Publish All The Good Stuff

00:19:26 - Hire ONE Coach and Avoid Facebook

00:20:20 - Join the School of Podcasting

00:21:20 - Giveaway!

00:21:36 - Because of My Podcast (https://www.lovethylawyer.com/)

00:24:18 - I Can Save Your $180 Dollars

00:30:22 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question)

00:31:21 - Live Appearances (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where)

00:31:51 - Letting People Know What You Do - One More Tip

00:33:01 - Follow the Show (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow)

00:34:05 - Join the School of Podcasting

00:35:20 - Blooper

This is episode 914 from www.schoolofpodcasting.com/914

Behind the Mic: Avoiding Podfade By Identifying Your Why

Mon, 08 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0400

Today we have a few topics. First, its a new year! Are you ready? I go through a list of things that you might want to make sure you have.

We talk about asking WHY to help you find additional motivation, and to TIME yourself so you can make informed decisions.

Lastly, some people are making bad decisions for their podcasts as a business, and I give some advice on what to watch out for.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Podcast Giveaway

Each month I'll be giving great podcast gear away along with other services. Check it out at schoolofpodcasting.com/giveaway

Chapters

00:00:00 - Introduction

00:00:19 - Opening

00:01:03 - Neil Wants To Sponsor Your Show

00:09:47 - Check Your Email

00:11:24 - Keep Asking Why

00:12:54 - Example: My Whys

00:18:26 - Making Informed Decisions

00:19:27 - Why Podcasting Is Hard

00:20:34 - Join the School of Podcasting

00:21:35 - Giveaway - Enter Today

00:21:51 - The Uncomfortable Conversation

00:25:06 - Trevor Got a Recording Style Deal

00:26:32 - Cohosts Getting Fired

00:27:35 - Network Deals - Do The Work

00:36:13 - School of Podcasting Price Increase?

00:37:12 - Check the Gurus Linkedin

00:38:39 - Question of the Month

00:39:39 - Live Appearances

00:40:11 - Time Yourself with Toggl

00:44:59 - Bloopers

00:45:43 - One More Tip

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Arms Around Ukraine

Podcast Prenup

7 Tips Podcasters Can Use From Radio with Neil Hedley

Gordon Firemark Entertainment Lawyer

The Voice Inside My Hed (Neil Hedley)

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Make Noise by Eric Nuzum

Toggl Free Timer

Live Well and Flourish

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

This episode originates from the School of Podcasting at

https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/913

From Podcast Launch to Delivery: Unveiling Realistic Expectations for Aspiring Podcasters in 2024

Mon, 01 Jan 2024 06:40:22 -0400

The goal of this episode is to help you understand what makes a GOOD podcast, and help you decide if you should also be a video podcast.

As it's the beginning of the year, MANY people will be selling you on how you can quit your job with no effort, no work, and how easy it is to leave the 9 to 5. They rave at how much money you will make, after all, they are on a boat! And you will do it quickly.

I just can't do that. I want people who are fueled by passion, and understand there is a process of

Plan
Launch
Grow
Monetize

So today we are going to first look at what makes a GOOD podcast, and then what is going on with the Podcasting space with places like YouTube and Spotify.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Making a Good Podcast

Make sure you are doing two or more of the following:

Laugh
Cry
Think
Groan
Educate
Entertain

If you do NONE of these you are boring your audience. Some other items I mentioned today:

Relevence - When it comes to good content another key ingredient is relevance. When I heard the phrase ‘overwhelm” at a podcast conference FOUR TIMES I created episode 871 Overcoming Podcast Overwhelm: Three Free Tools and a Strategy.

Authenticity - Be yourself. Authenticity builds a connection with your audience. Don't be afraid to show personality and vulnerability. Don’t let Chat GPT wash your personality out of your show.

Storytelling - We love a good story. How can you make your show more entertaining? Tell a good story.

Research - State your sources when available. We want people to trust us, and when we show the work we put into the show, it can help the listener trust what they are hearing.

Rehearsal: Practice makes perfect. Rehearse your content to iron out any kinks and ensure smooth delivery.

Timeliness: Stay current. If your podcast covers time-sensitive topics, make sure to provide up-to-date information. This is one of those, "it depends" topics.

Bert Weiss Boils Podcasting Down to Two Items

In the Book Listenable: The Content and Delivery System to Set Your Podcast Apart

Bert Wiess (Hey Bert! Call me. I want to interview you) boils it down to this: A podcast is made up of two things:

Content
Delivery

One without the other will not work.

Mentioned In This Episode

Storyworthy Book

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Podcast Launch Checklist

Episode on Launching a Podcast Step by Steps

Overcoming Podcast Overwhelm: Three Free Tools and a Strategy

Listenable Book By Bert Weiss

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

The Author Inside You

Camo App Turns Your Phone Into a Webcam

Burned Out at 19 Video

YouTube Advice Video

The Feed Libsyn's Podcast

Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/912

My Favorite Podcast Is.... (and WHY) 2023

Mon, 25 Dec 2023 05:05:00 -0400

I have a tradition that the last episode of the year is you answering WHY your favorite show is your FAVORITE. You know the show, you get notified in your app, and you immediately stop listening to whatever show and IMMEDIATELY go to theirs. Thanks to all who participated. I did something different and had AI summarize all the "WHYs" together.

A special shout-out to Matt Rafferty from The Author Inside You. I assembled this at the last minute, and unfortunately Podinbox ate your reply.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

PARTICIPANTS

Special Apology to Matt Rafferty your file was corrupt.

Kelvin Crosby from the DeafBlind Potter and Perseverance Podcast loves the Homesteaders of America Podcast

Chris Lewis from the Dads with Daughters podcast loves the Real Brian Show.

Craig from Live Well and Flourish loves the loves the Everything Everywhere show.

Danny Brown From One Minute Podcast Tips loves the Stuck in the 80's Podcast.

Kim Stewart from the Book Marketing Mania loves the Self Care Simplified show.

Anastasia Lipske from Success Speakers Loves the Bible Recap

Todd the Gator from Guardian Downcast and the Destiny Helpdesk loves the School of Podcasting

Scott from What Was That Like loves the Sound Judgment Podcast.

Steve Stewart Loves Stacking Benjamins, but his WHY from the Retiredish Podcast

Lousis from Love Thy Lawyer loves Sam Harris's Making Sense.

Mark from the History of North America Podcast Loves Book Notes+ with Brian Lamb

Paul from the Pass ACLS Tip of the day show loves Think Fast Talk Smart (but we all hate their URL).

SP Rupert from Better Podcasting and Artie's Atic loves Main Engine Cutoff.

York Welcome to Earth Stories from Welcome to loves the show Chaika

Dr. Brad Miller from Cancer and Comedy loves the show Conan O'Brien Needs a Friend

Harvis from Calm History loves James Cridland's Podnews Daily

Tim from Create Art Podcast and Find a Podcast About podcast would listen to his show to make it better.

Dave Jackson from Your Podcast Consultant likes Podnews Weekly Review.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Gary Arndt’s Audience Growth Strategies From the Movies

Tara-Leigh Cobble Story on Building a Better Dave

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Podgagement: Because It's All About Engaging Your Audience

Mon, 18 Dec 2023 06:15:17 -0400

Today on episode number 910, what if you took a feedback tool like SpeakPipe and you combined it with the convenience of my podcast reviews and the networking functionality of something like Refonic and then combined it with someone who is obsessed over data that will help you understand and grow your audience named Daniel j Lewis? Well, you get Podgagement, and that's what we're gonna talk about today.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

What is Podgagment?

Podgagement is ONE tool that provides a written AND audio feedback tool combined with the ability to check your reviews from ALL Apple stores AND Podchaser AND Goodpods (and more) while providing easy-to-remember links to tell your audience to go rate and review your show.

Check out Video of Podgagement

Check out the "Follow Page" in action at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow

Who is Daniel J. Lewis? As an award-winning podcaster, Daniel J. Lewis gives you the guts and teaches you the tools to launch and grow your own podcasts for passion and P.R.O.F.I.T. Daniel creates resources for podcasters, such as the SEO for Podcasters and Zoom H6 for Podcasters courses, the Social Subscribe & Follow Icons plugin for WordPress, a Podgagement.a tool to help you know your audience and grow your podcast. He also manages the Podcast Industry Insights statistics service. As a recognized authority and influencer in the podcasting industry, Daniel speaks on podcasting and hosts his own podcast about how to podcast, The Audacity to Podcast. The Future of Podcasting, and the Podcasters Roundtable. Daniel and his son live near Cincinnati, Ohio, in the USA.

One Thing About Ratings and Reviews In Apple Podcasts

(they don't help you in the algorithm). Per Apple:

What the Apple charts measure: Apple Podcasts Charts reflect the most popular shows and episodes available in a given market and are designed to help people discover what to listen to next. They do not reflect all-time listening records and are not a measure of the largest podcasts by listenership. While the exact algorithm cannot be shared to protect their integrity, the charts measure a mix of the following:

Listening: When listeners are engaging with episodes, it’s an indicator of content popularity.
Follows: When listeners follow a show to receive new episodes, it’s an indicator of their intent to listen.
Completion Rate: When listeners complete episodes, it’s an indicator of content quality.

Ratings, reviews, and shares Although ratings, reviews, and shares also help indicate a podcast’s newness, popularity, and quality, they are not factored into the algorithm that determines the rankings for Top Shows and Top Episodes. In other words, they may not help people find a podcast on their own, but they influence whether people will listen or follow, and those factors influence the charts. Source: https://podcasters.apple.com/support/3146-apple-podcasts-charts

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Video Overview of Podgagement

The Audacity to Podcast

Future of Podcasting

Video of Value for Value

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

This is episode 910

A Podcast Is Not a Waste of Time

Mon, 11 Dec 2023 05:00:00 -0400

I read an article by Leslie Thompson titled, A reflection on 5 years of podcasting, and it really moved me. It points out that even if you end up ceasing to produce your podcast, the time is not waste. It may feel that way, but Leslie shares how her time on the Rogue Ones podcast was not a wate of time and she has used her skills in other projects including her now show Niche to Meet You.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Meet Leslie Thompson

Leslie is a podcast host, Leslie leads AncoraTN’s Someone Like Me podcast, which shares the firsthand stories of human sex trafficking survivors in the state of Tennessee.

In addition to hosting, Leslie is a podcast and radio producer, and currently producing shows for CT Media (Christianity Today’s podcast network), and The Living Church. Leslie has worked with the Rabbit Room Podcast Network, No Small Endeavor’s podcast and radio show, and Sandra McCracken’s Steadfast podcast through Christianity Today.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Niche To Meet You Podcast

Leslie's Music

Leslie's Podcasts

Episode 908 Lessons Learned from Doing Things Poorly as a Podcaster

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Pushing Boundaries: Lessons Learned from Doing Things Poorly as a Podcaster

Mon, 04 Dec 2023 05:00:00 -0400

You get to do something new. You've never done it before, and you are feeling uncomfortable. In some cases, that feeling will stop you from starting your podcast. Today we talk about that feeling and how to overcome it.

Full show notes with video of the performance at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/908

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee.

Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Podcast Rewind:I appeared on episode 16 of Tell Me How You're Mighty: Infidelity Survival Stories.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Cancer and Comedy Podcast

Start Ugly: A Timeless Tale About Innovation & Change

Streamyard Livestreaming Tool

Ecamm Livestreaming Tool

Alec Johnson Take One Tech Academy

Building a Better Dave "Was Frosty Depressed?"

Building a Better Dave "Amish Porn"

Thinking of Adding Ads To Your Podcast - Listen to This First

Mon, 27 Nov 2023 05:00:00 -0400

I was listening to an episode of the Media Roundtable where people who work in the advertising space answered if they listened to ads. I know I am not a fan of bad ads, but I wondered what my audience thought. If you're considering putting advertisements into your podcast, you want to hear what NOT to do.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Timeline

00:00:00 - Introduction / Opening 00:01:30 - Matt: The Author Inside You 00:03:26 - Scott: What Was That Like? 00:07:22 - Kim: The Pharmacist's Voice 00:11:32 - Clay: Fish Nerds 00:13:32 - York: Welcome to Earth Stories 00:16:51 - Zoe: Back Look Cinema 00:19:29 - Mark: History of North America 00:20:18 - Paul: Pass ACLS Tip of the Day 00:22:51 - Chris: Podtastic Audio 00:23:56 - Timothy: Create Art Podcast 00:30:49 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:31:50 - Daily Podcast Tips 00:32:08 - Media Roundtable Chimes In 00:33:27 - Sanborn: Best Coop Games 00:35:04 - Chris: Deal Casters 00:38:14 - Chris: Dads with Daughters 00:38:54 - Brian: Relaxed Male 00:40:44 - Skipping Ads Settings 00:42:20 - Dave: School of Podcasting 00:43:05 - What Did We Learn? 00:44:09 - Media Hosts With Dynamic Tools 00:45:14 - Programmatic Complaints 00:47:42 - Consider Your Source 00:49:38 - Question of the Month 00:50:38 - Live Appearances 00:51:39 - Next Episode

Mentioned In This Episode

Episode 858 on Bad Advertising

Jordan Harbinger Show

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Heather Osgood Show

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Unleash the Power of LinkedIn for Your Podcast: Insider Tips from a LinkedIn Pro

Mon, 20 Nov 2023 05:00:00 -0400

One of the benefits of podcasting is your get to talk to experts. For me, LinkedIn is my weakest social platform. I know I should do more, but I don't. Well, 2024 is right around the corner, and LinkedIn is on the radio, so I brought on Daniel Alfon (who has been on Linkedin since 2004, has written a book on LinkedIn, offers courses, coaching, etc, and generally knows this stuff when it comes to LinkedIn and he answers all my questions.

Check him out at www.danielalfon.com

Don't Get Bitten: Identifying Predatory Practices in Podcasting

Mon, 13 Nov 2023 05:05:00 -0400

Today I talk about some practices I've seen and heard about that may be designed to prey on the uninformed and/or be designed to serve the podcaster and not their audience. I also comment on a great article from Tom Webster, which ties in nicely with a documentary called "Worst to First" which shows how Z100 in New York City described their show in a way that positioned themselves as an authority.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

David Hooper's Build a Big Podcast

Making the Case Article by Tom Website of Sounds Profitable

What Makes This Great? Behind the Scenes With David Hooper

Mon, 06 Nov 2023 05:05:00 -0400

David Hooper published an episode where he gives the "behind the scenes" view of his interview with Dolly Parton on his Build a Big Podcastt show.

I've known Dave for years and respect his insights and snarkiness, and when I heard this episode, I felt compelled to tell everyone about it. That triggered me. Why exactly was I sharing this? Today I brought Dave on as I dissected his episode and got his comments.

Check Out Dave's Books

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases

Dave has a number of books on Amazon like 101 Podcast Episode Templates – Powerful, Done-for-You Episode Templates to Grow Your Podcast Audience (Big Podcast) and Big Podcast – Grow Your Podcast Audience, Build Listener Loyalty, and Get Everybody Talking About Your Show

What I Liked About This Episode

Dave would increase the pressure by talking about the stakes of the situation. There was also a lot of "I wonder what happens next," which is always great.

At one point, he launched into a story that somewhat relieved the pressure and helped establish Dave's street credibility (he has interviewed a TON of people on his Music Business Radio show).

You will also hear Dave be vulnerable as he shares his thoughts on the interview with Dolly. Ultimately, you can't wait to hear how the interview goes. Did it happen? Was it good? Did Dave cry? Did he blow it? You can hear the uninterrupted full version of the episode at https://podcast.bigpodcast.com/audio/9113/571115

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Big Podcast Website

David Hooper's Books On Amazon

Behind the Seams: My Life in Rhinestones

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

This is episode 904 of the School of Podcasting

Capturing Fleeting Ideas That Your Audience Needs to Hear

Mon, 30 Oct 2023 04:00:00 -0400

We all know the feeling of hearing a brilliant thought or idea during a podcast, only to have it slip away just as quickly. Well, fear not! In this episode, our host shares their struggles with capturing and remembering information, as well as some incredible insights about how to overcome this challenge. I asked my audience and they shared their strategies which range from No Tech to Multi-level tech so you can find what works for you! Click Listen!

OK Boomer! It's Time To Start Your Podcast

Hey Boomers! Ready to share your wealth of wisdom with the world? The School of Podcasting is calling YOU to become the next podcasting sensation!

Don't let the digital age pass you by—join our Boomer-friendly podcasting community. Whether you're into travel tales, grandparenting tips, or reminiscing about the good ol' days, there's an audience eager to hear YOUR story.

No tech headaches here! Our step-by-step courses make podcasting a breeze. From vinyl to virtual, let's turn your experiences into captivating audio adventures.

Embrace the mic, Boomers! Enroll now at the School of Podcasting and let your voice echo through the digital era. Because your stories are timeless, and the world is ready to listen!

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Contributors

Scott from What Was That Like sends an email to himself.

Mark from Practical Prepping uses Evernote and a Voice Recorder and reviews all the ideas weekly to get them organized.

Brandon from Dallas likes Joplin

Mentioned In This Episode

Matthew Perry Book: Friends, Lovers, and the Big Terrible Thing: A Memoir (aff)

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month, I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell us about your show and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back.

TIMELINE

00:00:38 - Opening 00:01:22 - Capturing Fleeting Ideas 00:01:51 - Scott From What Was That Like 00:04:16 - Brandon from Dallas 00:07:22 - Mark from The North America Podcast 00:08:19 - Mark From Practical Prepping 00:09:50 - Randy From Hot Springs Village Inside Out 00:10:45 - York From Welcome to Earth Stories 00:12:21 - Join The School of Podcasting 00:13:23 - BOOST 00:13:40 - Jim From Home Gadget Geeks 00:14:47 - Dave's Screenshot 00:16:38 - Dave Note-Taking App 00:18:14 - What Do You Need It To Do? 00:19:13 - NOT One Drive iDRIVE! 00:22:12 - Get To Know Your Tools 00:23:14 - Beware FOMO Fear of Missing Out 00:24:33 - SAAS Frustrations 00:26:28 - Question of the Month 00:27:27 - Live Appearances 00:27:59 - Why Is This Good Coming Back 00:28:20 - Everything is at the School of Podcasting 00:29:00 - Bloopers 00:29:13 - RIP Matthew Perry

How to Build a Podcast that Drives Leads and Credibility

Mon, 23 Oct 2023 04:20:00 -0400

While there are no rules for podcasting, there are best practices, and today I'm talking with Courtney Elmer, who helps people get into the top 100 of the Apple Charts. We also discuss how podcasting can give you back your voice and help you be heard.

An entrepreneur can boost sales when their podcast is

On a regular schedule (it helps you be seen as reliable).

Makes points through personal stories (it helps them to know you, while not going on a complete tangent).

Good. Most people do not listen to shows that need help. Seeing you as reliable, personable, and helpful makes it easy to boost sales.

Learn More From Courtney

Courtney Elmer is from the AntiFragile Entrepreneurship Podcast ( www.antifragileentrepreneurship.co ) where she extracts the invaluable wisdom from business leaders who have turned their biggest failures into fuel for exponential growth.

She also conducts live workshops antifragileentrepreneurship.co/workshop

and has a private podcast at antifragileentrepreneurship.co/access

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll quickly create high-quality, engaging content. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Courtney's Workshop antifragileentrepreneurship.co/workshop

Dave's Blog on YouTube Music https://schoolofpodcasting.com/youtube-rss

Boost The Show Using a New Podcast App www.newpodcastapps.com

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

This episode originates from https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/902

This episode required 5 hours and 25 minutes to research, record, and publish this episode. Do consider a one-time donation.

Marketing Magic: Boosting Your Podcast's Reach with Proverbs and Catch Phrases

Mon, 16 Oct 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Today, we are talking about your episodes down to a proverb. Proverbs are crafted phrases that have successfully passed wisdom from generation to generation. Proverbs are the ultimate "long story short" that draw their power from the simplicity of their presentation. Are there things you repeat in your show often? Maybe you should embrace your proverb and turn it into swag. Boiling your content down to a proverb that is easy to remember and easy to recite helps you provide marketing materials for your audience to help them promote your show.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

DAVEISMS

Where your WHY and your WHO overlap, you will find your WHAT to talk about.

If the goal is monetization, get ready to do your show for FREE for a few years.

Less than 10% of podcasters get enough downloads to get a BIG sponsor

Starring at your stats will not make your downloads grow; starring at your audience will.

Monthly stats are crap ( the stat that people use downloads per episode after 30 days)

Spend $100 on a microphone and 100 hours getting to know your audience.

Creating a podcast is easy. Creating a GOOD podcast is hard but fun.

Podcasting is a marathon, not a sprint. (again, it can take three years to build an audience )

Thinking a GIANT podcast launch will lead to an undeniable podcast success is like saying having a BIG wedding ensures marital bliss. In both cases, the real work is just beginning.

You must have someone NOT named Mom to listen to your show and give honest feedback. There is no sense in paying to promote a show if it is not resonating with the audience.

Downloads are great, but not as cool as consumption rate (seeing how far people listen can let you know how engaged your audience is)

Having an obvious name can make it easy to be found.

Choose the one you want to click more when you have multiple titles for an episode.

It is NOT the media host that grows the audience. It is the content

Treat directories like a child looking for Halloween candy. BE EVERYWHERE.

Make sure your content does one (or more) of the following: Laugh, cry, think. Grown, Educate, or Entertain. If not you're boring.

Listennotes stats (saying you're in the top X percent) are crap. See video

For those who have money, there is therapy. For the rest of us, there is podcasting.

If you want to grow your network, do an interview show. If you want to grow your influence, do a solo show. Even better do BOTH.

You don't benefit until your audience benefits.

While being consistent in schedule is very important (as you become part of your listener's routine) I'd rather have a "Late" show that was good than an "on time" episode that was Meh.

Record without fear and edit without mercy.

Podcasting is like sex in high school. Everybody says they are doing it. A few are doing it. Nobody is doing it right. Then, your podcast career is over quickly. Just like sex in high school.

Don't try to be the most downloaded show. Try to be te most talked about show.

There is no such thing as too long, only too boring - Valerie Geller from the book Beyond Powerful Radio. (aff)

Podcast Networks don't make small shows big. They make big shows bigger - Eric Nuzum from the book Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling (aff)

Don't try to be the most downloaded podcast; strive to be the most talked-about podcast. - Darrel Evans. Paraphrased from The YouTube Formula: How Anyone Can Unlock the Algorithm to Drive Views, Build an Audience, and Grow Revenue

"Remember, customers don’t care about you; they care about themselves and their problems." - Joe Pullizi. Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less: How to Tell a Different Story, ... and Win More Customers by Marketing Less (p. 73). McGraw-Hill Education. Kindle Edition.

This episode is based on the book The Proverb Effect: Secrets to creating tiny phrases that change the world, making it easy for your audience to share your content without memorizing your episode.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

The Pharmacists Voice

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Additional Shows About Podcasting From Dave

In addition to this show, I have additional shows about podcasting:

Your Podcast Consultant: One tip per episode - 9 Minutes or Less

Podcast Rodeo Show: I Grab a Random Podcast and See How Long I Can Hang On

Ask the Podcast Coach: A live "call in" show every Saturday at 10:30 AM ET

Podcast Review Show: Myself and radio veteran Erik K Johnson go over your episode and website.

Podcast Growth Strategies From Jesus - EP900

Mon, 09 Oct 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Episode 900 (as was 800, 700, etc) has me breaking format. In this episode, I share why all the not-so-great things that happened to you grow up help make you, YOU. Your uniqueness may be the EXACT thing that resonates with people who need to hear your content.

After coming back from the Spark Ignite Christian Podcast Conference (now Defunct), I was able to book Jesus as a guest. Not to talk about the benefits of believing in him but more about his marketing practice. He started with 12 followers, and 2000 years later people are still talking about him. He is the author of the Bible, and has a new series on Amazon called "The Chosen" (highly recommended). You can also listen to the audio drama on Audible (aff) featuring Samuel L Jackson as God.

Join the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting

Topics

00:00:23 - Episode 900 Special Format

00:00:24 - You Don't Know Who Listening

00:01:08 - What Shapes You Make You Special

00:05:31 - I Still Wonder if People Are Listening

00:06:18 - Have I Peaked?

00:06:57 - Top Podcaster Influencer

00:09:41 - Join the School of Podcasting

00:10:43 - Boost Reminder

00:10:55 - Weather

00:11:08 - Invisible Sky Buddy Alert: Jesus Interview

00:12:14 - When Did Jesus Get Into Content Marketing?

00:12:45 - Is Your Message Hard To Understand?

00:14:13 - The Rebrand 00:14:46 - 10 To 2 Simplification

00:16:24 - Did you start off with 12 Follows?

00:17:21 - The Jesus Marketing Strategy

00:18:47 - Speeding Up Growth

00:19:32 - How Did You Get Your Audience To Share?

00:20:34 - Get Your Audience Involved

00:22:19 - Get Your Core Values Set

00:22:51 - Fame Isn't Cool?

00:23:08 - Nepotism at Your Job

00:23:34 - Pricing Products

00:24:16 - What's The Deal With Bono?

00:24:52 - Anything Else From the Book?

00:25:10 - Last Question

00:25:30 - Take Aways From the Interview

00:26:20 - The Proverb Effect

00:27:28 - The Red Hat Guy

00:29:33 - Marketing is Never Ending

00:30:54 - Question of the Month

00:31:55 - Live Appearances

00:32:24 - Check out the Website

00:33:55 - A little Guitar to Play Us Out

Mentioned In This Episode:

The School of Podcasting

The Proverb Effect

Ask the Podcast Coach: Chat GPT For Podcasters

Bible

The Chosen

listen to the audio drama on Audible (aff) featuring Samuel L Jackson as God.

Helping Your Website Rank Better With Podpage Elite

Mon, 02 Oct 2023 04:05:00 -0400

I first interviewed Brenden Mullen from Podpage back on episode 728. Today he's back as they have added Podpage Eilite a new plan that adds tools to help your podcast get found, notify guests, provide stats on links and more.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

What is Podpage?

Podpage replaces tools like WordPress, Wix, Squarespace, or any other website tool. It is NOT a media host (it works with any podcast hosting company that provides a valid RSS feed). It integrates with email tools like Mailerlite Convertkit, Speakpipe, Google Analytics, and more.

What is Podpage Elite?

Podpage Elite is for the podcaster looking for tools to help them be found with SEO, see their reviews along with:

Advanced SEO analysis
Reviews from 175+ countries
Zapier connection
Automated guest alert emails
Episode deep linking
Private feed support
Pretty link click data
Host downloadable files
Listener episode email alerts (Early 2024)
Automatic transcription (Early 2024)

Check out Podpage at www.trypodpage.com

Learn Podpage at www.learnpodpage.com

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Try Podpage

Learn Podpage

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Spark Ignite Conference

Unlocking the Potential of Feed Drops: Strategies for Growing Your Podcast's Audience

Mon, 25 Sep 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Today we are diving into the strategy of "feed drops" in podcasting. Some special guests are joining us, including York Campbell, Randy Black, and Zoe Richardson.

In this episode, we'll explore the concept of feed drops, where a show drops an episode into the feed of another show to gain new listeners. Our guests will discuss their experiences with feed drops and share their perspectives on whether it's an effective strategy.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Feed Drops:

Feed drops can be a powerful strategy to gain new listeners and broaden your reach in the podcasting realm. By dropping an episode into the feed of another show, you not only introduce your content to a new audience but also establish connections with other podcasters. Just make sure the dropped episode aligns with the tone and subject matter of the host show to keep your listeners engaged.

Participants:

Randall Black from Work From The Weight

Zo Richardson from Backlook Cinema

York from Welcome to Earth Stories

Consider Your Source:

There are a number of different types of podcasters. Here are just a couple:

Fun Seekers
Serious Hobbyist
The Side Hustle-ist

There are also many ways to monetize your show. The Value Four Value model is gaining steam, and everyone talks about podcast advertising. With the above types of podcasters they have different motivations and metrics.

People who work in the advertising end of podcasting focus on making sure advertisers are happy.

With this in mind, when you hear news, insights, and ideas about podcasting you might consider evaluating what persepctive they are coming from. There is no "wrong" perspective as there are many ways to plan, launch, grow, and monetize your show.

For example one recent written by Steve Goldstein on the Three Eras of Podcasting

seemed to hint that podcasting started when advertising arrived. This makes sense coming from Steve who works in the advertising side of podcasting.

Podcast Rewind

I appeared on The Flow by Ecam, talking about how to start a podcast. I shared a story about the gear I used when I first started podcasting.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell use about your show, and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

When Do I Launch Crowdfunding For My Podcast, And What Is the Best Platform?

Mon, 18 Sep 2023 04:05:00 -0400

in today's episode, number 897, we'll dive into the crowdfunding world and discuss the best platforms to use. We'll discuss various crowdfunding platforms like Patreon, Glow, Supercast, Spotify and more, comparing their features and implementation.

But crowdfunding comes with its own set of challenges and concerns. We'll address these issues, including worries about not making enough money, the time and effort required for promotion, and potential restrictions on speech.

So, whether you're just starting out or looking to explore new opportunities for monetizing your podcast, this episode is packed with insights and strategies to help you make informed decisions.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

You can get a free PDF report that summarizes all of this information HERE.

Tables and a much deeper dive on the website at schoolofpodcasting.com/897

Check out Dave on Buy Me a Coffee

Dave's Stripe Donate Option

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Keith Fong Because of My Podcast: Way to the Quality Warrior

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Set Up Your Show to Value For Value Video Podcasting 2.0

Eric Bennet Interview From Supporting Cast on Podglamorate

Podcasting 2.0 Show

Parameters, and Perspectives, to Prepare for Proven Podcast Marketing Success

Mon, 11 Sep 2023 04:05:00 -0400

What works for one podcast may not work for another podcast because their audiences are different. Think of the two female singers, Adele and Pink. The are both authentic, talented singers. One tends to stand on stage, tell stories, and perform in a dress. The other does gymnastics that include floating around the entire outside stadium. Could you see Adele flying around a stadium?

Instead, know your "WHY" and your "WHO" so you can figure out your WHAT and deliver it authentically in a way that doesn't bore your audience.

Plus, we'll tackle the ever-elusive topic of measuring success. I'll reveal the strategies and tools I use to track traffic and engagement and the importance of creating engaging content that keeps listeners coming back for more.

Tools To Use To Help You Identify What Works With Your Podcast

Instead of just linking to your website, you can add UTM parameters (this isn't as geeky as it sounds). A UTM is Urchin Traffic Monitor (we really don't care). These parameters can be thought of as leaving a breadcrumb so that when you check Google Analytics you can see where the audience specially came from. I'm currently using Fathom Stats, which are not free but are easier to read and a bit more privacy-focused.

Add UTMs to a Link using the Google UTM Creator

the Google Analytics Campaign URL Builder for generating URLs to websites
the Google Play URL Builder for generating URLs to apps on the Google Play Store
the iOS Campaign Tracking URL Builder for generating URLs to apps on the Apple App Store

There are parameters you can add that will be seen in your Google Analytics. I have been using Fathom stats as they are easier to understand (it's not free, but I prefer checking out my stats without the frustration of digging through Google Analytics).

Why I Like Switchy

Switchy is a tool that is currently available for a lifetime deal on App Summo. Not only does this create easy-to-remember links like www.supportthisshow.com/q2u (which is my affiliate link for the Samson Q2U microphone), but it creates trackable QR codes, and the ability to set UTM parameters and save them as a template.

When You Can See What Works, You Can QUit Doing Those Actions That Don't

For a while I was putting videos on twitch (primarily known for gaming) and I just didn't any reaction (so I quit wasting my time for now).

I have videos and screenshots at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/896

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Live appearances?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month I ask you to chime in on the show so we all can learn together. Be sure to tell use about your show, and mention your website.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

What Alex Sanfilippo learned after talking to 1600 Podcasters

Mon, 04 Sep 2023 04:00:00 -0400

Alex Sanfilippo has the heart of a servant and has made tools for podcasters that help them, and in some cases pay them, to be better podcasters. He is one of the co-founders of PodPros (makes of Podmatch, PodcastSop, Podlottery,Podscore) and he is the host of Podcasting Made Simple. Today, he shares 10 Factors of Podcasting Success.

Erase Your Weaknesses

With Podscore you take a survey, and answer a few questions, and it identifies areas which you are doing well, and those that need some work (and it's completely free).

Alex interviewed 1600 podcasters and summarized the following:

10 Factors of Podcasting Success

1. Self Discipline

2. Self Care

3. Displaying the Value to the Listener - Crystal Clear

4. Clear Strategy to Grow and Monetize Your Show

5. Consistent Plan In Every Episode

6. Keep Your Show Organized

7 Have a team to Delegate 8

8. Have Conversations with Your Audience

9. Consant Improve Your Podcasting Craft

10. Have Accountability Partners and Community

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Capsho

Podmatch

Podscore.io

Live Well and Flourish

Cancer and Comedy

Connection Therapy

School of Podcasting

Podcasting Three-Legged Stool

Connect with Alex

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

This is show 895 which you can find at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/895

19 Amazing Tips To Speed Up Your Podcast Workflow

Mon, 28 Aug 2023 04:05:00 -0400

In this episode of the School of Podcasting, we dive deep into time-saving tips for podcasters. I discuss my own experiences and lessons learned, along with a lineup of fantastic guests.

We cover a wide range of strategies to improve productivity and efficiency in podcasting. From utilizing second screens and mastering keyboard shortcuts to automating tasks with templates and transcription tools, we explore ways to streamline the podcasting process.

Throughout the episode, we highlight individual stories and hacks from our guests, showcasing their unique approaches to saving time in podcasting. Overall, this episode is a treasure trove of practical advice for podcasters looking to make the most of their time and create high-quality content.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Participants and Efficiency Tips

Scott from What Was That Like is speeding up editing using keyboard shortcuts and a Red Dragon M908 Gaming Mouse (aff)

Craig from Live Well and Flourish is speeding up editing by using iZotope plugins. I use Dialogue Enhance 2.

Jill from Fit Stong Women Over 50 eliminates editing by doing more research for your interviews.

Branden uses the sound pads on the Zoom Podtrak P4 to help identify edit marks (he assigned tones from Audacity to the pads)

Karin from Just Grow Something uses templates where she adds all of the files she uses for her show and saves it as a template. Then opens the template and chooses "Save As," and gives it a new name (so the blank version of the episode stays blank).

Kim from the Pharmacists Voice also uses Templates for her audio, her images (using Canva), and anything else.

Jim from Home Gadget Geeks ensures any online tools (like auphonic) he uses take advantage of any integrations. Tools like Active Pieces and Zapier can tie two products together.

Mark Vinet from the History of North America and Historical Jesus batch records.

Steve Steward from the Podcast Editors Academy and his own Editing Service uses two monitors, which speed things up and make things less stressful.

Tips To Speed Up Your Podcast From Dave

Use the playback speed option in Audacity. It will make people sound like chipmunks, but every little bit helps.

Use Text Expander to create templates or anything you type over and over (Libsyn.com has a snippets feature as does Captivate, which has episode defaults (templates).

Podpage is a set-it-and-forget-it website tool. You create an episode, and it just appears on your website. You can learn Podpage for Free. Podpage also has an episode signature at the bottom of every episode on your site.

A Transcription service like Otter or any AI Transcription tools can be used for editing.

I use Evernote to organize my thoughts to avoid wasting time looking for things. A cheap alternative to Notedex.

Use a calendar scheduling tool like Acuity Scheduling, Tidycal (although it's having an issue), or Calendly. Using these tools takes the stress out of scheduling guests.

I Use Brandy to manage my Press kit.

Use your audience, who often have time, treasure, and talent, to help you with your show.

Pin a folder to the left navigation in Windows Explorer and the Finder on a Mac so you don't have to dig down to get to the folder.

Pay someone to do your editing.

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at

www.podcastingobservations.com

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month I ask you a question. This gives you a chance to promote your show and participate in the community. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Never Run Out of Room Again: How to Free Up Your Hard Drive Space

Mon, 21 Aug 2023 16:05:00 -0400

Are you running out of hard drive space due to the large files associated with your podcast, especially if you're playing with video?

Worry not, because in this week's episode of The School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson provides a solution to this common problem. Dave discusses the benefits of using cloud storage services like Backblaze B2 Cloud Storage to free up space on your computer.

He shares his personal experience with Backblaze, emphasizing its reliability and the peace of mind it offers when it comes to backing up your files.

Whether you want to save your podcast episodes, old YouTube videos, or any other large files, Backblaze B2 could perfectly fit you. Even better, the first 10GB of storage is free! And the pricing is incredibly affordable, with Backblaze charging only half a cent per gigabyte. So, you can upload many files without worrying about exceeding your budget.

See supportthisshow.com/backblaze

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

It's Not As Hard As You Think

I just returned from speaking at the 40th high school reunion, where they asked me to speak. Speaking always makes me nervous, but due to this talk NOT being about podcasting, I was REALLY Nervous.

I followed my own advice and figured out who I was talking to, and what the goal of the talk was (point out that we survived), and then I found people to give me honest feedback before I had to deliver it. It worked. I got a fair amount of compliments.

The stress and hand shaking worry was not needed. I had done my homework. So I'm here to tell you from the other side, that the worry is more than likely not necessary (I know, easier said than done).

Spotify Video Experiment So Far

while I received hundreds of downloads of the audio of the ASk the Podcast show, and a decent amount of video views on YouTube. I have not received a single play on Spotify. Granted I have not promoted it (I promote my Youtube Channel) . I wanted to see what kind of organic traffic Spotify would bring. So far I haven't received any. I do have a niche show, but I wanted you to know.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Backblaze Backup

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Pinterest? Really? Repurposing Content To Increase Your Reach and Exposure with Jeff Sieh

Mon, 14 Aug 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Jeff Sieh, a man wearing many hats, found himself in the heart of the digital world, not by chance but by curiosity and sheer determination. His journey wasn't a straight line. Jeff kept evolving from dabbling in corporate video production and website building to exploring social media. During one of these explorations, he stumbled upon Pinterest on a podcast. Hearing about the surge of traffic it brought to a blog stirred his interest. His first foray into Pinterest was a blog post, Manly Pinterest Tips #1, that resonated among the masses. That's when he realized the potential of Pinterest, not just as another social platform but as a visual search engine.

BUT I DIDN'T BRING JEFF ON TO JUST TALK ABOUT PINTEREST

Jeff has been shooting video for decades and does all of his shows LIVE. If you think about it, you can take this content and repurpose it in ANY format you want, but how do you do that without losing your mind? Jeff shares that today.

Check Out Jeff Sieh

jeffsieh.com

socialmedianewslive.com

manlypinteresttips.com/

Topics Include

Using Pinterest as a Visual Search Engine
Best Practices and Myths of Pinterest
Creating Eye-Catching Pins
How Jeff Landed Big Guests
How Jeff Landed a Big Sponsor
The Benefits of Building Relationships
Repurposing Content for Maximum Value
Why He Uses Descript
The Difference Between Streamyard and Ecamm Live
The Big Attraction of Going Live
Growing Your Audience Through Consistency

Mentioned In This Episode

Jeff Sieh's Website

Manly Pinterest Tips

Social Media News Live

Ecamm Live Software

Streamyard Live Streaming Tool

Repurpose.io

Social Warfare Sharing Plugin

Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Your Listeners Into Livelihood

Join the School of Podcasting!

Canva

The YouTube Formula Book (aff)

Dave's Appearance on Jeff's Show

Descript

Streamyard and Ecamm

Tailwind Pinterest Scheduling Tool

The School of Podcasting

This is episode 892 and originates at schoolofpodcasting.com/892

This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network changing the World One Download at a Time.

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Other links may result in me earning a small commission

Mentioned in this episode:

Question of the Month: The Smallest Amount of Downloads

School of Podcasting

[Feed Drop] Building a Better Dave

Fri, 11 Aug 2023 12:53:00 -0400

Today I'm introducing you to a show with my smallest audience, but also my most vocal. If I go too long without an episode they let me know. This podcast is my audio diary. So yes:

I'm not trying to make money
I don't care about downloads
I'm just talking about me
I try to make it entertaining.

It is the cheapest therapy I've ever paid for. In today's episode you will hear my talk about a car accident I was in this week. It was a bad day.... or was it?

Follow Building a Better Dave in:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Like This Episode? Consider buying me a coffee.

Unleash Your True Potential: Finding Your Voice and Unlocking Inner Power

Mon, 07 Aug 2023 04:05:00 -0400

One of the things podcasters say is “find your voice” without knowing that it’s Jargon. After all, is my voice lost? What does that mean? Today we will look at finding your voice, and I will tell you what the difference is to the listener. Because the interesting thing is your voice isn’t lost. It’s just got a lot of clutter on top of it.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

What Does Finding Your Voice Mean?

You start your podcast (congrats!), and you feel uncomfortable. You feel out of place, and people say, "You need to find your voice." That is a really vague instruction.

Steps to Finding Your Voice

I mention this in almost every episode. It starts with specifically knowing your WHY and Your WHO.

The more information you have on each, the clearer the target. It is the blurryness and fuzziness vision of your show that leads to insecurity.

Who Are You and Who Aren't You?

What do you believe in? What are your values? By defining what you will and will NOT talk about help clear the path for your content.

The Netflix show House of Cards had a scene where the main character kills a dog in the first scene. This was on purpose, as they knew this would upset people. They thought, "Well, we might as well draw a line in the sand and offend people upfront. If they couldn't take the first episode, they would NEVER tolerate what else was coming in the remainder episodes.

Get Comfortable Through Practice

Think back to all the firsts in your life. The first step, first tricycle, bicycle, first kiss are things we weren’t good at when we started. So do it again, and again with the goal of improving with each version of your episodes getting better.

Acknowledge That This Will be Uncomfortable

When you feel yourself wanting to pull away or come back to it later, push through. If you’ve ever been through counseling of any sort (single, couples, etc) it is uncomfortable. However, you come out better on the other side. I dread getting on a treadmill but never regret getting off. So when you feel that uncomfortable feeling come upon you (and it will) embrace it. You're learning. You are growing. You are improving.

Not Everyone Will Like You, and That is OK

Life is not a popularity contest. That is one that is easy to say, but not always easy to live. As with everything, the more you practice it, the better you will get at it. So when you get your first one star review realize that the listener was not your target audience.

Follow Your Gut

There is only one of you. You are 100% unique so embrace that. Every night there are multiple stations covering the same topics. There are different strokes for different folks. Being you is very easy for you. When you try to be something you're not, it's very hard to pull off and often robs you of your passion.

Double Check the Facts In Your Head Saying Negative Things

Brenda was trying to prove herself to an invisible audience. She had assumed they wanted her to skim over a broad topic. When she got her episode in front of ACTUAL people she found they would rather go deep into a narrow topic.

In The End Be Yourself

In the end you've had an entire lifetime being you. Relax and embrace your uniqueness. Bob Dylan, Tom Petty, Stevie Nicks, and Rod Stewart have unique voices. You either love them or hate them. Their uniqueness has enabled them to have careers spanning multiple decades.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month I ask the audience a question. This is your chance to get involved with the show. The question is inserted dynamically (so you need to go to the link below to answer). Provide your answer, and tell us about your show and provide your website. (free exposure!)

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at

www.podcastingobservations.com

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Mentioned In This Episode

The YouTube Formula: How Anyone Can Unlock the Algorithm to Drive Views, Build an Audience, and Grow Revenue (aff)

Building a Better Dave "The List" Episode

Overcoming Impostor Syndrome

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

This show original at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/891

Are You Primarily Audio or Video? Three Ways Your Show May Be Frustrating Your Audience

Mon, 31 Jul 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Are you audio or video first? If you want to ride the "Record the video, strip out the audio, cut the video into shorts, transcribe the audio, and become a millionaire" train, there are some things to remember.

Your Legacy

I saw someone today that I had not seen in at least 31 years and probably more. The last time I saw him he was a little boy who acted like a little boy. He didn't pay attention; he was hyperactive and always running around and made the job of his Sunday School teacher so hard that she went home and cried. That woman was my Mom. I was probably 11 when I later pinned this you boy who was probably 8, against the wall and said, "If you make my Mom cry again, I'll kill you." Let's call him Roy.

Well, Roy walked into my church today, and he's probably 6' 4" and toward over me. After service, he laughed and recounted the pinning on the wall story, and he said he had taken some wrong turns in life, but all those lessons my Mom had taught him got him to turn around and get on the right path. Those lessons were probably close to 50 years ago. My Mom has been gone 34 years, and today part of her legacy walked in and shook my hand. He wanted to let me know just how special my Mom was (something I was well aware of). So when you put your words out into a podcast, you don't know who or how your words will affect people. If you have a message that needs to be heard, it's not helping people sitting on your hard drive. Get it out into the world. Start building your legacy. I can help.

With Hollywood on Strike, Is Now the Best Time To Start a Podcast?

With both the writers and actors on strike, new content will not be coming to our screens. We have no idea how long this will go on.

In a graph on the Podcast Business Journal's site, James Cridland has some interesting podcasting stats, and you can see that on April 12, 2023, there were 383,996 active podcasts. Fast forward to July and that number is down by 13.4% to 335,930. Meanwhile, every survey that comes out says podcast listenership is going up. A recent study on Australia has monthly listeners going up by 7% and weekly listening went up 24% (26 to 33 million).

So if listening is going up, and content creation is going down, that means (in theory) that those who start or continue to make content have a better chance of being found due to the lack of competition while the audience continues to go. I can help.

Also, if you do a podcast and would love to have an actor on your show, they may have some available time on their hands.

Don't Forget The Links

If you want your audience to get frustrated, talk about something on your show, and then don't put a link to it. I recently did this on my Ask the Podcast Coach, and luckily the person who was nice enough to contact me was very nice, but it can make it appear that you don't care about the user. Some things are perceived as basic and expected. A few episodes ago, I talked about a video service that I eventually canceled and got a refund. Why, there was something I thought was basic and should be included, and they wanted me to edit some code.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Power Dewise Lav Microphone

Samson Q2U

Turning Your YouTube Content Into a Podcast

I listened to a show this morning, and the host said, "I'm talking about three products today, and for you to get the most out of this, you should hop on over to the YouTube version. It will be much more beneficial for you over there. He then went on to say phrases like, "You'll be here on the left" and "Just click on search" right here. At this point, even with the disclaimer I felt like this guy was going to waste my time (and for the most part, he did).

So when I went to click on the link to his YouTube channel, you guessed it - no link in the show notes.

So you might want to refer to your episode as "the show" instead of podcast or video. Keep it generic. I occasionally share my screen on a live stream I do every Saturday. When I do, I try to make a concerted effort to

A Cool Strategy from Udemy

Podcast Rewind: The Podcast Accelerator

I appeared on the Podcast Accelerator with Mark Asquith where we talk about the last two decades of podcasting and what I'm worried about for the future.

Trying to Move Forward?

Behavioral scientists in Great Britain did another study of a couple 100 people who wanted to start exercising they divided the people into three groups. The first group committed to exercising. The second group committed to exercising and reading lots of material on the benefits of exercising. The third group committed to exercising and chose the day, time, and place when they would do it. Only 36% of the people in those first two groups kept their commitment. But 91% of the people in the third group kept their commitment.

Put it on your calendar! (from the book The Power to Change)

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases

[Feed Drop] Your Podcast Consultant Preview

Fri, 28 Jul 2023 13:22:00 -0400

Today I share another one of my shows. It's called You Podcast Consultant. While the School of Podcasting is typically around 40 minutes, Your Podcast Consultant is always 9 minutes or less. It's a nice bit size chunk of podcasting advice based on the common questions I see in the podcasting space.

There are 143 episodes available at podcastconsultant.com

You can follow the show on

Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon

P.S. This is episode 12, so there are now 4+ Million podcasts (I mention 600K in this episode).

This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network

The Squeeze vs. the Juice: Avoiding Podcast Rabbit Holes

Mon, 24 Jul 2023 04:05:00 -0400

One of the reasons your show may not be growing is you are wasting your time down podcasting rabbit holes. I went down one recently and I thought I would share the insights that I picked up along the way to help you spot a potential rabbit hole, and how to avoid them so you can get back to making great content that you can confidently promote.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription.

Feedback on this Episode: CLICK HERE

The Squeeze vs. the Juice: Weighing the Worth of Podcasting Endeavors

If it seems too good to be true, it most often is.
Do you need the features that have caught your eye? Will you USE them?
Be sure you've taken the time to know the equipment and resources you have.
Watch out for people who promote products they haven't purchased.
Recognize when you've made a bad purchase and ask for the refund.
Look at the About page and see who (not what) you're working with (do they have a podcast?)

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

This is episode 889 of the School of Podcasting

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Podcasting Turns 20 - Why This Medium is Unstoppable!

Mon, 17 Jul 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Podcasting turned 20 years old this month, and after hearing James Cridland interview the very first person to produce a podcast (Christopher Lydon) it got me thinking about the early "Middle Finger to the Radio Industry" start of podcasting (and sadly, we seem to repeat history).

There is a study of 1200 podcasters who shared their why and how they podcast, and I share some additional insights. Some of them are not popular, but they are true (from my desk).

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Daily Podcast Tips Newsletter

Want more tips on planning, launching, growing and monetizing your show with cool podcasting resources?

Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/daily

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Bandrew Says Podcast

The Podcast on Podcasting

Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/888

[Feed Drop] Ask the Podcast Coach Preview

Wed, 12 Jul 2023 17:37:00 -0400

I do a number of shows and over the next few weeks, I'm going to be previewing different podcast related shows I do.

Today is the show Ask the Podcast Coach, which I do with Jim Collison from Home Gadget Geeks, and Gallop Podcasts. We answer questions LIVE every Saturday at 10:30 AM EST at

www.askthepodcastcoach.com/live

You can jump into the video at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/question

You can also leave a question by clicking on the microphone in the bottom right-hand corner at www.askthepodcastcoach.com

Mentioned: Episode 700: Fifty-Four Podcast Questions in Twenty Six Minutes

See you Monday!

Dave

A Great Microphone For Solo Podcasters and Professional Podcast Guests

Mon, 10 Jul 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Today I'm talking about how I made 35% more than a host read ad. The POWER of feedback, and I'm playing with a new microphone that really lets me dial in a great sound.

Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Thanks for listening to episode 887 of the School of Podcasting. Your feedback is always appreciated.

The Knee Jerk Reaction to Podcast Ads May Be Missing Other Opportunities

I've heard the average host-read ad in a podcast pays about $25 per 1000 downloads. Less than 10% have the needed 10,000 downloads per episode to get a "big sponsor." In some cases, they may have enough for ads that pay anywhere from $3.85 - $7 CPM (boo!).

On Ask the Podcast Coach, I mentioned Switchy ( A link tracker and more) from App Summo (where it's a one-time payment for life). I earned $17.20. Obviously, I'm not going to retire on that, but the show doesn't have a huge audience. When I calculated the CPM, it was $34. So, if you're getting $5 CPM with your programmatic ads, you might want to mix in an affiliate that truly fits your audience. (and buy my book Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies That Turn Listeners into a Livelihood )

For People Looking to Guest On Podcasts (and not start a show), the new Rode PodMic USB is a great choice.

The mic is both USB and XLR, so if you later want to plug it into an interface like a Rodecaster Duo, you can.

It comes with a sturdy pop filter (the original PodMic was east to "pop." Its all-back design is cool.

You can use software that has Aphex processing and tweak the sound of your microphone and then SAVE THAT SOUND into the microphone. So when you plug it in via USB, you're sound is right where you left it.

It works with Rode's Capture app, so if you want to record directly to your phone, you can. (I had to use a USB C to Lightning Cable). Likewise, if your computer doesn't have a USB C input, you'll need a USB to USB C Connector.

The bottom line is for around $200 you end up with a single-channel roadcaster.

The Negatives

While this microphone is obviously meant to be on a stand, when I had it on a boom arm it was very sensitive to any kind of tapping on the desk, etc. So, don't touch the mic or anything when recording.

At $200, it is more than double something like a Samson Q2u or ATR2100X, but those don't have the Aphex processing.

Don't Fear the Feedback

I recently created a video sales for the School of Podcasting. I went to my newsletter and asked them to "Talk about it like I wasn't in the room." As I started implementing the suggestions, more came in (so looking back, you might want to wait or give a deadline) as I ended up making seven different versions before I loaded on the final (for now) version.

It all was great feedback, and I see people time and time again release their first episode without getting any feedback. What is the point of releasing something that is not going to impact the audience the way you want them to?

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at

www.podcastingobservations.com

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Podcast Rodeo Show

Ask the Podcast Coach

Rode PodMic USB

Rode Wireless Go II

Big Podcast with David Hooper

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream Bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

How to Promote Your Podcast Without Feeling Salesy

Mon, 03 Jul 2023 04:05:00 -0400

In this podcast episode, Dave Jackson, host of the School of Podcasting, interviews John Ainsworth, CEO and founder of DataDrivenMarketing.co and host of The Art of Selling Online Courses. They discuss various topics related to podcasting, online courses, and marketing. John emphasizes the importance of getting feedback from your audience and shifting your mindset from selling to helping. They also talk about the discontinuation of the Stitcher app and suggest alternative podcast apps. Additionally, Dave shares information about cleared music streaming and its potential impact on the music industry. Overall, the episode provides valuable insights and recommendations for podcasters and online course creators.

Join the School of Podcasting Risk-Free

You can join risk-free with a 30-day Money Back Guarantee

With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Connect With John Ainsworth and Data-Driven Marketing

Check out their website

The Art of Selling Online Courses Show

Technology Recommendations

Stitcher Replacements

New Podcast Apps

Castamatic.com (ios only)

Overcast.fm (ios Only)

Pocketcasts (ios, android)

ClickFunnels Alternatives

Clickfunnels ($127/month)

Convertpages (one-time fee $49)

Swipepages ($29/month)

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Episode 870 about Email Lists

Should I have a Christmas Sale? (one of John's favorite episodes)

Podpage

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

DataDrivenMarketing.co

The Art of Selling Online Courses

The Future of Podcasting Show

Google Forms

Meta Survey

Neil Hedley Copywriting Course

Ray Edwards Books (aff)

Timeline

00:00:00 - Introduction 00:00:37 - Opening 00:01:33 - Profit From Your Podcast Book 00:02:09 - The Art of Selling Online Courses 00:03:04 - The Dangers of Focus Groups 00:04:50 - Encouraging Honest Feedback 00:07:06 - Common Mistakes 00:09:36 - Picking Your Niche 00:11:15 - Benefits of Podcasting 00:12:40 - Getting Listeners On Your Email List 00:16:12 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:17:12 - Podcasting Newsletter () 00:17:30 - How to Overcome Feeling Salesy 00:18:17 - How Dave Does His Newsletter 00:18:34 - Switch From Selling to Helping 00:19:28 - Pimpyourfunnel.com 00:20:51 - John's Favorite Episode of His Show 00:22:45 - Preferred Platforms for Courses 00:24:42 - Dave Agrees Moving is a Pain 00:25:54 - Something I Noticed 00:28:57 - Question of the Month 00:29:58 - Where I Will Be 00:30:28 - Sticher App News 00:32:44 - New Features in Podcasting 00:35:12 - Join the School of Podcasting Risk-Free

Thanks for checking out episode 886

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Does your podcast description fit only YOUR show? - in 10 Words or less

Mon, 26 Jun 2023 04:05:00 -0400

This episode is based on an exercise from the book, Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling (also available on Audible), where you have to describe your show in a way that can't be used by other shows, and you can use any of these words. The idea is that instead of using the word "Awesome," explain WHY it's awesome. It's hard, but in the end, it leads you to ponder what makes your show. The book is from Eric Nuzum, who appears in episode 708.

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Chapters

00:00:00 - Introduction 00:00:36 - Opening 00:01:32 - The 10 Magic Words 00:02:03 - Avoid These Words 00:03:44 - Scott From What Was That Like 00:05:25 - Chris From 9th Grade Experience 00:06:17 - Bryan from Relaxed Male 00:07:16 - Glenn from Coaching Kids Curling 00:09:04 - Eric From Author Blurb 00:09:31 - Harris from Calm History 00:11:00 - Paul From Passing ACLS 00:11:30 - Sean from Radio Free Pro Wrestling 00:11:54 - It's Challenging 00:13:55 - Based on A True Story is Unique (https://www.basedonatruestorypodcast.com) 00:15:53 - How Can My Show Be Different? 00:17:21 - Because of My Podcast Stories Were Moved Based on Feedback 00:18:33 - Join the School of Podcasting (https://schoolofpodcasting.com/listener) 00:19:34 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter ) 00:19:49 - Craig's Because of My Podcast Story (https://www.inglespodcast.com/) 00:22:18 - Find My Podcast... 00:23:29 - Google Podcasts Issues 00:24:31 - Dig the Well Before You're Thirsty 00:25:11 - Apple Category News 00:29:00 - Podcast Discovery () 00:29:17 - Always Listen Before Publishing () 00:33:07 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question) 00:34:07 - Where Will I Be (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where ) 00:35:13 - Podcast Baby Steps (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/babysteps )

Thanks for listening to episode 885. If you'd like to support the show, become an awesome supporter.

How to Record a Solo Podcast Without Sounding Scripted

Mon, 19 Jun 2023 04:05:00 -0400

NOTE: Today's show is NOT edited to show how much editing I do.

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Everyone has their own workflow. Here is mine:

Write out what I'm trying to say.
Record using the Google doc as a reference. As I'm recording/talking I know what the next paragraph is so I often will expand on the paragraph as I want to tell a story or elaborate on the concept. Previously I would boil down the document to bullet points, but found I have to do less editing, If I write out the main points, and the expand on those points when I record

Dual Voices In This Episode

So you can hear when I go off script, when I am off script I will be louder on one side of your headphones. Some of this is good as I expand on the point off of the documents. Other times, I'm taking tangents that normally would've been deleted.

Don't Go Back to the Beginning

Some people when they make a mistake will go back to the very beginning of the episode. You don't need to do this. Go back slightly until you see a good spot to jump in. Talking along with yourself and press the record button. When you get to a good stopping spot, go back and make sure that it sounds natural

Relax, It's Not Live

I know it's weird to talk to yourself, so think of that one person who needs to hear your content. If you mess up on a solo show, it's no sweat. There are no re-interviews to schedule. Just go back and fix your mistake.

Practice, Practice, Practice

Even in my early days at the School of Podcasting, while there are things that could be improved for a new podcaster, I felt I had the "talk to your invisible friend" part down. This might be because I often had to entertain myself. I played with audio tools like cassette decks and reel-to-reel tape machines when I was very young. I started and still keep a journal. I'm a musician and have been on stage since I was 15, and I did daily presentations as a teacher for decades. There is no replacement for experience. This doesn't mean it will take you 40 years to sound good, but it will take more than 40 minutes. Just start recording yourself and practice getting words out of your brain, out of your mouth, and into a recording. Then delete it.

Is YouTube a Wolf in Sheep's Clothing?

Mon, 12 Jun 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Today I bring my insights from working a podcasting helpdesk to help you avoid some common pitfalls. Why isn't my episode in Apple? What is the most compatible audio format? I moved my website and broke my podcast! YouTube is sniffing the idea of being an audio media host...

Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at

www.podcastingobservations.com

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Podnews Weekly Review

Youtube Rewarding New Users

Coolerwebsites.com (domains and hosting)

Podpage - build a podcast website in 10 minutes! No Coding.

Keto Mojo Blood Glucose Measuring

Podcast Apps That Support Video Podcast 411

Topics:

00:00:44 - Table of Contents 00:01:04 - Opening 00:01:55 - You Can't Fix What You Can't See 00:07:52 - The Most Compatible File Format 00:10:26 - Youtube a Wolf in Sheep's Clothing? () 00:16:34 - Clip From Podnews Weekly 00:17:38 - Join the School of Podcasting Community 00:18:41 - Podcasting Observations Nesletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter) 00:18:55 - Be Careful Attachnig Your Domain To Your Feed 00:26:02 - Question of the Month 00:27:02 - Where Will I Be? 00:27:33 - I Value Your Time 00:28:27 - Join the School of Podcasting 00:29:06 - Bloopers

Thanks for listening to episode 883. This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network. Changing the world one download at a time.

Identify and Lean Into Your Strengths in the Face of AI

Mon, 05 Jun 2023 04:05:00 -0400

On this episode of School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson covers a range of topics, including the importance of feedback before launching a podcast, insights from the Beatles' interviews (and how they apply to podcasting), the importance of relatability in storytelling, and a challenge to describe one's podcast in 10 words without using certain words.

Dave also reflects on how technology has advanced and the nerves that come with it. The guest in this episode is a former street kid turned rapper who shares his inspiring story and encourages people to focus on what makes them unique. Lastly, the podcast discusses the impact of robots on people's jobs and shares a tool called 11 Labs that can generate fake voices. Tune in to this episode to learn more about podcasting and get inspired by the stories shared by its guests.

Join the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This exercise is from the book Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling. Describe your podcast in no more than ten words, and do so in a way that describes nothing else in the world. The fun part is you CAN'T use any of these words. PDF

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 6/26/23

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Question of the Month

Listenable

Jelly Roll

8 Days a Week

Taylor Swift Tiny Desk Concert

Timeline

00:00:00 - Robo Dave 00:00:42 - Opening 00:01:39 - elevenlabs.io 00:03:03 - Robocasting 00:03:49 - Surprise Visit From Joe 00:04:29 - Things Are Going to Get Weird 00:05:09 - The One Thing Robots Can't Do 00:06:24 - People Can Relate To Your Experience 00:08:27 - Double-Down on Being Human 00:08:43 - Taylor Swift Embraces Her Strength 00:09:33 - Talk to one Person -And Give Your Audience What They Want 00:10:48 - We Like to See and Hear Ourselves in Others 00:14:03 - What Makes a Good Podcast? 00:15:36 - Join the School of Podcasting Community (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener) 00:16:37 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter) 00:16:51 - The Beatles Talked to One Person () 00:17:25 - The Beatles Play 576 in 48 Days () 00:18:28 - They See You Before They Hear You () 00:18:45 - Proof Of Concept Before Big Launch () 00:21:04 - Amazing Interviews Made People Want to Know More () 00:21:53 - Know Your Guest and Avoid Sounding Stupid () 00:22:33 - Can Your Audience Relate To Your Content? () 00:24:48 - Content and Delivery () 00:26:44 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question) 00:27:47 - Where Will I Be? () 00:28:16 - Conclusion (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener) 00:29:57 - Bloopers: Robo Dave ()

Your Favorite Podcast Tools Revealed

Mon, 29 May 2023 04:05:00 -0400

We all use different tools to create our episodes. I left the door WIDE OPEN for your responses and asked what was your favorite tool to create your show. The answers are very interesting.

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Participants

Scott from What Was That Like? - Pre Chat Conversations via Squadcast

Matt from The Author inside You loves Canva (so do I)

Louis from Love Thy Lawyer loves his Rodecaster Pro I (hard to find the new Rodecasterpro Duo is available for pre-order,

Sarah from the Kind Leadership Challenge thinks DELEGATION is her favorite tool. She uses Descript and an outside editor.

Craig from InglesPodcast - values his co-host.

York from Welcome to Earth Stories loves Izotope.

Alison from Starzology loves Buzzsprout

Fred from Podcast Reporter loves Audacity

Mark from the History of North America also loves Audacity

Steve From stevestewart.me love Text Expander (SO DO I!)

Chris from Podtastic Audio loves Cleanfeed

Zo From Back Look Cinema loves Audacity

Dave Loves Switchy, which is a one-time payment on AppSumo

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

10 Words to Describe Your Show - Full description at:

https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned in This Episode

Listenable by Bert Weiss

Sharing Podcast Launch Numbers

Mon, 22 May 2023 04:05:00 -0400

I get the "Is this good?" question when people first see their numbers. I'm going to share the launch numbers of two shows I did that got a "mild send off" and the shows are growing.

Before we get into stats, we need to understand that downloads are just ONE WAY to measure your success. I know our ego is involved but the problem with comparing your podcast stats with others is: Podcasting is a lot like golf or bowling or any other sport that you do against yourself. I'm not saying there is no competition (often much less than you think) but we don't know what we are truly up against. Instead of starring at your competition and getting angry, stare at your audience to help give them what they want.

Know Why You're Doing Your Podcast

For the School of Podcasting, my goals are to inspire you to start a podcast, go in the right direction with realistic expectations, and help you achieve your goals. How do we do that? By having you join my membership site and that is the biggest way I measure my show.

Michael O'Neil was nice enough to take a picture of my book Profit from your podcast: Proven strategies to turn your listeners into a livelihood in a Fed-ex store (picture on the website). The goal of that podcast is to inform people with monetization strategies that make them buy the book.

We All Go All In on the Podcast Launch

When we launch we tell everyone we know (family friends, co-workers, email lists, etc) and we might continue that for a few weeks until we realize that growth is slow. At first, you might jump 10-20% (but that's easy when your first episode had 15 downloads and the next one had 18).

Full article with graphics at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/880

Katie Krimitsos and The Power of Pivoting: Building the Women's Meditation Network

Mon, 15 May 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Today we explore the factors that contribute to a successful podcast strategy, including getting featured on podcast players and paid advertising efforts. We hear the inspiring journey of Katie, Krimitsos who created the Women's Meditation Network after feeling disinterested in her previous business and finding a lacking market for women and meditation.

We learn about the importance of just starting, experimenting, and having fun, as well as curating content for listeners. Katie shares her experience with advertising and maximizing revenue while engineering her pre-roll to not upset listeners. We dive into the uniqueness of her meditations and the focus on improving the content to create an audio experience that touches the listener's soul.

Finally, we explore Katie's stickler for priorities and energy management, strategizing her business projects, and streamlining her energy to bring on more one-on-one clients.

Check out her many shows at www.womensmeditationnetwork.com

Katie's previous appearance on episode 565 about creating communities

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month's question is open-ended. This could be software, hardware, etc. What is your favorite tool? What is the thing that has you saying, "Oh, I'm so glad I have this!" What is your favorite tool?

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 6/26/23

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Where Will Dave Be?

Podcast Stew: Better Episode Titles, A Good Hook, Bogus Stats, YouTube Music

Mon, 08 May 2023 04:05:00 -0400

I have a few ideas that I have put together, as they are all short ideas. The goal is to help you grow your show, and hook your listeners.

Creating Better Episode Titles For Your Podcast

NPR SITE

NPR PDF

More Headline Training from NPR

LISTENNOTES INFORMATION

What is Listennotes.com Global Rank? This podcast is one of the top 0.5% most popular shows out of 3,100,277 podcasts globally, ranked by Listen Score (the estimated popularity score).

According to their site: * Other websites / apps may claim that they have way more than 3,100,277 podcasts in their database. This is because they inflate the number by including A LOT of 1) podcasts that were already deleted long time ago; 2) super low-quality podcasts (e.g., no episodes at all, only one 10-second episode in the RSS feed for testing, or machine-generated audio); 3) non-audio contents distributed via rss (e.g., RSS feeds with only PDF files, not audio). On the other hand, we deploy automatic scripts (24/7) and human moderators (daily) to clean up data. We try our best to minimize the number of such bad "podcasts" in our database.

I still find it interesting that my friend's show which had its last real episode in 2015, has a ranking of 42 out of 100, and is in the top 1.5%

So I'm still a little blurry on how those stats are calculated..

TIMELINE

00:00:00 - Table of Contents 00:00:26 - Opening 00:01:21 - Youtube Music - So Far, Nothing 00:02:27 - Ashley Carmen Story (https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2023-05-04/youtube-s-podcast-deals-with-npr-slate-and-new-york-times-are-flopping) 00:03:58 - My Numbers So Far 00:06:08 - Youtube is Confusing People 00:07:28 - Confusion in the Wild (https://soundsprofitable.com/podcast/april-is-adopt-a-listener-month-a-conversation-with-lauren-passell/) 00:09:09 - Listennotes.com Still Bogus 00:11:44 - A Very Strange Interview 00:14:44 - Join the School of Podcasting Community (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener) 00:15:45 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter) 00:15:59 - Create Engaging Episode Titles 00:16:39 - NPR Episode Title Summary 00:20:08 - A Great Hook - Daisy Jones and the Six (https://amzn.to/3Bmn1FH) 00:22:51 - She Podcasts Live (https://www.shepodcasts.com) Use coupon sop 00:23:47 - If Podcasts Were Honest | Honest Ads (https://youtu.be/FmZrAlu-j80) 00:24:33 - Question of the month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question) 00:25:34 - Where Will I Be (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where) 00:26:05 - Join the School of Podcasting (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com)

Join the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 6/26/23

Apple's Advice for Growing Your Podcast

Mon, 01 May 2023 04:05:00 -0400

I looked for a new podcast and never really found what I wanted (a daily motivation podcast of 5 minutes or less). What I did find as I search floored me in some cases. I thought, "Are people still doing/saying that?" I did some research on some subjects and found out some things as well.

Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting Community

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Podcasting Is "Too Crowded," and Someone Is Already Doing a Podcast Like Yours

When you look at Podcastindex.org, you will see (today) 4,088,299 and only 253,396 have produced an episode in the last ten days (6%) and that only goes up to 13% if you include the 523,942 shows that produced an episode in the last 90 days.

Time and time again, I found a podcast that I thought would fit my criteria, but they either had 2 episodes (and quit) or had many episodes but quit in 2021. So if you see a large number of podcasts in the genre you are looking to be in when you launch, it may not be as crowded as you think. Many of the dead shows are from Spotify for Podcasters users (formerly Anchor) who "tried podcasting" and then quit (and being a free service, the files have not been removed).

Horrible Episode Titles

This would be a horrible example of an episode title for the episode:

Episode 878 Dave Jackson School of Podcasting

If you must use episode numbers, I recommend putting them at the end of the name.

When I look at Tim Ferris' show, he has extremely long episode titles, and when you first look at his show (where you can see all the episode titles), they seem to get cut off after 167 words.

I've heard other people recommend 60-80 characters for your title, and that goes against

Unhelpful Artwork

I see people who put a microphone on artwork about mental health. This would be like putting a camera on every movie poster. It's not needed, as is the word "Podcast" in your title. Does your artwork help people know what your show is about before they hear it?

Rating and Reviews Nonsense

From Apple's website:

Although ratings, reviews, and shares also help indicate a podcast’s newness, popularity, and quality, they are not factored into the algorithm that determines the rankings for Top Shows and Top Episodes. In other words, they may not help people find a podcast on their own, but they influence whether people will listen or follow, and those factors influence the charts. -source

Poor Descriptions

Again from Apple:

Your description should tell listeners what kind of content you talk about and explain how people can benefit from listening. If you need a little help, think about how you can convey the problem you’re trying to solve in a way that convinces listeners they should care. -source

Guests With Really Bad Audio

I get it when it's an A-list guest, but with anybody else, you need to keep in mind it is YOUR show and YOUR brand that takes the hit. See this episode.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 6/26/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Dave's YouTube Channel

Dave's Podcasting Newsletter

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Previous Episode: Have I Underestimated the Power of Apple Podcast Reviews?

Beating Podcast Burnout with Dave Jackson: Setting Real Expectations (Part 1)

Listener Preferences and Finding Your Podcast Length Sweet Spot

Mon, 24 Apr 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Do you have questions about podcast length? We discuss this with various podcasters. The ideal length of a podcast depends on the type of content and the audience's needs, preferences, and routines. Our guests share their thoughts and experiences on the matter. We also preview new podcast discoveries and the creation of a weight loss accountability group. Tune in, as always, to learn more about podcasting and join our community on schoolofpodcasting.com.

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Participants:

Brandon B (future podcaster)

Chris from Podcastic Audio (Prefers a 1-hour podcast)

York from Welcome to Earth Stories (reminds podcasters to pick a consistent length)

Paul from Pass ACLS Top of the day (prefers 20-minute episodes)

Todd from Guardian Down Cast, The Destiny Help Desk (expects 1-2 hours per episode).

Kim Newlove from The Pharmacists Voice ( prefers 8-17 minute episodes)

Eric Alton-Glenn Hilliard from White Collared and Steel Watching (doesn't have a preference)

Sarah Clark from Kind Leadership Challenge (shares that the content fits the episode)

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Each month we ask a question for the listeners to respond. This is a win-win. You get added exposure (sometimes called "The Dave Jackson" effect), and we all learn together. To see this month's question and to get free exposure for your show, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question now.

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Additional Shows About Podcasting From Dave

In addition to this show, I have additional shows about podcasting:

Your Podcast Consultant: One tip per episode - 9 Minutes or Less

Podcast Rodeo Show: I Grab a Random Podcast and See How Long I Can Hang On

Ask the Podcast Coach: A live "call in" show every Saturday at 10:30 AM ET

Podcast Review Show: Myself and radio veteran Erik K Johnson go over your episode and website.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips

Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at

www.podcastingobservations.com

Addition Shows By Dave About Podcasting

and check out my other podcasts at www.powerofpodcasting.com

Podcast Formats: Finding the Right Fit for Your Content

Mon, 17 Apr 2023 04:05:00 -0400

So many podcasters think there are only two formats for your podcast: solo and interview. Today I share additional formats that you may choose to use with your show. We also talk about ways to spice up your show for maximum impact. We also have a "Because of My Podcast" story.

Formats: 1. Solo 2. Co-host 3. Panel / Roundtable 4. Narrative 5. The Hot Mess 6. Audio Drama

Full show notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/875

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 4/21/23

Because of My Podcast: Dan Kreiness

Dan hosts the Leader of Learning show, and because of his podcast, he was hired to create courses for a company in Dubai.

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting Community

Narrative Style Episode with Deirdre Tshen of Capsho

Time-shifted Roundtable Episode on EMail Lists

Dealing with Overwhelm Episode

Rumble Studio

Squadcast

Libsyn (www.libsyn.com - use the coupon code sopfree)

The When and How of Rebranding Your Podcast Without Shooting Yourself In the Foot

Mon, 10 Apr 2023 04:05:00 -0400

On this episode of School of Podcasting, we're discussing an important topic for podcasters - rebranding. The conversation revolves around the possibility of changing the name, intro, outro, and thumbnail of a show, including updating old episodes and descriptions. Dave offers helpful tips on how to go about the process and stresses not changing your feed..This episode is filled with valuable insights and resources for both aspiring and seasoned podcasters. You won't want to miss it!

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute)

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month's question comes from Mark Vinet from the History of North America Podcast. While we know the perfect length of a podcast is “As long as it needs to be and not a minute more.” What is YOUR perfect podcast length, and why?

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 4/21/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Because of My Podcast: I'm Alive

Jennifer Dragonette shares how podcasting help redefine who she is and put her back on the road to success. I recently appeared on episode 60 of her Cure for Podfade show.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Buy Dave a Coffee

KFC Rebranding

Weight Watchers Rebranding

The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

How to Deal with a Crowded Podcast Genre Full of Competition

Mon, 03 Apr 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Deirdre Tshien CEO and co-founder of Capsho, recently discussed the mental process of dealing with competition. She explains that Capsho is an AI-powered podcast content writer, created to help Podcaster organically grow their show. Additionally, she talks about the new updates in CapSho 2.0, which allows users to have more control over their content, such as being able to drag and drop blocks into their descriptions.

In Today's Discussion

Always double-check and ensure anything that appears to be "competition" actually is (cause it may not be.
Ensure you are solving a problem your audience has by keeping in touch with them and, above all, listen.
How Capsho 2.0 puts the reigns of control back into the podcaster's hand through HumAIne controls
How pushing through the urge to quit can result in new success (notice Deirdre said it was her third time of making the other with her coaching business
How creating amazing content for your listeners can leave them feeling in debited to you (which inspires them to purchase your products).
Why every coach should have their own podcast.

With the Closing of Volley, I'm Moving to Zip Message

I was a big fan of the Volley app except for one thing: it s was free. Eventually, they added additional features that you had to pay for, but in my opinion, they had so many great features in their free version that there wasn't enough motivation to upgrade(although "keeping them in business" should've been motivation enough).

So I'm replacing Volley with Zip Message, which I feel is the closest Volley Alternative at the moment. Here is a quick video.

Join the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Common Causes of Bad Audio Quality In Your Podcast and How to Fix Them

Mon, 27 Mar 2023 04:05:00 -0400

There is a giant button at the top of your listing in Apple labeled LISTEN. When someone clicks it whatever comes out is going to shape their first impression, and it will influence how long they let this play. I listened to podcasts for 14 hours in the car this weekend as I drove to a speaking gig in Nashville. Bad audio is becoming more and more apparent in this space (especially for "indies" and I thought I would help us understand what it sounds like and what tools are available to help fix it.

In This Episode

How to politely let potential guests know their audio is unacceptable.

How you can sound amazing for less than $100

The importance of microphone placement.

Why A-List Celebrities are the only people allowed to "dial in" to your show.

Tools you can use to get rid of reverb and level out the audio and remove noise.

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Question of the Month: Do You Subscribe to Paid Podcasts?

Louis from Love Thy Lawyer sent in the question, "Do you subscribe to any premium podcasts?"

Louis supports

Serious Trouble, Making Sense, Storm Skiing, Real Skiers, School of Podcasting

Mark Vinet from the History of North America asked a few people and nobody was paying for podcats.

Dr. Sarah Clak from the Kind Leadership Show pays for a few shows because she wants more content from these shows, and wants to support people who are doing fact-based content that she can trust.

Zo from backlookcinema.com also has not found any podcasts that deliver enough value to support financially.

Value For Value Support

Dave Jackson supports people via the Value For Value model, where you can stream cryptocurrency. He has streamed over $125 to many Podcasts about Podcasting, and the NO Agenda Show, and Congressional Dish.

You can set up your show to receive streaming crypto using the steps in this video. Then your audience can use one of the New Podcast Apps that are enabled to send you money. The key point is THEY set how valuable you are.

Check out the new show about Podcasting 2.0 with Dave Jackson and Daniel J. Lewis at www.futureofpodcasting.net

Tools For Cleaning Up Audio

The best way to

Studio Sound (in Descript) - Great at Removing Room Noise and More

Adobe Enhance - Great at removing reverb/room noise and generally clean up.

Deverberate Plugin - Removes Reverb

Loundness.fm - Noise Reduction, Volume Leveling, Mastering (try it for free)

Auphonic - Noise Removal, Leveling

RX10 - Suite of Tools - Expensive - For the Serious Editor

Not Tested (but not bad) Deverberate inside of Adobe Audition

Overcoming Overwhelm: Three Free Tools and a Strategy

Mon, 20 Mar 2023 04:05:00 -0400

It’s easy to feel overwhelmed in today’s world. With so many tasks to juggle and responsibilities to manage, staying focused and keeping up with everything can be hard. It’s important to know that you’re not alone in feeling overwhelmed and that there are tools and strategies to help you never feel overwhelmed again.

Click to Tweet

In this episode, you will learn the following: 1. What is the strategy to manage overwhelm and increase productivity? 2. What three tools are necessary to organize and increase productivity (that are free)? 3. What is the best way to decide which tasks to prioritize when feeling overwhelmed?

What is Overwehlm?

So, what is overwhelm? Overwhelm is when you have a feeling of being completely inundated or overburdened. It’s often accompanied by a feeling of being unable to cope or process anything that’s going on. I know I’ve felt this way before, especially when I was in my 20s and had to juggle school, work, and taking care of my family. I felt like I was running out of time and didn’t have a choice but to keep going.

Things to Keep In Mind

Your podcast doesn't have to be forever.
You don't have an audience when you start.
You do NOT have to do a video version of your show.
You don't have to make money with your show.

Three Free Tools to Help With Overwhelm

Evernote - A great place to store ideas you don't want to forget. You can even forward things like email to an address and it will be added to Evernote. There is a free version and the first paid version starts at $11/month.

Todoist - For items, you need to do. You can easily add items from Gmail, setup recurring tasks, prioritize, share with a team, and more. There is a free version with the paid version starting at $5/month.

Google Calendar - There are many calendar tools for you to keep up and organize your appointments. If you want to book guests, Calendly has a free plan as goes Acuity Scheduling. If you want a "lifetime payment," TidyCal enables you to charge for your time (as do the other two).

Now when someone connects you via email or social you can decide to: Delete it - trash it. Save it - Evernote Schedule it - Add it to your calendar Decide to do it - Add it to your todo list.

By using these tools and strategies, you can avoid feeling overwhelmed and stay focused on the tasks that are most important. Remember, you’re not alone in feeling overwhelmed and there are tools and strategies to help you manage your stress and never feel overwhelmed again.

Strategy to Avoid Overwhelm

1. Do a brain dump and write everything down so your brain doesn't need to remember everything.

2. Get organized and direct incoming information to the proper location.

3. Try "Not Now" instead of "No" (if it makes you feel better).

4. Set boundaries and a "rope off time" for you to be focused and knock out the work that needs to be done."

5. Break large projects into small, achievable chunks.

6. Realize that creating a podcast is easy, but creating a good podcast takes time, effort, and determination. Set your podcast schedule based on your lifestyle. Don't try to squeeze your lifestyle into your podcast.

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the Love Thy Lawyer Podcast, who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 3/24/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

How Did You Like This Episode?

I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute)

TAKE SURVEY

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Evernote

Todoist

TidyCal

Using An Email List to Grow Your Podcast

Mon, 13 Mar 2023 04:05:00 -0400

Email is a crucial part of modern marketing, with over 330 billion emails sent daily, expected to reach 376 billion by 2025. While email marketing strategies have changed, it remains a key player in any marketing strategy. It is the go-to marketing channel for the best online marketers due to its high return on investment. Email marketing outperforms strategies like SEO, PPC, and Content Marketing, making it the most cost-effective way to promote products and communicate with customers.

Today we hear from seasoned email veterans from different viewpoints, purposes, and motivations to share their insights into running a podcast.

Podcasting Insights from Veteran Podcasters

Mon, 06 Mar 2023 05:00:00 -0400

Planning, launching, and growing a podcast can seem daunting, but with the right guidance and advice from experienced podcasters, it is possible. Veteran podcasters like Joe Saul-Sehy from Stacking Benjamins, Kristen Meinser, and Jordan Harbinger have all successfully launched and grown their podcasts and have valuable insights to share.

We hear about the planning, shaping, and bumps and bruises of launching from the new host Allen Corey and Crystal Hammond of their spin-off show Stacking Deeds.

Take Aways

Sometimes a "No" is a Not Now.

Your podcast can bring you opportunities.

Diverse attitudes, experiences, and insights lead to a diverse audience.

Ensure that your show's first five minutes inspire people to want to hear more.

Joe truly appreciated the feedback that provided ways to improve his show.

Listen back to your show to catch mistakes you may have missed.

Learning to edit your show improves your relationship with a future editor.

They didn't release the first thing they recorded.

How they improved after a "brutal conversation."

The Importance of incorporating listener feedback into the show.

Advertisers are Partners that You've already worked with.

Start building relationships before you launch your show and build your network.

Know a person who knows the "WHO" in the industry and reach out.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 3/24/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Stacking Benjamins

Stacking Deeds

Kristin Meinzer Interview on Episode 862

So You Want to Start a Podcast: Finding Your Voice, Telling Your Story, and Building a Community That Will Listen (also available as an audiobook )

Kristen Meinzer

Convertkit email list(send your RSS to Listeners. Also, Mailerlite has this as an option)

Jordan Harbinger Show

WDW Radio with Lou Mongello

The New Media Show

Podmatch

The Big Seance

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Podcast Studio Pro

Libsyn.com Podcast Hosting. Get a free month with the coupon " sopfree ".

Start Your Podcast, or Grow The One You Have at the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Will People Listen to Your Podcast If You Have an Accent?

Mon, 27 Feb 2023 05:05:00 -0400

Recording a podcast with an accent can be both intimidating and exciting. If English is your second language (ESL), you may feel nervous about speaking in front of a microphone; however, the ability to reach a worldwide audience is exciting. Today we answer a question from Jacob from the Old Men New Games wants to know if a host has English as a second language (and might mess up a word every now and then). Is that a “No Go, Instant Tune Out” for you?

I think this boils down to accents. My audience shares their thoughts.

PARTICIPANTS

Craig - Inglespodcast check out this write-up from the British Council about their show.

Anthony - Route 66 Podcast

Craig - Live Well and Flourish

Sarah from Kind Leadership Challenge

Mark from The history of North America Podcast

Wayne - Packers Fan Podcast , and Media VoiceOvers

Ian - English Coach Living the Language and Life is feeling

Mark from The history of North America Podcast

Colin and Matthew - Podcraft

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Gene Simmons Learn a language

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

I need your answers by 3/24/23

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the School of Podcasting

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Starting and Growing and ENGAGED Community That You Can Monetize with Jono Petrohilos

Mon, 20 Feb 2023 05:01:00 -0400

The great ones make it look easy. Jono drops easy, simple, powerful tips on starting a community, growing it, keeping it engaged, and if you want to build courses based on the information you've learned from your community.

Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/867

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Who is Jono Petrohilos? Jono is the co-founder and director of Fitness Education Online, one of the largest online course providers in Australia for Personal Trainers. He sells over $1,000,000 worth of online courses every year and has been awarded the Australian Fitness Industry Educator of the Year multiple times. He now also helps other professionals create and sell online courses with his free Facebook Group and Podcast - the Course Creator Community.

Wheat you Learn Today

When to start a community (Jono uses Facebook)

Why No Promotions Without Permissions is the best rule for Facebook/Communities

How to Keep Your Sanity and Nurture Engagement Using the Redirect Strategy

How Jono's podcast Course Creator Community helped him find speakers for his event.

How Jono made 100K from a course, he didn't create.

How to tell if your course will sell

Why New Zenler is currently the best course platform that you can try for free

Is an "All in one" platform the best to go for an online course?

Mentioned In This Episode

Jono's Course Creator Community.

Jono Petrohilos' Course Creator Community Podcast.

New Zenler

Grow Your Community Show (Podcast)

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games. When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out?

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 2/24/23

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Thanks for listening to episode 867 of the School of Podcasting

Make it Easy to Say Yes: How Mark Herschberg Was Interviewed on Over 300 Podcasts

Mon, 13 Feb 2023 05:05:00 -0400

Mark Herschberg, a tech startup veteran, author of the book The Career Toolkit: Essential Skils for Success That No One Taught You, and MIT professor, set a goal of appearing on 150 podcasts. He pitched over 2000 shows and ended up on close to 350 shows. Mark did it through volume, which is a different strategy than Dave typically preaches. Dave and Mark get together to share their insights to discuss the pet peeves of guests and hosts to uncover the most efficient way to pitch yourself to shows.

"Focus on how you're delivering value to the audience. If your pitch starts out with the word 'I' too many times in the first paragraph, know what you offer and get to the point - delivering value to the audience is key!"

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee.

Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

What You Will Learn Today

The strategies that Mark uses to make it easy to say YES to having him on your show.
How letting your guest know who they are talking to always leads to a better interview.
Make your guest comfortable by letting them know what to expect (audio, video, both?).
How having example questions makes connecting your expertise to your audience easier.
The two questions every guest should ask at the end of the interview
What a guest needs to make it easy to share
Mark (and Dave) use Podmatch, PodcastGuest and other resources.

For a full list, get the PDF Cheat Sheet Here.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 2/24/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Other Episodes Mentioned In This Episode

20 resources to Help You Find Guests/Hosts

Less Annoying CRM

The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews.

Editing the Boring Out of Your Podcast

11 Steps I Took to Create a WOW Interview

How to Get Booked on Podcasts: Figuring Out Who and How to Pirch with Kristin Molenaar

Be A Guest Book a Guest

Podmatch (a “Dating Service” for podcasters).

Mark Herschberg: thecareertoolkitbook.com and the Brain Bump App

Dave: schoolofpodcasting.com

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

The Top 8 Podcasting Pet Peeves (2023) That Make People Leave Your Show

Mon, 06 Feb 2023 05:05:00 -0400

In December, we looked at why some podcasts become part of the listener's routine (and their favorite podcast) today; we are looking at the other end.

Share your feedback via the Survey 865

When it comes to podcasts, the goal of any podcast creator is to captivate their audience and keep them engaged. However, there are many reasons why listeners may choose to unfollow or unsubscribe from a podcast. In this episode, we will explore what makes listeners tune out of a podcast and how podcast creators can avoid these pitfalls. We will look at common issues such as poor audio quality and how extended chit-chat at the beginning may be causing people to tune out.

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting.

Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%

Participants:

02:43 Paul from Fighting Through World War II Memoirs Podcast

04: 49 Orlando from the hablando de tecnologia 06: 42 Carrie Bock from Hope for Anxiety and OCD

08:36 Dan from the Dan Smith from the Honest Management Show 10:40 Heather from the Politics Free show 12:19 Seth from Geekville Radio and Classic Wrestling Memories 17:04 Kris from the Kris and Kristine show

18:29 Paul from Pass ACLS

22:09 York from Welcome to Earth Stories

24:07 Beth from Unraveling Adoption

25:02 Sarah from Kind Leadership Challenge 27:25 Mark from The history of North America Podcast

28:29 Todd from Guardian Downcast 30:25 Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice

35:05 Neil from Recovery Coast to Coast

38:33 Lee from the Covert Nerd and You Choose Podcast (Lee your Squarespace expired! and there is no way to contact you)

40:05 Steve from Steve Stewart and the Podcast Editor Academy

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 2/24/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Your Podcast Consultant Worst Way to Start Your Episode

The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews

Duolingo

Other Products From Dave

Get Your Podcast Reviewed

Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back.

Six Reasons Your Podcast Isn't Growing.

Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:00:00 -0400

In today's episode of The School of Podcasting, I recount my experience at Podfest which was attended by many new faces. I share my conversation with the host of The Accidental Swingers, a podcast discussing non-exclusive relationships. I also discuss Cinemaker, a Mac-only video recording program for video interviews. Lastly, podcast hosts announced updates at Podfest. I also share my presentation.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

In this episode, you will learn the following: 1. Uncovering the secret to getting guests to share your episode. 2. Exploring the new podcast hosting technology available. 3. Examining the ingredients of a good podcast.

Timeline

00:04:05 Make your interviews unique.

00:10:58 Get feedback before launch.

00:17:14 Get to the point quickly.

00:19:41 Name your podcast clearly.

00:29:00 Grow your show by sharing.

00:34:09 Create great content consistently.

00:43:00 Grow with a consistent theme.

00:46:17 Podcasting never dies.

00:51:51 Tell someone about the podcast.

Questions: If you're consistent and persistent in producing shows, what else is needed to continue to grow the audience?

Does having a seasonal podcast make for lower downloads?
Does podcast growth depend on the platform (media host)?
Could it ever be the most painful? That people don't like it?
Is a specific theme best or should I have a variety of topics?
Are there typical plateau points?

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 2/24/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Power of Podcasting Network

Buy Dave a Coffee

Put Dave In Your Pocket

Cinamaker Video Recording/Streaming

Free Podcast Classes

Libsyn Media Host (use the coupon code sopfree )

Blubrry Media Hosting

Captivate Media Hosting

Buzzsprout

Canva

How to Write a Podcast Description That Grows Your Podcast Downloads

Mon, 23 Jan 2023 05:01:00 -0400

In this episode, you will learn the secrets to writing an attention-grabbing podcast description that will captivate your listeners. Remember, you can update your show description at any time.

JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee.

Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

YOUR PODCAST DESCRIPTION

While every show is different, and thus, every description is different there are some items you may want to include:

Get Them Saying Yes

By stating an obvious truth, you show that you "Get" your audience and get them saying, "yes."

Frequency, Format, and Facts

This can be your schedule (Frequency). Your format (solo, interview, panel, narrative). Facts: Accomplishments of the host to establish street cred and answer, "Why should we listen to you?"

Who is This For?

By specifically identifying who the show is for, you better attract your target audience.

Why Should They Listen?What value and/or what benefit is the listener going to walk away with?

Call to Action

Your call to action in your description (as this will be seen in all the apps) should be to play or, even better, follow/subscribe. Regarding asking them to go to your website or other calls to action, do those in episodes AFTER they start listening.

YOU DON'T BENEFIT UNTIL YOUR AUDIENCE BENEFITS.

Other Options

Some people like to start of with a question.

THE FORMAT OF MY DESCRIPTION IS OFF

This is another reason to keep your description short. The more paragraphs you want and bold, italics, etc it is going to look weird. In most apps, the description is simple text. If you do include links, they won't work.

All you can do it enter things the right way and hope for the best.

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 1/27/23

Mentioned In This Episode

Creating a Promo For Your Show Episode 858

Getting Your Podcast Unstuck Episode 861

Celebrity Impostor Syndrome

Marriage Advice from the Divorced Guy

Podcasts So Good Your Audience Can't Unhear Them

Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling

10 Magic Words Exercise

Join the School of Podcasting Community

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Buy Dave a Coffee

Podcasting Observations Dave's Free Newsletter

How Asking Two Questions Saved Me $1500

Mon, 16 Jan 2023 04:05:00 -0400

When it comes to making purchases, we are often faced with a conflict between our emotional and logical sides. How we balance these two competing forces can determine our success or failure when it comes to spending. I had my wallet out, ready to spend almost $1500, and today I share how I identified my emotional and logical sides in the conflict and used logic to save my money for something better.

My Video Progression

I started with a Logitech C920 and upgraded to the Elgato Facecam. The Facecam had a better picture and NO MICROPHONE (so no accidental recordings using the camera microphone).

I later I upgraded to the Sony VZ-1. Why? Because YouTube told me that this was THE best camera for the new YouTuber/Content creator. Also, it had a button that MADE THE BACKGROUND BLURRY. I'm not making that up.

With the press of ONE button, the background would be BLURRY. OMG!

So I had to get it even though it was $900. I bought it on a payment plan but avoided paying any interest.

A little over a year the Sony ZV-10 came out, and not only did it have the one-button blurry mode, but you could also CHANGE LENSES. Again, YouTube erupted, letting me know that THIS, yes, THIS was THE camera.

I was THIS CLOSE to buying this camera, and then I saw another video because as I could switch lenses, I had to figure out what was the best lens. The one lens that made the Youtube host just look dreamy cost $400.

Wait, does that say $400? So $800 for the camera and $400 for the lens is $1200, but the other lens, and this and that.

QUESTION 1: Do I NEED this, or do I WANT THIS?

I thought about it. What happens if I didn't buy this camera? Were my videos on YouTube suffering? After all, I've been making videos for years without a blurry background and I have attracted 3000 subscribers. So apparently, you do not NEED a Blurry background.

QUESTION 2: Who does this benefit and how?

Does this benefit your or our audience, and if so, how?

Well, as I already had the ability to blur my background, there only perc was the ability to switch lenses.

Have I run into something where I wanted to change lenses and couldn't? No. Then why am I buying it? Is it easier to use? Slightly, but you will still need to unplug and replug in the cable, which frustrates me.

So I'm going to spend $1400 to pay for a feature that I will not need. With that, I put my credit card back in my wallet.

BE CAREFUL PAYING FOR FLEXIBLE FEATURES YOU CAN GROW INTO

I once signed a year-long contract with Vidyard. Why? Because it had TONS of features that I MIGHT use. After all, I could see how far people watched my video.

What was I trying to do? Make video messages I could email to my students and clients.

It turned it this would do it, but I found their interface clunky, and when I found a way to really use it, they wanted me to upgrade.

After my contract was over, I found LOOM, and it does exactly what I need it to do for a FRACTION of the cost.

Don't spend money on features you will never use.

OTHER ITEMS THAT HELPED

I've never had someone tell me, "You have to watch this video; the background is BLURRY."

HAVE YOU FALLEN INTO THE TRAP?

Maybe instead of spending so much TIME concentrating on your background, MAYBE we should focus more on what you are saying in the microphone.

WHY PEOPLE UPGRADE MICROPHONES AND VIDEO ITEMS

I understand that sometimes we don't feel confident with our voice, but in many cases upgrading from one microphone to another doesn't make that much difference (especially once you get over $100). But I understand that if you would feel more confident behind the microphone if you like your voice, it may be worth the upgrade. Just realize this:

Unless your microphone and sound is HORRIBLE, getting a new microphone won't grow your offense. Your content will. Now, if your content is noticeably better because you are more confident, then maybe it's worth the money.

CONCLUSION AND BONUS QUESTIONS

1. Is this a WANT or a NEED? 2. Who benefits from this purchase? 3. (bonus) What happens if you don't make this purchase (this helps identify if you need this or want it). 4. Are the features of the product something you WILL put into practice?

WHY I AM STILL NOT A FAN OR ANCHOR.FM

In the past Anchor.fm would submit your show to Apple, Google, and Sticher "For you" and "Forgot" to mention that you would lose access to stats on those platforms (oops!). I could go on for hours, but why I wanted to bring this up is they don't do this anymore. Does this mean I now recommend them? No.

Why? Well, here are some old and new reasons. 1. They are still free, and MANY free media hosts have gone out of business (some after burning through MILLIONS of dollars). So I don't want to build my show on something that is just using a bad business model.

2. If you upload an mp3 file and use their advertising tools, they change their file to an m4a. This makes no sense as Spotify only uses mp3 files from other hosts.

3. They sometimes leave out details when they announce things.

Example: You can play money in your podcast (that they approve, and only in Spotify, and only in the app, and only to paid users).

Example: VIdeos have come to Spotify (that you have to upload via Anchor, that only displays the video on Spotify, and only in the app).

Example: According to the Co-creator of How to save the planet (a Gimlet show) said, "Spotify invested zero in building the show’s audience, then forced us to go exclusive to Spotify, and then canceled it b/c it didn’t build a big enough audience…” she tweeted on Saturday. source

Example: Multiple people in an Anchor.fm user group have mentioned that even though Spotify mentions, as soon as you reach a level, you will have sponsors. These people have met the criteria and have no sponsors (one has 275,000 downloads and still has no sponsor).

4. You have to ASK for an RSS feed. This is like going to a restaurant and having to request food. Shouldn't you have that already?

Spotify (who owns Anchor) wants you to stay in their "Walled garden." When you look at their marketing material or hear any of the presentations that paint themselves as ABSOLUTE NUMBER 1, and they are THE COOL KIDS. When they are #2 to Apple by a LARGE margin, here again, they prey on the uninformed.

The co-founder of Anchor has said that RSS (the technology that Podcasts use and keep it open) is holding Podcasting back - while the actual spec of RSS is being updated AS YOU READ THIS.

PODCASTING FOR FREE MAY BE UNREALISTIC

I get that you want to podcast without breaking the bank. I understand that. When you try to do it without spending ANY money, your expectations may be in need of an adjustment.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 1/27/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

FREE CLASSES

Want to dip your toe into the podcasting pool? Check out the classes I have available for free at

https://schoolofpodcasting.com/freeclasses

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

New Media Show

Gimlet Issues with Spotify

Libsyn.com (get a free month using code sopfree)

*links may include affiliate links and I may receive compensation for purchasing through these links.

Four Easy Strategies To Get Your Podcast Unstuck and Really Get it Growing Again

Mon, 09 Jan 2023 05:05:00 -0400

Are you looking to grow your podcast? You’ve come to the right place! This episode shares how to get your podcast unstuck and find success. Whether you’re just starting out or have been podcasting for a while, the tips shared here will help you get your audience clicking with your content. We’ll provide guidance on finding and following effective strategies for growing your podcast.

Weight Loss and Podcasting

Instead of focusing on the goal of "I need to lose 40 lbs" focus on the actions that lead to weight loss. Starring at the scale won't make it move, and starring at your stats doesn't make them move easier.

What Do We Want Our Audience To Do?

When I thought about what we want our audience to do that leads to more podcast growth, it came down to these:

FIND: We need our audience to find us. To be easily found we need to know what they are looking for and word it in a way they will use.
CLICK: We need our audience to click on our listing, click on our titles, click on play and click follow.
FOLLOW: When your audience follows/subscribes to your show you are becoming part of their routine. Make it EASY to follow you
SHARE: We want our audience to share the show with their friends. According to Jacobs media 70% of new listeners discover a podcast from their friends.

Your Show Is An Experiment

Yes we would love to get our show perfect from episode one going forward. I didn't follow my own advice (and didn't get any other opinions) and named one of my shows (about the future of podcasting) "Leading the Bleeding" (as we talk about the bleeding edge of podcasting). I named another "test" show Podcast Rodeo Show (I bet you don't think its full of podcasting tips - it is). If you have to explain your show title - your might regret it later.

FIND MY SHOW MY NAME TEST

When I say to someone, "I'm doing a show called ______. What do you think it's about?" and they guess correctly, I've got a good name (Especially if there are some keywords in the name).

I see people put the name of their show asonegiantword and I'm pretty sure your audience isn't going to type that in.

If you want to be found by Goolge, you need a website. Check out www.trypodpage.com to make a site with Podpage, and to learn podpage, see www.learnpodpage.com

GET YOUR AUDIENCE TO CLICK

Here are some things that get people to click on your show:

The name of the show.
The name of the episodes
The artwork
An easy to find play button on your website

FOLLOW AND SUBSCRIBE

Search in podcast apps is getting better, but nothing beats having follow/subscribe buttons on your website. This way, when you tell people to go to your website on the special page made to follow and subscribe, it makes it easy; they don't have to "Find you," and you are reinforcing your brand.

There is a great plugin, Social subscribe and follow, that makes it easy to add subscribe buttons to your WordPress Website.

Here is my Follow Page, and Subscribe page.

SHARE THE SHOW

When your audience shares your content with their friends, you have a decent chance of getting a new listener. At Christmas, EVERYBODY was talking about the show Yellowstone. Consequently, I came home and started watching.

You do need to work on your pitch in a way that makes people want to go listen. You should practice this. When someone asks, "So, what is your show about?" they should hear a response that is um, well, kind like, um, you know, um.....

There are some cool plugins for WordPress like Novashare, Social Snap, the Monarch

USE THESE CRITERIA FOR MAKING A DECISIONS

I worked with someone who had named their show DCBN Lifestyle. When I asked (cause they didn't explain it in the show) what it stood for it was, "Don't cook bacon naked" which made me laugh. Which one would be found easier? DCBN or Don't cook bacon naked. The audience doesn't know you've abbreviated the title and if they can't find you they will never know.

If you're thinking of naming your episode School of Podcasting 861 or How to get your podcast unstuck, which one are you going to click on?

Should use create separate artwork for your episodes? She we use episode numbers in your title? Sometimes it is hard to decide (and there is nobody to ask). What do you do then?

Go with your gut. Your podcast is not a statue, and you can always change it later.

GROWING YOUR PODCAST AUDIENCE

Make it easy to find you by having a name the audience is looking for, easy to say, spell, and find. Have artwork that makes you stand out (and wasn’t done in crayon) with episode titles that make them click. Have buttons on your website so people can follow and subscribe to your show, and while they on your website they can use the share buttons as you ask your audience listening in their favorite podcast app (because your show is everywhere) to share their show with their friends. We want to grow our audiences, let’s focus on those steps that lead to our audience growth.

It all starts with knowing who your audience is, and what they want.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeves? Those little things that drive you nuts.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 1/27/23

Where Will I Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Is Chat GPT the End of Civilization?

I've played with ChatGPT, which is somewhat like a search engine where you can ask it to write you a blog post, and it will. Remember, Google wants good words that deliver value. It does make me nervous as I can see where people could "use this for evil. I played with Revoicer (another one is Blakify is another one), which takes a script and has a robot read it. It's impressive, but almost all AI I deal with still needs a human to step in and polish the content (which, in some cases, is blatantly wrong).

We had a discussion on the Podcasters Roundtable about this and other things happening in 2023.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Social Subscribe and Follow

www.trypodpage.com

Leading the Bleeding

How to Make Episode Artwork Show in Podcast Apps (even in Apple Podcasts!) The Audacity to Podcast

Podcast Rodeo Show

Apple Website on Charts

Apple website - How Search Works

Click To Tweet

Chat GPT

No Agenda Show

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Don't Let Your Brain (and imposter syndrome) Stop You From Podcasting (and why it's a good thing)

Mon, 02 Jan 2023 05:05:00 -0400

Imposter syndrome is a feeling of self-doubt and insecurity that 70% of us experience at some point in our lives. It can be paralyzing and lead to a sense of being inadequate or undeserving of success. While it is difficult to eliminate the negative feelings associated with imposter syndrome completely, there are steps you can take to reduce its impact on your life. Today I talk about how it may be a GOOD THING to have imposter syndrome.

You Have Done Hard Things

We have all done hard things in the past. One of the hardest things I had to do is let my Grandmother know she had outlived her daughter (my Mom). My last quarter in college was nuts as I was paying for myself to go to school. We all have a list of hard things, so we can do hard things.

It's Your Brain

For whatever reason (probably due to things that got tattooed to our brains as children), those negative thoughts are hard to control. In researching this topic again, it turns out that most people just understand that they will have these thoughts, and in some cases, it's a good thing. Don't underestimate the power of your brain to manipulate you. David Tennant (Dr. Who) shares how his brain will try to convince him that you can remember large amounts of words and recite them AS HE IS LIVE ON STAGE DOING THAT EXACT THING.

You Are Not Alone

In this episode, all of these people have imposter syndrome. I share clips from David Letterman with Billie Elish from his "My next guest needs no introduction."

Viola Davis from a 60 minutes interview.

Jason Sudeikis from his days at SNL.

Michelle Obama

Tom Hanks

Eddie and Wolfgang Van Halen

Awkwafina

David Tennant

Other people I didn't mention would be Rick Springfield and Meryl Streep

Why a little Imposter Syndrome is a Good Thing

You are going to put content in front of an audience. There are two extreme reactions.

The extreme imposter feels they are not qualified and that nobody will listen, so they are frozen and never publish anything.
The obnoxious ego maniac that feels everyone will love their content and publish everything (and probably is not fun to be around).

As Viola Davis put it, if you think you will never work again, you will take any gig. Taking any gigs gives you the opportunity to work on your craft which results in you being a better podcaster.

You can't improve something that doesn't exist.

The Goal is to Be In The Middle

You realize that you will always have that "negative voice" with you. As one person put it, "You can let them in the car, but they can't drive." Too many podcasts ae not being created because people are letting their own negative thoughts stop them from pressing record.

You want to build the habit of pressing the record button to feel comfortable behind the microphone without going too far to the point where you become obnoxious.

The Giant Carrot of Impact

One thing that motivates me to create my podcast is I want to help people avoid making podcasting mistakes. Recently, I've been pointing out how Listennotes shows a bogus stat that can be disproven quickly. Consequently, anyone quoting these stats is either uninformed (and setting themselves up to look silly) or is preying on the uninformed. I ran into one person who seemed to fit the "prey on the uninformed" category. This depressed me. I was shocked. I felt like I had done a bad job in this video, and that video showed how stupid this stat was.

Then I got an email from someone who had seen an interaction I had with this person on YouTube and basically said that THEY HAD SEEN MY VIDEOS and now understood how stupid that stat is. So while this one podcast guru did not, this person did. My efforts had impacted this person in a positive way. I was amazed at how this made me feel (I'm sure a large amount of dopamine in my brain was released).

If you are a person with a mission, and a passion, don't let imposter syndrome stop you from impacting the world

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeves? Those little things that drive you nuts.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 1/27/23

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

My Favorite Podcast (and WHY) 2022

Mon, 26 Dec 2022 05:05:00 -0400

Every year since 2013 I end the year asking my listeners what their favorite podcast is, and WHY it is their favorite podcast.

This gives me insights into my audience (many more females replying than I got back in 2013) and I find out about potential shows that I may want to network with (as we are already sharing an audience).

Thanks to everyone who contributed, I deeply appreciate your participation. Some of you have been around since episode 1, and that boggles my mind.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

My Favorite Podcast Is

2:11 Steve Stewart still loves the Stacking Benjamins show, but instead of mentioning that show again he mentioned the This is awkward show about finance and more. Steve is also one of the founders of the Podcast Editor Academy. It is a phenomenal resource if you want to make some money as an editor.

05:24 Brian Goodwin from the Relaxed Male podcast loves the Life Coach School podcast.

08:20 Brooke Smothers from the RV Outwest show loves How I Built This by Guy Rax

09:43 Chris Lewis from the Dads with daughters loves the Real Brian Show

10:54 Chris Nesi from the House of Ed Tech loves the Warm Up Show.

13:53 Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast loves the Podcasting 2.0 Show.

18:26 DR Who produces the Life After Corporate show loves the Build a Big Podcast Show by David Hooper.

21:44 Super Joe Pardo (organizer of the Indie Pod Conference) loves the Disney Dish Show 23:10 John Wilkerson from the Struggling for Purpose show loves the Truce Podcast. 24:23 Kim Newlove from The Pharmacist's Voice loves the School of Podcasting (this show). 28:23 Mark Vinet from The History of North America show loves the Book Notes Plus show. 29:09 Mike Dell from the Podcast Insider show loves the Lehto's Law show.

31:00 Neil Scott of the Recovery Coast to Coast show loves the Bob Lefsetz podcast.

34:06 Nina loves the School of Podcasting

42:23Nyree from The Ferret Paradigm Podcast and The Fauna Paradigm shows loves a show that just split in two due to some co-host tensions. Check out Curious Freedom and The Arto f Decluttering. 45:36 Paul From the Pass ACLS Tip of the Day loves the Everything Everywhere show. Here the host of Everything Everywhere on episode 854 where he explains how he grows his show. 47:38 Richard from the Veterans Day Room loves the Build a Big Podcast show. 51:43 Rich Palmer loves the Voice Over Body Shop Show.

54:03 Taylor Marek loves The Expert Ownership show

55:22 York From Welcome to Earth Stories show loves the Matt Walsh show. 57:11 Scott Johnson from the What Was That Like? show loves the 7 Minute Stories show. 59:49 Jim Collison from the Home Gadget Geeks show loves One Nation Under Whiskey show. 01:01:46 Dave Jackson from the Your Podcast Consultant show loves the No Agenda Show

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 1/27/23

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching, and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 1/27/23

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Neil Hedley Helps You Understand Why Your Podcast Promo Isn't Growing Your Podcast Audience

Mon, 19 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0400

Creating a successful and engaging podcastpromo requires careful planning and dedication. Whether you are creating a podcast promo or radio ad, it is important to have a clear understanding of your target audience (hyper clear). By taking into consideration the message you want to convey, the format of your audio advertisement, you can craft an effective promo for your podcast that resonates with listeners. This episode Neil Hedley from Knopp Studios who has such a wide skillset (radio, tv, advertising, copywriting, comedian, and instructor of the copywriting 101 course - use coupon sop50). Helps me understand there is no "cookie cutter recipe" for making a good podcast promo.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Creating a Good Podcast Promo

In talking with Neil from The Voice In My Head we discover there is no "paint by numbers" path to making a great podcast promo. There are some best practices such as:

Niche down until you have a crystal clear picture of your audience.
The message about your show is not a one size fits all situation. If you are advertising on "Joe Rogan Experience" and the "Minister Bob" show,
What is missing in most ads is they are just the facts - they are not entertaining or memorable.
The job of the first sentence is to get you to listen to the second sentence.
There is a skip ad button on YouTube, but no "play ad again."
People don't hate ads, they hate BAD ads.

Connect with Neil

Copywriting 101 Course (use coupon sop50)

Neil's Book Copywriting 101: What Was That Number Again?: Crimes Against Advertising and How to Prevent Them

Neil's Agency KNOPP STUDIOS

The Voice in My Hed Show

Because of My Podcast I'm a Pop Up Pastor

Because of the Speak Life Church Podcast Kenn was able to fulfill my Call to ministry.

The speak life podcast is a church without walls.

I am an at-large pop-up pastor to about 300 people nationally.

I have been able to travel to officiate Christian weddings, perform baptisms, and funerals, and answer the call to counsel ten people considering suicide.

https://www.blanchardnetwork.com/show/speak-life-church/ speaklifechurch.net

Can you finish the statement "Because of my podcast _______"? Head over to our contact page and share it.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is the one I do over December. What is your favorite podcast in 2022, and WHY? You can only choose ONE (I know it's hard). If you can get their website URL, that would be VERY helpful. Also, be sure to mention your show, it's the website and a little bit about it.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 12/30/22

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Neil's Previous Episode Tips Podcasters Can Use From Radio with Neil Hedley

Seth Godin Books on Amazon (aff)

What Was That Like Podcast

Dave In Your Pocket - Coaching without Calendars

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Making A Living as a Successful Podcaster: Are Your Podcast Expectations Substantially Out of Line?

Mon, 12 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0400

A study has shown the results of 1700 new podcasters, and 41% saw their new podcast as an opportunity for additional income, with 29% of those wanting to be their main source of income. There are people who will charge you THOUSANDS of dollars (in three easy payments) who will GUARANTEE a top spot in podcasts apps. They quote their listennotes stats (even when they know they are bogus, see video 1 and video 2) and promote affiliate products - not because they are good - but because they have the highest commission.

I'm not them. Today I reveal the truth - even if it is not what you want to hear.

So The Plan is to Start a Podcast and Get Advertisers?

Less than 10% of podcasters get the number of downloads per episode after 30 days to get a host ready from a "big sponsor." source

Programmatic ads have a CPM that may be around $12 CPM (cost per thousand downloads) source

The median number of podcasters is around 150 (per libsyn)and the average is around 1500. The median on Buzzsprout is 30.

The aver CPM for Advertisecast is $24ish and they require 10,000 downloads per episode. source

Please note, I'm not saying smaller shows with 1000 downloads an episode can't get a sponsor. With podcasting, it always "Depends" on your topic. If you DO have a hyper niche or hyper-local podcast you can charge more than the rates above.

Bruce Chamoff from the NYC Podcast Network

I first ran into Bruce when he invited me to be a speaker at his Podknow 2023 Online Event. I wanted to talk to Bruce because I don't see eye to eye on some of the things he does, and I wanted to no more. One was having a network where the topics weren't related.

Brice started the NYC Podcast Network back in 2005 (it was the Long Island Podcast Network back then). He has slowly broadened the scope and plans on rebranding it to the Global Podcast Network.

Bruce is monetizing by having podcaster pay to be promoted on his site, which gets 20-25 thousand unique visitors a month. That would put him in the top 20% (Source).

You can join for free or pay a small monthly fee to be featured on the site. Bruce monitors all the activity on the website so you can evaluate your traffic from the site and decide if it's worth the fee, or stay with a free plan (or leave - I'm somewhat worried about having another site competing with YOUR website)

Certain plans on the site allow you to link to our show on popular podcast platforms, as well as monetization links, and link to your website (which you can do on your own site for free).

Bruce likens it to a social media site based around podcasting. What makes his site different is his level of categorization.

You can sign up for free, try it, and check your stats to see if this works for you.

My "Thanks Dave" Engagement Experiment

For three weeks, I swapped out my typical School of Podcasting Advertisement and askws people if they felt I had given value over the years (and they had never joined the School of Podcasting) if they would give some of that value back by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks

Six people said "Thanks" and gave some value back (Ranging from $5-$25).

Steve at Wayword studios

Letitia Evans

James Cridland From Podnews

Craig Wealand from Ingles Podcast

DR from Mouthy Broad Media

Try Price from Front Porch Studios

If you take 6/1500 that is .04% (not 4% POINT ZERO 4)

I've mentioned in the past that I've heard the VERY popular show Radiolab do a "Fundraiser" type episode trying to get UP TO 1% of their audience to donate. When I've spoken to other people in the industry, a good engagement level is 2-3%.

If I count the people who are Patrons and Students, I'm somewhere near that ballpark.

Mentioned in This Episode

Building a Podcast Network

Behind the Scenes of the Trek.fm Network

How to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Ugly

Dave's Listener Survey

Join the Live Focus Group For the School of Podcasting

Question of the Month

Where I Will Be

How Confident Are You In Your Content? Audience Surveys

Mon, 05 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0400

Creating a successful podcast takes more than just having a great idea. To ensure that the show resonates with listeners, podcasters must understand their audience and the topics they want to hear. Audience surveys are an invaluable tool to help podcasters understand their listeners and create content tailored to them. In this article, we will look at why audience surveys are so crucial for podcasters, as well as some tips on how best to use them.

Why Have a Survey?

1. Advertisers 2. Understanding who listening? 3. Understand what they want 4. To help you deliver more value in your show

Creating Your Survey

What is the goal of this survey? Why are you creating this survey? What do you hope to accomplish with this survey? How will you use the data you are collecting?

Question Tips:

Explain to the recipients why you are doing this survey and how it will benefit THEM.

Start with general questions and then get specific.

If you are doing a sliding scale, make it an even number 1-4 instead of 1-5, as it eliminates the ability to choose the items in the middle.

If you have advertisers ask if people have purchased one of your sponsor's products.

Much more information on the site

Take My Survey

I'm giving away a $25 Amazon gift card, a 30 minutes consultation, and a copy of my book Profit From Your Podcast Proven Strategies to turn Listeners into a Livelihood

TAKE THE SURVEY

Attend the LIVE FEEDBACK Webinar on January 4th at 6:30 PM

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching, and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 12/30/22

BUILD YOUR PODCAST PROFITS STRATEGY WORKSHOP

Tired of struggling to monetize your podcast?

December 17th 10AM-1PM Central

This is not a webinar, it is a workshop, so come prepared to work. There are only 12 seats, so everyone walks out with their monetization strategy. The price is $97

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all. Please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Google Forms

Edison Research Sample Podcast Listener Survey

Horse Radio Network

Dog Podcast Network

What Was That Like Show

Dave In Your Pocket (Coaching without calendars)

Ask the Podcast Coach

Jim Collison

Darknet Diaries ( Jack on Episode 758 )

More information on website

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

The 5 Questions You Should Ask Before Starting a Podcast (and maybe a sixth)

Sun, 27 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0400

Podcasts are like Lay's potato chips (you can't have just one). Once you start one, Getting the itch to start a second is something people are thinking about. With this in mind, we look at questions you should ask before starting your first, second, third... podcast.

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Podcasters Pondering a Second Show

Kim Newlove of the Pharmacist's Voice is considering doing a local show about Perrysburg Ohio.

Dr. Brad Miller of the Overcoming Adversity show has launched Santa Clause Says Podcast.

Mark Vinet of the History of North America show is mixing in his historical fiction books (for me I would put these in their own show, and promote them in his first show).

Matt Rafferty of the Author Inside You is thinking of doing a local show that interviews local businesses.

Dave Jackson (me) is bringing back a show with a new format at MonthlyChallenge.fit

5 Questions You Should Answer When Starting Your Podcast

Why are you starting a podcast?
Is this a passion project or a business?
Who is your audience
What do they want to hear? (Why will they listen to your podcast?)
How will you gauge your success?

(Bonus) What will you stop doing to find the time to do this show?

My Black Friday Purchases

I like the output of Deverberate for cleaning up bad audio that has lots of reverb.

I also purchased Wiser Notification (aff) to make my pop-ups on my site, and to show social proof on my site. (coupon BF2022-30 )

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is the one I do every December. What is your favorite podcast in 2022 and WHY? You can only choose ONE (I know it's hard). If you can get their website URL that would be VERY helpful. Also be sure to mention your show, its website, and a little bit about it.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 12/30/22

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Put Dave In Your Pocket!

If you are a podcaster (or future podcaster) who would like to retain Dave's services without joining the School of Podcasting, I'm not using a new system to allow us to do this with zero scheduling conflicts. Check out daveinyourpocket.com

Mentioned In This Episode

schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Northeast Ohio Podcast

Pharmacist's Voice

Overcoming Adversity

Santa Clause Says

the History of North America show

historical fiction books

the Author Inside You

MonthlyChallenge.fit

Building a Better Dave

Podcast Rodeo Show

Ask the Podcast Coach

Podcast Review Show

Your Podcast Consultant

The History of Six Shooter

This episode originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/855

How Gary Arndt Adopted The Audience Growth Strategy From the Movie Industry - And It's Working

Mon, 21 Nov 2022 05:28:00 -0400

Gary Arndt is an award-winning travel photographer, blogger, and podcaster who has been traveling the globe for 10 years when covid devastated the travel industry leaving Gary with nothing. Gary knows the value of promotion. He's used various strategies to grow his podcast Everything Everywhere, including partnering with other podcasts, leveraging his blog traffic, and giving listeners an incentive to subscribe. He also started paying for promotions on other podcasts. As a result, his podcast has reached a wider audience and he's been able to connect with more listeners and is approaching 1 million downloads per month.

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Gary Arndt's Multiple Strategy Approach

When Gary first launched his 7-day-a-week podcast Everything Everywhere Gary says he was getting around 6000 downloads per episode. Fast forward two and a half year and Gary is approaching getting 1 million downloads per month (a growth of 167%). How did he do it?

Gary's Strategies:

He never turns down an interview.

He executes feed drops (cross-promotion) with other shows.

His show is listed in all directories.

He has a budget to promote his show on other podcasts.

He is investigating advertising in magazines that match his show.

It's Not the ONE thing he is doing. He is DOING THE WORK.

In today's show you will hear:

Why social media doesn’t convert that well for podcasting. How Gary chooses his subjects? What are Gary's growth strategies for your podcast? Why do you think your media property can get away with doing nothing? How to get people to buy your ads. The Spanish National Tourism Board is one of Gary's biggest supporters. Gary may turn his scripts into a book in the future. Podcast Quick Tip: Trade Each Podcast Episode Like a Blog Post On Your Website

Make sure your podcast information in your media points to your website. Then when making a new episode, have the link in the episode point to a URL where your audience can find more information (and do all the things you want them to do on your website) This can also lead to boosting your Google SEO Score. If you need a website see Cooler Websites or Name Cheap. If you need a website check out Podcast Page, or Learnpodpage.com (Free course)

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Matt Rafferty The Author Inside for You show and he wants to know:

The question is, “What is your Next Podcast going to be about?” Not your next episode, but your next SHOW. We all know it is hard to have just one…

If you're sticking to just one, explain that as well.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 11/25/22

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Everything Everywhere

School of Podcasting.com/listener

Podcast Addict Overcast Buzzsprout Ads Spotify Ads Podbean Pocketcasts Castbox Fountain.fm

www.trypodpage.com and www.learnpodpage.com

More info on ADvertising on other shows on Episode 843

Say Thank You

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks

Is Capsho Worth it?

Mon, 14 Nov 2022 05:01:00 -0400

This podcast episode discusses the pros and cons of using artificial intelligence to help with copywriting for a podcast, and whether or not it's worth it. Is the Capsho software really worth the price tag?

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Holiday Hours For Apple and Your Media Hosts

Apple has posted their holiday hours.

From 11/29/22 - 11/27/22 along with 12/23/22 - 1/2/23, new shows and channels or subscriptions submitted during these windows may not be available within our regular. And responses to support inquiries might be slightly delayed plan accordingly and submit any new content with this in mind,

According to Rob Walch at Libsyn, "If you want to have a full launch by January 1, you should submit by November 15."

What If I don't submit by November 15th? All is not lost, the world has waited 18 years for your podcast, it may have to wait another week.

Be Kind To Your Media Hosts

No matter what the company is, your media host, email providers, etc, please remember that everyone is taking time off to be with their family and friends, etc. Lighting up a company on social isn't going to help because (more than likely) nobody is home as they are also with their friends and family (and maybe you should be too).

Join my New Dynamic Podcast Newsletter

I'm "doubling down" on a podcast newsletter. This will have podcast news, spotlight podcasts, links to my episodes, what is catching my eye, and behind-the-scenes information at the School of Podcasting. If you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter you can check what you want to read. If you're already on the list you will get an email asking you to specify later in the week. For those who are curious, I'm using Mailerlite.

Speaking of the newsletter, I am working on an episode about using a newsletter with your podcast. I've got a few interviews lined up as I want this to be a narrative-style podcast. If you use an email list with your podcast, I'd love to interview you. Contact me

My First Impression of Capsho the AI Copywriting Tool For Podcasters

According to their website, Capsho claims, "The Best AI Copywriting Software for Podcasters. Create your podcast promotional copy in under 10 minutes." You upload your episode, and it spits out:

Episode title
Episode description
Show notes
Blog post
Promotional Email
Social Media Captions (for all platforms)
LinkedIn Article
Transcript

Is It Worth It?

There are lots of products with AI (Artificial Intelligence). Word Hero will help you write over 60 different types of descriptions starting at $50/month (there is also a lifetime deal aff). Anyword is another copywriting tool for $30/month. Descript with transcribe and make it easy to edit your show (and they have that amazing studio sound tool). Headliner Studio from CoSchedule is $9/month. With Capsho plans starting at $29/month, I believe it delivers enough value (but that depends on your budget). In my world, I've decided to keep using it and see how it performs.

AI Will NEVER Release a Human

I will get into this later, but while a computer can imitate a human, I feel it can't replace. We are all different with these things called opinions and personalities, and even though I can specify a tone in some AI products like Word Hero it almost always needs a tweak to match your personality.

So Who Is Capsho Good For?

If you're not writing anything or struggling, this does a lot of the heavy lifting. If would love to have someone help you with your description, titles, etc but can't afford a virtual assistant, but can find $29-$90 in the monthly budget, then this might be a good fit. As always, you pay in one of two currencies, time or money. Whichever one you have the most of, use that.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Matt Rafferty The Author Inside for You show and he wants to know:

The question is, “What is your Next Podcast going to be about?” Not your next episode, but your next SHOW. We all know it is hard to have just one…

If you're sticking to just one, explain that as well.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 11/25/22

Videos To Watch

Watch Capsho Video Demo

Up with People Special

Up With People Superbowl

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Capsho

Word Hero (lifetime deal )

Neil Hedley Episode on Advertising

Neil's Copywriting Course Enhanced Marketing

Tom Webster penned two AMAZING articles on how podcasting needs to learn from radio. Part 1 and Part 2

Book: The Copywriter's Handbook: A Step-by-Step Guide to Writing Copy That Sells

Powerful Words For Your Podcast- Don't Say This Say That

Mon, 07 Nov 2022 04:05:00 -0400

In a world where we are constantly bombarded with images and noise, it's easy to forget the power of words. But words are still the most powerful tool we have for communication. They can be used to connect with others, to share our stories, and to create change.

Podcasting is one of the most intimate forms of communication. It's a way to use words to connect with others in a very personal way. When you hear someone's voice, it feels like they're speaking directly to you. And when you share your own story, you have the opportunity to really connect with your listeners.

I was interviewed and the interviewer changed the question from "What is your favorite Books" to "What is one of your favorite books." It puts a whole different level of pressure on the guest. This got me to thinking are there any other words that we can substitute to have a larger impact on our audience.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Mark Achieve More Success Quick by Changing From Whining to Winning

Mark start a new podcast about the new Lord of the Rings show, and instead of explaining how the was costing money, and it took time, and even when the show wasn't putting out more episodes, he had to pay for hosting, etc he changed his strategy.

Mark asked if they received any value, and if they did, would they mind giving any of it back and giving them one link (so it's one call to action).

In his first season, he received around $900. For this old podcast, he also received $900 but it took him between 9-0 years.

Don't Say This Say That

Instead of asking "What is your favorite ____? " you can ask a quest, "What is ONE OF YOUR favorite ____? This still allows us to hear their favorites without having to make them pick their absolute favorite

Instead of asking is someone interested in coming on your show, ask them if they are willing. When it comes to willing vs interested, willing sounds more open.

When the doctor asked "Are there any other concerns you'd like to address in this visit?" 53% of patients responded affirmatively. Yet when the doctor asked "Are there some other concerns you'd like to address in this visit?" a whopping 90% of patients responded affirmatively. Why? Patients were primed by how each of the words is used elsewhere. Naming "some" concerns implies you have options. "Any" implies random guesswork (at best) or an exhaustive list (at worst.) The word "some" evokes a positive response. (source) Quick Keys to Communication Keep it simple. Is it unexpected? Be specific Say it in a way that makes your listener invokes emotions. Always use stories when possible Book: Made to Stick: Why Some Ideas Survive and Others Die

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Matt Rafferty The Author Inside for You show and he wants to know:

The question is, “What is your Next Podcast going to be about?” Not your next episode, but your next SHOW. We all know it is hard to have just one…

If you're sticking to just one, explain that as well.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 11/25/22

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Rings of Power Podcast

ringsofpowerpodcast.com

Resourceful Designer

resourcefuldesigner.com

Podcast Branding

podcastbranding.co

Book: Made to Stick: Why Some Ideas Survive and Others Die

The Author Inside for You show

Jerry Seinfeld Explains the Pop Tart Joke

https://youtu.be/itWxXyCfW5s My Podcast Reviews https://supportthisshow.com/mpr

Dave Jackson's YouTube Channel

Book: Profit From Your Podcast

Ben Locker Copywriter

Podcast Creativity: 9 People Who Are Ignoring Podcasting Best Practices

Mon, 31 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0400

Is podcast production getting stale? It seems you either do a solo show, or an interview show. The big networks do narrative style, and next week your Granma is launching a true crime show...

Patrick Keller from the Big Seance show wanted to know if anyone was ignoring those "Podcasting Best Practices" and if so, why? (Please note podcasting best practices are subject to a wide view of opinions).

Ready To Start Your Podcast

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Matt Rafferty The Author Inside for You show and he wants to know:

The question is, “What is your Next Podcast going to be about?” Not your next episode, but your next SHOW. We all know it is hard to have just one…

If you're sticking to just one, explain that as well.

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Deadline is 11/25/22

Participants

Patrick from the Big Séance

Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice

Gary from The Everything Everywhere Show

Bill from The Strokecast

Mark from PodcastBranding.co

Mark from The History of North America

Scott from What Was That Like

Karen from Just Grow Something

Matt from the Author Inside You

Paul - Fighting Through Podcast WW2 History

Todd - Guardian Downcast

Dave - School of Podcasting

Mentioned In This Episode

Paypal Snuck their $2500 fine back into their TOS

Podcast Rodeo Show

Criminal Podcast

Film Booth YouTube Thumbnail

School of Podcasting

FOLLOW THE SHOW

schoolofpodcasting.com/follow

You Can Podcast: Lessons From the Erma Bombeck Writer's Workshop

Mon, 24 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0400

We all know that person who is always embarking on new adventures and taking risks. It seems like they were born with an innate sense of courage - but the truth is, everyone has the potential for courage. Doubt is part of the podcasting process. Today I'm back from the Erma Bombeck Writers Workshop with some insights to help you get started and keep going.

I also made some mistakes that I will share and some insights on some tools and strategies.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance www.bigseance.com and he wants to know:

What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently?

Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show.

I need your answer by 10/28/22

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Because of My Podcast - I'm Going to Dubai

Harry Durran of Podcast Junkies was on episode 767 talking about his hyper-niche Vertical Farming Podcast, and Because of that Podcast, her is going to Dubai. How cool is that? Learn more about that show at schoolofpodcasting.com/767

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting

Samson Q2U Microphone

Zoom Podtrak Recorder/Interface

Profit From Your Podcast Book

My Spouse Has Dementia

Convertkit Email Tool

Substack Email List Tool

Leighann Lord (Very Funny Lady)

Erma Bombeck on Amazon (aff)

Erma Bombeck Writers Workshop

Elizabeth Gilbert Big Magic book (aff)

Katrina Little

Harry Durran Episode 767

Podcast Junkies

Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life and Storyworthy by Matthew Dicks

Time Table

00-00:55 Opening 56:00 Introduction 01:43:00 Because of My Podcast 03:50 Age is a Number 11:13 Join the School of Podcasting 12:36 Follow the Show 12:55 I'll start podcasting as soon as .... 16:18 Not Everyone Will "Get you" 18:00 Creepy Dudes ENOUGH! 19:42 Book Titles 20:15 Make the Podcast You Want to Hear 20:55 Someday is Today Snippet 24:45 Creators Create 25:54 Start where you are... 26:40 What is the worst thing that could happen? 27:06 What is Stopping You? 28:38 Getting Unstuck with Katrina Kittle 35:50 Notes on My Presentation 39:48 Tools and Strategies from The Event 46:13 Question of the Month 47:42 Where will I be? 48:25 Three Magic Words 50:12 Join the School of Podcasting 51:08 Bloopers

This podcast is value-for-value enabled which means you can send boosts and boostagrams using a new modern app. You can also Buy Me a Coffee (or 5...). This podcast took 9 hours to research, record, edit, document, and publish.

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Three Tools To Help You Identify What Your Audience Wants

Mon, 17 Oct 2022 04:05:00 -0400

Audience analysis is a critical part of any effective communication. Without understanding what your audience wants, needs, and values, it is impossible to create a message that will resonate. Fortunately, there are a few key methods for understanding your audience so that you can better serve them. Today I share three tools you can use to better understand your audience.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Learn the secret to reading your audience's mind

Today I show you three strategies:

Amazon Strategy

1. Look at 4 and 2-star reviews in Amazon. They typically are more constructive and specific than 1 and 5-star reviews.

Search YouTube

2. Search for your topic and YouTube and find a channel about your topic. Then go to the video and sort by popularity. Then click on the most popular video and sort the comments for the best comments.

Search Facebook

3. In Facebook when you see a topic you want to follow click the three dots ( ... an ellipsis) and choose "turn on notifications for this post." Also, there is a search box in Facebook groups that can help you find the answer quicker (often questions have been asked before). Lastly, read the rules of the group and follow them.

Search Twitter

5. Search Hashtags on Twitter and start conversations as well as read what people are talking about. So many people only use social media to push notifications about THEM instead of going to listen and research. I found this tweet about getting more subscribers from Shawn Dill.

Click HERE to go to Twitter Advanced Search

4. Don't Poach Other People's Clients

Often people in the same genre as you will have an open community, if you join this community, don't self-promote. You are a guest in this person's house and it is very tacky to try and score clients. I am in a few groups of people who do the same thing I do. I answer questions and insights, but mostly I'm there to LISTEN.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance www.bigseance.com and he wants to know:

What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently?

Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show.

I need your answer by 10/28/22

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Because of My Podcast

Got a "Because of My Podcast Story? go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/because

Mentioned In This Podcast

Effie Parks from Once upon a Gene

School of Podcasting

Descript Editing Tool

Descript Video

Hashtag for Likes Hashtag Tool

App Sumo

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Podinbox

Supapass Website Tool Lifetime Offer

20 Resources To Help You Find Podcast Guests

Mon, 10 Oct 2022 04:01:00 -0400

People talk about how hard it is to find guests for their show. I think a more accurate statement is "it's hard to find a good guest for your show." Today I have directories where you can list your show (and yourself) to help you connect with the podcasting space.

Dave's Fun Text Tool

I'm testing TextMagic (aff) because there is no monthly fee. There is a $4/month fee for the phone line, and they charge you 4 cents per text I send. I'm not using this for marketing, I am using it to auto-respond when people text the words (with follow or new to 833204405) you will get a text from me. I'm using Text Magic (aff link).

Previous Episode on All thing Interviews

Previously I did an episode 678 about interviews from both sides of the microphone.

Keeping Track of Who and When You Contact Potential Podcast Guests

The tool is used for this is Less Annoying CRM which isn't so much about building sales funnels as it is a way to keep track of your contact with people. There is a free CRM from Hub Spot but there is a bit of a learning curve.

Here is a List of Places Where You Can Find Guests For Your Podcast

PodcastGuests.com

For Podcasters: Invite relevant experts and other podcasters to be guests on your podcast. For Experts: Get booked on great podcasts to expand your reach and audience. I have received more quality interviews from this resource than any other guest booking service.

Guest.io

Guest.io is the world's only marketplace to find professional guests and platforms. Got some publicity as this incorporates the ability to charge to be on a show, or charge a fee to appear on a show.

Padverb

You can use Padverb to discover new, exciting interview guests. Our site lists more than 10,000 influencers organized by professional category, such as authors economists, journalists, etc. You can also search profiles by name and browse interviews by keyword.

Podmatch

Imagine Your Favorite Online Dating App, But Instead Of Using It For Finding Dates, You're Booking Podcast Interviews. We Use The Same(ish) Technology For Automated Matching!

Anchor Guest

Create your profile as a podcaster, guest speaker, or both!

Getting booked as a podcast guest has never been this simple. Podcast hosts can easily browse our network of speakers and make direct contact with them for bookings

Audry.io

Whether you’re a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, collaboration is the key to reaching your goals. That’s why at Audry, we bring hosts together to help them grow their audiences and find new ways to communicate.

Podbooker

The Easiest Way To Get Booked on Podcasts

Radio Guest List

We help radio talk show, podcast, online radio show, satellite radio, and TV program hosts, bookers, and producers to find new talk show guests, authors, and experts to interview "on the air" – easily and for free!

Perfect Podcast Guests

Podcast producers, podcast hosts, & schedulers get free access to top-notch industry experts, authors, thought leaders, executives, & entrepreneurs to be guests on YOUR show

Command Your Brand

WE HELP VISIONARY FOUNDERS TO IMPACT THE WORLD & BETTER MANKIND THROUGH THE POWER OF APPEARING ON TOP PODCASTS.

Guest Booking Agencies

Interview Connections

We will find and book the right guests on your show so you can focus on hosting your show and growing your audience.

Interview Vallet

We help amazing brands grow their business with Podcast Interview Marketing.

Kitcaster

Let us schedule your podcast interviews on the world’s top podcasts

Expert Bookers

We ensure you get outstanding customer service and quality bookings because we work one-on-one with you.

Podcast Bookers

We Deliver More SEO & Lead Generation Power Than Any Other Podcast Guesting Service. Period.

as of 10/2022 prices start at $600/2 interviews

Podcagent

Podcagent is your best podcast booking agent partner to deliver you the best connections for your business. (from their website)

Podino

Podino is the agency that inspires and makes world a better place

Podcasting You

WE HELP REAL ESTATE INVESTORS & AGENTS Raise Capital, Generate More Exposure, and Increase Their Networking Opportunities By Appearing On Top-Rated Podcast

Guest Booker

WE FIND GUESTS FOR YOUR TV & RADIO SHOW!

Podcast Guesting Pro

Podcast Guesting Pro is a dedicated Podcast Booking Agency that works with B2B thought leaders. We help you reach new audiences and build your authority. We operate as your own dedicated PR Team. Based on your profile, we find and then book you on high-quality podcasts aligned to your key topics. We manage all the Podcast Pitches, follow-ups, and onboarding.

LIST OF OPPORTUNITIES

Help a Reporter

HARO connects journalists seeking expertise to include in their content with sources who have that expertise.

Response Source

Hundreds of journalists send requests through ResponseSource each week

Fore more resources see www.podcastingresources.com

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance www.bigseance.com and he wants to know:

What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently?

Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show.

I need your answer by 10/28/22

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Mentioned In This Episode

Leave a "Because of My Podcast" story

Is it Time to Sell Your Podcast? Episode 847

Video on Review Different Services

Hubspot CRM Article

Less Annoying CRM

Join the School of Podcasting

episode 678 - All things Interviews

Dave On YouTube

School of Podcasting Newsletter

Follow the School of Podcasting in Your Favorite Podcast App

Podcast Guest Experts on Facebook

Podcast Guest Club on Facebook

(facebook)

(Facebook)

(facebook)

Podcast Guest Exchange (reddit)

Is It Time To Sell Your Podcast?

Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:00:00 -0400

Today I share how I saw the power one person's influence can have as I went to a documentary about Kenny Lambert, and they filled a historic theater in downtown Akron. Why not you? Kenny was a homeless drug addict, and now his influence has helped a ton of people.

Heather Osgood is the founder of True Native Media, a podcast representation agency specializing in podcast advertising. She is also the founder of The Podcast Broker, a marketplace for buying and selling podcasts. With an extensive background in radio advertising and a love for podcasting, Heather was in a unique position to start an agency that could help both advertisers get better results and assist podcasters in finding sponsors.

She is the host of The Podcast Advertising Playbook, a show dedicated to educating anyone interested in podcast advertising. When Heather is not playing matchmaker to brands and podcasts, you will find her hiking and spending time with her family at the beach.

I Saw What One Person Can Do

I interview Kenny Lambert from Just a Dad From Akron, on my Akron Podcast show. Kenny explains how he was homeless and suffering from drug addiction, and now he is sober and lives to give back. His life has been turned into a documentary that filled a historic theater in downtown Akron. It was amazing to see all the people one person can touch and to see his influence all in one place. It was amazing.

Heather Osgood Can Help You Sell Your Podcast

Heather Osgood (along with Ben Richardson and Alberto Betella from Rss.com James Cridland From Podnews, and Gordan "The Podcast Lawyer" Firemark) have launched the Podcast Broker

The Podcast Broker was created to simplify the process of buying or selling an established podcast. Utilizing years of experience, we provide a roadmap to execute a well-crafted hand-off from host to host to ensure a seamless experience for both parties.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance www.bigseance.com and he wants to know:

What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently?

Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show.

I need your answer by 10/28/22

Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You also get unlimited one-on-one coaching.

Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener

Mentioned In This Episode

Click to Text " follow " and get a link to follow

Danny Loves Video Games: Based on the True Story of Danny Peña

Akron Podcast

The Podcast Broker

The School of Podcasting

Profit From Your Podcast

Do Podcast Trailers Work in Growing Your Podcast?

Mon, 26 Sep 2022 04:05:00 -0400

So people are paying to have a promo/trailer of their show played in another podcast. Does this work? Today I ask, "Have you taken action on a show after hearing their trailer on a podcast?"

I also talk with Sunny Gault from the Podcast Network Alliance

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Participants

Scott From What Was That Like http://www.whatwasthatlike.com

Mark from the History of North America

http://www.markvinet.com/podcast/

Spencer from the Recovery Show

http://www.therecoveryshow.com

Tim From the Create Art Show

http://www.createartpodcast.com

Tim from the Find a Podcast About

http://www.findapodcastabout.xyz

Fred From Podcast Reporter http://www.podcastreporter.com

Steve from Unknown Orbits http://www.unknownorbits.com

While trailers do work in some cases, but the thing that seems to really work is when the host (who the audience trusts) recommends a show.

Heather Osgood will be on the show in the future, and she mentioned that feed drops are very effective at growing your show.

The Podcast Network Alliance

I talk with Sunny Gault who is one of the people who help run the Podcast Network Alliance where podcasters who are running a podcast network get together and share strategies.

Currently, the network is free.

Sunny also has the Independent Podcast Network and the New Mommy Media network.

Mentioned in This Show

Join The School of Podcasting

Craig from InglesPodcast.com

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Schedule a Podcast Strategy Session

Why is Joe Rogan So Popular?

Mon, 19 Sep 2022 04:05:00 -0400

I had someone ask me, "Why do you think Joe Rogan is so popular? and I took some time to do some research. I wrote a blog post/video at https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-to-do-a-podcast-like-joe-rogan/

Things We Learned/Noticed

Joe can be a bit of a lightning rod. You either love him or hate him
Joe had impostor syndrome.
Joe only has guests he wants to talk to
Joe creates an environment where people don't have to worry about triggering others. They talk freely.
Joe actually mocks/jokes with his guests. Who do you do this with? Your closest friends.
Joe is authentic and it resonates.
He spent years learning how to entertain audiences and eventually moved to where he could get more work.
While he is a celebrity, that may work to get you to press play ONCE, but you need to deliver value to get them to click AGAIN.
Joe states the top skills for an interviewer are listening and thinking

My Opinion

I listen to Joe's show when I see a guest I know and want to no more.

I believe Joe could use some editing. Not to make it 20 minutes, but there are times when I am asking, "How did this make it past the edit?"

THE BOTTOM LINE

You need to be comfortable being yourself. When you try to be someone else, it's hard and doesn't work. That added weight of being someone else leads to burnout.

Play to your strengths. Let your humor shine if you have it. If you're more serious, then build a show around it.

Everyone's biggest fear is to create a show while being themselves will result in a show that's not popular. There are SO MANY reasons why a show can fail, but I can help you avoid the most common mistakes.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of 9/23/22

Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little about your show, and your website.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

MENTION IN THIS SHOW

School of Podcasting

Based on a True Story Podcast

Ozzy Osbourne Interview

Joe Rogan episode 1360 with Nikki Glaser

Joe Rogan 1679 with Adam Curry

Joe Rogan on Podcasting and Life

Conan Obrien Needs a friend 9/12/2022 with Leslie Jones

Is Podcast Success Only For Celebrities?

Leave Dave a Review

Your Podcast Doesn't Need to Be Perfect - It Needs to Be Good

Mon, 12 Sep 2022 04:05:00 -0400

I am running into more people who say things like, "I'll start my podcast as soon as (event)," or "As soon as I get (piece of gear)." In some cases, they have been waiting for YEARS. So today I'm going to pull back the curtain a bit and show you how a podcast doesn't have to be perfect (as I leave in things I normally might remove)

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Because of my Podcast: I Won An Award

Craig from te Live Well and Flourish started a personal show called, "Live well and Flourish" which lead to other podcasts that Craig created for Louisiana Tech University (where Craig is a Professor) and he won an innovation award for making podcasts to go along with a textbook he c-authored.

Learn From Other's Mistakes

I Had the Wrong Country in An Episode

I had typos in a blog post (due to multiple tabs)

Leave some "Margin" in your life so you can pivot.

Have at least one episode recorded and ready to go.

Replace your file with a new repaired file. with the exact file name.

If you're using Dynamic content, make sure your volume levels are consistent.

Spotify only uses mp3 files (so don't upload an m4a file). I recommend 128 kbps stereo mp3.

RX10 Is Released

This software has tools to clean up audio. We play "bad" audio and their "enhanced version" and again I say, sure this audio was somewhat shrill. I'm not sure spending $800 is worth the results. If you listen, there isn't a TON of difference.

Check it out at https://supportthisshow.com/rx10

You don't need this software to create a podcast. If you record things with a decent microphone, in a quiet area, you are probably "good enough."

I'm not saying that you can do "whatever you want." Again, you are aiming at perfection but you land on "Very good."

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of September 23, 2022

THE QUESTION: Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little about your show, and your website.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate

Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates

and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting

Live Well and Flourish

School of Podcasting Affiliate

RX10 Demo Video

How Do I Get Rid of Impostor Syndrome? Part 1 How Do I Get Rid of Impostor Syndrome? Part 2

King's X Three Sides of One Amazon (aff) Spotify

This is episode 844 of the School of Podcasting part of the Power of Podcasting network.

Advertising Your Show On Podcast Apps

Mon, 05 Sep 2022 04:25:00 -0400

Have you been considering using display ads on podcast apps to grow your show? I've asked Tanner Campbell to join me and share his experience with experimenting.

Advertising on Podcast Apps

Before you go spending money Tanner and I agree that this only makes sense if your podcast is part of the marketing arm that is generating income.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Using Podcast Display Ads to Grow Your Podcast

Spotify Ads - Minimum Spend $250

Podbay - $5/day

Overcast - Prices Vary by Category

Pocketcasts - Minimum Spend $1700

Podcast Addict - Varies

Castro - Minimum Spend $750 for 50,000 Impressions

Player.fm The only thing they show on their website is to contact advertising@player.fm

Castobox

Get Detailed Report

Connect with Tanner

Tannerhelps.com

Good Morning Podcasters

Practical Stoicism

Dictionary of Mythology & Folklore

Mentioned In This Episode

Supercast

Switchy

School of Podcasting

My Thoughts on Podcast Movement 22

Podpreneurs Community

27 Ways to Market and Monetize a Podcast

Profit From Your Podcast Book

What is the Podlation Cycle? with Toby Goodman

Mon, 29 Aug 2022 04:01:00 -0400

I met Toby at Podcast Movement Evolutions and he gave me his book Narrow Podcasting in which he gives step-by-step strategies to grow your business using podcasting. The main strategy is to interview your potential customer. I get that strategy, but what about the listener? Toby is the "Pro" behind the Pro Editing service at Blubrry, and runs his own podcasting services at narrowpodcasting.com So I brought Toby on to talk about it.

PLEASE NOTE: This was recorded before Podcast Movement 2022 in Dallas which had some controversies.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Narrow Podcasting With Toby Goodman

In our discussion with Toby we learn:

Why did he write his book
What is the Podlationship Cycle?
The Criteria Toby Uses to Select His Guests
What is a good podcast?
Do Audiograms Work?
What can a person expect from the Narrow Podcasting Course?

For more information on Toby, his book and his course. Check out

www.narrowpodcasting.com/sop

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of August 2022

This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every single day.

THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.

How often do you return to these key topics?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Podcast

You Podcast Consultant

Narrow Podcasting Site

Narrow Podcasting Book

Join the School of Podcasting

Because of My Podcast I Got to Go to Kenya

Mon, 22 Aug 2022 04:05:00 -0400

I love it when someone who has listened to this show, and goes out and puts the strategies I talk about like make friends before promoting your podcast or service, or start from where you are, and they come back with a "Because of my podcast story..." Today Hilda followed her passion, and it lead to joining a great community. But she knew that if you want to monetize you have solve a problem for someone. She went to her friends at a nonprofit, and wait until you hear what happens, the adventure that unfolds

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Podcast Quick Tip

When you mention any brand in your show, be sure to tweet out about your episode and that you mentioned them. In some cases, they may retweet you to their giant brand.

Interview With Holistic Hilda

In this conversation you will hear:

Start with where you are with what you have
Make friends and earn trust before doing any pitches
Find a community that shares your passion
Getting sponsors is not as easy as it looks
Be prepared to raise your hand when opportunity knocks
Finding clients is not as easy as it looks
Dave reads a part of his book Profit From Your Podcast about fiscal sponsors

Find Hilda at holistichilda.com and the non-profit she helping here.

Make Money Promoting the School of Podcasting

The School of Podcasting recently updated the back end of the tutorials community and coaching. If you know someone who wants to start a podcast (but don't want all the work of a membership site, support, etc) you can become a School of Podcasting Affiliate and earn 20% commission for each month the person stays subscribed.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of August 2022

THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.

How often do you return to these key topics?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the School of Podcasting

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Get access to step-by-step tutorials, private podcasting mastermind, group coaching, and unlimited one-on-one time-shifted consulting.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Podcast Decisions: The Balance Between Passion and Logic

Mon, 15 Aug 2022 04:05:00 -0400

In researching successful content creators, I came across quite a few young Youtuber who have six-8 figure subscriber counts, tons of money, and are absolutely miserable.

In looking at why someone would pressure something that was putting too much stress on their life it brought me back to passion (when emotions take over the decision making) and Logic (which only does things that make sense). I came across some new research and insights I wanted to share.

Please note this episode is clean, but does have some bleeped out words.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of August 2022

THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.

How often do you return to these key topics?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to have unlimited time-shifted consulting (and quick-fix zoom calls as you like at no extra charge). Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to courses.schoolofpodcasting.com

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

We remember negative things more than positive

Burnt Out at 19 Elle Mills Meltdown

YouTube's Burnout Generation

YouTube burnout is real. Creators are struggling to cope

Benjamin Franklin's Method of Self-Improvement (Live Well and Flourish)

Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life (aff)

Storyworthy (by Mathew Dicks)

We Need Passion

Passion enables us to "throw caution to the wind" which can come in handy to take those scary leaps.

We Need Logic

When we put our thoughts into the reality of something happening, that logic can bring us back from making too many decisions from our hearts.

See full notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/840

I'm Thinking of Being a Podcast Editor (with Steve Stewart and Mark Deal)

Mon, 08 Aug 2022 04:05:00 -0400

In the span of a few weeks I had THREE people say, I'm thinking of becoming a podcast editor and it had been years since I talked to Mark and Steve back on episode 752 . That was back when they had just launched the Podcast Editor Academy which is an amazing resource with tutorials on software (Hindenburg, Reaper, etc) but it also talks about the business of being a podcaster editor. Now they have 8000 people in their Facebook group, and now are helping all podcasters at a special event at Podcast Movement before revamping the academy.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Charging Guests to Appear On Your Show

A recent Bloomberg Article about guests paying to be on podcasts (and we mention the importance of disclosing this information).

The site mentions Guestio which (if you wanted) you could have people pay $5 just to pitch you (that might scale back some of the bogus pitches).

While I'm not a huge fan of this strategy (I feel it is a slippery slope) if you decide to charge, and always disclose that you were paid to have someone on your show, have at it. (Some people feel this makes your podcast an infomercial.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of August 2022

THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.

How often do you return to these key topics?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Where I Will Be?

I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Got A Because of My Podcast Story? See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/because

Mentioned in this Episode:

The importance of having a niche.

How Steve started out as a podcast editor without a website.

Mark talks about setting expectations by having a contract with your customer.

The difference between an editor, an engineer, a manager, and a story shaper.

Common mistakes new podcast editors make.

Poisonous Pet Collars - Congressional Dish

Gary Leland had a day designated for him in his home town

Links From Episode

Live Mastermind Workshop in Dallas Texas

Editor Pricing Survey

Episode 752 of the School of Podcasting

Buy the book Profit From Your Podcast

Gary Leland Website

Guestio Charge your guest for appearances

Start and Grow Your Podcast at the School of Podcasting

Bored Podcasters Have Bored Audiences 101 Episode Templates to Fight Boredom With David Hooper

Mon, 01 Aug 2022 04:05:00 -0400

You keep doing the same thing you've been doing and you're not seeing your podcast numbers moving up. You're not sure what to try. To this I say check out the book 101 Podcast Episode Templates by David Hooper of Build a Big Podcast.

All of these templates are short and to the point and for me the book provides a great tool to "brainstorm by yourself." To we cover four of the templates and Dave demonstrates a bonus template.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain – Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance – Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute – Silence the mic with the touch of a button – don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone – Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera – Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback – Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software – Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

David Hooper Shares 5 Templates

Dave shares four templates from his book 101 Podcast Episode Templates. You find that Dave loves to write, but he has to focus to finish his books. (so if you are in this boat you're not alone)

Templates Covered:

#4 Listener voicemail (see links below for tools #5 Criticize Something with #8 a Weird Viewpoint #10 A Day in the Life #19 ______ with only $100 BONUS TEMPLATE Dave demonstrates the Sidecar template on this episode where he plays a clip of this show.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of August 2022

THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.

How often do you return to these key topics?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Where I Will Be

For my full schedule see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

LINKS IN THIS EPISODE

Focusrite.com/Vocaster

School of Podcasting

101 Podcast Episode Templates

Interesting AND Unique Doc G Mixes Hospice and Finance

Mon, 25 Jul 2022 04:19:13 -0400

Today I interview Jordan "Doc G" Grumett who is the Hospice doctor turned Financial Guru and host of the Earn and Invest show. he has now taken his unique point of view and penned the new book Taking Stock: A Hospice Doctor's Advice on Financial Independence, Building Wealth, and Living a Regret-Free Life

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Jordan Grumet Interview Main TakeAways

He started because wanted to have deep-dive discussions on finance and talk to experts.

Jordan used the art of subtraction to identify what he really wanted to do.

He found out that learning the financial spaces wasn't as hard as he thought it was going to be.

Because of His Podcast

He had people who signed up to help read different variations and help promote it.

He landed an agent and experienced people who walked him through the job of writing a book proposal, getting an agent, and a publisher. As Jordan put it, "I had people."

He is also slotted and positioned to have TONS of exposure when it releases next week compared to his first two books.

Find him at https://jordangrumet.com/and earnandinvest.com

Get his book on Amazon (aff)

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by the end of August 2022

THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener.

How often do you return to these key topics?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS).

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Also Mentioned In This Episode

Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life

Helping You Avoid Podcasting Mistakes

Mon, 18 Jul 2022 04:00:00 -0400

Today I look at some things using my experience and share them with you so you can avoid those pitfalls.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Kudos to Descript

When something motivates me to tell my friends about something, I stop and look at why. Descript did a webinar and to spruce it up, they had a mock customer who kept interrupting the webinar because he couldn't remember his password. At first, it was, "Did that just happen?" By the end, we had all figured out after the third appearance that the "Customer" was a plant, but it was creative and made the webinar (that showcases new video tools) very entertaining as well as educational.

Give Out Website Addresses that You Control

Instead of sending people to www.patreon.com/davejackson I send people to www.askthepodcastcoach.com/awesome this way if later I change to a different tool, I don't end up with all my past episodes with links that no longer work.

Tool for this are: Pretty Links WordPress Plugin

Podpage has a built-in tool for Pretty Redirects

Rebrandly.com is a cool tracking and redirecting tool

Go Through All The Steps of Your Second Show

Once you start a podcast you often feel like starting an additional show. You know the process, and off you go to start podcast #2. I advise that before you do this DO ALL THE WORK.

In other words, don't just design it on paper, but go through all the steps of actually creating an episode (even if you don't keep it). I didn't do this with the Podcast Trailer Show and what was (on paper) going to take about 15 minutes per episode is taking me twice that.

How did I miss this? I did "shallow" investigations into all steps, and it seemed like everything was going work. However, I didn't actually go through and make some test episodes. I didn't do a dress rehearsal. Consequently, it is taking more time, and its cutting into my schedule and causing issues.

Amazon Rolls Out a Portal

FYI, Amazon has rolled out a portal where you can see how many followers, downloads and more. Go to podcasters.amazon.com

Choose What To Monitor Before Paying to Promote Your Show

If you are going to pay for a promotion, you need to identify how you will gauge success. I recently played with Buzzsprouot ads where you can advertise on other shows. Halfway through the campaign, I realized I hadn't looked at my numbers before running the campaign so I could see if they went up.

Portal where you can see subscriber/follower accounts

podcastsconnect.apple.com

podcastsmanager.google.com

podcasters.spotify.com

podcaters.amazon.com

Put All Of Your Content On Your Website

I have a YouTube channel, and I occasionally write a blog post on Medium. When I looked at my Google Analytics, I saw that one of my top pages was a post that featured one of my YouTube Videos.

Your website is YOUR MAIN HUB, and it makes it easy for people who enjoy your content to find it in one place. I do spotlight it in my newsletter, but if should be on my website as well

Leave Time On Your Calendar To Learn New Stuff

When you purchase courses, watch webinars, or buy software (Surferseo in my case) you need to leave time on your calendar to go through the learning curve. No matter how easy it is, there WILL BE some amount of time needed to add to your arsenal of skills.

It Doesn't Need to Be Perfect To Start

I have gone through so many different school to manage my learning content. I've been on Thinkific, and almost moved to Teachable (and used Circle for my community), and have now decided (and am 90% moved) to Podia.

The maddening part is Podia was...

What Podcasters Can Learn From the Movie Industry

Mon, 11 Jul 2022 06:21:54 -0400

We start off by hearing about a podcast that received 4,000 donations in our quick tip at the top of the show.

I researched what it's like to work in the movie business. Why? Because movies are meant to entertain and take up the audience's time (their most prized possession).

We look at the process of making a movie, and some things that podcasters have an easier road, and some steps movies take, that podcasters should seriously consider.

SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Mentioned in This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting

No Agenda Show

Podcasting 2.0

New Podcast Apps

The Messengers Documentary

Girl in Space (not Girls, sorry Sarah)

The Lone Ranger Movie (2013)

The podcast Trailer Show

Professional Grade 2 Lavalier Clip-On Microphones Set for Dual Interview - Double Lav Lapel Microphone - Use for iPhone Phone Camera - Blogging Video Recording Noise Cancelling 3.5mm Mic

Sources:

Selling to Netflix

Matt Damon on Hot Ones

What Does ‘Greenlit’ REALLY Mean? 9 Key Factors in the Script Development Process

Top Box Offices

Rodecaster Pro II: 11 Things I Like About it and 6 Things I Don't

Mon, 04 Jul 2022 04:23:29 -0400

The Rodecaster Pro II is the new device from Rode. Today I compare it to the Rodecaster Pro I along with some other devices. This device is $700 and (IMHO) not for someone who is just doing some casual interviews via zoom. Feel free to follow/subscribe, and check out any of the other 833 episodes I have.

SPONSOR: Focusrite The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster is needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Things I Like About the Rodcaster II

It is an interface, recorder, headphone amplifier, and jingle palet all on one
They make updating the firmware (and there WILL BE UPDATEs) INSANELY Easy.
Super QUiet Preamps
Automatic Monitor Muting
Smartpads now play sounds, control midi devices, and add effects
Only record the channels you need (FINALLY!)
No More Polywave
Ability to put the unit on a stand and get it off your desk
USB C Electric input which makes it easy to run on batteries.
Flexible input assignments and color coding
In addition to Aphex processing, new 3-band EQ

THINGS THAT ANNOY ME

Multiple outputs are confusing and seem to change without me doing anything. I need the ability to turn on and off mix-minus. This is available on USB2, but if I am using (only) that option when I fire up the software on my computer, it won't connect to the unit because I'm not on USB 1. If I want to tie this into my DAW, tracks 1 and 2 are the stereo mix. This means my first slider is #3.
The fader features fades out for X amount of seconds and keeps everything faded out. After the X amount of time it should unfade everything. This is an easy one to trip over.
Set the Lights Brightness level sounds great, but I couldn't tell a channel was muted because the lights were so dim. This is (again) operator error, but frustrating.
Loss of count down number is replaced with a pie chart. Those with older eyesight prefer large numbers.
I am required to take the cover off to turn the unit off. I use to be able to press the on off button twice and leave the cover on.
Loss way to have a CONNECTED phone call. ON the ROdecaster 1, I could plug in a TRRS cable and the phone did everything like usual. Now if I want to make a phone call, I HAVE to use Bluetooth. When I plugged in the SC19 cable, the Rodecaster rebooted and the sound out of my phone was unusable. I was somewhat bummed after spending $30 on a cable, that I can't use it to make phone calls on my podcast without using Bluetooth. I need to remember to turn off Bluetooth on the unit as my phone keeps connecting to it.

Comparing it to Some of the Competition Zoom Podtrak P4

I refer to this as the swiss army of podcasting. It does everything. It is an interface and a recorder, headphone amp, and jingle player, and it comes in at $200ish. Yes the preamps won't be as steller, but as you heard today the hiss is minimal in some cases.

Focusrite Vocaster

This unit is NOT a recorder, but setting it up and recording into software is super easy. You can send the main outs to a recorder, connect via blue tooth or WIRED TRRS cable. The "2" has blue tooth and output to go to your camera. This one wins the "I need something easy" conversation.

Rodecaster Pro II

This is for live streamers who want that audio processing to go out on the video as they record it (no post-production). They want to play sounds/music and have flexible configurations.

Final Thoughts

While the Rodecaster Pro II currently drives me a little nuts, I'm not worried. Rod has done a great job communicating with their users and has already made videos on future updates (to calm any fears). So while this current unit has me scratching my head, Rode has demonstrated they listen (the stand attachment on the back of the unit screams "We heard you want your desk back").

Don't Buy This If

Nobody is telling you your podcast sounds bad
You think this will solve plosives (it won't that is mic technique)
"I don't know, it sounds cool" (unless you have $700 in your couch cushion).
You think this will help you grow your audience (again unless you have REALLY bad audio, it's the CONTENT that helps grow the audience).

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability (via a free app) to text me, send me video, audio, etc. It's unlimited time-shifted one-on-one consulting. It's like having a podcast consultant in your pocket.

Still unsure? The membership comes with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode

Rode Rodecaster Pro II

Rode Rodecaster Pro I

Zoom Podtrak P4

Focsurite Vocaster

Sweet Water Podcast Equipment

Rode SC-15 Cable

School of Podcasting

Podcast Studio Pro

This is episode 834 which originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/834

Podcasts So Good Your Audience Can't Unhear Them w/Tamsen Webster

Sun, 26 Jun 2022 04:00:00 -0400

I LOVE people who make me think and when I started reading the book Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible, I couldn't put it down (and it's now available on Audible). It helps you understand your audience and their main goal. Then you identify how you need to describe what you want them to do in a way that they see their problem in a different way.

Your message is the words you need to say to an audience about your idea to achieve a particular outcome. Find everything at www.tamsenwebster.com

Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets to bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible

Tamsenwebster.com

School of Podcasting

Rodecaster Pro II

The Proverb Effect: Secrets to Creating Tiny Phrases that Change the World

Episode 830 About Accepting Compliments

The Freenoter Podcast

Walking is Fitness

Long Story Short Podcast

Why Should I Care About Your Show?

Mon, 20 Jun 2022 04:00:00 -0400

There are times when we need to be able to answer hard questions about our show. Today we talk about some new posts from Apple, and in addition to ABT, we look at why you keep talking yourself out of starting your podcast.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets to bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Apple post on Search

Apple posts on Charts

The Narrative Gym: Introducing the ABT Framework For Messaging and Communication

Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio

Should I List My Podcast on All The Directories?

Mon, 13 Jun 2022 04:00:00 -0400

I see people who want MORE downloads, and yet they have not listed their show on all the different directories. Why is that? Is this some type of strategy?

SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Participants

Kim - The Pharmacists Voice

Bryan - The Relaxed Male

Ronnie - Dancing is Forbidden am Aqua Teen Hunger Force Exploration

John - You Were Made for This

Karen - Just Grow Something

Mark - The history of North America

Matt - The Author Inside You

Steve - Whiskey Chasers Pod

Where I Will Be? July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online August 23-26 Podcast Movement, Dallas, TX September9-10, Indie Pod Con 8 Philadelphia, PA Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up-to-date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Question of the Month

This month's question is "What should I ask for the question of the month?" Be sure to mention your name, the podcasts' name, and your website. Should I choose to use your question I will mention your show and website when I bring up the question. I may not use all the questions.

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Why You Shouldn't Use Free Media Hosting Video

Focusing on the Big Picture When Your Audience is Right in Front of You

Mon, 06 Jun 2022 04:00:00 -0400

Today I am back from Podfest with some insights to share, tips on meeting your audience, and thoughts on the interfaces from Focusrite.

Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters

AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster is needed
Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets bring out the best in any voice
Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording
Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly
Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card
Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback
Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there
Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster

Why We Often Get Sick at Events

Because we get to see people we never get to see, these events take on a "one of a kind" atmosphere, and the feat of missing out (and to a certain level, that is true). When we start to "push through" we start to jeopardize our health (even without a pandemic).

We get up early to catch flights, do all sorts of walking through airports and hotels, consume things that may not be considered, "Healthy" under-hydrate, and repeat many of these steps for the rest of the conference.

Then we go home and blame the plane.

I've been doing almost nothing all week trying to get my health back. While I might've missed a fun story staying up later talking with friends, anything I missed would not equal the moment I lost by putting everything on hold.

We all love to have fun and see friends, but for me, I'm going to be a bit more responsible in the future.

Clearing Up Some Confusion That I Heard At Podfest

DOWNLOADS UPON FOLLOW When someone follows your show in Apple, and you have three episodes, you will NOT get three downloads if someone follows you (they only automatically download the last episode. If they want the other two episodes, they need to manually download them.

LISTEN NOTES STATS

While this sounds impressive to say, "I'm in the top 1% of podcasters on Listen notes." Until you read that this is based on people listening on Listen notes and 3rd party data. As every media host I know has asked Apple for listening data (and been turned down), that is not the information that are using. I need to reach out to them to find out exactly what they are using, but to say, "I'm in the top 1% of podcasts (on listen notes) is like me saying, "I'm the #1 podcast (of shows with a host named Dave who live in Akron Ohio).

I'm not trying to be "Dave Jackson - Dream Crusher" but to help people focus on more important things that will result in larger downloads (I call it, "their audience.").

How To Accept Compliments From Your Audience

Many podcasters (including myself) are introverts. Consequently, having someone come up and give you compliments may make you feel uneasy. In the past, I would deflect, or make a joke, and my ex-wife said, "Would you just say Thank You!" and she was right.

Here are some tips:

Don't correct them
Don't downgrade (You're GREAT, and you answer, "It was OK).
Don't Brag - Yes, I AM AWESOME

Instead, say: Thank You,

Thank you very much.

That means a lot to me.

That's very nice of you to say.

Don't forget you have a listener in front of you, after you accept the compliment ask them for feedback so you can hear what is working, and hopefully get some feedback on how to improve.

Lastly, don't forget to ask them if they want to take a selfie as they will be happy to share it on social.

Focusrite Vocaster Two Review

If you're looking for an interface to get your microphone into your computer, this device makes it simple (there is a tool to automatically set your gain). There is some subtle built-in processing to tweak your audio.

What you heard today is me using the Shure SM7B WITHOUT ANY KIND OF CLOUDLIFTER or FETHEAD. It has plenty of drive.

You can plug your phone into it via a TRRS input (with built-in mix-minus). There is also an output jack to feed the audio into your camera which eliminates the whole, "Delay issue" that comes with some video cameras.

How a Travel Podcast Survived Covid with Mark Bologna

Mon, 30 May 2022 04:00:00 -0400

Mark has been working on his podcast Beyond Bourbon St for years. He had 14 thousand of people in his Facebook Group. He had just gone over 1 million downloads and secure a publisher for a book on New Orleans.

And then a pandemic stopped everything. Today you will hear how Mark pivoted without losing his audience, and how he lost 90% of his sponsors without losing his mind.

Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces

Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985
Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators
Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date
Easy to use
Great sound quality
More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters

Everything Was Going Good Until it Wasn't

As many of his partners relied on tourists, when there are no tourists, the result is no partners (or at least 90% less).

In this discussion, you will hear

How Did Mark Survive Covid
How Mark Came Up With His Prices
How Does Mark Find Partners?
Secrets of a Good Community
1 Million Downloads
How He Got a Book Deal
Podcast Growth Insights
Why Do We Struggle to Promote?
Keeping Your Sanity

Check out Mark at beyondbourbonst.com and check out his book Beyond Bourbon St.: An Insider's Guide to New Orleans on Amazon (aff).

New Podcast Launched From a School of Podcasting Member

The tools and concepts of Quality are powerful instruments to make things better--products, processes, and services. This podcast explores those ideas plus concepts of psychology, social and cultural norms, strategy, and business to strengthen the capability of professionals motivated to make things better--the Quality Warriors.

wayofthequalitywarrior.com

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme

It's Not the Format - It's the Connection with Vincent Pugliese

Mon, 23 May 2022 04:00:00 -0400

I've known Vincent a few years and we always bump into each other at podcast events. Scott Johnson had mentioned his episode "Doing It Wrong Right From The Start." So I looked into it, and I loved that Incent was having success and by some standards "breaking the rules" of podcasting. That sounded interesting, and that was just the start.

Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces

Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985
Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators
Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date
Easy to use
Great sound quality
More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters

The Wealth of Connection

The Wealth of Connection is now one of my favorite books. It's filled with lessons and stories which leads to an entertaining read that leaves you thinking.

Ignoring Standard Practices: Vincent Pugliese

Check out Vincent Pugliese's at totallifefreedom.com

Vincent did a TON of DAILY podcasts and released them to a private group before doing any podcasts for the general public.

He has no intro or outro music.

His only branding is his website which is also the name of his podcast Total Life Freedom.

Vincent is doing what I always advise my clients to do. Focus on the reception - not the broadcast.

He uses the "notes" app on his phone (again, it doesn't need to be fancy).

He focused on serving his audience, not on monetization.

He tried doing seasons and it just about wiped him out. So he focused on creating a podcast that works FOR HIM. It makes no sense to do a podcast that drains you to the point you don't want to do it.

Vincent is always looking for the next challenge, and if it doesn't work, you take what you've learned and use it on the next challenge.

When you start something, your launch timeframe is not 5 months. It's 5 YEARS, and for the next five years, you spend time moving that project forward.

VIncent also shares hits thoughts on impostor syndrome.

Check out Vincent at totallifefreedom.com and his book on Amazon and Audible (aff link)

Because of My Podcast: Kamuela Kaneshiro

Because of my podcast, I was able to improve my writing effectively monetize my podcast through books, inspire podcast listeners to embrace their heritage and not be embarrassed for who they are, and bring broken families together

Check out his show at http://www.LegendsFromThePacific.com

Question of the Month

Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be:

May 26-29 :Podfest Multimedia Expo Orlando, Fl. July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up to date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting

Vincent in the Paradise City VIdeo (do not blink, this link takes you to the 2:04)

Danny Peña: Keep it Fun and Master Your Craft

Mon, 16 May 2022 04:00:00 -0400

Danny Peña is one of my favorite guests. We started his story on episode 506, got an update on episode 633 and now he has a ton of "Because of My Podcast" stories for episode 827.

Danny is an award-winning, 2015 Podcaster Hall of Fame inductee and one of the hosts of Gamertag Radio. He is also the Game Editorial Lead at G4.

Gamertag Radio (GTR) is an independent online gaming website dedicated to the gaming community that was founded in 2005, and intended to help to unite all gamers. Over the past few years, GTR has grown from a small website to one of the largest and most respected gaming information sites on the Internet. Every week GTR records and distributes new episodic content recapping the news of the past week, including discussions about what is happening in the online gaming community along with interviews and a weekly custom soundtrack highlighting up & coming Hip Hop artists.

Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces

Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985
Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators
Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date
Easy to use
Great sound quality
More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters

In This Episode You Will Hear

How Danny continues to take advantage of opportunities, which then lead to more opportunities.

How Danny ended up on a billboard in Time's Square

How he got to interview Keanu Reeves

How his persistence lead to scoring a large guest (Reggie Fils-Aime).

His conversational interviews based on his curiosity lead to six news outlets promoting his interview.

Reggie insisted Danny interview him at a large event as part of the opening keynote.

Danny once had access to a new Microsoft product MONTHS before anyone else. Instead of enjoying the new item, he allowed one of his listeners to enjoy it and the video went viral.

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.

Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Where I Will Be:

Podcast Launch Checklist

You want to start a podcast, but you're not sure where to start. This free checklist outlines which step to take first and why.

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/checklist

Mentioned In This Episode

Building a Better Dave - recreational Outrage

9 Tips to Make Your Podcast Binge Worthy

Mon, 09 May 2022 12:23:53 -0400

We all want to grow our audience. We want to become their favorite show so they just want more. In some cases, you may actually be someone's favorite podcast and they would listen to another episode except you've made it hard to binge. So today we look at nine tips to help your show be Bingeworthy.

Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces Make You Sound Amazing

Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985
Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators
Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date
Easy to use
Great sound quality
More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters

Making Your Podcast Binge-Worthy

Something to think about: What are you offering your audience that they should spend their time-consuming? Not just one but several episodes. That statement is a little scary.

1. It has to be GOOD, actually very good.

2. Create click-attracting titles. I use a tool called Headline Studio

3. Get your audience asking, What Happens Next??

4. Give them multiple points of insight.

5. Make it EASY to Binge (by making it easy to subscribe/follow). See this plugin

6. Add an element of Fear of Missing Out (FOMO).

7. Get Your Best Content In Front of Your Audience

8. Teasing Your Audience

9. Have a Show that Walks Through a Process

Make your content relevant. Be YOURSELF.

Free Zoom Reduces Amount of Time

Check out Squadcast(my favorite). If you must use something free there is zencastr and cleanfeed. You can just upgrade your zoom account ($15)

Siskel and Ebert

Howard Stern Private Parts

Link Whisperer Plugin

Podcast Branding.co

Jordan Harbinger Start Page

Libsyn.com Media Hosting (use the coupon code sopfree to get up to 2 months free)

The Messengers Podcast

The movie "The Messengers: A Podcast Story"

Presonus Revelator Dynamic microphone

Why Free Media Hosts Don't Work on YouTube

Opportunities Wait on the Other Side of Your Fears

Mon, 02 May 2022 04:00:00 -0400

I met Connie at an event two years ago. I see her at a conference two years later and ask if she has any "Because of my podcast ____" stories. She not only has one, she has quite a few (TV, Radio, and more). So listen to what can happen when you find someone who can help you avoid the common podcasting mistakes.

Connect With Connie at

conniealbers.com

Connie's book, "Parenting Beyond the Rules: Raising Teens with Confidence and Joy."

Connie's Podcast, "Equipped To Be."

SPONSOR

Focusrite Interfaces

Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985
Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators
Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date
Easy to use
Great sound quality
More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters

Mentioned In This Episode

Live Well and Flourish Podcast

Nervous about podcasting? Check out Podcast Baby Steps (free course)

Nervous about Podcast Gear check out this free webinar (no email address needed)

Trypodpage.com (a great way to make a podcast site). You can learn podpage for free at www.learnpodpage.com

Libsyn.com media hosting (use the coupon code sopfree)

#Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be: Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online July 19-20 For the most up to date list see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where

Join the School of Podcasting

Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Do You Have Time To Listen to ANOTHER Podcast?

Mon, 25 Apr 2022 04:05:00 -0400

We all think, "just make good content and promote your show" but as podcasts become more mainstream and the average listener now consumes multiple episodes a week, do they have room for YOUR show? I asked my audience what their status is. If you found a really good show, would you have to "bump" one you are listening to now?

Sponsor: Focusrite Interfaces

Focusrite has been at the forefront of audio technology since 1985
Focusrite interfaces are great for all content creators
Scarlett is the world’s best-selling range of audio interfaces with over 4.5 million sold to date
Easy to use
Great sound quality
More info can be found at: www.focusrite.com/podcasters

Question of the Month Answers

You find a show that's great. Do you have enough time to add an additional show to your listening time?

Contributors

Steve - Stevestewart.me and Podcast Editor Academy Jim - Home Gadget Geeks and Ask the Podcast Coach Mark - History of North America Bill - Bill Watches Movies Dave - Walking is Fitness York - Poetic Earthlings Arnie- Sports History Network

Summary:

In general, we are all "out of time, " yet if something good comes along, we seem to make room. We also have different phases of life, and some of the shows we listen to take breaks and we find new shows.

The bottom line is there is only so much time to listen and the shows that deliver the most value will be heard.

I Heard it On a Podcast

No Agenda Show 25% of People Get Their News From Podcasts

https://www.noagendashow.net/listen/1444 (1:25:59)

What Was That Like - {Podcasting is Therapeutic )

Podcasting 2.0 Gets $4000 Donation

Cleaning Up Audio With Descript

Check out this video that shows how to clean up your audio in Descript

Mentioned in this Show

Join the School of Podcasting

Episode 752 - Audio Editing as a Business

Podcast Editor Academy

Spotify is Now Offering Video via Anchor (kind of)

Descript Audio Editing Tool

Focusrite Interfaces

Is Dynamic Content Right For You?

Mon, 18 Apr 2022 04:05:00 -0400

After seeing the podcasting space gear up for more advertising (something I'm not thrilled with) more media hosts are developing dynamic content. So what is dynamic content, do you need it, and how do you use it?

What is Dynamic Content?

Dynamic content is content that your media host inserts into your mp3 file at spots you select. This is often used for ads. In some spaces, people confuse "Dynamic Ad Insertion" and "Dynamic Content" as being the same thing. They are not. While you can use Dynamic Content, it does NOT have to be ads. It can be anything that is time-sensitive.

Who Offers This Technology?

Libsyn.com (LibsynPro solution - full disclosure I work there). Use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month.

Captivate has an impressive dynamic content tool that even updates your episode description when you swap out content. Podbean has pod ads https://podads.podbean.com/ Blubrry has a pro version Red Circle (500 weekly downloads) RSS.com (10,000 downloads a day)

Pros of Dynamic Content

No more outdated time-based content
The ability to sell your back catalog*

Cons of Dynamic Content

You really need to pay attention to volume levels (I'm using WLM Plus plugin)
To sell your back episodes you need to go through your whole back episodes and insert spots.
Updating old files might be trickier
You need to consider how to lead in and come out of dynamic content.

Focusrite Interfaces

Go to www.focusrite.com/podcasters

Unlimited Time Shifted One-On-One Consulting

I've added unlimited time-shifted consulting that can be between you and me. If you need someone to stand by you and guide you through the pitfalls of podcasting, you can join worry-free with a money-back guarantee at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

I Heard It On a Podcast

Disney got all sorts of deals when they built the location in Florida. On the No Agenda show they explain that the reason employees are known as "Castmembers" is to get around Florida Labor laws. It's at the 2 hours and25 minute mark.

Apple Charts Criteria

I've said for years that ratings and reviews do NOTHING but provide social proof. You want people to ask people to follow you and share your show with a friend.

see post from Apple

Where I Will Be

Where I Will Be: Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando

Question of the Month

Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month.

This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network

Flying Past Your Fear of Podcasting With Mark Hasara

Mon, 11 Apr 2022 04:05:00 -0400

Mark was a US air force Pilot, Speaker, Author, and Entrepreneur, but was hesitant to start his podcast. Today we talk about what was stopping him, and how his podcast is helping to promote his Wall Pilot business.

We also hear about some discouraging statistics from Chartable about podcast cross-promote (courtesy of Evo Terra).

Spotify may be working on a "Tik Tok meets Tinder" discovery tool. I'm not sure that is going to work.

I introduce a new segment "I Heard it on a podcast" this time it was the Moe Factz show with Moe and Adam Curry

Mentioned in This Episode

Mark Hasara Website

Mark's Lessons From the Cockpit Show

in Apple, Google, Spotify

Wall PIlot

Video of Spotify Discovery Tool

Fountain App

Castamatic app

New Podcast Apps

Question of the Month

Want some free exposure for your show, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question and answer the question of the month and be sure to mention your show and website. Do it now!

Join the School of Podcasting

In addition to the step-by-step tutorials, group coaching, and podcasting mastermind group, I've now added show audits and unlimited time-shifted one-on-one coaching.

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Back From Podcast Movement with Free Stuff, Cool Apps, and a Worried Mind

Mon, 04 Apr 2022 04:30:00 -0400

Podcast Movement was a well-oiled machine as always where the hallway meetings were in some cases better than the sessions. I found some cool stuff, created some free resources, and have worries about the future.

Quicknotes From This Episode

Don't forget the Book Launch Webinar Next Week.

Have a conversation with me on Volley (aff link)

Check out Dave's new FREE Classes

Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible (book)

Join the School of Podcasting

The Three Main Players in Podcasting

I've said in the past that a podcast needs three things to survive podcasting (support, health, and attitude). The podcast industry needs to make sure as it moves forward to take steps that benefit all three main players. Who are the main players?

The podcasting companies (media hosts, agencies, etc)
The podcaster (creators).
The Listener (you).

If we don't keep all of them happy (especially the listener) we all lose.

A New Great App For Community and Coaching

I discovered the Volley app (aff link) listening to a podcast on the way home from Podcast Movement. I tried it out, and it is SO COOL. Especially for those people who hate Facebook. It's like Loom, Zoom, and Slack had a baby. If you want to build a community, this makes it easy as its available on Android, iOs, Mac, and PC. You can have group discussions in public, or in private as well as private one-on-one sessions (where each member's conversations are organized together).

You can communicate via:

Video
Screenshare
Audio
Text
Gif

It's a pretty amazing app. There is only ONE FEATURE I REALLY HATE.

It's free. I am interviewing one of the co-founders, and he insures me they will monetize eventually but are (for now) working on their feature set. I just hate to build on something free. With this in mind, I'm using it in conjunction with my Facebook group instead of replacing it.

I look forward to having time-shifted video/audio conversations with my students.

You can learn Volley by joining my Volley Space on learning Volley (I know how meta can you get?)

What Keeps You Going When Your Podcast Isn't Growing?

Mon, 28 Mar 2022 09:00:00 -0400

The excitement of starting a podcast can really fuel podcasters. You stats to start to grow, but eventually, they may level off. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing?

Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda

Check out Fred's shows Podcast Reporter (me on Fred's show)

The Struggling Biz show

March 29th is the National Day for Vietnam Veterans. Thanks for your service Fred!

Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 5th April 5th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course

Thanks to Those Who Participated in This Month's Question

Kyle - The Intergalactic BoomBox - podcasting 2.0

Mark - History of North America - love of topic - working with son

Colby - The Guardians Ghost Podcast going solo, passion

Heather - Watching Netflix Without You and the Politics free Podcast enjoys time with brother, serving audience to get into a better mood, feedback

Dan - Coffee and Space - Loves having conversations

Scott - What Was That Like? https://whatwasthatlike.com/ - Zoom out and see your growth

Timothy - Create Art Podcast and Find a Podcast About - is leaving a legacy

Matt - Rogue Retirement Lounge - Loves the podcast

Brandon - Start 100K Podcast Feels his information is needed and doesn’t want people to feel stupid.

April Question of the Month

Listen to hear this month's question of the month and then leave your answer at www.schoolofpodcastingcom/question

Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 6th April 6th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course

Mentioned In This Episode

Bad Idea Jeans

Protect Your Podcast: Never Say, I Didn't Know What I Didn't Know

Mon, 21 Mar 2022 04:05:00 -0400

I was speaking at the National Religious Broadcasters in Nashville Tennessee and kept hearing a few phrases that make me worried. Phrases like, “I had some friend, or some temp, or some web guy, or even a professional service” set up my podcast. Then in talking with them, I learned that (in many cases) everyone is setup wrong. We’ve all been in a situation where we don’t know what we don’t know. We don’t know what should be important. Today, in episode 819, I’m going to tell you.

Things You Need to Know

Apple, Google, and Spotify have additional stats. If you let someone setup your show "for you" you lose access to those stats.
When someone orders your media hosting "For you" THEY OWN YOUR SHOW.
Media hosts (eventually ) delete your files if you cancel your account.
Make sure you have a copy of your media files.
You should own your show and then add your editors to YOUR account. The bottom line is you don’t want anyone between you and your podcast and you and your audience.

Question of the Month

Share your thoughts and get some exposure for your show and answer the question of the month.

Where I Will Be

Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode Libsyn (use coupon code sopfree ) Blubrry Captive Buzzsprout Lastpass The Politics Free Podcast Claim Podparity Congressional Dish

Cross Promote Your Podcast While You Get Paid with Niklas Hildebrand of Audry.io

Mon, 14 Mar 2022 04:05:00 -0400

I'm back from speaking at the National Religious Broadcasters event with some lessons learned. I also have some tips on collaborating with other podcasters and a resource that is focused on helping you find collaborators while you earn money selling advertising spots. That resource is audry.io and today I'm talking with one of the co-founders Niklas Hildebrand.

Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 5th

April 5th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Blueprint Course

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Audry.io More Than a Guest Finding Resource

Whether you’re a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, collaboration is the key to reaching your goals. That’s why at Audry.io, we bring hosts together to help them grow their audiences and find new ways to communicate.

Question of the Month

I need your answer by 3/25/22 We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Where I Will Be:

Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando

Mentioned In This Episode

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Connie Albers

Ask the Podcast Coach

What was that like? podcast

Paul Colligan Podcast Partnership

Spybrary Podcast

Music Radio Creative (Jingles and Voice Over)

Based on a True Story Podcast

Home Gadget Geeks with Jim Collison

Squoosh App (compress and resize images)

Linq QR Code, Smart Business Card

Libsyn (Liberated Syndication Podcast Hosting) Use the coupon code sopfree

Podcasting Resources.com

Dave's Podcast Editing Team

7 Tips Podcaster Can Use From Radio with Neil Hedley

Mon, 07 Mar 2022 05:05:00 -0400

When Neil Hedley emailed me letting me know he would be going through my town and could he buy me dinner I jumped at the chance to hang out with a listener. I had no idea at the time that Neil:

Had exclusively done morning shows ever since, including six #1-rated shows in different markets in the US and Canada. Sprinkled among those years is time as a stand-up comic, singer, restaurateur, bestselling author, college professor, world record holder (that's a fun story), and a pile of other goodies including running Knopp Studios and hosting the Voice Inside My Hed (get it Hedley? Voice in my Hed...)

The more we talked, the more I thought I should have him on the show.

The Tips: 1 Tighten Up 2. Rules can Help 3. Ums are normal 4. Every word matters 5. Learn how to Tease 6. Set a Benchmark for your podcast 7. Talk to one person

Check out Neil at https://knoppstudios.com/ where he has combined all of these past lives into a venture to you be a better content creator.

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned in This Episode

Descript Software

The Author Inside You (Promo)

Seven Habits of Highly Effective People

What Was That Like Podcast? (Great Tease)

Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup

Buy Dave a Coffee

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Where I Will Be

Spark Podcast Conference March 7-8 (Nashville) NRB Nashville 8-11 (speaking) Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando (speaking)

This is episode 817 of the School of Podcasting you can get the back episode by subscribing/following in

Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon

This podcast is part of the Power of Podcasting Network

What Are You Doing to Grow Your Podcast (and is it working)?

Mon, 28 Feb 2022 05:04:27 -0400

Every month I ask a question of the audience, and you chime in. This month I ask THE question that everyone wants to know. In January we talked about Grow your downloads 15 minutes a day (episode 812). In June of last year I gave you 30 Strategies to Grow Your Audience. (Episode 727)

In this episode I get to hear YOUR ideas, and share some "outside the box" ideas I found on Facebook.

Join the School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned in This Episode

Linq "Smart Business Card" and "linktree" type service with stats. (here is an example - www.powerofpodcasting.com)

Ingles Podcast - Promo

Participants

Brandon from Start 100K

Scott from What Was That Like?

Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice

Mark from the History of North America

Heater from Watching Netflix Without You

Spencer from The Recovery Show

Shane from the Tourpreneur Show

Jedrzej from the Content Machine

Fred from the Podcast Reporter

Joe from the 222 Paranormal Podcast

Dad from the Dad Joke King Podcast

Question of the Month

I need your answer by 3/25/22

We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Subscribe/Follow the Show

https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscribe

Won't More Tips?

Check out my newsletter with additional podcast insights

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter

Tuning Into Your Listeners - So You Can Fascinate Them with Focused Content

Mon, 21 Feb 2022 05:05:00 -0400

I'm excited because I found a book called Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible

and even though I'm only 29% of the way through the book I am "Santa Clause is coming tonight" excited about reading the rest of it. The Red Thread represents the path back to where you first started. By remembering what it was like when you first started in your niche, you can better understand your audience who is right where you started. The red thread is your path to success. When you can explain your podcast in a way that resonates with your audience.

Sometimes you need to address the "wrong" questions your audience is asking so you can get their attention and provide focused content that points them in the right direction and positions you as a trusted source of content.

I'm also going to talk about focus. This is inspired by the book Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power by Ken Davis. I feel this goes along well with the other book.

Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode

Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible

Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power by Ken Davis.

The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change

Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio

Transom.org

School of Podcasting

How to Record a Great Podcast Trailer That Energizes Your Audience

Mon, 14 Feb 2022 05:05:00 -0400

A trailer has many pros from a creative standpoint. IT forces you to identify WHO you are talking to and what can you say to get them to listen to your podcast.

For me, a trailer is 30,60, 90 seconds. When you mark your episode as a trailer it is stuck at the top of your show in Amazon, Spotify, and Apple. Some podcasts do trailer episodes that are 2-5 minutes long.

As always in podcasting, there are no set rules.

In This Episode

The different types of trailers

When do you know if your trailer is good?

What do you say in a trailer?

Where do you post this? How do you use it?

Mentioned in This Show

My Spouse Has Dementia

Love Thy Lawyer

Your Podcast Consultant

Branden Ushio at the Geek Nerd Network

Ask the Podcast Coach Episode 380

Big Seance Podcast (Trailer by Music Radio Creative)

The Trojan Horse Affair

Question of the Month (Deadline /25/22)

Podcast Promo Show

Cooler Websites (Domain and Web Hosting)

14:04: Join the School of Podcasting

The Voice in My Head (Neil Hed)

What Do I Do of This Horrible Audio From My Boring Podcast Guest?

Mon, 07 Feb 2022 05:05:00 -0400

You are going through the file of the interview you did a week ago and you notice: 1. The audio of the audience sounds horrible.

2. The guest is boring.

Today I showcase some tools that can help you save the audio, but only you can save the boring.

Join The School of Podcasting

When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about:

Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want).

Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing)

It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks).

I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving).

Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Question of the Month

What Are You Doing to Grow Your Audience (and is it working)? Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question to answer

Podcasts Can't Be Cancelled

Check out the article I published on Medium.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Ultimate Guide to Interviews Episode

My Spouse Has Dementia

Podland News

The Ultimate Guide to Podcast Interviews

Descript software with new Studio Sounds

Krisp (silence your noisy environment)

Podinbox - It's like Speakpipe on Steroids.

Hello Next and Frill Roadmap Tools (could be used by your audience to vote on episode topics)

Podpage - New Social Sharting and Guest Tools

Libsyn 5 - Has new Snippets tools to make show notes easier.

Captivate has introduced dynamic show descriptions, and enhanced its dynamic content tool.

Buy Me a Coffee - Receive payments

Otter.ai is a transcript tool I use for editing and for finding pull quotes.

Podcast Index Indie Podcast Directory

Three's Company

Clipscribe - Cool Social Videos Quickly

Dopesick on Hulu

Amend on Netflix

WAP - Cardi B Lyric Video

Waiting for the World To Change

Tips To Grow Your Downloads

This podcast is part of the Power of Podcasting Network.

Growing Your Downloads 15 Minutes a Day- Growing Your Show Kevin Chemidlin

Mon, 31 Jan 2022 05:05:00 -0400

I first discovered Kevin when contemplating creating a new show based on podcast growth. It's well-produced and has actual steps you can take.

Kevin started his first podcast Philly Who? Then quit his day job. So how did he turns things around to the point of making six figures? He stopped and took time to learn what works, and then give it to the audience.

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Question of the Month Contributors

When looking at a new podcast in an app, what catches your eye? The artwork and description often came into play along with the episode titles, but what really counts is the first few minutes of your show.

Grow the Show

Brandon from Start 100K

Erik from Raising Financial Freedom

Heater from Watching Netflix Without You

Scott from What Was That Like?

Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice

Mark from the History of North America

February Question of the Month

As we talked about growing your show today, what have you been doing to grow your audience, and do you think it's working? Answer it at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question. I need your answer by 2/25/22

Kevin's INterview Topics

02:24 Discovering Grow the Show 03:37 What Inspired Philly Who? 04:37 Kevin Quit His Day Job 06:00 Things Got Scary 06:46 1000 Downloads Per Episode 07:22 Sharpening Your Axe 07:54 Multiple Streams of Income 10:47 Laser-Focused Criteria 11:10 Six-Figure Salary 11:45 Sponsorship Tips 13:07 Niche Down 17:12 Most Broad Success Started With a Niche 18:08 Kevin Shut Down a Profitable Show 19:19 TDE Targeted Daily Engagement 20:48 The Baked in Strategies That Don't Work 22:15 ENGAGEMENT 26:49 Get More Specific 27:38 Go To Where Your Audience Is 29:37 Build Relationships 30:59 Kevin's Program

JANUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH: What triggers subscriptions? 33:28 Question of the Month 33:52 Brandon Start 100K 36:27 Heather -Watching Netflix Without You 38:47 The Lost Sheep Has Been Found! 41:11 Scott: What Was That Like 44:07 Kim: The Pharmacist's Voice 47:37 Eric: Raising Financial Freedom 48:47 Mark: The History of North America 50:16 Dave: School of Podcasting

FEBRUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH

51:43 February Question of the Month 53:18 Quick Libsyn Update

START YOUR PODCAST TODAY

Join the School of Podcasting and start your podcast in the right direction with access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, 1 on 1 coaching, a private mastermind, and a lack of fear of sounding unprofessional or buying the wrong equipment.

Need more? There is even a 30-day money-back guarantee.

schoolofpodcasting.com/join

How to Feel More Comfortable Recording a Solo Podcast Episode

Mon, 24 Jan 2022 13:18:57 -0400

Are you one of those people who has thought about doing a solo episode where you open the microphone and talk directly to your audience, but can't overcome how uncomfortable you feel trying it? This show is for you.

We also talk about understanding the different roles when you are doing a solo show, an interview, appearing on a panel.

Join the School of Podcasting

Quit worrying about sounding bad, spending too much money on equipment you don't need. At the School of Podcasting, you get access to step by step tutorials, a private mastermind group (filled with brilliant podcasting minds) and group coaching as well as one on one coaching. Sign up today at

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

The Advantage of a Solo Episode

Solo podcast episodes have their advantages:

You are 100% in control. You can be as creative as you want
You know ahead of time what the content is (instead of hoping you get good answers from your guests)
Less production. You won't be interrupting people or trying to match levels with your guest. There is only one level- yours.
No Scheduling Conflicts

The Hurdles of Solo Podcasts

It is all on your shoulders for content
You need to watch voice inflection
It just feels weird talking to no-one
People think it needs to be as long as other episodes

TIPS

1. Embrace the Weirdness 2. You Don't Have An Audience (yet) 3. Talk to One Person 4. Answer the question from the invisible person 5. Record it with the thought of never using it. - Just a Sound test 6. Script Your Show 7. Throw Out the Grammar 8. Be yourself and just up your natural voice

Question of the Month Submissions

I need your answer by 1/28/22 see

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question for more information

Full notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/811

Now Sure About Your Show? Don't Be Afraid To Ask Your Audience for Advice

Mon, 17 Jan 2022 05:05:00 -0400

I am seeing people that seem to be afraid to reach out to their audience. I get it. It's easier to have the reason of "lack of engagement" on your downloads instead of asking people for feedback on your show.

Today I share a story on how I was ready to make sweeping changes to the Podcast Rodeo show until I decided to open up a discussion with my audience. I was at one point thinking of shutting the podcast down. It turns out that ONE person who had ideas of changing the show was in the minority.

That doesn't mean their suggestion has no merit. I was reading Eric Nuzum's newsletter and he (of NPR experience) to 18 months to play with the format of their new show. With this in mind, I'm still doing my show, but I'm looking into implementing the things that my audience enjoys while aligning the show a bit more with my brand. I always say, "Your podcast is a recipe - not a statue."

Question of the Month Submission

When you are in an app and see a show you probably should be listening to what inspires you to go further and potentially subscribe or follow. I need your answer by 1/28/22

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

My New Page with Affiliate Links

Check it out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/support if you are a person that doesn't feel they would benefit from the School of Podcasting, but wants to support the show, I've now made it easy.

Join the School of Podcasting

Get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge.

Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Podcast Rewind

Too Many Podcasts

Earn and Invest

Love Thy Lawyer

Mentioned in This Episode

Affiliate Link Support Page

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Eric Nuzum Newsletter

Jordan Harbinger Deals Page

The Proven Power of the Dramatic Pause: Two Ways Saying Nothing is Better Than Saying Something

Mon, 10 Jan 2022 05:05:00 -0400

In the microwave society that we live in, most of us are not accustomed to slowing down. As a podcaster, we may associate silence with "Dead Air" which is a phrase from the radio. However, today I'm going to show you that the best answers come after the awkward pause.

The Power of the Dramatic Pause

When you put a pause before or after a point it adds emphasis to that point.

If you put it before the point, the brain perks up waiting for the next words.

If you put the pause after your point, it gives the brain a chance to process what was just said.

Start Your Podcast and Grow Your Audience

When you join the School of Podcasting you no longer have to worry about buying equipment you don't need. You learn how to get comfortable behind a microphone as our community helps you create your best episodes. There are step by step videos, live group coaching, private one on one coaching, and a private mastermind group. You have every tool you need to succeed as a podcast.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode

The Question of the Month (add your submission)

Howard Stern on SiriusXM

Ben Affleck Movie The Tender Bar

David Letterman My Next Guest Needs No Introduction

Paul Harvey

Steve Jobs introduces iPhone in 2007

Full Show Notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/809

Support the Show

Buy Dave's Book Profit From Your Podcast

Join the School of Podcasting

Become a Patron or Buy Me a Coffee

Thank you for listening. I really appreciate it.

Meet My Friend Evo of Podcast Pontifications - Cross Promotion

Wed, 05 Jan 2022 20:42:12 -0400

Today I'm trying something new and coming to you on a WEDNESDAY to introduce you to my friend Evo Terra.

Evo has been podcasting since 2004 (not a typo) and has been involved in many aspects of podcasting ever since.

Evo was nice enough to let me host an episode of his show a while back, and today I'm repaying the favor.

I interviewed Evo back on episode 122 when he was on a book tour for his book Expert Podcasting Practices.

LINKS FOR THIS EPISODE

Find the report Evo was walking about on his site.

Check out more episodes of Podcast Pontifications at

podcastpontifications.com

50 Shades of Podcasting: Be Proud Embracing Your Unique Style of Podcasting

Mon, 03 Jan 2022 05:05:56 -0400

As the first episode of 2022, I often do an episode for beginners, such as episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021

One of the most dangerous things you can do in podcasting is comparing your show to others. When I was in my 20s I would play golf once a year with my brother. My golf scores look like someone who golfed once a year. I would use my Dad's old clubs and would go to one of the cheapest clubs and just a fun day of hanging out. How would I feel if I compared myself to Tiger Woods? That would be insane unless I compared myself to a four-year-old Tiger. When you have your attitude in check, it can change the way you perform moving forward.

From the "hobbyist" to the "semi pro" you will see that if the hobbyist attempts to do everything the "semi pro" does they will burn out. Also, anyone who starts a podcast will attract people they didn't expect to attract.

Full show notes at

schoolofpodcasting.com/808

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer before 1/28/22

Picture yourself in a podcast app in front of a podcast you might actually enjoy. Think of this experience and comment on it. What caught your eye? Is the description important? Do you subscribe? or "Cherry Pick" episodes. Do you ever subscribe/Follow?

As we all want more followers/subscribers (and yes we know most of us find our podcasts via word of mouth), BUT when you're in an app, (I realize this is kind of vague), but what goes through your mind before you press either play or subscribe/follow?

Don't forget to tell us a little bit about your show, and your website address.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021

Three Different Types of Reviews to get some constructive feedback.

Join the School of Podcasting and get started in the RIGHT direction.

Check out my free course at www.learnpodpage.com PodPage is the best way to make a great looking website for your show without any coding.

My Favorite Podcast (and WHY) 2021 Edition

Mon, 27 Dec 2021 05:05:25 -0400

Since episode 388 2013, I've been asking my audio what is your ONE FAVORITE podcast (and yes, I know it's hard to pick just one) but more importantly WHY is it your favorite?

Steve Stewart loves the Stacking Benjamins Show

I interview Steve and Mark Deal on 752 about the Podcast Editor Academy

York from Poetic Earthlings likes the Matt Walsh Show show.

Chris Lewis from the Dads with Daughters podcast loves The Real Brian Show.

I interview Brian back on episode 449

Glenn from the Coaching Kids Curling Podcast loves the Dave Chang Show.

If you're a person of color LISTEN TO EPISODE 806

Kim Newlove of the Pharmacists Voice loves the School of Podcasting (especially 779 on Reviews, and 792 when you die)

Louis Goodman of Live the Lawyer loves the Trials of Frank Carson

Scott Johnson from What Was That Like?? loves the How Sound Podcast.

Neil Scott from Recovery Coast to Coast Loves the Bob Lefsetz Podcast.

Matt Rafferty of the Author Inside You loves the Grand Scheme Snatching Sinatra

Joe Saul Sehy from Stacking Benjamins Show loves the Xbox On

Joe mentioned The E myth book.

Mark Vinet from the History of North America Podcast loves the Book Note Plus show.

Shane Whaley from Spybrary and Tourpreneur loves the "That Record Got Me High" podcast.

Joe loves the Warrior Next Door Podcast.

Bryan Goodwin of the Relaxed Male loves the Alive and Free show

Anthony Arno of the Route 66 Podcast and the Stemclass Podcast loves the Space Shot Podcast.

Dave from Your Podcast Consultant loves I Hear Things from Tom Webster.

JANUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer before 1/28/22

Don't forget to tell us a little bit about your show, and your website address.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Look What Podcasters Can Adopt from Every Horrible, Hallmark Christmas Movies

Mon, 20 Dec 2021 05:05:24 -0400

Hallmark Holiday Movies get a lot of flack because they are predictable, cheesy, corny, and more or less if you've seen one - you've seen them all. YES THERE ARE LESSONS TO BE LEARNED

Do you know why all Hallmark Movies are the same? Well, do you know why all AC/DC songs sound the same (or Chuck Berry). Ever listen to an episode of Dave Ramsey?

They found a format that works, and consequently, they stay with it until that format doesn't work.

Why are there so many Friday the 13th movies? Because they were profitable. That goes for many movie franchises.

When you find a winning format - stick with it. Monitor how it resonates with your audience and if they love it, keep doing it.

TWEAKING A FORMAT WITHOUT LOSING YOUR SOUL

My cousin said, "I know what I'm getting with a Hallmark movie. I don't worry about swearing, nudity, violence, etc. It's a trustworthy holiday movie where everyone feels good when it's over.

So Hallmark saw that the "formula" worked but they could grow their audience through diversity. They've added movies with people of color.

As a middle-aged white guy, I never knew what it was like to see a movie or TV show and not look like the people on screen. The success of the Black Panther Movie, Blackish, Hamilton, and other forms of entertainment that had a different slant found an underserved audience.

With this, I beg you people of color, and people of all shapes, sizes, sex, and whatever makes you - YOU. There are people who are tired of hearing about a subject from a middle-aged white guy and would love to hear about your subject from your point of view that includes your influence and heritage.

The Missing Piece in Your Podcast Puzzle

I see people saying this like, "I've tried everything but my show isn't growing." To this I say, "Everything?"

It turns out when I reach out to the last three people who said this NONE of them had taken the steps to get an objective view of their show.

This is like: Wondering why your restaurant isn't growing when you never got feedback on your feed. Wondering why your clothing line isn't selling when you never did a focus group of your target buyer.

If you need some help, I can give you feedback. Currently, in the School of Podcasting, this is a free service.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

II need your answer by 12/24/21. The question is "What is your favorite Podcast and why?". Please provide: The name of the show The website (if you know it - very helpful) What the show is about

WHY YOU LIKE IT - Go as long as you want.

Be sure to tell us the name of your podcast, your website, and a little bit about your show.

Please answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Ready To Start Your Podcast

Why I Absolutely Still Distrust Anchor.fm (New Reasons)

Mon, 13 Dec 2021 05:05:05 -0400

I was talking to someone who said how "Flexible" Anchor/fm was (owned by Spotify). When I hear stuff like this I often wonder "WHAT IS YOUR SOURCE?" I did a video a while ago when there were some serious issues with Anchor that most people were overlooking (hey! it's free!).

Today I just feel moved to let you know that YES, I do not recommend Anchor, but for NEW reasons.

LINKS

Episode 805 Full Show Notes

Podcast Quick Start

Monthly Membership

Learn Podpage Free Course

Profit From Your Podcast

NoteTracks - Music/Podcast Feedback Tool

Recovery Coast to Coast Podcast

What Was That Like Podcast

Buy Dave a Coffee

Episode 793 on Media Hosts

TOPICS COVERED: 03:01 Update on Tascam 03:49 Good Customer Service 06:28 Submit Your Favorite Podcast 07:32 learnpodpage.com 08:06 Why I Don't Recommend Anchor.fm 32:22 New Feedback Tool 35:23 Atta Boy To Neil and Scott

15 Insightful Tips For Podcasters From Watching the Beatles Get Back

Mon, 06 Dec 2021 05:05:35 -0400

Thanks to an older brother and sister, I was born a Beatles fan. When I watched the six-hour documentary Get Back I saw tip after tip that podcasters could benefit from. Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Because of My Podcast

Andy Driscoll of inebri-art.com shares how he is going to get to go to a tradeshow for his podcast and record live on the floor. The show is picking up his hotel expenses. Who doesn't love a trip to vegas?

New Free Course From the School of Podcasting: Learn Podpage

Podpage is a great tool to make a great-looking website for your podcast without knowing any coding. I've made a top to bottom course of this great tool and made it available for free.

See www.learnpodpage.com

15 Lessons From The Beatles

02:09 Because of My Podcast: Andy Driscoll 06:13 Free Course learnpodpage.com 07:45 Lessons from the Beatles Opening 09:19 Practice, Practice, Practice 10:32 Get Objective Feedback 11:44 Your Environment Matters 14:48 Set Realistic Goals to Avoid Burnout 17:15 Going Live Requires Practice 18:07 Everyone Needs to Feel Heard 19:44 Chemistry is Important 21:58 Be on Time 22:43 Be Inspired By Others 24:03 Capture Your Ideas 24:56 Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone 26:13 Editing is a Good Thing 30:32 Money Changes Everything 31:26 Don't Let Yoko Sing

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

II need your answer by 12/24/21. The question is "What is your favorite Podcast and why?". Please provide: The name of the show The website (if you know it - very helpful) What the show is about

WHY YOU LIKE IT - Go as long as you want.

Be sure to tell us the name of your podcast, your website, and a little bit about your show.

Please answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Tascam Mixcast 4 Nightmare

I bought a Mixcast 4 from Tascam, and it has some great features except it died TWICE in the middle of a live stream. I'll keep you informed as I work with their support team to identify what the issue is.

Yes, I'm using the latest firmware.

I do enjoy my new Shure SM7B.

I used the 90 days same as cash option at Sweetwater.

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

schoolofpodcasting.com/start - Start Your Podcast

Why You Hate Your Voice

When Is You Podcast Ready For the Public

Shure SM7B

Tascam Mixcast 4

Your Podcast Consultant

Honestly, How Long Does it Take to Create an Amazing Podcast Episode?

Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:01:29 -0400

For years I've told people THE BEST ratio I've ever achieved is 4 TO 1 when it comes to making a podcast episode. In other words, a 15-minute podcast will take an hour.

I asked my audience how long it took them from idea to pressing publish. They shared their workflow and the amount of time spent per episode.

If you'd rather outsource your editing, check out my team.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

Mentioned In This Episode

Learn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Hebert - 802

20 Tips to Immediately Speed Up Your Podcast Production No Matter the Budget - 801

Contributors

Steve from Stevestewart.me and the Podcast Editors Academy (and the podcast editors club on Facebook

Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice

Zita - Moon River Rituals

Bruce from The Eden Podcast

Jim From the Average Gut Network

Mark - Repurpose Your Career

Rich - the Daily Podcast Practice Show

Orlando - hablandodetecnologia.com

Brandon - Start 100K

Dan - Based on a True Story Podcast

Howard - AA Recovery Podcast

Neil Recovery Coast to Coast

Mark -History or North America Podcast

Peter - Fat and Broke Podcast

Bill - Strokecast

Stefan - Studying Pixels

The Final Answer

For me, my average is about 6 to 1. So a 15-minute podcast will take 90 minutes.

Based on the data from the audience, they averaged 10 minutes for 1 minute of podcast. So a 15-minute podcast will take an hour and a half. To see my flow, visit the website at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/803

Learn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Hebert

Mon, 22 Nov 2021 05:05:40 -0400

Today we look at how two entertainment icons had MORE success AFTER they quit trying to be something they weren't and decided to be themselves.

Glenn Hebert runs the Horse Radio Network. When he started his podcast he had 12 downloads. He didn't quit, and 2800 episodes later he shares some powerful feedback from his audience. Glenn had no idea he would have this effect on people, and you can do the same thing.

Let me help you start a podcast.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

II need your answer by 10/26/21. How long does it take you to go from idea to clicking publish on an episode? Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Horse Radio Network

Headline Studio

(Here is a quick Headline Studio Overview Video)

Dave's Podcast Editing Service

Sure SM7B on Sale!

Shure MV7 and MV7X "Joe Rogan Video"

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Dave's Newsletter With Bonus Content

Descript Editing Software

George Carlin Occupation Foole

Toggle Time Tracking Software

Ask the Podcast Coach

The Average Guy Network

Speak Life Church Podcast

Grammar Girl Podcast

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

TOPICS

01:39 Question of the Month Reminder 03:36 Headline Studio Tool 05:15 BE YOURSELF 07:07 Celebrity Pivots 15:56 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast 17:12 What is this 800? 17:43 Glenn Got Some Feedback 18:44 Real, Raw, Don't Hold Back 19:32 Holy Cow You're In My House 20:50 Laying it Out There 21:27 Life Changing 22:08 Glenn's Prep Time 23:43 The Importance of Community 25:06 Putting YOU Intro an Interview 27:56 Glenn's Audience Gives Back 29:09 Inspiring Life Instead of Death 30:01 Did You See This Coming 30:58 Podcasting Gold 31:29 Two Types of Listeners 35:34 The Birth of Grammar Girl 37:06 Jerry Springer 39:24 Podcast Rodeo Show Promo 40:43 SM7B is ON SALE! 42:07 Join the School of Podcasting! 44:46 Bloopers 45:15 Bad Edits

20 Tips To immediately Speed up Your Podcast Production

Mon, 15 Nov 2021 05:05:02 -0400

If you are looking to speed up your podcast production, then this episode is for you. I have compiled 20 tips that will help you take the stress out of producing a quality audio file in a timely manner. From planning to editing, here are some quick tricks that will make your podcast shine!

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting Quick Start

School of Podcasting Membership

Freedom Software

Todoist

Evernote

Fiverr Workspace Accounting Software

Text Expander

Otter.ai transcription Service

Zapier Automation

Will Smith Book

First Things First book

(Free book on Audible)

Descript Software

Libsyn.com Media Host (sopfree promo code)

Captivate.fm

TIPS

Assess How Much Your Time Is Worth
Take the Time to Get Your Guest Sound in Check
Quit Multitasking
Avoid Distractions
Block out time
More Planning Equals Less Editing
Do the Hardest Stuff First
Prioritize Better
Speed up Researching
Organize Your Content to It's Easy to Find
Learn the Software You Are Using (Take a Class)
Record it Right the First Time
Listen Back Faster
Learn Keyboard Shortcuts
Google Vs Bang Your Head Against the Desk
Know WHO your guest is and WHY You are bringing them on the show
Outsource Your Editing
Automate When Possible
Use Transcripts to find clips for audiograms.
Deep Breathing when pulled out of your zone

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

II need your answer by 11/26/21. How long does it take you to go from idea to published on an episode.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Revealing Secrets from 800 Episodes - Keeping Your Sanity While Podcasting

Mon, 08 Nov 2021 05:05:50 -0400

We hear of podcasters getting these big deals for big bucks, and congratulations to all. However, this is not the norm. Just because you start a podcast does not mean you will end up like Rich Uncle Pennybag from Monopoly.

If you're a regular listener you've heard me mention how I received a 10-minute voicemail, and one of the points of that voicemail was that maybe we all have some slightly blurry expectations when it comes to podcasting (and in their case how long it takes to create one). Today is my 800th episode and like all of my milestone episodes, I'm going to break my format, and not talk so much about gear, downloads, promotion, interviews, etc and instead I want to talk about some of the more stressful sides of podcasting.

Mentioned In This Episode

Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/800

My first episode from 2005

Book: Profit From Your Podcast

School of Podcasting

Besties in Bed

Affordable Podcast Editing

The Grief Recovery Handbook

National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 800-273-8255

Question of the Month: How Long Does It Take You to Create an Episode - SURVEY

This 60-minute podcast took 8 hours to create from idea to pressing publish. We all know podcasting can take more time than we thought. I'd love to hear how long it took to go from "Idea to Publish" for your last episode. You can answer at

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Need Help With Your Podcast?

Here is a list of ways you can work with me.

Want to support the show, but feel you don't need the School of Podcasting? Consider becoming a Patron.

Also, this show is equipped with the value for value model. You can stream bitcoin using the apps at www.newpodcastapps.com

If none of those float your boat, you can always buy me a coffee.

TOPICS

00:58 Question of the Month 03:43 Origins of Episode 05:06 Podcasting Can Change Your Life 07:35 Everything Works for THE Dave Jackson??? 08:26 Podcasting Played a Part in My Divorce 09:29 Lesson 1: Realistic Expectations 11:40 Separating Work From Home 13:15 Tip 2:Date Night on Steroids 15:00 Relationship Advice from the Divorced Guy 15:10 When to Argue 17:07 Tip 3: Guys - JUST LISTEN 17:31 Tip 4: Ladies Tell Them What You Want 17:55 Tip 5: Make Sure You're Giving Them What They Want 18:46 Stereotypes are Fun! 20:02 Comparison is the Thief of Joy 21:33 The RIGHT Downloads 23:14 Refocus When Comparing Yourself 25:04 So Why Does Dave Podcast? 30:44 Suicide Disclaimer 31:32 Does Being a ProPodcaster Leave You Susceptible to Thoughts of Suicide? 32:58 When Did the Word Hobby Become Derogatory? 34:29 You Are Allowed to Do This For Fun 36:15 Podcasters Can Be Impulsive 38:06 Podcasters Are Isolated 39:07 Realistic Expectations 41:25 We Might Feel Trapped 43:10 The HUSTLE Mentality 44:20 Suicide Rates in America 48:10 It's OK To Ask For Help 49:55 Dealing with Grief 53:51 The Pain of Suicide 54:22 Keep Your Good Emails

They See You Before They Hear You Podcast Branding With Mark Des Cotes

Mon, 01 Nov 2021 04:05:24 -0400

For a lot of people, podcasting is just a hobby. They think it's fun to talk about their favorite topics and share them with the world. But for some, podcasting can be so much more than that! It can become a business or even an income source. If you've been thinking about starting your own podcast, here are some tips on how to brand your show like a pro:

For entrepreneurs who want to start their own businesses and use podcasts as part of their marketing strategy, branding is important; especially when considering how unique each individual business should be in order to stand out among its competitors. If you're looking for ways on how to brand your show like a professional podcaster, keep reading at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/799

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

Question of the Month

Many podcasters (especially new ones ) are surprised at how long it takes to create an episode. So this month's question is "How long did it take you to go from idea to published (not promotional actions just the planning, recording, editing, and publishing). Be sure to mention your website, your podcast, and a little bit about what to expect. Then let us know how long your finished episode was, how much time it took to publish, and if it was audio, video or both.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by November 26th

If you want something to help track your time check out Rescue Time, Toggl Track, ATracker Pro, Rize(there are a ton of these)

Again, www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Show

podcastbranding.co (Mark's Company)

Ask the Podcast Coach

Podcast Rodeo Show

Podcast Artwork Preview Tool

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Canva

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Does the Audience Need to Hear Your Guests ENTIRE Backstory?

Mon, 25 Oct 2021 04:05:37 -0400

You tell me that your guest is a master of (skill) and I'm ready to hear about (skill), but first, you make me listen to where he went to high school, and his entire backstory while all I want to talk about is how he can help me boost (skill).

So for me the "tell me about yourself" drives me nuts. I asked my audience, "Am I missing something? and they answered (and in some cases I am).

Full show notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/798

Thanks To The Contributors

Scott from What Was That Like?

Max from Aviation New Talk

Louis from Love Thy Lawyer

Bill From the Stroke Cast

Mark from the History of North America

November Question of the Month

As you produce episodes between now and November 26th, 2021 pay attention (and even track) how long it takes you to go from Ideas to pressing "Publish" on your media host (this does NOT include promotion). As always feel free to record a message and say something like, "Hey Dave this is (name) from (name of the show) at (website) my episode was (length of the episode) and it took me (time from idea to publishing). You can find more about my show at (website).

If you'd like, I've even made a spreadsheet where you can enter Name of Podcast (not episode - the podcast) The length of the finished episode (in minutes). The time spent (in minutes) to complete the episode If it was solo, co-host, interview. If there is video was involved.

You can answer your question at

schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Episode

White Collared Podcast

Affordable Audio Editing

atracker time tracking app

Rescue Time

EP766 How to Get Booked on Podcasts Figuring out Who and How to Pitch with Kristin Molenaar

Launching a Podcast in 2022?

As you heard in today's show, it takes some time to get focused, find your voice and make content that impacts your audience Join the School of Podcasting or Order the Quick Start Plan

What Podcasters Can Learn From Squid Game

Mon, 18 Oct 2021 04:05:15 -0400

The new series Squid Game on Netflix shot to number 1 in four days. I watched episode 1 and immediately binged the whole thing. This is a very popular show and has become Netflix's best launch.

Let's pick it apart and see what podcasters can learn from the success of Squid Game.

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Key Points:

78% of podcasters are discovered vis word of mouth ( Jacobs Media 2019)
It's not perfect
It got editing before it was released
The first episode really hooks you in.
You don't get the back story until episode 2
People can identify with the characters
What is going to happen next?
The audience boosted FOMO
Netflix took a chance
Sometimes The Audience Doesn’t Know What They Want Until They Get it.
So Don’t give up. It might take 10 years
It doesn’t have to be perfect
Start with the strongest content you have
Tease your next episode and leave them wanting more
Make materials for your audience to share on social
Be patient, and continue to improve your content
Inspire and ask for word of mouth

WEBINAR NEXT WEEK: APPLE PODCASTS CONNECT

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Common Podcast Mistakes III (and other Podcast BS)

Mon, 11 Oct 2021 04:05:28 -0400

As someone who works in the podcast space, and spends hours hanging out in the community there are things I see that make me scratch my head. There are EASY things to do that will help you grow your audience.

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

Check out the 10 commandments of book marketing

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Common Podcasting Mistakes That Slow Your Audience Growth

02:28 Get a Domain at Least

It can be through Name Cheap, or Coolerwebsites, but BUY a domain for your show. Yes, its icing on the cake, but isn't icing the best part?

05:20 Bad Clips to Start Your Show

Instead of spending mountains of time to have people jump into the middle of a conversation, why not just tell people why you're excited about a guest?

10:55 The Start of Your Show

Remember Apple has a giant LISTEN button now and people will hear the beginning of your show. Don't blow it with "Music for the sake of nothing" and let them know where they are about to go.

15:54 Follow and Subscribe

You want people to listen more than once. Don't make them find you. Give them links like this:

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

17:30 Impulse Actions Based on Emotions

21:19 Your About Page

Figure out what type of website you have, and include any combination of paragraphs about your business, your show, and your hosts. 23:47 Things That May Not Be Accurate

25:56 The #1 Show - (People will say anything - truth be Damned!) 28:31 Congressional Dish Shows Proof 28:48 A Podcast Guru Without a Podcast

Shouldn't your podcast coach have a podcast?

30:04 Monthly Stats

Monthly stats are a great barometer of how your older episodes are doing. They sound better than episode stats (but episode stats are what is used for most sponsors). 33:50 Magic Bullets I'm sorry. There aren't any.

35:48 Question of the Month

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

37:03 Dave Grohl The Storyteller - Thumbs Up

39:35 Bloopers

Mentioned In This Episode

My Podcast Reviews

What Was That Like

Dave Grohl The Storyteller

School of Podcasting

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Taking a Break and Coming Back From Your Podcast

Mon, 04 Oct 2021 04:05:47 -0400

There are times when I feel podcasters over-think things, and one of them is "How do I come back if I take an unplanned break?" It's not a whole lot different than starting a podcast from scratch (except it's easier).

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

Mentioned In This Podcast

Eric Nuzum interview

Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Book

FULL SHOW NOTES

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

TOPICS

00:00 Introduction 00:27 Welcome 01:14 Taking Breaks From Your Podcast: Don't 03:34 It's Your Choice 04:10 Things You Should Consider 05:07 Using Seasons 06:34 Off Seasons May Not Be Off 07:39 How I Don't Miss Episodes 08:31 Consistency in VALUE over Schedule 09:57 I Really Need To Take a Break 10:34 The Best Way to Take a Break: PLAN IT 11:23 Figure Out When You're Coming Back 12:28 Keep Your Listener Informed 13:56 SPONSOR: Novel Marketing Podcast 15:11 Unplug If That Is the Goal 16:21 Identify Why You Need a Break 17:13 Make Your Last Episode a GREAT Episode 18:03 No Explanation Needed 20:52 Losing Listeners Is Not More Important 21:21 Relaunching Your Podcast 22:00 Is Taking a Break More Work? 22:35 Have Episodes Recorded and Ready 23:15 Quick Summary So Far 23:55 Other Things to Consider 24:50 Best of Shows 25:33 Where to Announce Your Hiatus? 26:24 Avoid Podfading 27:55 The Biggest Mistake 30:35 Resurrecting a Podfaded Show 33:54 libsyn.com promo code sopfree 34:31 Question of the Month 35:44 One Tip to Making Podcasting Easier 37:12 If You Need a Break From Life 38:13 schoolofpodcasting.com 38:56 Bloopers

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

What Inspires People To Tell a Friend?

Mon, 27 Sep 2021 04:24:25 -0400

Today is a "Question of the Month" episode where we share something we recommended and WHY.

We look at the strategy of dripping content to keep people wanting to know what happens next ( the Zeigarnik effect ).

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

Participants

Matt from The Author Inside You

Scott from What Was That Like?

Jennifer Bourbon Barrel Podcasting

Timothy from Podwrecked and Create Art Podcast

Haley from Adoptees On

Jerry from Beyond the Rut

Mark from the History of North America

Wayne from the Packer's Fan Podcast, and Media Voice Overs.

Fred from Grump Old Bears

MENTIONED IN THIS PODCAST

Podcast Rodeo Show

Dumb People With Terrible Ideas

Social Media Marketing Podcast

Project Hail Mary

Samson Q2u

Podtrak P4

Dave's "My Gear" page.

Leading the Bleeding Podcast

Libsyn promo code sopfree to get a full month free.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

TOPICS

01:34 Autographed Copies of Profit From Your Podcat 02:10 The Show I Love to Hate 03:21 Zeigarnik effect 05:01 What Makes a Good Podcast? 06:39 What Happens Next? 07:48 Example of Dripping Content 09:11 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Marketing Podcast 13:19 Scott Johnson 15:54 Jennifer Longworth 17:15 Matt Rafferty 18:21 Timothy Kimo Brien 20:39 Haley Radke 23:09 Jerry Dugen 24:56 Mark Vinet 26:02 Wayne Henderson 27:13 Fred Castenada 28:35 Dave Jackson 33:10 October Question of the Month 38:20 Quick Wrap Up 39:08 Mastering Your Craft is a Goal 39:44 Libsyn Promo Code sopfree 40:38 Coming Soon

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Understanding Podcast Hosting Features

Mon, 20 Sep 2021 04:05:43 -0400

Every Facebook has the question, "where should I host my podcast" about six times a day and every response gets about 17 replies. I realize that question is sometimes confused by the different features, and business plans so this episode is here to help you understand podcast hosting companies.

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned in This Episode

Libsyn.com (use the coupon sopfree)

Fireside.fm

Anchor.fm

IAB Guidelines

Full Show Notes

Topics:

01:52 Question of the Month 02:28 Novel Marketing 03:46 Does One Media Host Deliver More Downloads? 08:58 IAB Statistics 10:37 Are IAB Stats Important? 12:22 Will Switching Hosts Bring More Downloads? 13:12 Storage 14:14 Downloads 15:22 What Kindof Stats? 16:23 Demographic Data? 17:08 Podcast Website 18:28 Private Podcasts 18:57 Dynamic Ad Insertion 20:47 Support 21:32 Transcripts 21:54 Audiograms 22:24 Media Hosting Business Models 22:40 Free Media Hosts 24:42 Why Free Media Hosts Fail 25:26 Limited Uploads - Unlimited Downloads 26:16 Unlimited Uploaded - Limited/Pricier Downloads 27:16 Unlimited Everything 27:42 Opinion My Criteria 31:18 Join the School of Podcasting 31:58 How to Choose? 35:07 Opinion on Transcripts 36:48 Opinion Audiograms 38:36 Opinion on Anchor.fm 42:00 Opinion on I Can't Afford It 42:31 Opinion- Busines Models 45:37 Opinion - All Things Unlimited 47:08 Facebook is Useless 49:17 Opinion: WordPress Feeds 51:53 be Careful Switching Hosts

What Happens To Your Podcast When You Die?

Mon, 13 Sep 2021 04:25:26 -0400

This weekend was the 20th anniversary of 911 in the United States. I recently had a slight health scare, so I brought on a friend of the show Gordon Firemark to answer the question, "What happens to your podcast if you die." We also get the last report from Glenn Hebert as he winds up his tour to meet his audience. I also am trying something new with my book Profit From Your Podcast.

Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast

A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

What Happens After You Publish Your First Episode

Today I talk about School of Podcasting student Mark Hasara who has a great background as a speaker, author and pilot but was still nervous to release his first episode.

When he released it he was amazed at how many downloads he received. We mention "The Feed" from Libsyn which shares industry stats. Currently, 50% of podcasters get less than 131 downloads per episode, and 50% get more.

What Happens to Your Podcast if You Die?

I talk with Gordon Firemark about what happens to your podcast if you die. While we all plan to be around much longer, taking the time to designate what happens to your show if you are no longer able to continue (or if you're dead). This is an awkward conversation to have with people, but you should be planning your estate as well, so don't forget your podcast (and dog) when you create directions on what to do with your show.

You might check out the book, "I'm dead, now what?" on Amazon

For more information about Gordon see thepodcastlawyer.com

Glenn's Reflections on His Tour

Glenn "The Geek" Hebert is from the Horse Radio Network. He went on a five-week tour with thousands of miles across the east coast to meet his listeners and sponsors.

He loved his Zoom Podtrack P4, and thought staying three days in one place was the best. Next tour he will also plan some time to site see (as they didn't do any). He said that even though traveling in an RV is different, after some time you just get used to it (and it beats hotels, or staying in the listener's homes).

Get A Personalized Version of Profit From Your Podcast

Go to www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book to get a personalized version of the book (US only)

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Topics:

00:00 Intro 01:48 Pushing Past Your Fears 05:36 Mark's First Episode 06:07 How Many Downloads is Considered Good? 09:37 Sponsor: Novel Marketing 11:39 Sad News About Trever Hill 12:54 What Happens To Your Podcast When You Die? 25:40 Glenn the Geek Final Tour Update 32:49 Others are Going on Tour 34:22 Questions of the Month 35:55 Personalized Version of Profit From Your Podcast 36:54 The Importance of Editing 39:50 Bloopers

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Is It Time To Sell Your Knowledge In an Online Course?

Mon, 06 Sep 2021 04:05:35 -0400

Mellisa Guller has experience as a marketing manager, a project manager, an online course designer (she worked at Teachable), as well as a podcast producer, host, and podcast teacher. We take a DEEP DIVE into planning and launching an online course.

SPONSOR: Novel Marketing

Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author

Building Digital Courses with Mellisa Guller

Today I get all your questions answered about building and selling an online course:

06:04 When is the right time to build a course? 09:01 How Long Should My Course Be? 11:19 Common Mistakes 13:13 What are the Top Challenges? 20:50 Open or Closed Model? 26:23 The Underutilized Feature in Teachable 27:27 What Do I Charge For My Online Course 32:59 Should I Have Free Lessons? 35:37 What Percentage of My Audience Will Sign Up? 39:38 Why is the Number So Low? 41:04 Why Did You Choose Circle?

Melissa's Contact Info

Check out all of her courses and services at

witandwire.com

Instagram

Twitter

Question of the Month

I need you to answer the question, "What was the last thing you shared, and why?" Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 9/24/21 and be sure to tell us about your show and where we can find it (your website).

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned in This Episode

Profit from Your Podcast Book

Episode 787 with the Entrepreneur Survey

The 10 Commandments of Book Marketing

Wit and Wire Podcast Launch Accelerator

Wit and Wire Courses

How Do You Define Podcast Success?

Mon, 30 Aug 2021 04:05:59 -0400

I asked my audience "Do you need to be a celebrity to achieve podcast success?" and they chimed in. You need to know your WHY, and you need to define SUCCESS.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of technology. It's super easy to have a website in 5 minutes. Try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage

Participants In This Episode

The History of North America - Mark

What Was That Like? - Scott Johnson

Permanent Record Studios in Austin - Mike

Film Spotting

Childless Not By Choice - Civilia Morgan

Dave's appearance on Childless Not by Choice

The Author Inside You - Matt

Dave's Appearance on The Author Inside You

The Relaxed Dog - Robert Ober

Tourpreneur- Shane Whaley.

Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on:

Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon

Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.

Did You Get Value From This Episode?

Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee

and give some of that value back.

Mentioned In This Podcast

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Voice Advantage Giveaway (Lots of Free Stuff)

Podcast Review Show

How To Niche Down Your Podcast?

Mailerlite Email List Tool

Danielle Desir is Building a Deeper Engagement in a Facebook Group Alternative

Mon, 23 Aug 2021 04:06:49 -0400

Today Danielle Desir built up a sizeable Facebook group and after trying multiple strategies to have the group pay for itself, SHE MOVED AWAY FROM FACEBOOK.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Danielle is the host of the Thought Card podcast and one of the founders of the Women of Color Podcasters. In addition to being a podcaster, she's also is an Author, Podcast Coach, Freelance Writer and more.

Today We Find Out

The happy accident that was the start of the WOC Podcasters group.

The multiple ways she attempted to monetize.

Her thoughts about the "hot leads" from Facebook.

Why she moved to Circle, and her favorite features.

How she stayed sane running a group of 4000+ people.

How she has expanded the group since moving off of Facebook.

We get insight into her 17 different streams of income.

Because of her podcast she is QUITTING HER DAY JOB!

Glenn The Geek Road Report

Glenn has recorded a few episodes on the road this week, and at one point was in the parking lot of a liquor store to get good wi-fi. He is getting great feedback from his audience, and seeing the products that people have purchased after hearing it on his show.

Glenn then has the customer record a testimonial about the product and sends it to the sponsor (this should make it easy to renew their contract as Glenn has audible proof that advertising on his show works).

Check out Gleen at www.horseradionetwork.com

Question of the Month

I need your answers by 8/27/21 at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts.

Leading the Bleeding ( A Journey Podcast)

I start a new strictly hobby podcast that will help me understand more about earning Bitcoin with your podcast. See www.value4value.io for more information. So far I've earned 65.74 (131,866 sats) and will be joined by my friend Harry Durran from Podcast Junkies and (hopefully) many more people as we create a "Study group." In the words of the great band King's X, "Everybody knows a little bit of Something" and we hope to get a group of people into a zoom meeting and share ideas, insights, and education.

To check out the first episode, "You've Got to Start Somewhere" and add our first meeting by visiting leadingthebleeding.com/meeting

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned On This Episode

Danielle Desir Website

Thought Card podcast

Women of Color Podcasters

Circle.so Community Platform

Profit From Your Podcast Book

The Dip By Seth Godin

Fountain App (stream bitcoin to podcasters)

Join the School of Podcasting

Should My Podcast Be an LLC?

Mon, 16 Aug 2021 02:50:50 -0400

We have many topics this week. If your app uses chapters you can jump to the next subject. We are talking about becoming an LLC

SPONSOR: Podpage

Mentioned In This Episode

Create an LLC

Zoom Podtrak P4 Recorder/Interface/Mixer

Show Notes Summit

My Gear

My Podcast Reviews

QR Code Creation Video

Podpage (create your podcast website in minutes)

Give Back Value For the Show

No Agenda Show

Rich Dad Poor Dad (free book on Audible)

Deb Shepherd Podcast

Horse Radio Network

New Podcast Apps

TOPICS

00:00 Put it Back in the Oven 01:28 Intro 02:05 Because of My Podcast: 10,000 Donation 04:49 Mailbag: Discovery Revisited 09:59 Why Did My Show Stop Growing 12:13 You Never Know Who Is Listening 14:29 SPONSOR Podpage 16:37 Should I Create an LLC? 28:05 Glen The Geek IN MY STUDIO 36:16 Podcast Yearbook 43:08 Show Notes Summit 44:27 schoolofpodcasting.com/value

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

New Survey Sheds Light on Content Creator Monetization Efforts

Mon, 09 Aug 2021 03:33:32 -0400

Many entrepreneurs say they are unemployable, well Joe Pulizzi (of Content Inc) has a new company called The Tilt (We’re Turning Content Creators into Content Entrepreneurs) just published The unconventionals. It's a report based on 1400 Content Entrepreneurs and what it takes to build a successful content business.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Lessons From the Car

When I was driving doing 75 mph in my Toyota Camry, if you're guest is using their built-in microphone I couldn't understand what they were saying. Also, just like a GPS that is constantly looking for more efficient ways to get you to your destination, your podcast operates the same way. As you listen to your audience, you can steer your show to success.

It Turns Out People Are Listening...

In attending an event where my audience is (Podcast Movement 2021), I ran into a few people who listen to my show. I ran into Peter Ferioli of the Music Podcast Network, Riki Rachtman from MTV's the Headbanger Ball (who now has his own podcasts). While it feeds your ego, you also have the opportunity to get instant feedback on your show. This is always amazing to get feedback, and you actually see that people are listening to you.

Glenn The Geek HRN Tour Report

Glenn is going on a five-week 3200-mile tour including 14 states, 12 meetups, 1 wedding, to meet his listeners. he is staying at listener farms and campgrounds.

Glenn is loving the Zoom Podtrak P4 and using four Samson Q2U microphones. He is recording into the P4 and also uses Hindenburg Journalist

Follow Glenn on the Horses in the Morning Facebook Page or check out his Horse Radio Network Website.

Question of the Month

Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts... I need your answer by 8/27/21 see

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Mentioned In This Episode

FULL PDF REPORT - The unconventionals

Podpage

Profit From Your Podcast Book (and Podcast)

Zoom Podtrak P4

Samson Q2U microphones

Podia Everything you need to sell courses, webinars, downloads, and memberships.

Teachable - Create online courses and coaching services.

Podcast Movement

RocknPod Event

Big Podcast Book

the Music Podcast Network

Riki Rachtman

Tourpreneur Podcast

Spybrary

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

What Makes This Podcast Great? Jordan Harbinger Edition

Mon, 02 Aug 2021 04:05:00 -0400

While you can learn from other people's mistakes, you can also learn from other's successes. Jordan Harbinger has been on the show multiple times. He first shared what was working for him back on episode 402 and he had left his career as a lawyer. He was uber transparent on episode 618 on starting his new show.

When I heard episode 540 of the Jordan Harbinger Show, I had to reach out to Jordan and say how awesome it was. As I looked at the show/episode deeper (and his website) there are a ton of strategies to learn from.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Lessons Learned

Jordan promotes what you missed, and let's you know what's coming.
His opening tease made me want to hear more without "spoiling" the episode. His fluid transition of his guest left me (again) wanting to hear more.
Jordan has created starter packs to get new listeners to the best stuff quickly.
Jordan does the work. He reads the book, watches the movie, etc. He does the research for his guest, and consequently asks the best questions that lead to great stories.
His guest had a great story AND could tell it. (Example, actors are skilled at reading other people's words and may not be a great interview).
He makes points by sharing insights into his life.
He put his sponsors in the episode AND on his "Deals" page. This (probably) results in more sales, and makes it easy to share
He explains WHY you should go to his website.
He has blog posts that are long (to attract Google) and are very well written. These also have links to his episodes. HE can then mention this on his episodes which is another reason to check out the website.
While his primary income is sponsors, he also has a page of all the books from his guests (which use affiliate links). Remember, pennies make dollars.
You get to know him based on his entertainment recommendations.

Findability vs Discoverability

I wrote an article 5 Ways To Get Your Podcast Discovered some people took to Twitter to say I was wrong. One person was Tanner Cambell from Real Talk Podcasting. He explained how:

Findability: How easy it is for someone to locate known data, information, or knowledge using search or browse?

Example: Googling "Golf Podcast."

Discoverability: How easy is it for someone to encounter information or knowledge that was not explicitly sought out?

Example: Pandora suggesting songs based on your feedback. Amazon suggesting products. Netflix suggesting shows based on your feedback.

After an uncomfortable discussion, I realize I was confusing the two.

For me, my friends are my discoverability system. They know what I would enjoy and recommend podcasts for me to listen to that I may not have heard about.

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode

Jordan Harbinger Website

Jordan Harbinger Episode with Daryl Davis

Daryl Davis Documentary Accidental Courtesy

Klan-destine Relationships Book

Podpage

Dave's YouTube Video on Discoverability

What Makes This Podcast Great: Marc Maron

The War of Art Audiobook - Steven Pressfield

What Would You Miss If You Had to Stop Podcasting?

Mon, 26 Jul 2021 04:05:00 -0400

What would happen if some life event happened and you couldn't podcast anymore? What would you miss the most?

SPONSOR: Podpage

Mentioned In This Episode

Kris and Kristine Show

The White Collared Podcast

Foster Care: An Unparalleled Journey

The Pharmacists Voice

What Was That Like?

History of North America

Marriage Advice From the Divorced Guy

Podcasting Can Bring You Out Of Your Shell

Podcasting is great for introverts as you get to meet thousands of people without meeting thousands of people. You can then meet the like-minded people you attract, and eventually, get up enough nerve to meet people you have nothing in common with.

You Don't Need to Buy Top-Notch Uber Expensive Gear

If you wait to start your podcast until you can spend THOUSANDS on equipment, don't. You can start a solo podcast for less than a price of an xbox.

Start Today

Question of the Month

I need the answers by August 27th, 2021. The question is: Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? I'd love to hear both yes and no answers (for the record my answer is yes, but feel free to change my mind. I'd love a good dialogue.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Ready To Start Your Podcast

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

What Amazing Tips You Can Learn From the Beatles and Kiss To Grow Your Podcast Like a Rock Star

Mon, 19 Jul 2021 04:05:00 -0400

The formula for many successful musicians is to take their influences and mix them into something new and unique. I recently watched a few documentaries, and as a musician, I'm a bit of a nerd when it comes to music history, especially around rock and roll, and today I've got some great stories that can help your podcast.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Rockstar Lessons From the Beatles and Kiss

Start with your why
Same but different
Sharpen your axes
Make your show hard to copy
Sacrifices will be made
Friendly competition is good
Don't promote until your audience says its good
Get people talking about you
Money changes everything
Don't be bored

I think the item that really made me go "Whoa!" was the Beatles having the option to come to the US, and they postponed it until they had a hit. Likewise, Kiss walking out on a record deal as the music wasn't right.

Podcast Rewind

I've been interviewed on the following podcasts:

Monetization Nation

Talk about Talk Podcast

Question of the Month

What would you miss the most if you have to quit podcasting? I need your answer by 7/23/21

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode

McCartney 3, 2, 1 on Hulu

Kisstory on A & E

Monetization Nation

Talk about Talk Podcast

Profit From Your Podcast

Full show notes of 784

Is Podcast Success Only For Celebrities?

Mon, 12 Jul 2021 04:00:00 -0400

"Is podcast success only for celebrities?" This is a question many podcasters ask themselves after they start their podcast and find out how much work it really takes to make it successful. Listeners don't care if you're an established celebrity or not. They want good content.

Full episode description at

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/783

Ready to Get Into the Arena With a Podcast?

I would love to help you get a professional-sounding, super targeted, extra-engaging podcast off the ground. Let me take my 16 years of podcasting experience to help you avoid the common pitfalls. Come work with me.

Enjoy the Podcast But Don't Need My Services?

I've provided value, you can provide value here.

SPONSOR: Podpage

If you want a great-looking website for your podcast, quit trying to squeeze a podcast into a template for something that is not a podcast. Quit trying to learn Javascript. You get get a great-looking website for your podcast in 5 minutes. You can try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage

Mentioned In This Episode

Podpage

Learn Podpage (for free)

Joe Rogan's first live stream

Joe Rogan Interviews Adam Curry

No Agenda Show,

Mike Rowe - What Not How Episode

Paris Hilton Podcast

New Media Show

Jerry Seinfeld Video

Guitar Speak Podcast

Join the School of Podcasting

Book a Podcast Strategy Call

Buy Me a Coffee

Bob Staggenborg - Nature Guys

Fri, 09 Jul 2021 02:56:45 -0400

A brief summary of this episode

Wait, What? Why Did I Get This Feedback? Behind The Scenes of the School of Podcasting

Mon, 05 Jul 2021 04:19:42 -0400

Two Ways To Learn Things

You can learn from your mistakes and do less of those.

You can also look at anything that worked well and do more of that.

This week I talk about episode 780 with Adam Curry. I had more people connect with me to say, "Hey, I really liked that interviewed" and I started asking them WHY? What made it stick out? Today I share their answers.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Podpage makes it super easy to make a website for your podcast without a giant amount of technical know-how. There is no need to cram a podcast into a theme made for a restaurant on Squarespace, a personal trainer on Wix, or the nightmares that are WordPress themes and plugin conflicts. Podpage is made based on podcaster feedback for podcasters!. You can try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage

Mentioned In This Episode

Marc Maron Interviews Quentin Tarantino

Podcasting 2.0 and the Podcast Index

My Interview With Adam Curry

Paul Colligan

Glen the Geek

Spark Christian Podcast Conference

A Time For Horses

Power of Podcasting Network (All of Dave's Podcasting Shows)

Profit From Your Podcast (Dave's Book)

Join The School of Podcasting

Schedule a Podcast Strategy Meeting

ATTITUDE: Joe Saul-Sehy's Secret Weapon to Podcast Success

Mon, 28 Jun 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Today we hear part 2 of my conversation with Joe from Stacking Benjamins (Hear Part 1) comes back to talk about joining Westwood One, why he has a coach and his attitude towards making his show better.

SPONSOR: Podpage

Have you tried Podpage? Podpage makes it super easy to make a website for your podcast. You don't need any technical knowledge. Just put in your RSS feed from your media host, and Podpage does the rest. You can try it for free for seven days - no credit card required. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage

TOPICS:

00:00 Gordon the Guided Missile 03:00 Welcome to the Show

QUESTION OF THE MONTH 04:38 Podcasting Pet Peeves 04:54 York from Poetic Earthlings 06:59 Seth - Geekville Radio 08:53 Dan - Based on a True Story IS YOUR PODCAST GOOD? 11:33 Most Haters Just Leave 14:41 Do You REALLY Want Advice? 16:01 Before You Buy Facebook Ads 16:44 How to Not Feel SALESY

18:30 SPONSOR: Podpage JOE'S AMAZING ATTITUDE 20:40 Joe From Stackingbenjamins.com 21:12 Why Did Joe Join a Network? 24:20 "Messing" with his content? 25:54 Why Does Someone Successful Need a Coach? 27:27 What Innovations Did You Do? 31:04 How Joe Inspires You To Listen to the Ads 32:31 Knowledge is Powerful When Acted Upon 34:26 Being Everywhere 35:54 Great Points: recap

GET MORE OF JOE

Stacking Benjamins Podcast

Pre-order his book, "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management"

YOUR ATTITUDE 36:55 It Doesn't Have to Be Perfect 38:41 2 Quick Quotes

JULY QUESTION OF THE MONTH

40:18 July Question of the Month If you had to stop podcasting (the reason doesn't matter) what would you miss the most? Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

INSIGHTS FROM SPARK CHRISTIAN PODCAST CONFERENCE 42:20 Example of Standing Out 47:35 In-Person Events ROCK 50:30 Coming Soon

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE ( 781 )

The Importance of Mistakes (John Cleese)

Podpage (learn Podpage for free)

School of Podcasting - Plan, Launch, Grow and Monetize Your Podcast

Poetic Earthlings

Geekville Radio

Based on a True Story

Author Media ( Thomas Umstattd Jr. )

Fantastical Truth Podcast (Zach Russell)

Jordan Harbinger Asking Advice Episode

Pre-order Joe's book, "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management"

Focus on the Family

Spark Christian Podcast Conference

Part 1 of My talk With Joe (About Reviews)

The Chosen (Online Series - Interesting Crowdfunding)

Tara-Leigh Cobble

Author Media - Thomas Umstattdt Jr.

Fantastical Truth - Zachary Russell

Preserving podcasting as a platform for free speech. Adam Curry and Podcasting 2.0

Mon, 21 Jun 2021 04:05:00 -0400

Today I am blessed to interview the man who helped invent podcasting. Many people know him from his time as a VJ on MTV but there is so much more to Adam than his leather jacket and golden locks of hair.

Born in Va but moved to the Netherlands when he was 7. He built his first transistor radio when he was 15, and by 16 was a station announcer for a hospital. He later worked on Dutch Pirate Radio, and Radio Decibel in Amsterdam.
He's also worked part-time in a computer store where he built his own modem.
Yes, he was on MTV as a DJ from 1987-1994.
Seeing the power of the Internet he started OnRamp which turned into Think New Ideas. 1996 Adam Curry served as CTO of Think New Ideas. He built websites for Budweiser, bud light, and put together the first Live Stream of the Grammys. (the sponsor was one of the first digital cameras).
Podshow (a podcast network, later renamed Mevio) was launched 2004 to 2014. It focused on selling ads for a cast of podcasters.
In 2005 hosted a show on Sirius Satelite Radio that spotlighted podcasts.
In 2007 he launched the No Agenda Show with John C Divorak which uses the value for value model.

He's part pirate, part broadcaster, part nerd, and part businessman, he's the Podfather, and today we are talking podcasting 2.0

SPONSOR: Podpage

If you are a person who understands that having a website for your podcast is important but doesn't have a clue how to build one. You hate WordPress, and found Squarespace confusing, you can build a beautiful podcast website in five minutes (just enter your RSS feed and Podpage does the rest). See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage

Topics Covered With Adam:

The problem with podcasting networks ( 7:20)

The history of the No Agenda Show (14:50)

What is Podcasting 2.0 and how to get started (27:05)

Mentioned in This Episode

www.noagendashow.com

www.podcastindex.org

www.coinbase.com

Strike Bitcoin Wallet

James Cridland Article

Join the School of Podcasting

Avoid sounding unprofessional

Learn how to connect with your audience

Get your show listed in Apple, Spotify, Google and More

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Have I Underestimated the Power of Apple Podcast Reviews?

Mon, 14 Jun 2021 04:05:00 -0400

Today I am joined by Joe Saul-Sehy from Stacking Benjamins (which was recently added to the Westwood One Network). Joe recently took a class lead by Sinan Aral (author of the book The Hype Machine) and while it's been proven over and over that Apple ratings and Reviews do not help you in the apple podcast charts, but how much influence do ratings have for those looking for new podcasts?

Sponsor: Podpage

If you're not a technical person, and you're looking for a "Set it and forget it" solution to your podcast's website, look no further than Podpage. You can create a beautiful website in five minutes. I use podpage on the Podcast Rodeo Show, Podcast Review Show, Ask the Podcast Coach, and others. It is being built based on the Feedback of 1000 podcasters in their Facebook group. You can try it for free at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage

Check out this video to see how easy it is to setup your show.

Mentioned In This Episode:

Stacking Benjamins

The Hype Machine Book

Podpage

Learn Podpage Free Course

Leave a 5 Star Review For the School of Podcasting

Take this quick three-question survey about Podcast Reviews

Google Trends

Jacobs Media

My Podcast Reviews

Join the School of Podcasting

Topics:

05:26 The Importance of Reviews (outside of Apple charts) 12:35 Follow Trends ( see Google Trends ) 15:48 A Faster Way To Create Audiograms 16:38 Managing a Community (want a Facebook Alternative? Check out the Circle Platform) 20:26 SPONSOR:schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage 22:09 Give Your Listeners What They Want 25:13 78% of Podcast Discovery is Word of Mouth according to Jacobs Media 29:49 Looking at My Reviews via My Podcast Reviews ( 4 months free on your first yearly subscription ) 31:29 Another Strategy to Battle 1 Star Reviews 33:16 Have I Frightened You From Pressing Record? 34:05 Getting Out Of Our Own Way 37:14 You WILL Get a One Star Review 38:32 Getting Reviews Outside of Apple 39:45 Thanks To My Team 40:31 Bloopers

Behind the Scenes of Podcast Movement Nashville

Mon, 07 Jun 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Podcast Movement Nashville is one of the Podcast Industries' first in-person events. While I'm excited to get in my car and make my way to Nashville, there are those who are nervous about being in crowds, while others have not been cleared to travel. I ask Co-founder Dan Franks how he weathered the storm of 2020, and what he's doing to address the needs of his conference attendees in 2021.

Check out PodcastMovement.com for more information

SPONSOR: Podpage.com

Automatically create a beautiful, listener-friendly podcast site from your RSS feed. Customize the design to create a professional look you’ll be proud of in a few clicks. No coding or technical knowledge necessary. You can build a beautiful podcast website in five minutes! Check out www.podpage.com

FREE COURSE: Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage to learn the ins and outs of Podpage.

Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/778

Mentioned In This Episode

Podcast Movement

Podpage.com

Learn Podpage - Free Course

John Lee Dumas Interview

Kate Erickson Interview

Sendfox

Mailerlite

Danny Elfman on Marc Maron

David Lee Roth on Joe Rogan

Question of the Month

Tarzan Economics (free book on Audible)

Wix Video

Join the School of Podcasting

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Get instance access to tutorials, private coaching, and a Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds. You don't have to worry about sounding stupid, spending too much on equipment, or wonder how to get into Apple, Spotify, etc.

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Editing Your Podcast Interview For Content

Mon, 31 May 2021 04:00:00 -0400

How do you decide if something should stay in your podcast episode? For when I listen to the question I asked, I look for:

1. When did their response start to actually answer the question I asked.

2. Is it a good answer? Does it deliver value?

Today I play some clips of Sean Evans from Hot Ones being interviews by Drew Barrymore the actress turned talk show host.

SPONSOR: SCHOOL OF PODCASTING

Get the best equipment for your budget
Sound professional
Learn what your audience wants
Network with brilliant podcast minds
Private Group Coaching
Priority Email Support
30 Day Money-back Guarantee

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Avoid the Been There Done That

The guest provides an answer and you have a similar situation that will answer for the second time your question. Was the answer from the guest so unclear that you need to repeat what is essentially the same point? If not, remove your story. The interview is about the guest (not you).

Avoid the Back Story

Sometimes we provide some back story so the guest understands the motivation behind the question. Many times the audience doesn't need to hear the back story. You can edit it out and just leave the part

Don't Forget to Ask a Question?

I find it off that Drew Barrymore often does not ask a question. She says nice things about the guest and just stops.

June 2021 Question(s) of the Month

1. What would the ultimate podcast community look like to you? (This will remain between you and me).

2. What are your top pet peaves? (this will be public)

Don't forget to provide:

The name of your show/ The website. A brief description

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 6/25/2021

Need Help With Your Editing?

Check out Affordable Audio Editing

Where I Will Be

Spark Christian Podcast Conference June 22-24 2021Grapevine, TX

Podcast Movement Nashville Aug 306 20201

Thanks for sharing this show with a friend

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting

Steve Carter Easy Stress Cures and EFT Tapping Junction

Drew Barrymore Interviews Sean Evans

Last Week Tonight on Paid Placement (with their Fake Product)

Episodes 776 Nobody Gets On a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going – Your Podcast's Intro

Episode 771 Podcasting Can Give Your Audience Something They Are Dying To Hear: The Truth

Question of the Month

Nobody Gets On a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going - Your Podcast's Intro

Mon, 24 May 2021 04:00:00 -0400

My Co-host of the Podcast Review Show Eric K Johnson has a saying, "Nobody Gets on a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going." Today we talk about how it is 100% up to you on how you start your episodes. I also talk about insights from reading the book, "The Creator’s Compass" which talks about three different levels of presenting content.

Sponsor: School of Podcasting

Get your podcast off the ground, sounding professional, without spending money on equipment you don't need by using the step-by-step tutorials, the private Facebook Group (filled with brilliant podcast minds) and live group coaching. There is a 30-day money-back guarantee when you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

The Generic Show Introduction

Welcome to (show name) where we (what you do) so that you can (benefit of listening) our website is (website address). Then introduce the episode, and if you can explain why people should listen to you, throw that in as well.

Smooth Transactions Don't Happen By Accident

When I do the Podcast Review Show with Erik K Johnson so we both can see the points each person wants to make. If needed we loft up a "softball" comment so the person can make their point. Consequently, when I see we have hit all the bullet points I don't have to ask, "Are you ready to move on."

James and Sam on Podland do a great job of organizing the many topics they cover into stories that easily transition from one to the next. They transition into interviews by providing just the information that resonates with the listener (do we really need their whole LinkedIn bio? No!) and consequently when the show is over I find myself asking, "Already?" It just flows nicely. This doesn't happen by accident. When you have multiple segments take some time to think about how you are going to transition from one to the other. If you don't do this, it's not the end of the world, but it is often the little things that separate good from great. It's the little things that other people don't take the time to do that can really set you apart.

I actually use transition music (SHORT music) to signal my audience that we're moving to a new topic. The bottom line is it is YOUR SHOW and you can do WHATEVER you want. Don't let this stop you from creating your show because it's not "perfect."When in doubt ask someone (not related to you) for feedback and/or do what feels right to you.

Three Levels of Content

I read the ebook The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo and I loved it. It really made me think, and it's pretty creative. Here is one thing that made me go, "Oh yeah, that is better."

Level 1 Content

You have some gold. (You drop facts in their lap)

Level 2: What Could Happen

Here’s some gold. You have some now. And because you have some now, you can do all kinds of things: create some jewelry to feel beautiful or make someone else feel beautiful, etc

Level 3: Your Opinion

When you say the phrase, "I think" you take all the information, all the pros and cons and insights you have, and put them into an opinion.

Everyone will have their own opinion and that makes your show different than anyone else's sow.

Coming Soon: Dissecting Hot Ones on YouTube

Hot Ones is an amazing show, with AMAZING questions.

Mentioned In This Episode

The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo

Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man Kindle and Audible

How to Make Key Decisions For Your Podcast

Mon, 17 May 2021 04:05:00 -0400

There are times when we are either planning your podcast, launching it, or you're just trying to get a larger audience. I see people in groups, websites, and meetups where they are stuck in the decision-making process. Today we are going to walk through the basic steps, and look at where and why people get stuck.

Because of My Podcast: Clay Groves is Now the Host of the Morning Radio Show and a Program Director

Clay is the man behind the Fish Nerds podcast and because of his podcast he was first selected to be the man behind the scenes who does the editing, some voice-over at a station. That lead to him filling in on the weekends which lead to him NOW being the Morning Radio Show host AND Program Director. HOW COOL?

Check out Clay at www.fishnerds.com

The Basics of Making a Decision

In doing some research and reading a bunch of articles you can boil decision-making down to about 5-10 steps. These are: Step 1: Identify your goal Step 2: Gather information for weighing your options Step 3: Consider the Consequences Step 4. Make the Decision Step 5. Evaluation the decision

Full episodes notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/775

Mistakes People Make When Making A Decisions

Zero Research

There are some shows that have done zero research and end up naming their show the same as MANY other shows (search for outside the box in your favorite app).

Lack of Qualified Advice Not having an expert or someone who has done what you're doing. My ex-wife was a nurse and when I was given the decision of "How do you want your Dad to die, slow or fast?" She asked for a surgical consult. I didn't even know what a surgical consult was, but we did one and it added about five more years to my Dad's life.

Paralysis By Analysis

There is a Ted Talk by Sheena Lyengar who is a blind psycho economist who specializing in decision making They had 348 different kinds of jam. We set up a little tasting booth right near the entrance of the store. We there put out six different flavors of jam or 24 different flavors of jam, and we looked at two things: First, in which case were people more likely to stop, sample some jam? More people stopped when there were 24, about 60 percent, than when there were six, about 40 percent. The next thing we looked at is in which case were people more likely to buy a jar of jam. Now we see the opposite effect. Of the people who stopped when there were 24, only three percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. Of the people who stopped when there were six, well now we saw that 30 percent of them actually bought a jar of jam.

So when you do some research and bounce it off someone who you feel provides trustworthy advice, you're ready to move to on to looking at the consequences.

Fear of Consequences

You think there is an A U D I E N C E listening when you first start (there isn't). Then a few months later you have fear because people ARE listening. Remember no one will punch you in the face. You can change things later.

TOPICS: 00:00 Decisions, Decisions, Decisions 01:13 Welcome to the Show 01:55 Clay Groves is Now the Morning Guy 05:03 Basic Steps of Making Decisions 09:00 Hobby Shows Have Easier Decisions 09:33 Hobby Shows Might Have Easier Decisions 10:17 The Perfect Podcast 11:03 Paralysis By Analysis 13:21 Facebook Groups May Be More Confusing than Helpful 14:17 What Will You NOT Do? 16:23 Emotional Decisions 17:12 Emotional Pressure 18:14 Apps to Help With Decisions 19:12 There Will Be Bad Decisions 21:03 Join The School of Podcasting 22:31 Dave Uses This Process In Real Life 31:35 Thanks to All My Well Wishers 35:36 Bloopers

Mentioned In This Episode

School of Podcasting Affordable Audio Editing

Episode 774 Will You trust Your Baby With Apple?

Podia Education and Marketing Platform

Teachable Online Course Management Tool

PodPage

Lean Podpage For Free

Loom Video Tool

Circle Community Tool

Follow me on Apple or Android text " sop " to 31996

Start Your Podcast

When you join the school of podcast you can forget about sounding stupid, unprofessional, or spending money on gear you don't need. You get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, time-shifted one-on-one coaching (via video), and a private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Will You Trust Your Baby With Apple?

Mon, 10 May 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Today I explain the continuing issues with Apple (and Google, and Spotify). Your podcast is like a baby. It needs never-ending attention and if there is an issue you need it solved NOW.

I judge a company on how things are handled when they make a mistake (cause we are all human). To have a problem that is ongoing for weeks, I find it hard to believe. I get that podcasting is barely a revenue generator for Apple (as in almost none), but you have to realize that in the same way that the actions of a child reflect on the parents, the actions of an app (AND YOUR BRAND) are a reflection of the app you told people to use to listen to your show.

Bottom line:

It's going to take long (for now) for new episodes to appear in Apple.

Apple is not displaying links properly.

There is currently (May 2021) a bug where duplicate numbers are appearing (I do see where an update is waiting to be installed - fingers crossed). To see any episode numbers you need to follow.

Apple (or Google, Spotify etc) don't put out any public notices. Communication is the lubrication of any relationship. It makes you feel very small and insignificant. That feeling does not make me want to use your subscription service.

Who is going to answer any of the customer tickets when someone can't access their subscription? or loses their password? etc. I don't want them treating my customers the way they've treated me. They owe me an apology.

How Do I Know If I Have An Issue?

You can use a tool like inoreader.com or feedly.com and input your feed. You should be able to see if your latest episode is there. If the episode is in the reader, but not the podcast app, the app just needs to catch up. See video

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Mentioned in This Episode

Podcast Index

Blubrry Directory

Last Pass Password Tool

Podfriend App

Overcast App

Other new podcast 2.0 Apps

How to earn Bitcoin from your podcast

Podcasting 2.0 Podcast

How to Find and Choose a Co-host for Your Podcast

Mon, 03 May 2021 04:00:00 -0400

I reached out to you and asked how you found your co-host and you were nice enough to reply.

SPONSOR: School of Podcasting Audio Editing

If you're stressed out about your podcast, and you're spending too much time, check out the School of Podcasting Editing service. We have different variations to meet your budget. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/edit

Tips in Choosing a Co-Host for Your Podcast

You want someone who has the same commitment (and support).

You want someone who loves your topic, but might approach it from a different angle. You don't need a clone of you. We already have one of you.

Make sure you all understand how things are divided up and workaround: Money coming in Podcast production Podcast Promotion Who is paying for what (money going out) How do you get fired or quit? What schedule is the show going to use (record some test shows to determine this)

Finding a Co-host

Today we hear how some people: Ask other podcasters they knew

Ask family members

Asked bloggers

Asked their audience

You might consider starting your show as a solo artist which makes it easier to ask someone to join something that exists than something that is just an idea in your head. see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Thanks To The Contributors:

Wayne Henderson from the Packers Fan Podcast ( https://packersfanpodcast.com/ and www.mediavoiceovers.com)

Andrés Brenes from Colmillo Roquero colmilloroquero.com ( a Spanish podcast about Heavy Metal)

Brent Bergherm from Lattitude Photography Podcast - https://latitudephotographypodcast.com/

Fred Castaneda from Podcast Reporter ( www.podcastreporter.com and www.strugglingbiz.com and http://2030podcast.com/)

Roben Harris from Destinations Connections ( www.destinationconnections.com )

Matt Rafferty - The Author Inside You (www.theauthorinsideyou.com )

Josh Rivers 24 Faithful www.24faithful.com

Craig Wealand from Ingles Podcast.com ( inglespodcast.com )

Mentioned In This Show

Podcast Editing

Podcast Review Show

Text " sop " to 31996

Join the School of Podcasting www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Who Will Win the Battle of Paid Podcast Subscriptions?

Mon, 26 Apr 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Apple Is Launching Subscriptions

Here is what we know:

In the US, it's $19.99 a year to participate

Your show is only available in the Apple podcast app but it's not exclusive.

You can set your monthly and yearly subscription price, and signing up will be super easy.

You can offer a free trial along with a freemium model (some free episodes and some paid).

The first year a person subscribes Apple takes 30% of the revenue from that listener, the second year of their subscription they take 15.

Apple will host your files and choose the output format.

Stats on your downloads for the subscribers will come from Apple.

When you sign up for a "regular" podcast you need to choose the one with an RSS feed.

Apple is having MAJOR difficulties this week and as I write this my dashboard has been reading

"We're setting up your account.

This could take a few hours. When we're finished, you can start adding new shows" since 4/21 (it's 4/25 as I write this).

If you're on Anchor and you let Anchor submit your show, you will need to get your show under your Apple ID.

Check out Apple's site

The Math of Subscriptions

Let's look at a podcast that is getting 150 downloads on every episode (after 30 days).

If you have 150 downloads per episode. The typical percentage of people who will take action is 3%. This would mean 4.5 people which I will round up to 5.

If you charge $5/month that is $25 (Five people at $5/month). Apple is going to take 30% ($7.50) and leave you with $17.50

With this in mind when you start thinking of bonus content, and the effort it takes, you need to ask yourself is this worth $17.50.

In the same scenario your take-home pay is: Glow.fm: $23.93 Supercast: $23.64 Patreon (8%): $22.88 Apple: $17.47

Is It Worth It?

All the extra work, how long is it going to take? You need to answer that question. If you spend four hours a month creating additional content, you want to take that $17.50 per month you are making from subscribers and divide by four hours to get $4.38per hour. Is missing time with your family, your sanity, your health, with it?

What We Don't Know About Apple Subscriptions

Are they going to release Apple podcasts on Android? This seems like something they should be doing.

Is it $20 per year (US) or $20 per year per country? IMHO, this is $20/year (US) for all countries. When I started to sign up last night Apple wanted to charge me $20

My Podcast Reviews Adds Follow Pages

On episode 709 Interviewed Daniel J Lewis from My Podcast Reviews (which is ONE place to get ALL of your reviews in ONE place from ALL Countries). Now they have added an easy way to get people to subscribe/follow your podcast (which really is something you want them to d0. You can see it live in action at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow

For more information check out My Podcast Reviews (aff link)

Podpage Has Added Multiple Updates

I interviewed Brenden from Podpage.com on episode 728. That was after Podpage first launched. If you need more than your "built in" website from your media host, but don't need all the complexity from something like WordPress, Podpage is for you. They've added features such as:

Free voicemail
Episode signatures (default text that is placed at the bottom of every episode
A place for transcripts
Multiple templates, more color options, and eCommerce
Better search (which s great as WordPress search is awful)
Email list building tool

Check out my free course at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage

Tidycal Adds Zoom Integration

If you need a tool to help schedule guests or consulting clients, Tidycal allows you to create free (or paid) appointments and now it automatically creates a zoom meeting. It also integrates with Paypal, and Google Calendar. Currently, you can purchase LIFETIME access to the tool for $20 (no monthly fees).

Check out Tidycal

Get Your Podcast Audited By Two Consultants

Want some honest feedback on your show? Check out the Podcast Review Show where I and 30 years radio veteran Erik K Johnson go over your show, your website, and your goals to help you do more of what is working, and tweak anything that is not. Check it out at Podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

Join the School of Podcasting and get access to:

Step by step tutorials
Live group coaching
Private Facebook Group
Priority Email Support.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Podcasting Can Give Your Audience Something They Are Dying To Hear: The Truth

Mon, 19 Apr 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Currently, I think civilization has a serious problem. We are losing the ability to identify the truth. I'm not talking religion, or anything philosophical. I'm talking about doing research, looking at the evidence, and reporting what we find. Today I use the clip of then Donald Trump's "Very Fine People" press conference. That remark came at 01:07 but the 2-minute mark had him saying, "I'm not talking about the neo Nazi's or the white nationalists because they should be condemned totally." Because of hi"s "Very Fine People" clip, Joe Biden said he HAD to run for President.

Please note I'm not either pro or against Trump. I liked his stance on China but saw MANY stupid things come out of his mouth. This is not about politics. It's about the media not focusing on delivering the truth, but more interesting in obtaining high ratings.

Mentioned In This Episode

Very Fine People - video

Profit From Your Podcast - Book

Charles Barkley Speaks Some Truth

With a Podcast You Can't Be Cancelled

While you can be removed off of platforms, as long as you have an RSS feed, people can subscribe/follow your show. It may take them a couple of extra steps to do it manually but you're not "off the air." In some cases being edited is just great exposure. People want to hear what the big deal was that you were censored.

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

If you have a co-host, I'd love to hear how you found/chose your co-host. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast.

Ready to Start Your Podcast?

The School of Podcasting is dedicated to teaching you the right way to launch, grow and produce your podcast so that you sound great. Membership includes step-by-step videos that will walk you through planning podcasts, launching them on Apple and other top directories, growing listenership and getting more listeners coming back for more episodes. The live coaching sessions are available via zoom -with a group coaching session every month during a call with other members who are also producing professional content. You have access to me via email as well as mentoring in our private Facebook community filled with brilliant minds such as yourself.

See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Impacting People From Your Bedroom: Collin From Pet Sitter Confidential

Mon, 12 Apr 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Billie Eilish (super famous singer - especially to young teenage girls - records her music with her brother in their bedroom. She currently has 44 million followers on Spotify and 81 million followers on Instagram. She earned 25 million from Apple for the movie and her net worth is reportedly 53 million. Not too bad for two people who are having fun recording things in their bedroom.

Pet Sitter Confidential

Today I talk with Collin who along with his wife produce the Pet Sitter Confidential podcast. They are truly impacting their audience, and due to their uber-niche topic, it is enabling them to get sponsors (Without 20,000 downloads per episode).

SPONSOR: The School of Podcasting

Podcasting can feel lonely at times and that's why I created the School of Podcasting - to give you a place where like-minded podcasters can support, guide, challenge & grow. You'll have access to all the step-by-step tutorials so that you know how to launch your podcast without wasting money on equipment or trying to guess what to do when it comes to planning.

You get live group coaching, a network Facebook group, and priority email support so that you never go into this alone - learn from me and fellow podcasters.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

TOPICS COVERED

04:57 Topics on Your Show? 05:33 Who is it For? 05:59 Their Niche Lead to A Sponsor 07:16 Pricing Your Ad Spot 08:27 The Lifetime Value of a Customer 14:32 Building Their Community 15:49 Sponsor Renewal 16:59 Patreon Thoughts 19:18 Did you think anyone would listen? 22:08 Who Are You? 23:24 How to Balance Life? 24:27 The importance Having a Buffer

I loved that some of his best guests aren't people with huge followings. Also, when someone is filling up notepads with information from your show, you KNOW you are delivering value.

Collin has multiple streams of income. He has the sponsorship along with a Patreon account.

Find their show at https://www.petsitterconfessional.com/

QUESTION OF THE MONTH

If you have a co-host, I'd love to hear how you found/chose your co-host. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast.

Where Will Your Podcast Take You in Five Years?

Mon, 05 Apr 2021 04:00:00 -0400

So many times we identify ourselves not by our values or beliefs but by what we DO. I'm a cashier, or I work in accounts payable, the warehouse. That may be what you DO, but it may not be who you are.

Podcasting allows you to reinvent who you are. To be your true self.

Today we talk with Scot McCarthy of the Moving Forward Leadership Podcast.

Scott joined the military when he was 18 and will be retiring soon, so he is using podcasting to reinvent himself and help establish himself in the space of leadership.

I love that Scott knows it's not easy to start a business and that why I brought him on. You need to dig the well BEFORE your thirsty. Scott doesn't have a month-week plan, he has a five YEAR plan. He constantly researching to work smarter, to better understand his audience (through Facebook groups), and hiring people for those things he needs help with. He's not talking into a phone set on speaker and looking for money to fall from heaven.

Can I Play Music in My Podcast?

When it comes to legal questions in the entertainment space there is one (and only one name) and that is Gordon Firemark

Gordon helps answer that question along with a new spin on that question. What if they perform the song live on my podcast (or for those older DJ's they did on your show) can I play that recording (it's a different recording than the one on the record).

What about fair use? Keep in mind that fair use is the defense you use when you go to court.

Check out Gordon's book, The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide: An essential resource for content creators

For more information check out Gordon at thepodcastlawyer.com

Do We Need Your Guests Backstory?

Nobody asked about the Lone Ranger until after he saved the day. Read my full article on Medium

How Did You Find Your Co-Host?

This is the question of the month (due by April 23rd, 2021). Record your answer (and be sure to mention your podcast and website) on how you found your co-host. Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

The School of Podcasting is the best place for anyone looking to learn how to make podcasts. We have step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and a private Facebook group for networking. Join today with our 30-day money-back guarantee!

You'll be able to create your own show in no time at all. Our team of experts will teach you everything from A-Z so that you can get started on your first episode right away. And if it's not for you, we offer a 100% money-back guarantee on your membership fee! It doesn't matter what skill level or experience you have - we've got something for everyone here at The School of Podcasting!

This is episode 769 of the School of Podcasting. You can subscribe/follow the show at schoolofpodcasting.com/follow

or just text " sop " to 31996

I Wish I Had Known This When I Started Podcasting

Mon, 29 Mar 2021 04:00:00 -0400

It's the last week of the month which means, "Question of the Month" where YOU get to be on the show. This month's question is "What do you wish you had known when you started your podcast."

SPONSOR: The School of Podcasting

Learn to plan, launch, grow, and monetize your show. You'll sound great, organized, and create GREAT content. Take advantage of our step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds.

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda

The No Agenda streaming service found Fred's show the 2030 Podcast and added it to their schedule.

What I Wish I Had Known

04:31 Steve Stewart: Audacity At Zero Crossing

07:13 Kurt from Expats in Austin: The Importance of Editors

08:21 James from Bros and blokes - The Amount of Time

09:21 Kim Newlove from the Pharmacists Voice - Fitting Podcasting Into Life

11:18 Jill Keep the Flame Alive - It Takes a LOT of Time

12:06 Paul from Improve and Have Fun: Episode Length

13:30 York from Poetic Earthlings: The Evil of Comparison

15:11 Bill from Bill Watches Movies: Stats Are Useless

17:32 Paul from Improve and Have Fun:: Do Whatever You Want

18:47 Carrie from Hope for Anxiety and ODC It is EASY to Get Guests

20:11 Craig from Inglespodcast - Cohosts Makes Things Better

21:00 Arnie Sports History Network - More Networking

22:49 Kim from Bee Keeping Today - Reaching Your Target Audience is Hard

23:20 Seth Geekville Radio - Plugins For WordPress

25:30 Anthony from Route 66 - Post vs Pages

26:16 Join the School of Podcasting

27:14 Kris from the Kris and Kristine Show - How Podcasts Work

29:19 Joe the Morning Meditation- Writing Good Titles

30:22 Jeff the Podcast Pizza Show - The Power of the Niche

32:10 Glenn from Horse Radio Network - Started Side Hustles

32:58 Dave (me) - Do ONE GOOD Podcast

34:29 Kim from Toastmasters 101 Impostor Syndrome

35:25 Pashup from the Warrior One - Be Yourself

36:13 Next Months Question: Finding Co-Hosts

37:53 Fixing a Mistake

43:17 Bloopers

Mentioned In This Episode

Podcast Engineering Academy

Smart Money Mommas

The Riches are in the Niches With Harry Duran

Mon, 22 Mar 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Quick Notes: Apple Update:

Apple is changing the wording in their app from "Subscribe" to "Follow" so stop telling your audience to subscribe (and if you do, mention that it's free) and instead tell them to follow you. The new version of the app will be out in a few weeks.

I was listening to the Sounds Profitable podcast and heard where my friend Harry Duran from Podcast Junkies, and Fullcast, hard obtained a sponsor for a show that had not been published. I had to hear how he did it.

Question of the Month Deadline is This Friday

What one thing do you wish you knew when you started your podcast? You can leave your answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (be sure to mention your show and your website slowly).

Win Rewards for Sharing the Show

Speaking of followers/subscribers if you share the show you can win rewards when your friends subscribe/follow. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/share

Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/767

For More Information on Harry Duran

Check out his "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co

Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast

Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast

Twitter: @verticalfarmpod

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting and get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and an awesome private Facebook group for networking and brainstorming.

See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Sam Kinison's "Move to where the food is."

Harry Durran on Treating His Guests Like an Opportunity Instead of Transactions

Dave Jackson on Podcast Junkies: 018 Dave Jackson | The Importance Of Providing Your Own Unique Voice

Question of the month: www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Share The Show

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/show

Check out Fullcast Harry's "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co

Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast

Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast

Like the show? Buy Me a Coffee

How to Get Booked on Podcasts: Figuring out Who and How to Pitch with Kristin Molenaar

Mon, 15 Mar 2021 04:00:00 -0400

Who is Kristin Molenaar?

Kristin is an entrepreneur-enthusiast who lives by the mantra "work less + make more". She enjoys helping entrepreneurs ditch vanity metrics for true, profitable connections. She's the CEO of YesBoss, an agency that helps 2b2 entrepreneurs increase their visibility and credibility through profitable podcast guest features.

Kristin Molenaar's Tips For Getting Booked on Podcasts

There are almost 2 million podcasts. Where do you begin? Find someone in your niche, and use a tool like Podchaser, Podsearch, Google, or any podcast app and search for their interviews. This may lead you to podcasts that would also be interested in interviewing you.

Kristin likes to pitch a show with the question, "Are you open to being pitched."

Another strategy is looking for hashtags.

When looking for a show to appear on, look further than the interview. Kristin looks for someone that can be a partner, and develop a long-term strategy.

Sending a "look how great I am" email is not a good strategy.

The True Power of Podcasting

One of the biggest complaints I hear from people that have been a guest on podcasts is "it has never produced any results for me." They will say,

"I've been invited to be a guest on people's podcast. I showed up and I talked about what I knew and it didn't go anywhere. I didn't get any traffic or business from it. It felt like a waste of my time."

This is what Kristin says that people need to remember when they're becoming a podcast guest. The biggest benefit you're going to get out of podcast guesting is the relationship with the podcast host.

I think that there are a lot of false hopes or false narratives around what I'm calling one-hit wonders. I think people think, "If I go after the biggest podcast that I possibly can, it's going to change my business. Here's the thing about being a podcast guest just like every other marketing strategy, just like every other networking strategy, it snowballs on itself.

But you have to treat people, like people. Your job as a podcast guest is to show up and be in service to the objective of the podcast host. You need to show the podcast host, "Hey, I appreciate you allowing me to show up in your space. I am here to really provide as much benefit as I can to you. I want this to last beyond a recording."

When people come in without that mentality. I think that the benefits are just severely limited.

Being a podcast guest has tons and tons of benefits. But you're just missing out if you're not looking at this as an opportunity to meet really incredible people who are connected to other really incredible people and building a business that you can have fun together. That's what I love about podcasting and I wish more people came into it with that frame of mind because I think out of that we would get better pitches. We would get better research. We would get better conversations. We would get better results on the back end.

Want More Tips On Getting Being a Guest and Booking Guests?

See this episode The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews

Podcast Rewind: The Show Business Show

I appeared on episode 2 of the Show Business Show with Billy and Simon for a marathon session on my book Profit from Your Podcast

Need Help With Your Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting?

Are you afraid of sounding bad (or stupid)?

Worried about buying a bunch of stuff you don't need?

Feeling overwhelmed swimming in a sea of jargon?

Join the School of Podcasting and get access to:

Step by step tutorials
Live group coaching
Private Facebook group filled with

Join worry-free with my 30-day money-back Guarantee

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

Creating a Personal Podcast Brand That Resonates with Your Audience

Mon, 08 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0400

You might be thinking, "I'm not a business, what do I care about branding? Well, if you have one download, congratulations you are a brand. Today I talk with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki from the Talk About Talk Podcast about developing and implementing your personal brand (and how it can help grow your audience)

Sponsor: The School of Podcasting

Join the School of Podcasting and never worry about sounding bad, spending too much money on gear, and being all alone to be frustrated and angry. When you join the School of Podcasting you get:

Step by step tutorials
A Private Networking Group
Live group coaching
Priority email support

Join today worry-free with my 30-day money-back guarantee.

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join

What is a Personal Brand?

Your personal brand is your identity or your reputation. A definition that Dr. Andrea loves is, “Your personal brand is what others think and say about you when you're not in the room.”

Click Here to get the workbook to walk you through the exercises discussed in today's episode.

Step 1: What differentiates you?

Step 2: Email 10 People

Step 3: Take a Personality Test

Where Your Brand Appears in Your Podcast

Your podcast brand includes:● What people read (show notes). Your emails (and have ONE thing in your email signature). ● What people hear (your episodes, and the quality of audio). ● What people see (artwork). Come up with a color scheme (for example two colors) and two fonts that you use consistently and it will build your brand

How This All Works: Identifying your strengths, and a personal positive message that has deep personal meaning to you, delivered in a unique way allows you to BE YOU. It will come naturally. Leaning on your strengths can help reduce burnout as you’re not doing things that don’t come naturally.

It can clear up situations by identifying what you can and can’t do.

When you identify the verbiage you want to use, and how you want to appear and deliver your message, you provide your audience with the tools to tell their friends. If their friends ask, “What podcasts are you listening to, they can easily explain what your show is about, who it’s for, and what the benefit it. They also can explain the motivation of the show.

Connect with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki

Podcast: Check out the Communicate with CONFIDENCE – The 4Ps: Practice, Proverb, Pep talk, and Pirate episode

Website: www.talkabouttalk.com

Newsletter with Free Tips

Facebook Group

Coaching & Courses

Online Corporate Training

Podcasting Consequence: Can You Break Your Podcast?

Mon, 01 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0400

In talking with new and seasoned podcasters I often hear questions that lead me to believe that people think they can "break" their podcast.

Today I talk about a few questions I've heard and how 99% of the time you're not going to break your show.

We also have a question of the month

The Separate Track Challenge

I have recommended Squadcast for years. The ease of use and the ability to have separate tracks of you and your guest makes it my go-to choice for remote recordings. then later I got a Rodcaster Pro which ( Along with the Zoom P4, and the Zoom P8) allow you to record separate tracks. I can be on track one, and my guest can be on a separate track. The question then is:

Does the separate track recorded locally on the guest's computer (and uploaded to Squadcast) sound that much better than the same track that has traveled over the internet? I also had my guest join me on Zoom as I know a lot of people are using Zoom to record interviews.

Nuts and Bolts of Remote Recording

The zoom recording is sampled at 32 kHz where Squadcast records at 48 khz. (This is how many times per second a picture is taken of your audio - the higher the number the better the sound). For me, the zoom recording while listenable sounds "fuzzy" compared to the Squadcastrecording (which makes sense as it has a higher sample rate. Also, Squdcast provides a WAV file that is better than the m4a (variable bit rate - another "no-no" for podcasting) from Zoom. If you're going to use the m4a from Zoom, be sure to edit it, and export as an mp3 with a contact bit rate.

When I compared the original Squadcast file to the one I recorded (after coming across the Internet) and there again was a slight degradation of the file (not quite as crisp).

Another Benefit of Squadcast

In my test, as my guest was talking the Internet slightly broke up the audio is it made its way to me. If I had been using the recording on the Rodecaster this "Glitch" would be in the recording. With the original Squdcast fie, the glitch is not there (as that recording goes from their microphone to their hard drive, and then uploaded to Squadcast.

Always Have a Backup Recording Of Your Interview

The other advantage of using a tool like Squadcast is in the event the recording has an issue with the Rodecaster I have Squadcast as a backup. If there is a glitch with Squadcast, I've got my hardware option as a backup. No matter what you are using to record your remote interviews, always have two systems recording. It's not a matter of if one will fail, but when. For me, Squadcast is the most reliable.

School of Podcasting Moving to a New Platform

Thinkific is charging me per student (and I'm not a fan of that) so I've looked at Kajabi, Teachable, and Podia . Currently, I feel Kajabi is cool, but I'm not a fan of their limits to the number of products, and I'm learning more about Podia as they allow you to sell digital products, membership sites, and courses. They also have an affiliate program. With Teachable if I use their affiliate program, I have to pay them 2%, and with Podia you pay your monthly fee, and that is it. No extra fees.

Free Coaching Calls?

I'm pondering trying something new. This would be to offer coaching calls at a deep discount that would then be used in episodes (which is why they are discounted). If you're interested, contact me and I'll send you an application.

Join the School of Podcasting

Get access:

Step by step tutorials

Live group coaching

Private brainstorming/podcasting group

You don't have to worry about sounding bad, buying the wrong equipment and wasting your time.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Mentioned In This Episode 764

Podcast Gear Guide Webinar(free - no email address needed)

Talk About Talk Podcast

Podcasting Resources Podcast

You're Too Close to Be Your Own Coach

Mon, 22 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0400

We've All Pushed Through Awkward Moments of Being Vulnerable

Do you remember your first real kiss? I was with my first girlfriend. I was probably 14? I was scared to death. There was no internet, and for me, nobody to ask? So I went in for the kiss and kissed her in a very TV-friendly way. I stopped and said, "Let's try that again" and I figured out what to do. I tried everything I could to avoid falling in love with my first wife. I had told her over and over that I didn't want anything serious, but here we were a year later and a year later I was in love with her. Sitting in front of her house I said, "I need to tell you something," and then proceeded to tell her I liked her a lot. I backed it up, and then said, "I love you." These are scary things to do. You put yourself out there, and if you do it wrong you get some feedback, and you tweak yourself.

Over the past two weeks, I've had meeting after meeting with members of my audience (one at a time). Some of them were current or past members of the School of Podcasting, and others I had never met (but they were listeners to my show). Today I talked about what I learned and why you should seriously consider it.

If the Words "Focus Group" Makes You Uncomfortable, then Think of It as Coaching

So many people who are experts in their field still used coaches. Hank Haney served as Tiger Woods' coach from 2004-2010. During that span, Woods won six of his 15 career major championships. The two were very close while they worked together, and Woods credits a ton of his success to Haney's teachings. Here are some more people who even after their enormous success still have coaches:

Richard Branson
Oprah Winfrey
Tony Robbins
Leonardo DiCaprio
Serena Williams
Metallica

We all need people who give us feedback. That is how we improve. - Bill Gates

Is This Just a Plug To Get Me To Hire You As A Coach?

While I have the Podcast Rodeo Show which looks at your first impression and the Podcast Review Show that looks at your whole episode, website, and we have you fill out a form to discuss the goals of the show, if you want to know what content your audience wants and needs, the best place to go is your audience.

I'm Still A Shy Guy at Heart

People don't believe it, but underneath it all I'm fairly shy. So the thought of reaching out to my email list and asking them for their input made me a little nervous. This was especially true if someone was a current or previous member of the School of Podcasting. This is where you have to change your attitude.

When I went to college for my first degree, I was a waiter. To be a good waiter, you listen to your customer and give them exactly what they ordered. As I got on zoom, I just said to myself it's like being a waiter again.

I Should've Done This Years Ago

I sent out an email with the subject line of, "I need your help...." and explained that I was going to rebuild the School of Podcasting from the ground up and I wanted to talk to them. Here are some of the things that I gained from doing this exercise:

I have a visual of what my audience looks like.
I got two people who will be future guests
I got to see what was working in my show
In regards to the School of Podcasting, I'm glad to say that the things people want, are often already being delivered.
I learned that I might want to reorganize some of the content in the School of Podcasting.
I heard some answer repeated. This is proof of concept that the tutorials I have are the right tutorials.
I got a couple of great questions that I will be using for the "Question of the Month" in the future.
There is nothing to be afraid of as these people are your listeners. If anything they might "fanboy" out a bit which is flattering.

When You're Too Close to the Subject

There was one comment that came up twice that in one way surprised me, and yet upon thinking about it, it makes perfect sense.

When I asked if there were any lessons in the School of Podcasting that they found confusing. Most people were so much confused, but wanted me to go deeper into subjects,

The lesson? My lesson on Libsyn.com. What is this surprising? Because I've worked there for over five years. Why does this make sense? The curse of knowledge. I went too fast.

This was exactly the kind of feedback I was looking for.

Don't Do This on a Group Call

While I could've held this as a "Town Hall" type of meeting, I enjoyed connecting one on one and giving my listener my undivided attention. I know for many of us who are introverts, podcasting is a great way to reach many people without meeting many people, but I'm here to tell you that time is too important to waste. If you were headed in the wrong direction wouldn't you want your GPS to alert you? Well, your audience is your GPS on the road to delivering value.

Start Your Podcast Today

If you want to learn how to connect with your audience by creating great content that inspires them to tell a friend, JOIN the School of Podcasting.

Because Of My Podcast: I'm an Advisor in Hollywood

Jerry Williams is the producer and host of the FBI retired case file review podcast. She's on a mission to show you who the FBI is and what the FBI does through her interviews with retired agents about some of the FBI biggest cases, and some investigations you've never heard about.

She said, "A couple of years ago, I wrote a book called FBI myths and misconceptions, a manual for armchair detectives, which uses quotes and snippets, from my podcast interviews to debunk cliches about the FBI, and books, TV and movies. Because of that book and because of my podcast, last summer I was contacted by two different Hollywood Studios. Now I am under contract with FX network, which is owned by Disney, and Warner Brothers and Bad Robot as a technical consultant on two TV shows that are going to be released later this fall.

Now, I'm not going to name-drop, but if you look up Bad Robot, you'll get to see who I get to hang out with talking to the writers on zoom or the phone a few hours a week as a lot of fun and good pay. Now, I think this is pretty cool because of my podcast story. When I started FBI retired case file review five years ago, the purpose of the podcast was to help me sell more books. I am an author, getting ready to publish my fifth book, crime fiction and nonfiction about the FBI. However, based on my own experiences as an FBI agent, and because I've now interviewed more than 222 former colleagues, I'm pretty knowledgeable about most of the FBI violations.

But I never thought of myself as a technical consultant. But now I am. Thanks, Dave for letting me share my because of my podcast story, love your show."

Transcribed by https://otter.ai

Scott Johnson's What Was That Like Connecting With His Audience

Thanks to Scott for letting me clips from his latest episode of What Was That Like? Podcast. It showed over and over how engaged your audience is with your content. You hear everyone spreading your show via word of mouth and downloading ALL of your episodes when they find it. Glad to hear your hard work is paying off and I wish you continued success.

Mentioned In This Episode

What Was That Like Podcast

No Agenda Show

Podcasters Roundtable

Jerri Willams Check out Jerri's Amazon Page

Zoom Meeting Software

Talk about Talk Podcast

Podcast Rodeo Show (Review Your Show)

Podcast Review Show

Time Table

02:57 Because of My Podcast:: Jerri Williams 06:53 Everyone Needs a Coach 10:47 What Was That Like - Examples of Engaged Audiences 16:19 What I Gained (and you can too) 19:44 You're Too Close 23:48 THEY SAID MY NAME! 26:38 Clubhouse App Is Spying On You? 32:46 My Dad's Podcast 35:01 Bloopers

How To Be Amazing and Leave Them Wanting More - with Valerie Geller

Mon, 15 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0400

Are you looking to grow your audience? Get more engagement with your audience? Today I have Valerie Geller the author of the book Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator's Guide to the Internet Age—News, Talk, Information & Personality for Broadcasting, Podcasting, Internet, Radio which is also available on Audible

Meet Valerie Geller Valerie Geller, president of Geller Media International, a broadcast consulting firm, trains broadcasters throughout the world by Creating Powerful Radio seminars, workshops, and one-on-one coaching for news, talk, information, and personality programming for radio and television. She's worked with top stations and personalities throughout the world at more than 500 stations in 27 countries.

You can find Valerie's Books on her Amazon page, as well as beyondpowerfulradio.com and creatingpowerfulpodcasts.com

Find her on twitter at @vgeller and @vgeller on the clubhouse app (iOs only).

Thre Simple Rules To Make Your Podcast Successful

Tell the Truth
Make it Matter
Never Be Boring

Questions to Help You Edit

Why should you listen to this? Why would someone want to hear this?

The Best Podcasts: Inform Entertain Inspire Persuade Connect

The best conversations come from listening. When doing an interview listen and make the interview more of a conversation.

Making Engaging Content

When you are telling the truth and being transparent, you can share your opinion on a topic and ask your audience to share theirs.

By asking a specific question it's easier than "send me some feedback."

When delivering content you should be doing one of the following:

Inform
Entertain
Inspire
Persuade
Connect

Place Your Listener in the Movie

Try to work visual words into your podcast. Help trigger the theater of the mind.

There is a framework called the Story Spine from Kenn Adams that is used by many storytellers it is:

Once upon a time there was ___.
Every day, ___.
One day ___.
Because of that, ___.
Because of that, ___. (and so on)
Until finally ___.
And every day after that ___.

For more on storytelling check out Episode 745.

Growing Your Podcast

When you are on other platforms, be amazing and leave them wanting more.

So many people go to other platforms (like Clubhouse) and tell them to come to the podcast.

If you bring amazing content to the conversation those same people will ask you where to find more of you.

It all starts with being Amazing.

Ready To Start You Podcast

If you're worried about sounding stupid, getting lost in technology, spending too much money, the School of Podcasting can help you avoid all that with:

Step by step tutorials

A private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcast minds willing to help

Live group coaching sessions

Direct access to me via email (and I often will respond with a video)

Join worry-free with a 30-day Money-back Guarantee

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start and pick the plan the works best for you.

Mentioned In This Episode

Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator's Guide to the Internet Age—News, Talk, Information & Personality for Broadcasting, Podcasting, Internet, Radio

The Powerful Radio Workbook: The Prep, Performance & Post Production Planning

Kenn Adams Story Spine Synergy Theater on YouTube

Peabody's Down Under

See Valerie's Video from the Next Radio Event

Join the School of Podcasting

Three Tools To Boost Your Podcast Brand

Mon, 08 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0400

Your brand is how your show is perceived. Perception is reality. So today I have tips on making your episode one that gets your audience coming back. I also share three tools that you can use to boost your podcast brand.

Don't Leave Your Audience Hungry

Can you imagine if a new restaurant opened in your neighborhood and was serving your favorite food? You get all dressed up and bring a date and go to the new place looking forward to eating some of your favorite food.

You show up and the menu just mentions what will be available next week. The problem is you are there NOW and you're hungry.

So often I see a first episode delivers nothing more than what amounts to be a table of contents for future episodes. I've read a lot of books but I've never highlighted the table of contents.

Tidy Cal $20 Lifetime Deal

Tidy Cal is a brand new scheduling tool that makes it easy to book guests or clients (your appointments can be free or you can charge). Check out this video I made giving you an overview.

Telbee is Speakpipe on Steriods

I've used Speakpipe for years, but the makers of Telbee listened to the wants of speakpipe users and developed a new, morse customizable platform.

One thing that can make your podcast better is to understand your audience. Telbee makes it easy to get feedback, and create a widget that looks great. You can even direct people to a website after they leave a message.

Channels are the feature that I could use when I do my "question of the month" episodes. I could have a channel where all the responses are tied and organized to that one channel.

Check out this quick video of me using Telbee for the first time

Less Annoying CRM

I've been looking for a place to organize my information where my coaching clients, my audio editing clients, my guests, or hosts where I have been on their show.

I can see my calendar, I see all the communication, set reminders, set up pipelines, and it's only $15/month.

It truly lives up to its name. "Less Annoying CRM" check out this "Drive By video" of me playing with Less Annoying CRM

How Shane Whaley Navigated a Travel Podcast Through a Pandemic

Mon, 01 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0400

Life is going to kick you in the teeth from time to time (see 2020). Today we talk about your attitude (the only thing you have control over) and we interview Shane Whaley of the Tourpreneur podcast. Shane shares how many people in the travel space just folded up everything just going out of business. This is not the approach Shane has taken, and he not only didn't shut down in 2020, but added more sponsors to his show.

Your Attitude

The Longer I live, the more I realize the impact of attitude on life. Attitude, to me, is more important than facts.

It is more important than the past, the education, the money, than circumstances, than failure, than successes, than what other people think or say or do.

It is more important than appearance, giftedness or skill. It will make or break a company... a church... a home.

The remarkable thing is we have a choice every day regarding the attitude we will embrace for that day.

We cannot change our past... we cannot change the fact that people will act in a certain way.

We cannot change the inevitable.

The only thing we can do is play on the one string we have, and that is our attitude.

I am convinced that life is 10% what happens to me and 90% of how I react to it. And so it is with you... we are in charge of our Attitudes.”

― Charles R. Swindoll

Podcast Rewind

I appeared on the Pharmacist's Voice

I also appear on the Trust cast talking why podcasting is the next big thing.

If you'd like me to appear on your show, you can contact me here.

Shane Whaley Tourpreneur Podcast Interview

04:55 Shane Whaley Tourpreneur.com 07:29 Shane Decided to Start Touorpreneur 10:48 The "Glenn the Geek" Strategy with Events 15:26 Take Advantage of the Extra Time COVID Created 17:50 Choosing Sponsors 19:34 Join the School of Podcasting 20:32 Going for the Win, Win, Win 22:44 Starting a Daily Email 24:37 Dealing with being a "Thought Leader" 26:58 Advice on Interviews 28:55 Dealing with a Boring Guest 30:37 Shane's hobby Podcast Spybrary 32:34 How Long Did it Take to Monetize 33:31 Getting Proof of Concept 35:09 Why he Stayed Niche 36:10 Don't Undersell Yourself 37:19 How He Came Up With Prices 38:47 Tips on Running a Community 41:00 Policing Your Group 42:28 Shane's First Podcast 44:34 Shane the Shock jock 45:43 Shiny Object Syndrome 47:30 What HASN'T Worked? 49:26 Final Advice for the "Wanna Be" podcaster

Connect with Shane Whaley

Tourpreneur Podcast

Spybrary Podcast

East Germany Podcast

Ready To Start Your Podcast?

If you're worried about sounding bad, planning your podcast, buying the wrong equipment, and being lost in a sea of tech, DON'T. Join the school of podcasting and get access to:

A private Facebook Group for Networking

Step by Step Tutorials

Live Group Coaching

Priority Access to Dave.

Join today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

How Podcasters Can Use the Clubhouse App To Build Their Audience

Mon, 25 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0400

FOMO In Action

I was at Social Media Marketing World in 2018 enjoying a networking event on an aircraft carrier in San Diego California. I was contacted by Michael Oneil as he and a few friends were going to go to a club called Prohibition and wanted to know if I would want to attend. Did I say it was a club? Prohibition is a speakeasy. I have never been to a speakeasy. The door that you go through shows "LAW OFFICE Eddie Onare, ESQ."

When we arrived there was an actual velvet rope. We had to wait. It myself, Michael O’Neal, Harry Durran, and Natalie Jennings. The anticipation was mounting. How long will I have to wait? Are we going to get in at all? Finally, the bouncer unclipped the rope and let us in. I remember walking through a door and going downstairs. It was getting darker and darker as we went on. When I finally get to the bottom and look around, I see a bar in front of me. I see a bench to the left of me. I see a few chairs to the right of me. It is dimly lit, with red lights in the ceiling. I think to myself. "Someone turned their basement into a bar." Don't get me wrong, it was cool. Michael and I ended up playing and singing that night with the saxophone player from Pink Floyd. But I can't underestimate the buzz and anticipation by the scarcity. This is a tactic called Fear of Missing Out (FOMO for short), and today we are going to talk about Clubhouse. This is an app (currently only available for iOs) and one of the things that is fueling the buzz about this app is their use of FOMO.

Clubhouse: Drop-in audio chat

Don't get me wrong, this app is cool. However, it's zoom without video and better moderation. Why is it so popular? You have to be invited in (OOOOOH!). It is only on iOs (sorry android people) so here again, only certain people can get in, and for those on the outside when you hear others talking about it, you have fear of missing out. Does it work? I'm doing an episode about it knowing that 75% of my audience can't use it.

What Clubhouse is Good For

Why I like clubhouse is I'm finding my target audience, and more importantly, my target audience who doesn't know me yet.

Then I can LISTEN, and take notes of what is being discussed and take notes as these might be future episodes.

I have found a few people I want to connect with due to the details in their profiles, and the value they brought if they actually spoke.

Mistakes in Clubhouse

If you don't have an answer to a question and someone asks you, just say, "That's a good question that I don't have an answer to." If you don't, often the answer you spew is not helpful and makes you look like an idiot in love with their own voice.

Not filling out your profile with your website, your interests, and keywords to help you get found.

Ask ing a question that is three seconds long followed by self-promotion that is three minutes long.

Most of the true networking happens outside of the app so be sure to check your Twitter and Instagram for DMs.

I'm on Android - I Feel Left Out

If you look at what clubhouse is at its core is its a group of people (in rooms) that are joining hoping to talk about their favorite subject, meet people, and learn new insights.

So do it on zoom.

Reach out to other podcasts like yours and pick a date to all get together on Zoom. Assign a moderator, and promote for weeks in advance.

Everyone and their brother knows how to connect to zoom. The goal here is not to get podcast ready quality (cause the quality on Clubhouse is "ok"), but more the connection.

There are also other tools like Slack, Discord.

There are tools like Mastodon where you can setup your own social media network.

There will be Copycats - There Always Is

Twitter Spaces is coming

The issue with Android (from what I understand) is while all the different phones are running Android operating systems, there is enough differences between phone manufacturers to create headaches for app developers.

Android Apps Like Clubhouse

Connect Club ( maybe? it shows a Google Play Version)

Bag Chat This is either another clubhouse or something creepy

Michael Stelzner's Awesome Clubhouse Tutorial

Great tutorial see https://youtu.be/o7gv7U-rZl8

How Are You Pulling Clubhouse Into Your Podcast?

First, this is not entirely compliant with their terms of service. Their terms say I need written permission from participants. I make a notice in the show name, the show description, and when I pull someone on the stage, I ask for their permission to record them. This is still not written, but it is verbal. Please remember, I'm a teacher - not a lawyer.

These Devices Make It Easy

The Zoom Podtrak P4 ($200)

The Zoom Podtrak P8 ($499)

The Rodecaster Pro ($599)

How? All of these make it super easy to connect a phone. I have three things in my Ask the Podcast Coach. I have myself, clubhouse, and a co-host.

I plug my microphone (RE320) into the Rodecaster.

I plug my iPhone (via a connector) into a TRRS cable that goes into the Rodecaster.

When I connect the Rodecaster via USB I am able to send and receive audio to my cohost who I connect with via Streamyard. Everybody can hear everyone.

Using Streamyard. I stream live to my YouTube Channel. I record on the Rodecaster using the separate tracks option (as the audio from clubhouse can have a wide variance).

See video https://youtu.be/BsG9UD6nzlE

I Almost Lose 15 Years of My Podcast

I had my WD 4 Terabyte crash and with it 15 years of podcasting files (all my sound effects, artwork, music, EVERYTHING). It was going to cost me between $700-$1000 to have someone rescue my Drive. Luckily I use Backblaze who walked me through. I am paying $189 to have them save all my files (which are online) to a hard drive and ship it to me. Then I will copy my files to a new hard drive and then ship their hard drive back. I will then be refunded the $189.

Backblaze is my hero. For more details on this story, see this video.

Because Of My Podcast - I'm Staying Sane

Josh from the Saving Elephants podcast sent in a "Because of My Podcast" story and shares how during the trying times of covid, and elections, and protests, he feels podcasting to be a powerful platform for alleviating the symptoms of depression.

It's been wonderful to be able to talk to so many like-minded people from all over the country and even the world to have important meaningful conversations. The podcast provides Josh with a platform where he feels like He's not a helpless bystander forced to do nothing more than complain about the lack of substance and civility and depth in our national political dialogue.

Instead, through the podcast, he feels like an active participant in that conversation. He is grateful for podcasting for providing me this platform. podcasting has been for me, a real lifesaver.

Got a Because of My Podcast Story? Let me hear it at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact

Dog Podcast Network - Liftoff!

Today we connect with James who shares what "Launch week" felt like and how he is feeling now that Dog Edition is officially available to the public. One thing I did was make a video of me listening to it (before it was published) James found this very useful as he could tell if jokes were landing, and the extra body language. If you're launching a podcast you might want to throw a listening party on zoom so you can watch your "focus group" as they listen.

James is still giving away $5000 on the Dog Podcast Network

Work With Dave

With 15 years in podcasting and decades helping people harness technology, I love helping people plan, launch, grow and monetize their podcast. Here are some ways I can help

School of Podcasting - tutorials, networking group, and live group coaching.

Podcast Quickstart -Three months of the School of Podcasting and three hours of additional consulting

Podcast Consulting - Get your questions answered quickly in a one-on-one coaching session.

Podcast Review Show - Get a full audit of your show, your website, your goals, by two podcast/media experts.

Podcast Rodeo Show - Have Dave take the temperature of your first impression as he listens to the first few minutes of your show.

How Jack Rhysider's Darknet Diaries Podcast Gets 300,000 Downloads Per Episode

Mon, 18 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0400

Would you like 300,000 downloads per episode? Are you willing to work for three weeks to get media exposure in 2% of the outlets you contact? Are you willing to work for months on your first episodes and ask others to give you HONEST feedback on your show? Are you willing to ask questions that might potentially show you that your show is boring? Jack has, and he has created a great show. Today on episode 758 of the School of Podcasting I have the honor of looking into how Jack has grown his Darknet Diaries podcast.

Jack was looking for a podcast about hackers/hacking and couldn't find any (especially in a narrative format). The solution? Create the podcast YOU want to hear and see if anyone else would be interested in listening to your podcast.

Jack Rhysider's Favorite Marketing Books

Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Purple Cow: Transform Your Business by Being Remarkable - Seth Godin Gary Vaynerchuk Traction: How Any Startup Can Achieve Explosive Customer Growth -Gabriel Wineberg Superfans: The Easy Way to Stand Out, Grow Your Tribe, And Build a Successful Business - Pat Flynn Dave added: Will it Fly Pat Flynn

Connect with Jack

Darknet Diaries

Lime.Link Podcast Blog

Jack's Patreon Page

Dog Podcast Network Final Week Before Launch

The Dog Podcast Network is launching a new show on their network called "Dog Edition" and today we talk with James Jacobson about the final preparations. You can earn money sharing stories that include dogs.

TIMELINE

00:03:34 How Many Downloads Does Jack Get 00:04:44 Jack's Launch 00:07:04 Jack Sent Out a Survey 00:08:03 What Part is Boring? 00:08:37 Why Did You Use a Survey? 00:10:01 Negative Feedback 00:10:30 Do have any kind of focus group? 00:10:59 How do you find these stories? 00:12:58 Your Podcast On Auto Pilot 00:15:03 How did your early listeners find you? 00:16:36 10,000 Stickers in a day 00:17:30 Reaching Out to the Media 00:20:10 How long did this strategy take? 00:21:33 How Long Had You Been Blogging? 00:22:34 Secret Weapon: Your Attitude 00:23:06 Marketing Strategies 00:23:57 Early Monetization 00:25:32 How Long Did it Take to Go Full Time 00:26:16 How Did You Grow Your Numbers 00:26:54 Don't Gloss Over Your Ask 00:27:16 How Did You Know It Was Time to Start a Patreon? 00:27:56 Deep Dive Into Patreon 00:32:20 Using Castbox as a Benchmark 00:34:29 The Curiosity Headline Approach 00:37:52 He Has Good Descriptions 00:40:03 A Deep Dive Into The Apple Charts 00:43:20 Favorite Marketing Books 00:45:49 Is there any Downside to a large audience? 00:48:57 Jack Got Tracked 00:50:53 Meeting Fans With Divulging Your Identity 00:51:51 Advice For Wanna Be Podcasters 00:56:19 Dog Podcast Network 01:02:02 Please Share The Show

Mentioned In This Episode

Graphtreon - See how much people are making on Patreon

What Was That Like Podcast

Dave's Patreon Page

Episode on Podcast Surveys

Castbox app

Subscribe to the School of Podcasting Podcast (free)

School of Podcasting Affiliate Program

Podcast Rodeo Show

Podcast Review Show

Podcast Consulting

Join the School of Podcasting

Fine Tuning Your Podcast Growth With Listener Surveys

Mon, 11 Jan 2021 05:10:51 -0400

If Ron Howard Uses Focus Groups...

Ron Howard has been in the entertainment industry since he was a little boy on the Andy Griffith Show, Later he was on Happy Days and since then has been making phenomenal movies. He's been nominated for 114 awards and won 39 times for a percentage of 34%, In 2002 he won with A Beautiful Mind for Best Picture and Best Director. One might say, "Not too shabby."

Rob was on the true stories show on Satelite radio talking about always screens his movies and checks in with the audience to see how the content is connecting with his audience.

In the interview, he said, "We did our first previews, and I was so defensive about it and against it, and I wound up learning so many important truths about our story, that to this day, even the Beatles documentary, even though I have Final Cut, I screened the movies and I know how to ask the questions and I ask people to fill out questionnaires.

I find it very, very useful. It's difficult but I always think that it's like the playwright getting to see the show out of town before you take it to Broadway. I don't think it's really any different than that.

I have the confidence of having done it a lot, and the power of Final Cut, so that this is about me understanding how the movie works. It's comforting on the one hand, but I think it's really important to understand how the movie is communicating with an audience.

That's what entertainment is: Is something is communicated to you and do you enjoy it?

Why Podcasters Skip The Focus Group

If this is your first podcast, you probably spent much more time on their episodes than they originally planned, so the last thing you want to hear is that you need to go back and do some work.

While understandable, if the goal is to grow your podcast, constructive feedback is something that is essential to growing your podcast. Most of us are familiar with the story of Thomas Edison doing 1000 attempts at the light bulb that didn't work. When asked about it these "failures" Edison replied, "I didn’t fail 1,000 times. The light bulb was an invention with 1,000 steps."

In some cases, people see their episode as art. If that is you, then skip this episode. Your goal is to not grow your audience but to just put the podcast out there. The podcast is not for your audience. It's for you.

Just Like Your Podcast, Creating Your Survey Starts With Why

Today you will hear from Glenn the Geek who runs the Horse Radio Network. His primary income is sponsorship and a membership site. We will hear from Scott Johnson from the What Was That Like? podcast that has been steadily growing since it launched. Scott was looking for feedback on his content.

The Process of Creating a Survey

Identify why you're doing your survey (and what you're trying to learn)
Choose your questions
Deliver your survey
Collect your feedback
Organize your data and look for trends
Implement changes based on feedback.
Follow up to ensure you've achieved your goal.

Potential Questions Demographics:

This is where you ask age, sex, income.

Where they hang out:

Where else do they get information like yours? What other podcasts, forums, magazines, etc do they consume?

By knowing where your audience is you can go to where they are and make friends.

Content Questions:

How long do they listen?

Favorite parts of the show?

Parts they wish would be different?

Audio quality?

The top thing they've gained from listening?

Advertising Questions:

Have you purchased any products from sponsors on this show?

Who do you think would be a good sponsor?

Do you skip the ads?

What was the last thing you purchased?

If You're Just Launching

Take the episode you feel is ready for the public and get specific. As about the audio quality, and how far people listened.

If they say they listened to the whole thing, give them a quiz to prove it. If they didn't listen far found out why.

There is no sense going any further until you get your content resonating with your audience.

Special Thanks to:

Scott Johnson from What Was That Like? (a great podcast)

Glenn Hebert from the Horse Radio Network

Jack Rhysider from the Darknet Diaries (Check out episode 27 about hacking the Apple Charts)

James from the Dog Podcast Network

Need Help With Your Podcast?

If you need help with:

Planning

Launching

Growing

Monetizing

Troubleshooting

Gear Selection

It is all there at the School of Podcasting

Mentioned in this Podcast

Video on Using Google Forms

episode 27 of Darknet Diaries about hacking Apple Charts

Profit From Your Podcast Book on Monetizing Your Podcast

School of Podcasting - Plan, Launch, and Grow Your Podcast

14 Steps To Start a Successful Podcast in 2021

Mon, 04 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0400

It's the first episode of the years and in the same that I have the last episode of the year look at why people listen, today we talk about how to start. Ten Years ago I did an episode called "27 steps to launch a podcast and today I am going to update it. As you might imagine things have changed in 10 years. If you already have a podcast I have some items for you. Over the years there have been some ingredients of podcasting that we know add value, but like any recipe, if you use an ingredient in the wrong way you can ruin the final product.

Keep it Real

I hear the phrase, "Keep it real." This should stay authentic. You should be talking from your heart and your beliefs. Don't say what people want to hear because it's popular, if your opinion differs let's hear it. Let's also hear why you believe those thoughts. We just might learn something.

How this phrase is abused is when "keeping it real" means I'm not going to edit my podcast at all. There are editors who work in movies, television, books, magazines, and newspapers. However, your podcast is perfect with no room for improvement. There is always room for improvement.

I read on Facebook where someone took 26 minutes to answer ONE question. The final version of the podcast had that answer trimmed to four minutes.

Fishing is Boring

I haven't fished in 20 years. If you're into fishing check out the Fish Nerds show with Clay Groves. For me, half the fun was getting to play with a boat and get out on a lake. In some cases, if the boat had a motor it was even more fun. Then you bait your hook, throw your line in and wait. Then you wait some more. This part of fishing is really boring.

Every time I hear someone start off an interview with "Tell me a little bit about yourself," the person is fishing. They are listening just like watching their bobber float on the lake, looking for a nibble.

Reeling in a Fish is Exciting

I don't watch fishing on TV, but if I'm clicking through the channels and a fishing show is on, they don't show two people in a boat watching their bobber. They show someone standing up with excitement as they have caught a great fish and they are bringing it into the boat.

When you have a guest and you find something that YOU KNOW is going to RESONATE with your audience that's exciting and in the same the fisherman does everything they can to get the fish into the boat, you do everything you can to get that content into your recording.

Stories are Great

Half the time we ask, "tell me a little bit about yourself" we are fishing for a story. Somehow we are lead to believe that knowing someone's back story is going to help us. If I started my podcast with "Today we are going to interview Gern Blanston who has a proven strategy of growing your audience by 200%, but first, let's find out what his parents did for a living..." you would be yelling at your device to get to the good stuff.

Stories are great when someone shares a story that we can learn from, or it makes you laugh, cry, think, groan, or educates us or entertains us.

When I was sixteen years one night I was trying to look cool in front of a girl and climbed a sign at the front of the mall that showed the names of the movies in its three theaters. We figured out that we could change the title "Desperately Seeking Susan" to Desperately Sucking Suzan. As I was a hard rock fan, I was not a fan of Madonna and thought this would be hilarious. It took some effort to get up there, and once up there changing letters was not as easy as it looked. In the end, the sign read Desperately Seeting Susan. Is this real? Yes. Is it a story? Yes. Does it help you with your podcast? No.

Just because something is real and it's a story, doesn't mean it's good. It might be really boring.

The story of Glenn the Geek from the Horse Radio Network asking to get a booth at the largest Horsing Event was a great story as it has helped many people grow their podcast.

Fishing Takes Patience - And We Live in a Microwave Society

People want good stuff. They want the band whose name is on the ticket (skip the warm-up act). GET TO THE GOOD STUFF.

Tell a four-year-old kid you brought them candy and then tell them they first have to listen to you recite some Edgar Allen Poe. They will start screaming, "GIVE ME THE CANDY."

Netflix just added the ability to speed up movies. If you are watching a series on Netflix, at the end when you click "Go to next episode" it skips the end credits of the current episode and in intro of the next episode. It gets right to the good stuff.

Conversations Are Great

This is another thing I hear that is taken out of context. What you want to avoid is an interrogation if you are interviewing someone. Just because something is done in a conversational style does not mean it's not boring.

All You Need is Consistency

People are taking the word consistency and spinning it as "If I just release a show on a consistent basis, I will have success." I see people in Facebook groups saying things like, "I've been podcasting for seven months on a weekly basis, why aren't my numbers higher?" They feel consistency in publishing is the key. It is important. When you publish on a regular, predictable basis, you become part of their routine.

HOWEVER:

What really matters is consistency in delivering value. I remember Jason Sudekis from Saturday Night Live. Troy Heinritz from the blacklist exposed told me the show LEd Lasso on HBO was really good (notice word of mouth) and so I check it out and Troy was right. I then saw Jason had a movie called Kodachrome on Netflix. The movie was predictable, but again the acting of Jason Sudekis was impressive. Consequently, I would watch another Jason Sudekis movies because he was in it. The same goes for the actor Paul Giamatti who I originally saw in Howard Stern's private parts. He is an amazing actor.

I love John Cusak movies from the '80s. I loved behind John Malcovich cause it was so outside the box. Something happened and John's movies started being more and more "Meh" and while I'm still a fan, it's not automatic that I will watch a movie because John is in it.

When it comes to with consistency it boils down to this, I would rather have a GREAT episode one day late, instead of a "Meh" episode on time.

How To Start a Podcast in 2021

Know why you're starting a podcast
Know your audience
What can you talk about to hold the attention of the WHO and get them to do your WHY.
Determine your format
Purchase your equipment
Practice recordings and get to know your gear
Identify your Intro and Outro
Record an episode that you feel is good enough for the public
Get feedback from trustworthy people
Get artwork
Order Media Hosting
Create Your Website
Submit your show to directories (all of them)

Join The School of Podcasting

The School of Podcasting has step-by-step tutorials that walk you through all these steps along with lessons on making great content, growing your audience, and monetizing your show. You can join worry-free. Join and if you're not happy within the first 30 days, I will refund your money.

JOIN TODAY

Mentioned In This Show

Fish Nerds Podcast

Blacklist Exposed

Horse Radio Network

Glenn the Geek Episodes

Podpage (take the free class on Podpage)

Podcast Branding

Second Line Themes

Cooler Websites Web Hosting

Social Subscribe and Follow Plugin

Podcasting Resources

Join The School of Podcasting

Podcast Consulting

My Favorite Podcast Is.. 2020 Edition

Mon, 28 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0400

Every year I ask my audience what their favorite podcast is and why it is their favorite. They can also plug their website. This exercise then helps us understand why people tune in, as well as hear about some great podcasts.

In general, I say good content will make us:

Laugh
Cry
Think
Groan
Educate
Entertain

So pay attention and here how most of these shows are not just doing one of those, but multiple emotions and strategies.

Timeline

01:26 Dave love Podnews.net

03:16 Steve Stewart from the Money Plan SOS loves the Stacking Benjamins Show (Steve was just on Episode 752 talking about his Podcast Editor Academy)

05:59 Joe Saul Sehy from Stacking Benjamins loves the Be Our Guest Podcast

09:10 Shane from the Spybrary Podcast loves the Ask the Podcast Coach show

11:03 Anthony from the Route 66 Podcast loves the Space Shot

13:32 Bill watches movies - The Secret History of Hollywood

16:10 Brandon from The Florida Focus Podcast - The Art of Manliness

17:18 Craig from InglesPodcast lovesThe Week Unwrapped

20:02 Glen from Caratere Books loves the 20 thousand hz

21:00 CG from the Rocketry Show also loves 20 thousand hz and Invisibilia with Roman Mars

23:49 Harris from Wild Talk love Revisionist History

25:20 Gary from the Content Gardener Loves the Disrupt Yourself from Whitney Johnson

26:24 Kevin from Grow the Show loves Three Clips

27:27 Patrick from the Big Seance podcast loves Straight Talk with Ross Mathews

28:26 Letitia from Rooted and Overflowing loves the Productive Woman

29:27 Geoge Excelsier journey's podcast loves Saturday Night Movie Sleep Over

30:17 Effie Parks from Once Upon a Gene loves the Jordan Harbinger Show

32:51 Louis Love Thy Lawyer loves All the President's Lawyers

33:57 Scott from What Was That Like loves Bill Gates and Rasheda Jones Ask Big Questions

35:52 Scott from the Amazing Maine podcast loves the Riskory podcast.

37:31 Scott from Moving Forward Leadership loves Habs Unfiltered

40:11 Sufeah loves the 85 South Show

41:04 Greg from Indie Dropin Network loves Just N/A Science

42:53 Kim from Beekeeping Today loves Revive Our Hearts

44:30 Zita from Ritual Recipes loves the Wedding Ceremony Podcast

Homework: Pretend Your A Listener

46:43 In some cases I had to go looking for these podcasts and in some of those cases it wasn't easy. My advice for you is to go to Google and search for the name of your show "podcast."

In many cases people sign up and their media host (because they don't know your website) will use the built in website that comes with their hosting. Look for the "website" field and make sure it points at your website. If you don't have a website (one of these shows had a .podwits address - classy) the go buy a domain at www.coolerwebsites.com and point it the site you are using (and preserve your first impression).

Dog Podcast Network Update

48:55 I'm following the launch of the podcast network. In the past they have solicited stories for their contest, hired a producer. In this segment, we hear their trailer and learn about their press release. Check them out at www.dogpodcastnetwork.com

End of Show

52:36 Let Me Help You 53:58 Bloopers

A $4000 Podcast Auditor Ambush

Mon, 21 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0400

We know that when you give value, your audience can feel like they "owe you" and when you give them the opportunity they will return the favor. Today we hear about a covert operation pulled off to deliver a box of presents to Glenn the Geek Hebert of the Horse Radio Network as he was recovering from not one but TWO surgeries. The story is amazing.

We also have a tool to reward your superfans for sharing your show with their friends. We also catch up with the Dog Podcast Network.

Glenn the Geek's Audience Comes to the Rescue

Glenn had cancer removed from his colon (and needs to kemo - get your colonoscopy), and ended up getting an infection in his body that got very, very, serious. He ended up having his gallbladder removed and was down for the count (losing thirty pounds in four weeks).

01:32 Gleen The Geek Got Really Sick 04:05 Glenn's Supporters Came to the Rescue 06:27 How They Organized The Surprise 07:51 Let People Return the Favor 09:33 Have a Backup Plan 14:21 You Audience Feels Like They Know You

Another Example of Building and Audience Taking Three Years

15:37

Erik Johnson of bumblecast.fm shares on the "Audience" podcast how his already famous client with a social following still took three years to build their audience.

SPONSOR: School of Podcasting

16:45

Join today and be worry-free. Learn to sound great, create great content, and join the free mastermind with other brilliant podcasters as you go through the step by step tutorials, and get your questions answered at the Live Group Coaching calls. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

If you just have a few questions, schedule a coaching call.

Build Your Own Ambassador Program With Refer.fm

17:40

Today we talk with Amira Valliani of Glow the makers of refer.fm a tool where you get to pick your own rewards, and you get a landing page where people can get their own unique link and refer.fm tracks the number of people they refer to your podcast.

You get notified with the name and email person of the “super fan” who wants to refer their friends (they are stored in a spreadsheet making it easy to import into your system) and when they reach a goal you are notified.

You can see my page for the School of Podcasting at

refer.fm/schoolofpodcasting

Dog Podcast Network Update: A Producer has been hired

James Jacobson has hired a producer to help put his ideas into action as he is still collecting dog stories at www.dopodcastnetwork.com/101 and he hopes to have a great trailer next week to start promoting his flagship show launching in January. Keep in mind that you can always change your trailer (description, artwork, and more) any time you want with no consequences.

Mentioned In This Episode

Carey Green gets 8600 downloads per episode

Horse Radio Network

School of Podcasting

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Dog Podcast Network

Earn points referring the School of Podcasting

refer.fm/schoolofpodcasting

There is also the School of Podcasting Affiliate program

Removing Randomness Results in 8K Downloads Per Episode

Mon, 14 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0400

When I searched for the word "Random" in a podcast directory, there were over 50 shows, with many of them talking about "whatever." Today I'm going to share why I think this is a bad idea and how being focused has help Carey Green get 8000+ downloads per episode for his Morning Mindset Daily Christian Devotional podcast.

How I've Seen Random Fail

As a teacher for decades, I can say I've seen how humans are not fans of change. They like things to stay the same and be predictable.

As a musician, I saw establishments that had comedy on Monday, Metal on Tuesday, Country on Wednesday.... in trying to have something for everyone, they alienated everyone as you never know what night it was.

I had a dog for 14 years, and for many years all of my friends made up their own nickname. The dog heard random name after random name. Consequently, he wouldn't come when you called him as he had not connected with his actual name.

The Power of the Niche

On the Podcast Review Show (where you can get TWO consultants' insights for the price of one), Jason Sacco from the Ankylosing Spondylitis show shared how this podcast is attracting people who have this disease. This brings HUGE relief as many people have nobody to talk to who truly understands what it's like to have this pain-causing disease.

Jaspon has a focused niche, but that doesn't stamp out all creativity. He has been trying some live roundtables and hopes to continue to grow his audience as he moves forward. While Jason would like to monetize his show, currently building the community and the lack of feeling alone is quite a bonus already.

He has also been getting some press for his show.

Carey Green Gets to 8600 Downloads Per Episode

Carey Green hosts The Morning Mindset Daily Christian Devotional. When I hear about people with large amounts of downloads in just a few years (Carey is just under three years), I typically wonder if they had a large social following, email list, or built-in audience. In Carey's case, he had none of those. Here are some key points we covered in our interview:

20:10 Carey Green Getting 8600 Per Episode 21:43 Why Carey Started His Show 23:17 Daily Podcast Tips 24:34 Dealing With Haters 25:36 Polarizing People 25:59 Feedback From the Audience 26:58 Giving Your Audience What They Want 27:43 What Makes His Show Different 28:21 Starting a Premium Podcast 29:56 How is He Marketing His Show? 31:20 A Better Call To Action 32:05 Your Back Episodes in Stats 32:33 The One Different Thing 33:11 Teach Your Audience Your Slogan 35:43 Promoting the Show is Key 37:31 Carey Starts a Non-Profit 40:00 The Importance of Integrity

What About Jordan Harbinger? Isn't His Show Filled With Random Guests?

40:54 If you listen to Jordan Harbinger's show opening, it sounds like he's just interviewing random interesting people. He mentions, "astronauts and entrepreneurs, spies in psychologists," which sounds like many random people. However, all those people are used to cover the topic of becoming a better critical thinker.

You Can Have Predictable Randomness

Both Carey and Jordan do something different on Friday. While this is a different format than other episodes, by doing it in a consistent, predictable fashion, the audience can adapt. Jordan has mentioned that his "Feedback Friday" episodes are top-rated, and Carey's longer Prayer episodes were built on his audience's requests.

Getting Your Audience Subscribing and Returning For More

When you deliver a message that the audience can identify with and say, oh, wow, that person really gets me, or I can use this information to transform myself and achieve that success. They're going to connect with you, and when they hear the call of a new episode, unlike my lovable little shi-Tzu Dudley, they are going to come running back to subscribe for more.

The Launch of the Dog Podcast Network

12:15 I will be interviewing James Jacobson (a consulting client of mine) who is launching the Dog Podcast Network. Currently, James is running the 101 Dog Stories Contest. Submit your 5-15 minute segment to win a place in 101 Dog Stories, and you could win our grand prize of $5,000 USD. (Up to one hundred winners will take home $100 each.)

It's pretty simple to enter the 101 Dog Stories Contest. Just record your very best dog-angle story and submit!

Simple, not necessarily easy: your best dog-adjacent story should be polished, fully produced packages that are ready for broadcast. We're not taking pitches; we're taking up to 101 segments. Do your best work, and be proud of it before you submit!

Check it out at www.dogpodcastnetwork.com/101

Start Your Podcast Today

I would love to help you create a podcast that connects with our audience, makes you sound professional, positions yourself as an expert, and gets your message out on a global scale. You don't have to spend a million bucks to sound like a million bucks.

Join the School of Podcasting today

Mentioned In This Episode

Episode 752 with Steve and Mark

The Morning Mindset Daily Christian Devotional

Dog Podcast Network

Ankylosing Spondylitis Podcast

Jordan Harbinger

Join the School of Podcasting

Schedule a Podcast Coaching Call

Podcast Editing as a Business

Mon, 07 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0400

Today we talk with Mark and Steve from the Podcast Editor Academy. While there are other resources that dive deep into audio, this website covers audio editing and goes deep into the "growing your editing business" side. If you're wondering how you get clients? They have sales scripts and insights from over 6000 editors. You don't have to know everything there is to know about audio to be an editor, and this website can help you start and grow a podcast editing service.

My Favorite Podcast Is - DEADLINE December 14th, 2020

02:30

Every year the last episode of the year is made up of listeners (like you) sharing what their favorite podcast is and why (and be sure to mention your podcast as well). The deadline is December 14th, 2020 (next Monday) as it takes me some time to edit them all together.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question

Podcast Editor Academy Founders Steve Stewart and Mark Deal

Mark Deal has been helping businesses (especially lawyers) out of Atlanta and is the head of Podcast Atlanta (a HUGE group of podcasters).

Steve Stewart started a financial podcast and started editing his friend's podcasts. This lead to another friend, and another friend which lead to Steve putting his podcast on pause and doing editing full time. He wanted a Facebook group that only talked about post-production so he created one (see http://podcasteditors.club/ ).

Please note that the power of this group is it is clearly defined what they will (and more importantly will not ) talk about in the group. This makes it stand out from other groups, and it is growing at a rapid rate.

The Podcast Editor Academy started with a conference of editors and continues to grow with special speakers, presentations, and roundtables. When I logged in, I was impressed with the smooth transition of content and resources.

If your not sure if you should join the Podcast Editor Academy or Podcast Engineering School. Join the Academy as there is a HUGE discount for the Podcast Engineering School that will pay for the price of the Academy. So you could start with the Academy, and then if needed take a deep dive into audio using the discount for the Engineering School (along with many other discounts).

If you want to start small, join the Facebook group and see what the discussions are like, and then joined the Academy when you're ready and keep up to date by signing up for their newsletter.

Audio Editing Survey

I'm thinking of launching my own editing service (or maybe include it as part of a package). As I always talk about giving your audience what they want, I need to know what you want when it comes to an audio editor (so I can decide if I want to pursue this or not). There is a chance to win a $25 Amazon gift card. Go to www.audioeditingservice.com

YouTube Video: Set it and Regret it?

If you're using a "show player" from your media host, did you know you're not using blog posts for episodes you are missing a TON of Google Juice and SEO? Check out this video.

Podpage Updates

I interviewed Breden from Podpage back on episode 728 and since then there have been some new features added:

Added a "host section" that sows bios of host(s)
Added a guest(s) feature so you can see all the guests who have been on the show
Added a store to sell products from different resources
Added episode signature where you can add text/images/links that appear at the end of every episode. Update it in one place and it updates your website everywhere.

SEE DEMO OF EPISODE SIGNATURES

Want to see more tutorials on Podpage? Join my free class at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage

Start Podcasting

Join the School of Podcasting and get access to step by step tutorials, a mastermind of brilliant podcasting minds, live group coaching, and priority email access to me.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Podcast Mentorship Program

Looking to get started quickly check out the three-month mentoring program with full access to the School of Podcasting with additional one on one consulting.

see https://www.theschoolofpodcasting.com/bundles/podcast-quick-start

Got Podcast Questions?

Schedule a coaching call and get your questions answered quickly, and get going in the right direction.

Is Your Podcast Future Proof?

Mon, 30 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0400

Is Your Podcast Future Proof?

I was asked by one of my editing clients to go back and edit some of their episodes and remove discussions that were about specific events at a specific time. In listening to their episodes there are a couple of strategies you can do to make your show future-proof.

Always Use the Year

The deadline for the question of the month is December 14th, 2020. By adding the year into the discussion, a listener knows that the episode has passed. But what about outdated information? If the episode consists of nothing but information that is outdated you can always delete that episode form your host and within 24 hours it will be removed from most apps. When I watch a movie and one of the characters says, "Why didn't you page me?" I can figure out that the movie is from the 1980's. I don't hold the movie studio responsible for outdated references. (Just my opinion). As always if you are delivering value to your audience, then keep it up and available.

Use Timeless Landing Pages

For example, I could say, "I'll have a link to the question of the month in today's episode at schoolofpodcasting.com/XXX, or just go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question.

Every month when I do a question of the month I always have the same landing page. This way if someone goes to answer an older question that is outdated, while they are too late to answer the question from two months ago, they are in the right place to answer the current question.

Another example of this is from Jordan Harbinger. Jordan gets mountains of downloads and makes a living with ads on his podcast. Jordan often has pages on the manufacturer's site such as hostgator.com/jordan but he also mentions that you can find more by going to jordanharbinger.com and clicking on the deals page. Here again, if there was a time-sensitive deal in place for the sponsor it may be too late, but you are now in the right place to find a deal from another sponsor that will help Jordan.

If you're doing webinars you can say something like, "My webinar on the perfect gear is at schoolofpodcasting.com/perfectgear or just see the schedule for all of your webinars at schoolofpodcasting.com/webinars (where you would use your website - not mine.... :) I realize you might say, "But I only have the one webinar. While this is true TODAY, in the future you might be doing one a week." When Glenn Hebert of the Horse Radio Network started it was a network with one show, but Glenn knew there would be more so he founded the Horse Radio Network.

Reinforce Your Band

By using your website you reinforce your brand, and you keep control of your content. For example, I have a Patreon account that I promote on the Ask the Podcast Coach where you can be an Awesome Supporter. Do I tell people to go to www.patreon.com/davejackson ? No. Why? Because what if something better comes along? Then I have a bunch of podcasts with mentions of a website I don't use. An example of this is web hosting. Over the years I've used Hostgator, Siteground, and Cooler Websites. Did I promote that company by mentioning their website? No, I told people to go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/hosting, and in the early days of my show that link went to Hostgator, and for years it went to Siteground, and then Cooler Websites. I might direct that at Podpage in the future. While this might confuse someone expecting a Hostgator link, but in the end, if the person is looking for hosting and you direct them to a hosting page, I feel (again an opinion) they should trust you, and if they have questions they can always contact you.

Tools To Make Redirects

If you are using WordPress, you can use the PrettyLinks plugin. There is a free version and the premium version starts at $49/year. It's been downloaded over 2.5 million times. Thirsty affiliates is a very similar plugin for about the same price ($49/year).

If you're using Podpage Pro, redirects are one of the many features. (Check out the free "Learn PodPage" course )

While some people use bit.ly, I prefer Rebandly.

Tools To Help Follow Your Money And.co

In the past I used Freshbooks, but they charged their pricing (costing more if I had morse customer) and many of their features I didn't use (I just need to create invoices and track income and expenses). I found and.co and this does exactly what I want. There is a free version to allow you to kick the tires, and if you go with the pro plan it's $18/month (you get a discount when you purchase a year in advance).

I love their "shoebox" feature. When a bill comes into my email, I can forward it to an email at and.co and it adds it to my account where I can easily add it as an expense and categorize it for tax purposes. It is super easy, and I love it.

Check it out at https://supportthisshow.com/andco (aff link)

You Need a Budget (YNAB)

YNAB is a web-based tool that makes it sooo easy to track every penny you make (and more importantly every penny you spend). You can even integrate it directly with your bank so you don't have to do data entry (I import mine manually). It uses a different philosophy as you give each dollar "a job" so you can see exactly where you money is going. You can set up savings goals, and I attended a webinar to learn the software and was up and running quickly. It's $12/month of $89/year.

Check it out at https://supportthisshow.com/ynab

Mentioned In This Show

Profit From Your Podcast Book

Join the School of Podcasting

How to Fix a Mistake Episode

My Podcast Reviews

Ask the Podcast Coach

Dave's Patreon Account

Jordan Harbinger's Deal Page

Schedule a Podcast Coaching Call

Join the School of Podcasting

Avoid sounding unprofessional, buying the wrong equipment, and creating content that isn't good.

The School of Podcasting has step by step tutorials, Live Group Coaching, and a private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds.

Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee.

Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

You Can't Buy An Audience If Your Podcast Sucks

Mon, 23 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0400

Today we talk about the 1.7 billion dollar mistake that was Quibi and how we can learn from their mistake. We also take a look at the power of follow up questions, and the best place to buy gear.

Table of Contents

01:22 Your Favorite Podcast - Send in Your Answer 02:56 Now That's A Good Question: Howard Stern and Wolfgang Van Halen 06:35 Join the School of Podcasting 07:33 Lessons From Quibi 13:24 They Blew Their Launch 16:12 Big Name Celebrities 19:02 Make It Easy To Share Your Content 21:05 It's Not the Tech 23:28 Clueless About the Competition 29:49 Who is the Audience? 33:29 The Best Place to Buy Gear: Sweetwater 36:07 Your Audience Awaits Exercise

How to Avoid the 1.7 Billion Dollar Mistake that Was Quibi

Quibi is an over-the-top American short-form streaming platform that generates content for viewing on mobile devices. It was founded in Los Angeles in August 2018 as NewTV by Jeffrey Katzenberg (chairman of Walt Disney Studios from 1984 to 1994) and is led by Meg Whitman ( She is a board member of Procter & Gamble and Dropbox. Whitman was previously president and CEO of Hewlett Packard Enterprise), its CEO.

In 2019 Variety reported that Quibi had secured 100 million dollars in advertising before the service had even launched.

On February 2, 2020, they spent $5.6 million for 30 seconds on an ad in the Super Bowl that was seen by a reported 99.9 million viewers. That is $18 per person if you round up. This for a service where subscribers can get the service for $5 per month with ads, or $8 per month without them. That $5.6 million was a drop in the bucket.

The commercial was really stupid and didn't really answer or explain what the heck it was. You just knew it was less than 10 minutes. They explained what is was, but not so much why it was or how you would benefit.

It raised $1.75 billion from investors. It had a variety of shows featuring originals with Jennifer Lopez, Chrissy Teigen, Chance the Rapper, Liam Hemsworth, Sophie Turner, Lena Waithe, Nicole Richie, Reese Witherspoon. Quibi offered a 90-day free trial to those who sign up on its website before April 6. Overall, it plans to release 175 original shows and 8,500 episodes in the first year.

Their lineup has a ton of stars, celebrities, etc

It launched on April 6, 2020. It is set to shut down "on or about" December 1, 2020. December 1 is 239 days. That is $7,322,175.73 a day. Here is my thoughts on why this was such an epic fail.

They Blew Their Launch

When you spend $5.6 million dollars on a Super Bowl ad, they should have an idea what you do and what is in it for them. In the event, the ad inspired people to check out the service (it didn't), you should be able to go check it out and not have to wait four months. Yes, you can build buzz, but for me, I never heard from quibi again.

Putting All Their Faith in Celebrities

Here are some of the names that appear on shows: Jennifer Lopez, Kristen Bell, Nick Jonas, Tracy Morgan, Aaron Rodgers, Yara Shahidi, Gabriel Iglesias, Anthony Davis, Kevin Hart and Karlie Kloss. Cardi B, Chance the Rapper, Dapper Dan, Jay Leno, and Wolfgang Puck (and that's just some).

The people involved had experience Phil Abraham has directed the Sopranos, Madmen, Daredevil, Ozark.

No Compelling Content

Yet, there was no breakout show that inspired the people who had found Quibi to tell a friend about Quibi. Nobody was compelled to tell a friend. They did recaps of the previous days news or sports updates. WOW what revolutionary content!

They Made it Hard To Share

According to Media Analyst Josh Consine there was no sharing capability (no screenshots) which limited your ability to go viral. When it first launched you could only watch it on your phone. There were no apps, not Fire TV, Chromecast. They made it "hard" to consume. They took away choices from the consumer.

They Put Their Faith in the Tech

One thing that set them apart was a feature called Turnstyle. This meant that if you rotate the phone horizontal to verticle, you would get a different camera angle. Neat? Sure. Something so cool I had to tell my friends? Apparently not as I had never heard of it until I started researching how you blow 1.7 billion and lose. In a nutshell, Turnstyle served you two video streams simultaneously and “stitches them together” with a single audio track.

Since we're talking about the Tech, a company sued Quibi shortly after their launch company called Eko alleged that Quibi stole the technology after Eko demoed it to employees of the company, including founder and chairman Jeffrey Katzenberg. Even when you have billions in funding, lawsuits are expensive.

Clueless About the Competition

They were charging $5/$8 a month for new content. Look at Disney, Netflix, Hul. While they have original content, they all have old favorites as well. They also have a way to add more than one person under your account (so when your kids login under your account your recommendations don't all turn into cartoons). This was not the case to Quibi. It figured each person was watching on their phone. One person per account. This gets expensive and now anyone who wants to see what you're talking about has to use your phone.

It is reported that CEO Whitman repeatedly said "We're not competing with Netflix." Think about that one for a minute. That's like a radio station saying, "All of our songs are under four minutes long. We don't compete with other stations."

Lack Of Focus Group?

In one article that was published right after they launched it stated, "Quibi’s executives have hinted that the company will deliver on a TV experience if customer feedback and data warrant it. " Well they did add support for Apple's airplay and Chromecast, but at the expense of the Turnstyle technology. They did release an app for Roku and Fire TV - the day before they announced were closing down.

It seemed like they didn't understand how people used their phones or consumed content.

Did they think that because the average length of a YouTube video is 11 minutes that making "short" videos would be the key? Meanwhile, TikTok was taking off with all sorts of celebrities making their own channels. TikTok is free. Did Quibi follow the Facebook strategy and buy them or "borrow features" and add them to their platform? No. They were doing something different and nobody cared.

They Didn't Answer the Number Question: WHO IS YOUR AUDIENCE

The idea was people could watch these short clips while waiting in line, or on the bus. When you think of people consuming content on their phone you might think it would be younger people. Yet you're trying to attract those people with Steven Spielberg and Jay Leno? Sure Cardi B appeared in an episode, but they needed to define. If the content is for busy people, who are the busy people and what do they want to watch?

According to an article in Forbes, Katzenberg and Whitman said, "We created a new form of mobile-first premium storytelling."

They did. But the stories weren't any good.

Now That's a Good Question

02:56 Today we listen to Howard Stern ask a great follow-up question to Wolfgang Van Halen. While he started off with a yes/no question, but then asked a few follow-up questions lead to the information you can't get anyplace else, and listen to how Howard shuts up and lets Wolfgang wrestle with a potentially uncomfortable topic.

Sweetwater is My New Favorite Place to Order Gear

33:29 My co-host for Ask the Podcast Coach Jim Collison ordered something from Sweetwater and told me about their INSANE customer service. I recently saw where they were one of the few people to have the new Zoom Podtrak P4 IN STOCK and I see what he means. I was called to let me know my order had shipped, and to let me know if I had any issues I could call them. So here is why I think they are the best:

Prices are just as good (and in some cases better) than Amazon
Free shipping (even on small stuff)
Built-in two-year warranty
Free tech support
Payment plans available if needed.

My goal is to build more of a relationship with Sweetwater (as I have a dedicated rep) which should keep me in touch with podcasting technology going forward. In full disclosure, I earn a referral reward (but that's why I ordered something as I wanted to see for myself)

Your Audience Awaits Exercise

I'm listening to the book Unhackable: The 30-Day Elixir for Creating Flawless Ideas, Leveraging Superhuman Focus, and Achieving Optimal Performance Through Flow its a very interesting book that you can listen/read to one chapter per day. The one exercise was to write yourself an email from your future audience as is these people who are waiting for you to start your show. SO MANY TIMES I hear people worried about having trolls or people say negative things. I say, What about ALL THE POSITIVE that could happen?

Think of going to your inbox and see an email with the title, "Just wanted to say Thank you." You open it and it starts, "Hello, I just wanted to reach out. You may not believe this but due to your podcast....

and the listener explains how you made them feel. How they no longer felt alone. How they were taken to a place where the stress of work, life, and more melted away.

This could happen. But your podcast can't help people if you don't start your podcast. You can't update a show that doesn't exist. Please let me help you, as your audience is waiting.

Because of My Podcast, I Got to Work For Marvel

Mon, 16 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0400

The show is filled with "Because of My Podcast" stories. We also have a great example of a good question, and a reminder that Apple is going on Holiday soon (very important if you wanted a podcast ready to go in January 20201).

SPONSOR: SCHOOL OF PODCASTING

Ready to start your podcast? Got a podcast and you need to grow it? Join the School of podcasting and get instant access to:

Step by step tutorials
Live group coaching
Access to a private (spam-free) Facebook Group filled with other brilliant podcasting minds
Premium access to Dave.
Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee.
Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Because of My Podcast, I Got a Book Published, that Inspired a Podcast

I was contacted by a publisher to write the book Profit from Your Podcast: Turn Your Listeners Into Livelihood and it took a lot of work, but it's getting very good reviews. This lead David Hooper (author of the book Big Podcast, and host of Red Podcast and Big Podcast) along with Jeff Sanders of the 5 AM Miracle podcast (author of the book with the same name) got together to create a series called Podcast Profits which promotes my book.

The podcast is called Podcast Profits: Make Money (and more) With Your Podcast

Dave called me to let me know what he was planning, and to make sure it was OK to have "Because of My Podcast" stories. As they were talking about me, I was fine with that. I was really surprised that they didn't mention/plug their podcasts or their company Voxphonix until the last episode (and it was very minimal).

Because of My Podcast, Leslie Eiler Thompson Got to Participate in the Iditarod Dog Race in Alaska

05:39 Leslie is a Multimedia Producer & Creator in Nashville, and she shares the story of not only being able to interview one of the top champions in Sled Dog Racing, but she eventually ended up as part of his team and participated in the race.

Rick Coste Interview: Audio Drama Podcast Leads to Bigger Things Because of His Podcast, Rick Coste Got to Work with Marvel

Rick Coste approached me with a "Because of My Podcast" story. He's got an agent who wants to turn his podcast Evolution Talk into a book. He's been on TV and got to work with Marvel on their This Week in Marvel podcast as well as their Women of Marvel podcast. He does sound design and post-production as well as producing other shows (see https://www.rickcoste.com/podcast-production/ )

His first crack at audio drama the Behemoth is still getting very impressive downloads. Rick shares how he creates his soundscapes, his technology, and insights into sound effects.

17:12 Rick Coste Interview 17:54 When did Rick get into podcasting? 19:39 Getting into audio dramas 20:50 How did you find actors? 22:25 Impressive Downloads 24:10 Getting to work with Marvel 26:40 Tips for Starting an Audiodrama 28:27 What software Rick Uses 28:45 Sound effects resources 29:21 Struggling with perfection 30:53 Giving notes to actors 34:06 Passion Project?

Check Out Rick at:

https://www.rickcoste.com/

https://modernaudiodrama.com/

Now That's a Good Question

08:53 This is a new segment I am adding today. While I hear people say "That's a good question" when IT'S JUST NOT. So now, when I hear an actual good question, I thought I would spotlight it.

This example is from an interview by Lars Ulrich (the drummer for Metallica) who is interviewing Noel Gallagher (of Oasis) and Lars asks him how he feels about doing some of the older songs that were mammoth hits in the 90's when he has his own solo songs now. Noel starts to answer the question on how it makes his audience feel, Lars interrupts and asks, "But what do they mean to YOU."

Lars then does something brilliant and Noel takes a deep breath. He shuts up and lets him think. The longer he lets him think - the better the answer. Eventually, Noel explains how those songs mean the world to him. Noel wasn't really answering the question, and Lars pointed him in the right direction. Catch the who interview on YouTube

Thanks to Wayne Henderson of mediavoiceovers.com for his awesome tones.

Podcast Rewind: Where I've Been

13:58 I appeared on The Author Inside You Podcast talking about listening to your audience and the book Profit From Your Podcast

16:26 I appear on Podcasting Experiments talking about the book Profit From Your Podcast

What Is Your Favorite Podcast and Why?

Every year the last episode is you answering the question, "What is your favorite podcast and why." Now I want to know about your show as well, so if I answered the question it would sound like this:

Hey this is Dave Jackson and I host the School of Podcasting show where I help you plan, launch, and grow your podcast. You can find me at schoolofpodcasting.com. My favorite show is (name of show ) at (their website address) where they (what they talk about on their show) and the reason I love it is (as a detailed answer as you can provide).

I need the answer by December 14th.

Apple Holiday Schedule

10:40 The door to have a show ready on all the platforms come January 2021 is closing. Dont' forget Apple goes on holiday twice between now and then. Here is their holiday schedule:

November 22 to December 2 December 23 to January 2

Which means you should submit your show to them almost immediately. If you have questions, let's schedule a coaching call.

Mentioned In this Podcast

Profit from Your Podcast: Turn Your Listeners Into Livelihood

Dave on the Business of Podcasting Show Part 1, Part 2

Leslie Eiler Thompson

Check out Leslie on the Podcast Review Show

Join the School of Podcasting

Podcasting is Closer to Cable Television Than Radio

Mon, 09 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0400

I had someone ask me about starting a podcast. They wanted to "Stand Out" without "Niching Down." The easiest way to stand out is to Niche down. When you do a show like We Have Cancer, Adoptees On, or the Chameleon Breeder, you get providing information that people can't get anyplace else. You end up with a smaller audience size, but a more engaged audience.

Podcasting is Closer to Cable Television Than Radio

In this clip of "The Loudest Voice," you will hear actor Russel Crowe as Roger Ailes explains how he doesn't want a wide audience. He's is going to purposely make content for a demographic that is being underserved. Roger went on the grow Fox news which dominated cable news for decades.

When you turn on cable, you get channels on cooking, animal sports, outdoors, and none of the channels will get anywhere near the audience of the major networks. However, you will have people like my ex-wife who watch HGTV like her life depended on it.

COVID Took Natalie Kennedy's Job - Podcasting Delivered Her Dream

Today I talk with Natalie Kennedy who is the host of the Anxious Love Podcast. The podcast is where Natalie covers relationship anxiety, ROCD, and upgrading love partnerships-- how to go from DOUBTING your relationship to LOVING it and gushing about your man. You can see where she already has gone from the wide topics of relationships and she niched down. Just like a cable channel.

The show is for women.

The show is for women having an issue with their relationships.

The show is for women who are doubting their relationships and worried about commitment.

Today you will hear:

00:58 Podcasting is Closer To Cable TV Than Radio 06:09 Natalie Kennedy Interview 07:13 Natalie Knows Her Niche 09:53 How She Picked Her Niche 11:07 Natalie's Transparency and how she describes her services 12:03 Dealing with Impostor Syndrome 13:37 Proof Of Concept - She had people asking for her services before she offered them. 15:45 Starting Her Podcast 16:41 How Many Episodes Does She Have? - This all happened really fast. 16:55 Is the Podcast Bringing in Clients? - ( spoiler - yes it is !) 17:21 Coaching Insights - How she gets people to open up. 18:45 You Don't Have to Know Everything - Just more than your clients. 19:37 How is Her Business Doing? 20:19 Pivots Don't Kill You 21:00 When Your Message Differs From Mainstream ( this is how you stand out).

Find Natalie at https://www.anxiouslovecoach.com/

23:05 Apple Holiday Break

November 22 to December 2 December 23 to January 2

Mistakes Breed Confidence

24:20 If you wait until things are 100% perfect, you'll never launch. Mistakes (are still something we want to avoid) leave to growth. I just moved, and the house is old, and I learned how to fix holes in walls. I hired a contractor who makes a mistake. Did I freak out? No. My experience with fixing previous holes help me stay calm, and I knew what to do. When you make a mistake, realizing you are growing as a person (or you can hire a mentor to help you avoid them, and learn that way).

How Long Does it Take To Make Money with a Podcast?

25:22 I get this question all the time. In my travels, I started seeing an answer that start to appear, and reappear over and over. That answer is three years. Obviously Natalie today beat that record. Why do I tell people three years? I started making snippets every time I hear that answer. I forgot to write down who the first clip is. The other three are from

Content Heroes Podcast. (Alex Nerney episode)

The Business of Podcasting (Gert Mellak interview )

Dave from the Cigar Authority, on Ask the Podcast Coach.

Dave's book David VS Goliath

What To Do When You are Face to Face with Your Audience

28:33 Just a quick clip showing that I practice what I preach, and when you have a listener in front of you take advantage.

Zoom Podtrak P8 Follow Up

30:23 I talked about the Zoom Podtrak P8 in my last episode. I had mentioned that there was an issue with a noise in the headphones. That is definitely an issue. Also, there is no timer count down for the jingle buttons. This makes "talking up" any kind of music a real challenge.

Join the School of Podcasting Worry Free

33:20 You can try the private Facebook group, go through the step-by-step videos, and even attend one of the group coaching sessions, and any time in the first 30 days if you're not happy, you can stop and I will refund your money. Go to

www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start

Natalie's Top Relationship Tip 33:22 I asked Natalie what she sees the most when it comes to her clients in regards to relationship issues. She has a really, really good answer.

Coming Attractions

36:15 I will be showing you how to convert your RSS feed into an Excel Spreadsheet on my YouTube Channel

I will be interviewing Rob Coste who ended up working with a MAJOR company that will make you say WOA!

The Zoom Podtrak P8 Vs Rodecaster Pro

Mon, 02 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0400

Your Podcast is A Steam Train

I often say that when you start out, your show is rolling slow. As it keeps moving, it gets faster and faster. It just takes time, consistency (of schedule, and value). Kim Krajci of Toastmasters 101 pointed me toward this YouTube video from Box Angeles. This video shows Mellisa Hunter who has a hilarious series of Adult Wednesday Adams and how one video in that series went viral and her back episodes starting taking off with the original video.

More Cool Podcast Gear For Podcasters

One of the great things about podcasting getting more and more popular, is more and more products are coming to the marketing Specifically for podcasters. Zoom Recently came out with the Podtrak P4 (for me this is THE go-to piece of equipment). Now they've come out with the Podtrak P8 which is a direct competitor of the Rodecaster Pro from Rode.

Neither one of these units is a bad purchase. They both make it easier to create great sounding podcasts.

Who Is This For?

The Zoom Podtrak P8 (and the Rodecaster Pro) allow you to:

Record up to six people in the same room.

Report a remote interview via SB

Connect and record a smartphone

Play live sounds via touch buttons.

Comparing Different Features of the Units.

For me, I am always connected to my computer via a USB cable. This is for zoom calls, or recording directing into software. Keep this in mind when I talk about different tests. I do one live show on Saturday morning where I record to the internal card, or if I'm doing an interview (I use it as a back up).

Power

Both the Zoom and Rode can be operated via batteries (The Rodecaster has an optional DC-USB-1 cable that enables you to plug in a USB battery). The Zoom P8 uses double-A batteries or can be powered via a USB cable. So with the Rode, you will have a USB and a power cable. With the Zoom P8, you can power it with just your USB cable. Advantage Zoom P8

Price

The Rodecaster Pro currently lists for $599. USB Power Cable for RODECaster Pro $20 Total: $619

The Zoom P8 is listing for $499. Zoom BTA-2 Bluetooth Adapter $49 Total: $548

Advantage Zoom P8

Input Channels

ZOOM P8

This is an interesting one, as the Zoom P8 has six XLR inputs. It has a dedicated channel to the phone input.

This means you have a total of seven inputs. The USB interface on the zoom is used in place of one of the XLR inputs. You could have five XLR inputs, one USB, and One phone.

Rodcaster Pro

The rodecaster pro has four XLR inputs. Then it has a dedicated channel for a phone. It has a dedicated channel for the USB interface. It has another channel for Bluetooth.

This means you have a total of seven inputs. You could have four XLR, one USB, One Phone and one bluetooth.

Comments: The blue tooth is built into the Rodecaster, and the P8 has the ability to have one more XLR input. Advantage? Tie.

Number of Outputs

The Zoom has six headphone outputs, and a stereo output. The Rodecaster has four headphone outputs and a stereo output. The plugs are on the back of the Rodecaster where the inputs on the Zoom are on the face. Advantage: Zoom.

Marker Feature

Both units have the ability to add markers. Advantage? Tie

Normalization

While there is no normalization in the hardware of the Rodecaster, using the additional software on your computer you can have the files normalized with multiple settings with presets for Apple, Audible. The P8 has a normalizing feature built into the unit. There are no details on if this is peak normalization or loudness normalization. It appeared to be peak. Advantage Rodecaster

Recording Mode

Both units provide each individual tracks along with a stereo mixdown of the whole recording. The Rodecaster provides the ability to turn off the individual track recording and just provide the stereo mixdown. This enables you to not have a ton of extra tracks when you don't want them, which doesn't take up as much storage on your storage card. Advantage: Rodecaster

Effects

Both units provide effects for each track.

Zoom P8: The Zoom provides bass and treble controls. It was one combination compressor/De-esser. There is also a limiter and low cut.

Rodecaster: Each track has Aphex effects built-in. This includes a de-esser, compressor, big bottom (bass), and aurel exciter (treble), high pass filter (low cut), reverb, and what my favorite feature - a noise gate.

Neither unit provides the full slate of effects to the USB channel (which is frustrating).

Advantage: Rodecaster (by far much more control).

File Management

Zoom: The zoom uses an SD Card and allows you to delete and rename files on the unit. Both units have a card slot on the back of the unit. The Rodecaster uses a microSD card. In my case, I have to put the microSD card into an adapter to insert it into my computer.

Advantage (due to ease of use): Zoom P8

Sample Rate

The Rodecaster Pro has a sample rate of 48 khz

The Zoom P8 has a sample rate of 44.1kHz

For me, this is no big deal, but if you're doing video it probably is (video people love a sample rate of 48 khz)

Advantage: Rodecaster

Transfer Speed

I took a wave file and put it on both cards. It was 557M and then copied and pasted it to my computer. The Rodecaster tool one minute 14 seconds, the Zoom P8 took one minute two seconds so it appears to be slightly faster.

One thing I do like more on the Zoom is when you put it into transfer mode, it doesn't make you confirm. I do not understand this on the Rodecaster as you have to somewhat hunt to get to it, so why do I have to confirm it (both on and off).

Advantage: Zoom P8

PreAmps

The specs show that:

Rodecaster: 0dB – 55dB

Zoom P8: 0 – +70 dB

I recorded on both units and found the difference in noise was almost nonexistent. If you have to listen that hard to see if there is noise, you're fine.

Advantage:

Footprint (Dimensions)

Rodecaster Pro: 350 x 275 x 82 mm (13.8 X 10.8 X 3.2 inches)

Zoom P8: 295 × 248 × 61 mm MM ( 11.6 X 9.7 X 2.4 inches)

The big difference here is the XLR inputs are on the face of the Zoom P8 and on the back of the Roadcaster. This extends the height to by 2.5" (64 mm). Likewise all the headphone/output jacks also on the back s0 the Rodecaster does take up more space on my desk.

Sound Pads

With the Rodecaster you have to use the free additional software to bring your files on to the Rodecaster. With the Zoom P8 you can drag them on to the card and bring them into the unit. It even converts the files if needed. The Zoom had 9 pads where the Rodecaster has 8. Both allow you to scroll through the screen to switch between multiple pages.

Advantage: Zoom P8

Quality of Outputs/Headphones

In going back and forth between the two units, I did notice more noise in the headphones when using the Zoom P8. This noise wasn't on the recording, but a bit of a bummer when what you're hearing is not what you're recording.

Advantage Rodcaster

Noise Gate Vs Noise Reduction

One of the KEY features of the Rodecaster is the ability to add a noise gate to channels (sadly not the USB). The Zoom has a feature called, "Noise Reduction" When multiple mics are being used to record sound, the noise reduction function of the P8 suppresses background noise to a constant level by automatically reducing the levels of the mic inputs not being used by people. Sadly, I tried to test this, but living alone, I couldn't really put the Noise Reduction into practice and Zoom doesn't talk about it much in their videos.

Advantage: Rodecaster (as a gate is better than reduction)

Mic Modeling

This is a feature only available on the Rodcaster. For example, you can use presets for the Rode Podmic, EV RE20, and with a push of a button, your channel is set to your microphone (video).

Combining Files / Editing

You can combine files into one, you can trim files, add fade-ins and out. (Basic editing without a computer). This is only available on the Zoom P8

Summary:

When you look at the features I covered:

Power: Zoom P8 Price: Zoom P8 Input Channels: Tie Number of Outputs: Zoom P8 Quality of Outputs: Rodecaster Marker: Tie Normalization: Rodecaster Recording Mode: Rodecaster Effects: Rodecaster File Management: Zoom P8 Sample Rate: Rodecaster Transfer Speed: Zoom P8 PreAmps: Zoom P8 Sound Pads: Zoom P8 Noise Gate/Reduction: Rodecaster Mic Modeling: Rodecaster Combining/Editing: Zoom P8

There are 17 items and the Zoom Podtrak P8 had eight of these, with two ties and the Rodecaster having an advantage in seven of them. You can see that its very close, but for some, they may argue as the areas where the Rodecaster comes out on top is on boosting the sound (the Aphex Processing) and in that area, the Rodecaster is much better. HOWEVER, keep in mind that you can use something like the Schepps Omni Channel plugin on sale for $69 (and sometimes even less) and you can all this processing in post-production.

So Again, It Depends

So if you're doing a ton of live streaming, you may want the extra processing (and noise gate) to keep things sounding great as you go live. However, if you have large fingers and hate having to take out that tiny MicroSD card and having to deal with adapters and confirmation prompts, the ease of use of the Zoom Podtrack P8 may provide you a better experience than the Rodecaster.

Conclusion:

As I said at the beginning if you are having (Let's pretend there is no COVID) multiple people in the studio with you, both of these machines make it easy. The P8 gives you two more mic inputs (which, for me is a lot of guests for one podcast). If you like ease of use, and are not going to obsess about your sound then the Zoom P8 is a good fit for you.

If you don't mind having to do a bit more searching through menus to find what you are looking for (to enable you to sound better) then the Rodecaster might be the way to go.

Mentioned In This Episode

Join the School of Podcasting

Rodcaster Pro from Rode

Zoom Podtrak P8

Zoom Podtrak P4

Electrovoice RE20

11 Steps I Took To Create a "WOW" Interview

Mon, 26 Oct 2020 04:00:00 -0400

Last week, I interview Matthew Dicks who is the author of the book Storyworthy. I am a HUGE fan of Matthew and was very excited when he agreed to come on the show. After the episode was published I get email after email. I saw comments on Facebook all stating, "WOW, That was a great interview." There will be times when you get feedback, and no matter if it's positive or negative you want to investigate why (so you can do more about it).

I've received more than average feedback on episodes like The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews, Overcoming Impostor Syndrome, How to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Ugly, but the feedback I got about How to Tell Better Stories with Matthew Dicks was "way more than usual."

One of the things I help people do is figure out what they are doing correctly with their podcast so they can do more of that type of content. With this in mind, I went back and looked at "Why did this connect with my audience?"

Step 1: Start with someone interesting

Getting entertaining stories out of Matthew Dicks is like shooting fish in a barrel.

Step 2: Ignore the Back Story

Matthew has an AMAZING back story. He took enormous steps to avoid telling his first story. While that's a nice story, I was looking for something my audience could take away. Ask yourself what is more helpful their backstory, or what they can do for your audience NOW?

Step 3: Have a Goal

Why was I bringing in Matthew Dicks? Because his book storyworthy is filled with strategies. I wanted to focus on strategies. I wanted to boost the skills of my listeners, and I wanted to sell books more Matthew.

Step 4: Know your Guest

I really wanted to get this interview going in the right direction. The minute I knew he was coming on the show, I was focused on coming up with the best questions. I especially wanted that first question to lead to a story, and to help people understand that words matter. Every night I would walk around my neighborhood listening to Storyworthy on Audible. I've already listened to this book, but I was now looking at topics that I would want to expand on. This would allow me to mention the book, and to get the content I was looking for my audience.

Step 5: Don't Test Their Powers of Improv

I had decided that the opening question would be, "When did you realize the power of words?" I really liked that question. It would lead to a story, and let my audience knowing we were going to be talking about words, and story crafting. However, I also realized that this question might need some thought on Matthew's part. Consequently, I let him know the topics we would be covering.

That would be:

When did realize words had power? (the actual question)

Editing (such as where to start a story).

Homework for life (this is Matthew's Freebird).

Normally I don't give my guests the exact questions. I typically let them know why I'm bringing them on, and the subjects we will be covering.

Step 6: Get the Best Audio You Can

When we connected via Squadcast, I was hearing Matthew through his camera's microphone. I tested this by having him tap his microphone. When he tapped it, and I didn't hear the tapping, I knew Squadcast was using the wrong microphone. When he switched away from his camera's microphone, it was like night and day.

Step 7: Prove You've Done Your Homework

When we first connected and got the microphones configured, I wanted to show Matthew I was a fanboy without being a fanboy. I know he is a HUGE fan of the New England Patriots football team. They recently made a quarterback change, so I asked him how they thought they would do. My questions also showed I had actually read the book.

Step 8: Ask and Shut Up

When I do an interview I had my list of questions on a pad to my left and a blank pad in front of me with a pen that doesn't click. When I was would ask a question I would then shut up and listen. I didn't "um, hmm" and I listened for potential opportunities to ask a follow-up question.

Step 9: Follow Up Questions

When he was talking about things that had happened because of his podcast he mentioned how at one event that he was asked to tell a story, his daughter got up and told I story. While I realize that asking an athlete, "How does it feel to win the game?"I still asked what it felt like to watch your child follow in your footsteps. This question isn't in alignment with my goal (story crafting and book sales), but I know my audience has children, and I believe we call can identify with how cool it would be to see your child follow in your foto steps;

Step 10: Remove Things That Aren't Needed

I asked Matthew what was the first podcast that he listened to. Matthew couldn't exactly remember it and was a little blurry on the year. Does this help us craft stories? Does it sell books? No. Does it give us a glimpse inside Matthew that you can't get anyplace else? Nope. This is why you didn't hear it.

Step 11: I Ran It Through a Transcription Service to find the Nuggets of Gold

If you do interviews, one way to reposition yourself as the expert (and not your guest) is to do what I call the "Jerry Springer" a summarize the main points that YOU found interesting. This enables you to share a bit of yourself as well as remind the audience of the value they just received.

For this step, I ran the edited interview through Otter.ai. This enabled me to find those great points in record time. Instead of having to listen to the episode again, I could read it much faster. Using transcripts as an editing tool is not something I hear people talk about it is typically about to create a full transcript of the show.

I did edit the transcript into something readable and added it to the website. This is not something I normally do, but maybe I should.

Need to Plan, Launch, and Grow Your Podcast?

Join the School of Podcasting and get access to our easy to understand, step-by-step tutorials, our live group coaching, and access to our private Facebook group filled with other brilliant podcasting minds. Joined worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. Go to www.schoolofpodcastibg.com/start